een fete se ner aig eatate = i a amen - a omienl “ * AT oan So HARVARD UNIVERSITY ish LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology —— Naanse li by LOGICAL BULLETINS, “1930 “4 C5 } ONTO 4 Bl hg / i] ety COPE. Al: VARD D. Be ie say iN Bee aye 1 Hie az Ff PALZONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN. By Epwarp D. Cope. Preliminary. The papers included in the following numbers, are thirteen, as follows : No. 1. Descriptions of some new Vertebrata from the Bridger Group of the Hocene. Published July 29th, 1872; reprinted in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, early in January, 1873. No. 2. Second account of new Vertebrata from the Bridger Eocene. Published August 3d, 1872 ; reprinted with the last. ~ No. 3. Third account of the New Vertebrata from the Bridger Eocene of Wyoming Territory. Published August 7th, 1872, reprinted with the last. 5 No. 4. On the existence of Dinosauria in the Transition Beds of Wy- oming Territory. Published August 12th, 1872; reprinted with the last. No. 5. Telegram describing extinct Proboscidians from Wyoming ; published August 19th, 1872 ; reprinted with the last. No. 6. Notices of new Vertebrata from the upper waters of Bitter Creek. Published August 20th, 1872 ; reprinted with the last. No. 7. Second notice of Extinct Vertebrates from Bitter Creek, Wyo- ming ; published August 22d, 1872; reprinted with the last. No. 8. On a new Vertebrata genus from the northern part of the Ter- tiary Basin of Green River. Published October 12th, 1872; reprinted with the last. No. 9. Descriptions of new Extinct Reptiles from the Upper Green River Eocene Basin, Wyoming. Published October 12th, 1872; reprinted with the last. No. 10. Remarks on the Geology of Wyoming. Published December, 1872, in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, for that month. No. 11. On two new Perissodactyles, from the Bridger Eocene. Pub- lished January 31, 1873. No. 12. On some extinct Mammals, obtained by Hayden’s Geological Survey of 1872. Published March 8th 1873, not reprinted. No. 18. On some of Prof. Marsh’s criticisms. Published in the Ameri- can Naturalist for April 1878 ; extended. The preceding papers, from No. 1 to No. 9, are printed in the precise form in which they originally appeared, with an exception stated below including all typographical errors. This is done because the edition of each as first issued was small, not exceeding 100 copies, and they will be 2 difficult to procure in consequence. Verification of the dates will be found in Bulletin No. 13, a point to be observed in connection with Nos. 4and 5, which were issued without date attached, through the inadver- tence of the printer. In the original issues of Nos. 3, 4, 7, and 12, the printers inserted at the head of each article ‘‘ Read before the American Philosophical Society’? without corresponding date; a statement untrue at that time, though the papers were all so read at a subsequent date. This insertion was not authorized by the author in any way, and is therefore erased at present, excepting in the case of No. 12, where it was inserted in spite of the especial request to have it omitted. Philadelphia, July 16, 1873. IN G@) al DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW VERTEBRATA FROM THE BRIDGER GROUP OF THE EOCENE. By E. D. Core. MESONYX OBTUSIDENS. Cope. Represented by a large part of,the skeleton of an individual of about the size of the wolf (Canis lupus). The lumbar vertebre display the short acuminate, and anteriorly directed diapophyses, characteristic of carnivora, while the astragalus resembles that of the same group. The claws are flat and not curved. The molar teeth exhibit two principal lobes and a thin rudimental at one extremity. The middle lobe is a com- pregsed cone, the posterior, a cutting edge, but medially placed, and less acute than in Hyoenodon, and the sectorial teeth of other carnivora, form- ing a less specialized cutting apparatus. he canines are well developed. A premolar is stout conic, with rudimental tubercle at base. M. Meret ota sectorial (CLOWN)... 5.4... ewes demas cies 0.018 RO CEES emyValGl bers srte seve cere ehavel svwe ae mantel cslel eles cee Wyoderok ado .008 LEIGWAHGIN OE GEES ha gone Ca eenO ee oR ei ieee .006 Menaihtok crown Of a SECON... a... cco ce ee bee cee 015 NI TIGUELID i 6 a a SBE GW Seeits es Sete esata ee aN UR ee Fae .0065 Ve varrOneots MUI GIe! TOW on cccs ci c's sigs atoise «2 cele ws eel .014 MenotmrOnerOwl OL CANINE... 02.0. 540.2 cee nese eae .026 Diameter TNE UTI USC yee eae ore SOS et oh ret eastnee seat ens Aree ee Se .014 The number of the teeth cannot be detonnited, owing to the injured condition of the jaw bones. The enamel is entirely smooth. Found on the bluffs of Cottonwood Creek, Wyoming. TRIACODON ACULEATUS. Cope. Hstablished on two teeth of the molar and premolarseries. The molar is subtriangular at the base of the crown, one side being convex ; the op- posite angle nearly right, and the two remaining sides flat. The crown is divided into three elevated trihedral cones, one at each angle. Their adjacent angles are acute, and the angle of union is fissured, like the same point in the sectorial tooth of acarnivora. The smaller lobes are of equal elevation, but the crown of one is expanded so as to be slightly spade- shaped. The enamel is smooth. M. Riewaivom of highest CUSP. 2.6266. ice ce ees cee pe os 0.009 3 SIO EGE Wem a metseocallsvcvenssctersinicrn Ucheviess/ ha 6 Brains 007 Honoaiameter base Oh CrOWwM). |... 3. i. 1 sees cis aoe sense 006 a & és MUA ESTO. aero ta lfioss nerf aust cestode. 005 The premolar is smaller, with shorter cusps, and one of the laterals re- duced to a rudiment. This species is near the 7. fallow of Marsh, but the tooth he describes is narrower in proportion to its length, and has the anterior lobe little over half as high. 2 LOPHIOTHERIUM PYGMZUM. Cope. Represented by a portion of the right mandibular ramus with the penultimate and ante-penultimate molars in perfect preservation. These teeth present four cusps, of which the inner are crescentoid in section, the outer conic. They are all elevated, and the outer anterior is in both teeth compressed and bifid; it receives an oblique ridge from the inner posterior. Enamel smooth. Lines. Heng th penultimate molanya.ee Seer ene ener ee eee 2 A G06 1] eee NAMES On AGMA AS sala GWcit s asodo go ¢-< 1.5 Depth.of ramus at. dow. wesc ee eae eee eee 3 This is much the smallest of the genus, being about equal to the Hyopsodus paulus £. The penultimate molar in the nearest species, LL. ballardii, Marsh, measures 3.2 lines in length. ANOSTIRA TRIONYCHOIDES. Cope. This species is about the size of our existing Chrysemys fricta. It dif- fers from the A. ornata, Leidy, in various respects. Thus the sculpture of the costal bones is pit-like, as in many species of Trionyz, instead of striate-ridged. There is no keel on the pygal bone behind. ‘The first marginal bone is longer, and does not exhibit the prominent shoulder seen in A. ornata. The marginal bones are not unlike those of that species, having central small tubercles, and radiating ridges. The species is not uncommon in the Bridger beds on Cottonwood Creek, Wyoming. ANOSTIRA GIDEMIA. Cope. This species is nearly twice the size of the last. It is distinguished by its peculiar ornamentation. This consists of bosses or swollen portions of an oval shape, which stand transversely to the long axis of the body, from a quarter to a half an inch apart. They sometimes form short ridges, surface otherwise smooth. Locality same as the last species. ANOSTIRA MOLOPINA. Cope. This species is intermediate in size between the two last described. It is distinguished from both by its ornamentation. This consists of a delicate and rather scattered impressed punctuation on the costal bones. Across this extend oblique ribs extending in a diagonal direction out- ward near the extremities of the costals. The width of one of the cos- tals is M. .023. The costals in this species display no suture for the mar- ginals, and the extremity of the rib projects a very little. _ TRIONYX CONCENTRICUS. Cope. This species is not uncommon in the Bridger sandstone. It is well characterized by tts sculpture, which is coarsely and distinctly pitted. Across the costal bones run parallel ribs, which enclose between them from three to one row of pits. M. Width of a costal bone near the middle............... -02 Thickness Of ae SUMING sro US 003 3 Thus the carapace is thin. Besides being smaller than the 7. guttatus, Leidy. This species differs in its longitudinal ribs. TRIONYX THOMASII. Cope. This tortoise is again distinguished from all those known by its sculp- ture, this being very delicate and obscure when compared with the thick- ness of the carapace. It consists of small tubercles of more or less elon- gate form, which may or may not emasculate; eight may be counted in M. .01. Width of a marginal costal, .02; thickness on suture, .0055. So in 7. concentrica. The costals have very little curvature. The faintness of the ornamentation is a marked character. Dedicated to my former teacher, Joseph Thomas, M.D., author of bias pincott’s Biographical Gazetteer, the Pronouncing Gazetteer of the World, Baldwin’s Gazetteer, and other important works. Found with the 7. concentrica, on Cottonwood Creek, Wyoming. AXESTUS BYSSIMUS. Cope. Genus et species nove Trionyxchidarum. This genus is represented by a species which is allied to Trionyz, but which differs in some important respects. The sternal bones are pro- vided with an enamel stratum exterior to the usual dense layer of the bone, which is not sculptured. The post-abdominal bone has no sutural connections, but sends out tooth-like processes at its angles. The caudal vertebre are proccelian, furnished with stout diapophyses and not very elongate ; ball depressed, undivided. The cervical vertebra are elongate and relatively very large. The claws are very large, and one at least flat and straight; the phalanges have broad trochlear surfaces, which indi- cate a moderate amount only of vertical movement. Both humeres and femur are curved and with extensive trochanters. The procoracoid and scapula are of equal lengths and the coracoid is much dilated distally. Char. specif. The portions of plastron preserved are thin for the size of the animal, and all the bones are especially dense and smooth. The (2) post-abdominal has the free margins acute and serrulate. There isan (2) external gently convex edge with a long process extending backwards; and one long narrow one inwards. The enamel is white and is marked with decussating lines of osseous deposit, as in woven linen. This is not the result of wearing. The cervical vertebra is without spine ; it iscom- pressed in the middle and is without any pneumatic foramen. Length cervical vertebra.......... Rote Aho webendenewe 068 Dnarmnatwere gyn waveltllo > Hoon oubebonousbeodocobeGOeneEns -020 oe GING ca pcb God doDUUe hp o orn CoOneaa ees 035 gh caudaledossaty alle 42 f2<. 23 tjnlanacieyae si sede ¢ ,010 Length & UO OT ako Ges Boe DO ee OC Ces ea mea nen 023 Se One Cetin ec apna anne eyelets: a lcretelal aie oem et fo) =/2 (ate) 043 Proximal depth LOS Mihi tes sesdoh ceceeler a ape tt eile eat a als .013 Length post-abdominal (broken)..................2... .180 Width COMPUTA eo aM lbcaecrene dota rere laa na i als Rats -120 Locality of the last. + BAENA HEBRAICA. Cope. Established on a large and nearly complete fossilized tortoise, which acks the posterior lobe of the plastron, and a cerresponding part of the carapace. The component elements are codssified. The costal scuta are very wide, excepting the first pair, Whose posterior margin is sigmoidally flexed. The anterior vertebral is concave behind, and has convex lateral margins. The marginal scuta in front are very narrow, but the fourth on each side is suddenly widened in front to meet the suture between the first and second costal scuta. The sutures are all perfectly regular. There are only four inframarginal scuta, of which the second from front is the largest, forming, with the third, an angle project- ing inwards. The carapace and plastron are smooth, excepting in the lines of the sutures of the costal bones. In this position there is, in each case, a series of short pit-like grooves parallel to each other, and transverse to the axis of the bone, forming figures like some Hebrew letters, the Greek //, etc. The borders of the carapace are obtuse, and the general form is almost round. The diameter is almost eighteen inches. This species may only be compared with the B. wndata, Leidy, with which it agrees in having the humeral scuta crowded to the front of the plastron, and having a common centre with the gulars, which they little exceed in size. It differs in having four instead of five inframarginals, a differently formed first costal, wider lateral marginals, and inthe smooth carapace with the peculiar sculpture mentioned. TESTUDO HADRIANA. Cope, spec. nov. Indicated by two individuals, one nearly perfect, the other chiefly re- presented by a complete plastron. ; This proves the existence of a very massive species of the terrestrial genus Testudo. The plastron presents a short wide lip in front, which is turned ‘outwards, forming a strong angle with the plane of the upturned front of the lobe. This lobe is bordered by a thickening of the upper surface, which cuts off the basin from the lip, as a high ridge. The pos- terior lobe is deeply bifurcate, each post-abdominal projecting as a trian- gle. There is a notch at the outer angle of the femoral scute. The -hyposternal bone is greatly thickened within the margin above, and an elevated ridge bounds the basin of the plastron behind, as before. The middle of the plastron is thin. The carapace is without marked keel or serrations. It is remarkable for its expanded and truncate anterior outline, which is nearly straight between two lateral obtuse angles. 1 Length carapace, M. .750=29 inches 3 width, .630. The marginal scuta are narrow, and there is a large nuchal plate. Same locality as the last. PALAZOTHECA POLYCYPHA. This genius and species of tortoises are indicated by vertebral, costal 5 and marginal bones of very small individuals. These bones are, how- ever, not only thoroughly ossified, but are very stout, indicating the adult age of the animal. The deeply impressed scutal sutures and heavy pro- portions, as well as the elevated carnia of the carapace, indicate affinity with Cistudo, or perhaps, Testwdo, as another generic character, itmay be noted that the vertebral bones are subquadrate, and support the neural canal without intervening lamina. The carina of the carapace is abruptly interrupted occasionally ; some- times with, sometimes without, a pair of pits, one on each side. Tlfe marginal bones are well recurved, and the scutal sutures are deeply im- pressed on them. ; M. Henatmvot vertebral: WOME. - 22a atclelp a «cle ee sie nic o> 009 © Width <‘ BE Flo Igy POE ei pee eas ee 0085 Length marginal Fors Bs Be ap Oo 8 Rye eee PS Rar ar ae 01 This is least of the tortoises of the Bridger Formation. PALZOTHECA TERRESTRIS. Cope. Represented by three individuals, one of which may be regarded as the type. They are all thinner than the P. polycypha, and larger, being about equal to the Aromechelys odoratas of our ponds. In the type specimen the carina of the vertebral bones is interrupted by a deep sutural groove, which is less pit-like than in P. polycypha. The bone itself is broader than long, being, perhaps, from the hinder part of the carapace. The clavicular (episternal) bone is preserved. It is characterized by the considerable and abrupt projection of that part enclosed by the gular scutum, which resembles what is sometimes seen in Testudo. The edge of this part is entire and acute. The posterior part of the projection forms a step-like prominence behind, on the supe- rior or inner face. The bone is almost as wide as long, and the meso- sternal causes a very slight median truncation, but overlapped much on the inner side. The gular dermal suture does not reach it. M. WenecinvertebralsoOmes:. Sus Pav. e) tate oer ay cleleclthe'e -009 Width as COSTE hin GOP MRL eS) Ae CREEL aR .018 MCU SHE PISLELMA les a. aa o\l boinc tee een llores co elec Le kN .02 Width Me (transverse to axis of body)’........ 017 PyoGiihworthe castles .2 See DKS. O11 niekness proximally S42 me. ORGS ee A 003 In the second specimen, a strong groove is seen to bound the lip of the front lobe of the plastron as in the species of Notomorpha. Init the marginal is seen to be stout, a little recurved, and sharp-edged. A ver- tebral differs from those described in being longer than wide. In the third individual the gular lip is not so prominent as in the type, _ and the mesosternal bone truncates the clavicular extensively, giving it thus a more elongate form. Thegular scuta expands to its front margin. The marginal bone is stout and sharp edged, and is not so deeply im- pressed by the dermal suture, as in P. polycypha. Nieto GNae She MINA feo ela lsy a -\sce ri ci- a tpole ich eto. leelowisilece « eieiecels 016 Width Pht eee ees aan or ae hey oy op 2 Peale acai s spt ehats 026 6 Lensthemarcinall.:. .0...ck\s auc ne eeeneerrr a ape deus Oe O11 Width Ce os dpaiconetehlepe eye tah) Sake Stat Ieee eae ee eer .016 The three specimens are from the bluffs of Cottonwood Creek, Wy- oming. NAOCEPHALUS PORRECTUS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Lacertiliarum. Established on an incomplete cranium, with vertebre found associated. No teeth are preserved, nor any part of the mandible. The remaining portions of the cranium are, however, highly characteristic. The occipital descends posteriorly and bears a pair of lateral ridges. which converge rapidly posteriorly. This bone is united with the pari- etal by suture, which is transverse; its outline is rectangular, so as almost to reach the frontals, which are prolonged backwards on each side the parietal, leaving but a narrrow exposure of the posterior processes of the parietal. These extend backward, and are broken off in the speci- men, but they probably formed parts of arches. The parietal is single, and there is no parietal fontanelle. The bone is triangular in outline with the apex anterior, dividing the frontals. These are contracted at the orbits, and have a projecting superciliary head ; anteriorly they are thickened. The postfrontals are of remarkable form. They are mas- sive, and compressed from before backward; they rise considerably above the level.of the front, and bear on their summits a cotyloid cavity, which is transverse to the exis of the cranium; the use of this projection is. obscure. There is an exoccipal foramen, and a large one in the poste- rior part of the frontal opposite the postfrontal elevation. The sphenoid is a compressed keel-shaped bone, round below, and with broad ale along much of its length. The occipital condyle is sub- condate depressed in outline, with a vertical obtuse angle in the middle and the sides somewhat plane. : A dorsal vertebra preserved has a single vertical capitular process, and a short hypapophysis. The neural canal is large, and the neurapophyses are attached by sutures. The cup is nearly round, very slightly trans- verse, and vertical. The cranium is smooth above, except the anterior part of the frontals, which are finely rugose. This genius is more or less allied to the Thecoplossa, but better material will be requisite to decide the question of affinities fully. Found with the preceding specimens. M. Width cranium at postfrontals,. 222 -a.-02 saa ee 072 \ @ parietal behind, y. 63.) - ee ee ee .012 Depth) postfrontal, .\. ciascaiswicr. thet the EEE ee .018 ‘“gapre-sphenoid anteriorly; 0.0) Shee ce eee .. .014 Diameter dorsal vertebra (cup)... ...-..2.0.-<2ees--0% 007 This genius differs from Glyptosowrus, Marsh, in the total lack of cra- nial shields, and from Sauiva, Leidy, in the nearly round vertebral centra. July 29, 1872. IQs 2. SECOND ACCOUNT OF THE NEW VERTEBRATA FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE. By Epwarp D. Cops. HELOTHERIUM PROCYONINUM. Cope. Spec. nov. This species is distinguished from those already known as pertaining to this genus, by its small size, as it does not much exceed the raccoon in dimensions. The size of a right superior molar is as follows: M SMe Tremp ita cyey sia: .'sis nfelerevete lores sels alaaes apele a a oteleieials 0.007 Wel WOSTOTIUOR. fercc.e: thmeemolatsn. cise oa eee ee eae -0140 mie So ISECOME \) Cl Weveve dicta euenshers) sleaeolereesienetcashfaapetaee "0041 Width ‘ ae oe arin eee rete cps = jolene 0030 There. were found associated with this jaw some caudal: vertebre of very attenuated form, which point to the possession of a long tail by this animal. One of these displays six short processes arranged round the articular extremity, the neural arch not being completed. — M. Lengeth..... ‘ahaa fohchoyevaba cnapetabeit stand ak eNO Ses aterkeet Rita eas 0.016 Proximal diameter. epee Gece eee a Soe cee O08 Median 38 Se Dd dg a estes aed Ge .0018 Gen. et sp. nov. This form is interesting as the only member of the Edentate order yet discovered in our early Tertiary formations. It is represented by a species of which a nearly perfect cranium is in my possession. This is about the size of an agonti and is of adepressed form. It has a thin molar and zygomatic arch, but no postorbital. There is a large suborbital foramen. The dentition consists of two pairs of long curved teeth, hay- ing much the form-and position of the cutting teeth of Rodentia. These are placed widely apart in the upper jaw, allowing space for the greater portion of the premaxillary- between them. The mandibular cutters are less widely separated -by a narrow prolongation of the symphysis. The exposure of the tooth is lateral; its direction nearly anterior. It projects anteriorly very little beyond the symphysis, and has a horizontal triturat- ing surface below the level of the latter. Neither pair of cutting teeth 3 are faced with enamel, but have only smooth cementum without sculpture, There are no molars, but the inferior face of the maxillary bone is rugose as though alveoli had been absorbed. There are traces of very shallow alveoli. The cast ofthe brain indicates smooth oval hemispheres which leave the cerebellum and olfactory lobes entirely exposed. The latter are ovoid and expanded laterally. The cranium is depressed, and has a trace of interparietal crest. The anterior margin of the temporal fossa is marked by a curved angle on each side of the frontal bone. The supra-orbital arch is very short. This curious animal reminds me of a small Megalonyx with flattened eranium. The cutting teeth above are, however, more like those of rodents. M. Womb Era mnie A(OF LIN). 6 c.teh ce be aod Viale a Mark gists woke 0.090 Width Co) CPUC, PAZ RONOE IS) cae Oe Aono ee Acree 040 os SP emeTLC Ae M COL Mesa) nes) 4 1s Seles 027 Co WD OS OMIpGINe WOON. Ss oo capo booeapaceleTEe ce oee 007 Depth ‘ “ ene rorrterveetay back) atc sahNs cla dicate aye 0085 ihenethvexposed part lower tooth. 2.2.6... 6. et cee ee 009 Width a et “ edi lores Mer cvatsle tot etateles oil cove eoahe 006 HADRIANUS OCTONARIA. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. This is genus of true Testudinidw, designed to include those with double anal scuta, and posterior lobe of the plastron bifurcate. In addi- tion to the species above named, the H. quadratus (Testudo hadriana, Cope), and probably the species to which belong a small piece named by Leidy, T. corsoni, pertain to the genus. The #. octonarius is distinguished from its congener in many ways. It is of elongate form, strongly contracted at the bridges, but expanded and arched above the limbs. The carapace in quite convex. The plas- tron has the posterior lobe emarginate rather than bifurcate, as seen in H., quadratus. Each projection represents a right-angled triangle rather than awedge. The anterior lobe presents an elongate lip, which is ex- panded, and slightly emarginate at the end. The mesosternal bone is heart-shaped, the posterior,emargination being wide and deep. The anterior margin of the carapace is somewhat flared above the limbs. The muchal scutum is very narrow transversely, but elongate. The carapace descends and is incurved in the middle of the posterior margin. M. esr er bite (UNS HOW Neecael ans fol o's Yoh ceetle-6 n vevehepauaie ean Sg of yous oligte'leh we 730 Ay pnclaineco rahe epee hl ss0 ees Sao ale xterm oui Sa ches ainle Calas A387 eee ALAM GNIS: (2 2E ale apie mise Sod cee cee he ewe eine 020 This species differs from the H. guadratus in many important points. It is perhaps the largest of our extinct land tortoises, and is founded on a beautifully perfect specimen from the bluffs of Cottonwood Creek. August 3d, 1872. H xu ras . : 23 Naw Pies pa sta : ’ bysiag. at UNS os coat ares i F eo 1 v \ A _ ~ . f ’ 2 * 4 (fs ie a 5 & Sa . bf 2, Ole : : ‘ MERE tose es? t 4 P! o35 See Leet tee Ee eae ’ ; bs oe ne DO? So: THIRD ACCOUNT OF NEW VERTEBRATA FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE OF WYOMING VALLEY. By Epwarp D. Cops. SrYPOLOPUS INSECTIVORUS. Cope. Sp. nov. Represented by a posterior molar and a premolar of the right side of an animal less than half the size of the S. pungews, Cope. The molar presents three anterior trihedral acute tubercles, of which one is exterior and more elevated than the others. Its posterior plane forms one trans- verse face with that of the inner posterior. The posterior tubercular heel is low, and supports an oblique ridge which bounds a deep groove behind the outer cusp, no doubt to receive that of the upper jaw. This arrangement is not seen in S, rungeus. The premolar is a flat cone with faint traces of a tubercle behind and cingulum on inner side. M emir CHO NVUNIOLA Teele os aio.cie > =\e's eisjsisicpe leis <)s ise ojerecsl ese 0.0050 eieE MIMMET CUS): Media acis, ays okie ale Seka sie sie tibia ihe owas .0040 Ib eraarln lHasile Ae oat Gels HOOD oe Cte eee Oe rere ee 0025 VVIGAGD. CROWIOG GABE rina eee ca c8 SO CIe Cen Hee tetramers 0030 Nee Ma MCLO WAN PLCMOLAT: «2 =)-10,< sfo=.= bis o cisislo nts) e ein ws old oe .0040 Length se OO ae en celatento at asta So er ails BOL eRe Re ere 0040 Found in the Eocene Bad Lands of Black’s Fork, by the writer. STYPOLOPHUS BREVICOLCARABUS. Cope. Sp. nov. Established on a portion of the left mandibular ramus, containing the penultimate and ante-penultimate molars, of an animal of a larger size than the type of the genus S. pungeus. The molars have the general characters of the corresponding ones of that species, but differ in their greater elevation in comparison with their length, and the greater convexity of the outer side. The shortness is occasioned by the abbreviation of the heel, which in the last molar present, is very small and flat, without keel or tubercle on its surface. That of the molar preceding it is larger, and presents in its elevated outer margin, a trace of the keel seen in the smallest species. Enamel smooth. M. Renal Ole tyOpmOlansic.rs seine «flsis sells oie) ait Hel scl ehojats leva 0.016 es SS SOSMINTHTENTS CHRON Pols cononconcbaunanodgunden .008 Width ‘‘ es Stags) Seber eters er raat 0047 Length ‘‘ a COC rame Sauer sieayes ha, aha iar .002 There is some relation between Stypolophus and Triacodon, Marsh. If _ the heel of the molars of the former were wanting, they would be those of the latter. ‘The premolars might be supposed to have this structure, but the form seen in S. insectivorus disproves this view. In fact, I have seen both molars and premolars of Jriacodon aculeatus, Cope, and the former lack the heel of the Stypolophi entirely. uy 2 MIACIS PARVIVORUS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Established on a portion of the right ramus mandibuli, containing por- tions of three molars, the penultimate being perfect. As in Canida, the molars diminish in size posteriorly, the last being single-rooted, the penultimate being two-rooted. The structure of that tooth is approx- imately that of Stypolophus, 7. e., with three trihedral cusps in front and a heel behind, but the cusps are of equal height, and their point of union not raised above the surface of the heel. This is a valley bounded by a sharp margin which is incurved to the outer cusp, leaving a vertical groove on the outer side, as in Stypolophus sp. This genus further differs from that one in the single-rooted small tubercular posterior molar, which is wanting in that one. The ante-penultimate molar is much larger than the penultimate. The crown of the latter is laterally ex- panded, and bears a cingulum at the base antero-externally. Enamel smooth. . M. Depth ramus st penultimate molar.................. 0.0080 Length crown of meen Tie ee Det SOE eri Mas » .0040 Elevation ss ey SEES OE La ave eas ae 0025 Width & re Be tlie ink 2a CENT ee oe ea 0033 Found on Black’s Fork of Green River. An ally of Stypolophus and Triacodon. . TOMITHERIUM ROSTRATUM. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Allied to Notharctus, Leidy. Dental formula 7222, in an uninter- rupted series. Last molars with five tubercles, others with four; all low and slightly alternating, the outer wearing into crescents. Canines quite small. Incisors very prominent, the median pair with transverse cutting edges. Symphysis codssified, projecting in front. I base the distinction between this genus and Wotharctus on the small canine, and the sub-horizontal position of the incisors; believing that when other portions of the skeleton are studied, other differences will appear. This, I have the opportunity of doing with material now in my hands. The adjacent horns of the two outer crescents unite with the anterior outer tubercle ; the posterior outer is insignificant. There is a projection but no tubercle in front of the outer anterior tubercle. The first and second premolars have but one root, the base of the second being about the size of the base of the canine. The latter are cylindric at base. The inscisors form a parabolic outline, and have entire edges, the middle pair transverse ones. Enamel generally smooth, premolars somewhat striate ; ‘an indistinct inner cingulum. ; M Length of entire dental series (straight)............... 0.044 es symphysis mandibulizy. a iaaeeae eee ee eae .020 Depth ramus at second molar...... Go albovat ted Seer (Be ST .010 Length crown of ‘ 66 Wea ae a EE NS Ey, Se 006 M Width crown of second molar...........0cccsseeseee: .0045 ‘between two * Oe eee aay aoe ee ve ER. Se 014 OG 66 COTE (S ATNAIN OSC A ae eotche Ac eile ic ctioristehetote Mahe « -005 From near Black’s Fork of Green River. I would refer to Notharctus, my Lophiotherium vasachiense, adding the fifth species to the genus. These are WV. gracilis, Marsh. WV. tyrannus, Marsh, J. tenebrosus, Leidy, NV. robustior, Leidy, and NV. vasachiensis, Cope. HADRIANUS ALLABIATUS. Cope. This large land tortoise is nearer in general form to the H. quadratus than to the H octonarius, but differs from both in the absence of the pro- jecting lip of the anterior lobe of the plastron, which is thus simply truncate. The mesosternum is not cordate, but has much the shape of that of H. quadratus, that is, rhombic. The scutal sutures are deeply im- pressed. The plastron is strongly concave. Carapace without irregu- larities of the surface. Length eighteen inches. From the Bad Lands of Cottonwood Creek, Wyoming. EMYS LATILABIATUS. Cope. Represented by a perfect specimen of a tortoise of a broadly oval form, and somewhat terrestrial habit. Its prominent characters are to be seen in the plastron, of which the posterior lobe is deeply bifurcate. The an- terior lobe is peculiar in the unusual width of the lip-like projection of the clavicular (‘‘episternal’’) bone, which is twice as wide as in FH. cyo- mingensis, and not prominent. Bones all smooth; margins of lobes of plastron thickened. Length of shell, one foot. M. Witt nol lip: Of plastEOn. 2... ccs const e cee n tasers 06 IDEN CL HORUEIBIO TIO) Ke None Goon Ao Udo be oo oeONoceaE ade 02 From near Black’s Fork of Green River. PROTAGRAS LACUSTRIS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. A serpent of about the size of the existing ‘‘ Pine Snake”’ (Pityophis melanolencus), and allied to the water snakes of Tropidonotus and allied genera. A vertebra before me has the longitudinal hypapophysial groove of that group, which terminates in a very obtuse point. The ball looks exten- sively upwards. The upper articular extremity of the parapophysis is _ short and obtuse, and the inferior equally so, and directed shortly down- wards. The articular face being continuous with each other. It sends an obtuse keel backwards, which terminates in front of the ball. The angle connecting the diapophysis and zygapophysis is strong, while the former was narrow ; in the specimens it is broken. ws + M iensthvor, centrum below. ...er cr eee eee earns 0.009 Depth to base neural spine, in front.................. O11 Wadith Cupid. cs. -dantnnss eae REE eee eer .0054 Dept 66 a. cscs ce ercleetsie re ciel teste aka Re ea eee eg eae 0045 Expanse parapophyses above.........--....-.-.---.-- .012 oe G6 DelO Wile) taste teeta tetne tener .008 From the Bad Lands of Cottonwood Creek, Wyoming. August 7, 1872. ° JO), Ss. ON THE EXISTENCE OF DINOSAURIA IN THE.TRANSITION BEDS OF WYOMING. By Epwarp D. Cope. During the present season, F. B. Meek, of Dr. F. V. Hayden’s Geologi- eal Survey of the Territories, discovered some large bones near Black Buttes Station, on the Union Pacific Railroad, fifty-two miles east of Green River, and near the Hallville Coal Mines. Shortly afterwards I visited the spot with a branch expedition, and commenced excavations with a view to the recovery of the remainder of the animal. The posi- tion was discovered to be between the thinner or lower strata of the Bitter Creek series of coal, which at this point occupy a position of elevation and crop out high on the bluffs. Two strata appear above the sandstone in which the bones occur, and one below it. The portions of the skeleton found, rested in the midst of vegetable debris, as sticks and stems, and was covered with many beautiful dicotyledonous leaves, which filled the interstices between the bones. The plant-bed gradually passed into a shell-bed, containing numerous thin dimyaria, and close by, some oysters were found. The whole question as to geologic age and aqueous conditions during which these beds were deposited, being unsettled, I gave especial attention to the recovery of the bones, with the view of . reaching a definite conclusion on these points. We succeeded in recovering sixteen vertebre, including a perfect sacrum, with dorsals and caudals; both iliac and other pelvic bones, those of one side nearly perfect ; some bones of the limbs, ribs and other parts not determined. The vertebre are large. The dorsals are short, with vertically oval centra, and small neural canal. The diapophyses originate well above the neural canal, diverge upwards, and are triangular in section. The neural spine is very much elevated, and the arch short antero-pos- teriorly. The zygapophyses are close together in both directions, those of the same aspect being separated by a narrow keel only. They do not project, but consist of articular surfaces cut into the solid spine. The latter is flat and dilated distally. The articular faces are nearly plane with a slight median prominence. The ribs have two articular surfaces, but I found no capitular pit on the dorsal centra. Elevation of centrum, 7.5 in.; width of the same, 5 in. 7.5 lines ; length of do., 3 in. 8.5 lines. Total elevation of a dorsal vertebra, twenty-eight inches three lines. The sacrum consists of five vertebre, the anterior centrum not depressed. They give out huge diapophyses which are united by suture. They are themselves united distally in pairs, each pair supporting a longitudinal convex articular face for the ilium. Each pair encloses a perforation with the centra. The first diapophysis goes off from the point of junction of the first and second vertebre, the second from the third only, and is more slender. The total length is 20 in.; 2 and the width 30 in. Its vertebre are flat below, with latero-inferior - angles. The last centrum gives off a simple diapophysis. Another vertebra exhibits a diapophysis as low as the floor of the neural ~ canal and united by coarse suture. Others posterior to the sacrum are more elongate with slightly compressed centrum, and with diapophysis opposite floor of canal and not united by suture. Centra flat below ; no chevron bones discoverable. Length centrum, 4 in. 4 lines; depth of articular face, 4 in.; width of do. 4 in. 3 lines. . The iliac bone is extended antero-posteriorly. One extremity is thick and rather obtuse, but of little depth. There isa large protuberance above the acetabular sinus. The other extremity is dilated into a flat thin plate of rather greater length than the stouter extremity. From one of its margins, a rod-like element projects. Its total length is about four feet, of which the acetabular sinus measures about 8.10 inches. A short bone pertaining to the limbs has the articular surfaces at a strong angle to each other, hence the shaft is twisted. It is deeply grooved on one side near the extremity. The other extremity bears a rather flattened hour-glass shaped articular face, and below it on one angle is acrest. The convexity of the surface is not great, and this extremity resembles that of a Dinosaurian or Crocodilian reptile. Its length is, however, only eight and a quarter inches ; apparently too small for a humerus, though this is not certain, while it is decidedly too small for a metatarsal of such an animal. From the above description, it is evident that the animal of Bee Buttes is a Dinosauran reptile, the characters of the sacral and iliac bones alone sufficing to demonstrate this point. If the reader will compare the measurements given for species of this group already known, he will observe that those of the present animal exceed those yet described from North America. It is possible that if the corresponding parts of Hadrosaurus tripos, Cope, or Thespesius occidentalis, Leidy, are dis- covered, they may approach it, It is thus conclusively proven that the coal-strata of the Bitter Creek Basin of Wyoming Territory, which embraces the greater area yet discovered, were deposited during the Cretaceous period, and not during the Tertiary, though not long preceding the latter. It ap- pears that the forests that intervened between the swamps of epochs, during which the coal was formed, were inhabited by these huge mon- sters. That one of them laid down to die near the shores of probably a brackish-water inlet, and was soon covered by the thickly fallen leaves of the wood. That continued subsidence of the level submerged the bones, which were then cevered by sand. The form of the ilium differs very materially from that of Hadrosau- rus, and the vertebre are plane, thus differing from Thespesias. The limb bone is distinct from anything in Lelaps, which, moreover, probably resembles Thegaloswurus in its ilium. The present form recalls rather Cetiosaurus. As it is evidently new to our system, it aay be called AGATHAUMAS SYLVESTRIS, The Secretary announced that he had received, August 17th, 1872, a telegram from Professor Cope, dated Black Buttes, Wyoming, Aug. 17, 1872, reading (with conjectural corrections of specific names) as follows :— Buack Buttes, Wyomine, August, 17, 1872. I have discovered in Southern Wyoming, the following species: LEFALAPHODON, Cope. Incisor one; tusk canine none; premolars four, with one crescent and inner tubercle ; molars two ; size gigantic.— Discor- -natus ; horns tripedral, cylindric; nasals with short convex lobes.— Bifurcatus, nasals with long spatulate lobes.—Hvcressicornis, horns compressed sub-acuminate. Epwarp D. Corse, U. S. Geological Survey. Published Aug. 19, 1872. INi@= (62 NOTICES OF NEW VERTEBRATA FROM THE UPPER WATERS OF BITTER CREEK, WYOMING TERRITORY. By Epwarp D. Cope. SYNOPLOTHERIUM LANIUS. Cope. Gen. etsp. nov. This genus possesses the dental formula so far as known, I. $c.4M;. In the only specimen with molars, the crowns are much worn, but in all the antero-posterior much exceeds the transverse diameter, and consisted of two lobes. The posterior molar had no more lobes, and is smaller ‘than the penultimate. The first is two rooted, and is separated by a wide space from the inferior canine. The superior canine is of disproportion- ately large size, and issues a little behind the premaxillary suture. The incisions are crowded closely together, and are of conic form. The ex- terior is several times as large as the others. The inferior incisors are of huge size, project upwards after the manner of rodents, and are inserted by a short base into the solid symphysis. They are separated by a short interspace, which is without alveoli. The fore foot possesses four digits, of which the inner is considerably the shorter. ‘Phalanges not slender ; ungueals flat, deeply fissured above. Caudal vertebre slender, This most remarkable genus is not at present referable to its proper order. The superior anterior teeth are of carniverous type; the opposing teeth look like those of rodents, while the molar teeth differ from both. It is allied to Anchippodus, Leidy, which is only known from mandibles. This form Dr. Leidy has called the ‘‘gnawing hog,”’ but, as it probably exhibits a structure similar to that seen in the present genus, it is obvi- ous that the huge symphyseal teeth were not designed for gnawing in the usual sense. I suspect these animals have lived largely on turtles, *° and that the structure in question was adapted for crushing their shells. This is the more likely from the prodigious number of turtles which must have existed contemporaneously with them. There are twenty species described from the Bridger formation, and their numbers are legion, as already described by Professor Marsh. Their bones are always in sight, and six or eight are not unfrequently found lying together. Char. specif. The mandibular rami, posterior tothe symphysis, are not heavily constructed. The symphyseal teeth are very stout, and exhibit two longitudinal grooves on the outer and outer inferior face ; the shaft is compressed, and the worn surface is on the outer side, as produced by the canines, and on the extremity, produced by the outer incisor. The superior canine is compressed, and as large as that of a grizzly bear. The outer incisor is nearly straight, and with conic crown. A large part of its shaft is exposed at the bottom of a wide vertical groove, which extends upwards between the canine tooth and a ridge de- scending from the edge of the nares. The external nareal opening is en- *This view was already expressed in The Friend, Philada., 1872, Winter. 2 tirely anterior, and is narrowed below, in accordance with the narrowing of the premaxillaries. M. Length of interior dental series to bases of symphyseal UCOW Wann SOMO ae Manone yards oo Sedo Gd dion oo aboot 0.170 Mepihoramussablast am olarws siecle eer tee ees .050 iene the symphysis. 5. itil tr tees os eee er ee tere 060 up muzzle from (canines. see eee eens Olay ase symphyseal tooth projected................... .010 Diameter ue G6 668 een ESE tie Shee at Oe .026 st canine “ £6 Go) (RRO RO oe tet tennaate .023 If the body of this animal were of usual proportions as relates to the skull, it was about the size of the black bear (Ursus americanus). The worn condition of the teeth indicates an old animal, and one that had lived on hard food. EoBASILEUS CORNUTUS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Established on remains of five individuals of the average size of the Mastodon ohioticus. 'These indicate clearly a form of proboscidian not before recognized. The structure of the tibia and astrafalus, clearly indicate that the species is not artiodactyle, while the perfectly simple femur is not perissodactyle. The posterior part of the cranium, and the short stout phalanges are proboscidian. The existence of horns on the frontal bones separates it at once from Dinotherium, Mastodon, Stegodon, or Hlephas, and indicates a remarkable combination of structure not before known to naturalists. The gigantic size of the typical species -adds to its interest, and shows it to have been the monarch of the remark- able fauna disclosed by recent researches in Wyoming. The distal extremities of both humerus and femur are flat, the former ‘with oblique trochlear face and shallow olecranar fossa. The great tro- -chanter of the femur is flat and not recurved ; little trochanter wanting. Spine of tibia very obtuse; distal extremity little excavated. Distal extremity of phalanges not divided by trochlear ridge. Articular extremities of vertebre plane ; the cervicals very short. Cranium with vertical occiput with broad convex superior outline. Temporal fosse lateral, posteriorly small. Horn-cores obtuse, com- pressed, most at base; direction divergent. ; NuMBER 1. M. uength of horn-cores (6 inches)...........+.-+---+--s 0.152 (Elevation occiput from the foramen magnum....... prmers lc!) Width across supra-occipital crest.........4.--.-00..- 015 ‘| .of condyles with foramemeien nn yer!) 1-1oeni ecb ue “ paramastoid process.iic meee teresa ei .087 NUMBER 2. ‘Transverse diameter condyles humerus..... ddoiooudobae 185° 3 NUMBER 3. Diameter extremity tibia (transverse).....-...-..---. - 126 us a “¢ _ (antero-posterior).........-. - 096 Cort Peaitieatt seme (EERIE ELSE) lars cre erate ie) eee | 140 « . glenoid cavity scapula............. PENN EOM BORNE 150 Further details of the structure of this animal will be sought for with interest. From the manner of its occurence, it probably went in families or herds. CROCODILUS CLivis. Cope. This is a large species with a muzzle of narrowed proportions and sufficient depth to give it a broad oval section. The nasal bones appear to have reached the nareal orifice. The anterior superior teeth are very large, especially the canine. The inferior tooth corresponding is large, and occupies an emargination which approaches near to the nasal suture. The pitting of the muzzle is fine, and the swollen interspaces much the wider. The teeth have stout conic crowns, with well developed cutting edges and coarse striate sculpture. The mandible is acuminate to the narrow extremity, and has a long symphysis, which extends to opposite the third tooth behind the notch. The cervical vertebre preserved, have round cups; they have a simple elongate hypapophysis with a pit behind it; shoulder very prominent. M. Menchh of ramus with teeth: 0.2.0... ec. s ewes ee ees a MAES YLUUPINVISIS clsyri- orci stalereltenie sie Ton te Green. 5 135 Widtindo.-atend of symphisis.. 2.2.00... ce. cere ncns 085 oe oO. se MAN Gilles strc eile pu aceete eee eet the 020 «* Maxillary at third tooth above................. .060 os oe CA MOLCHGA DONG oycia.<1 0s ste cis es elev ernie See daw This species has a more slender muzzle than those described by Marsh and Leidy, and is of larger size. RHINEOSTES PELTATUS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Nematognathorum. Established on cranial and other bones, with spines of a siluriform fish of the size of the largest species of Amiurus. The form, in the excessive rugosity of the external long surfaces, reminds one of some of the Bra- zilian Dorades. The frontal fontanelle is closed, though very distinctly marked by a groove of the surface not rugose. The rugosity consists of innumerable, packed osseous popille. The cranial ossification is con- tinued posterially as a shield, which is strongly convex from side to side. The spine is symmetrical, and probably dorsal. It is compressed and curved - antero-posteriorly, and is deeply grooved behind. Laterally it is closely . striate grooved ; the anterior face is narrowed, obtuse, and minutely ser- rate with cross ridges; each side of it is rugose with several irregular series of pronounced tubercles, arranged transversely. M. Width frontal bone near front of fontanelle............ 0.012 DPMITCRMESS! At: GOs. by ereiassuathlet evelsvchatesetetoenste estore erect -004 Oy G65 S CASOUGC' se yo'5:4 10 Sieve secede ee oicto eerste eee ene ee -005 Wilt -Spimen ey «2.52 cists kove siete asfeueye siete @ eeetolcie tera tereiteeeenetete 005 Wet ee teres sleet claieterarepetorer tere beaet arent eerie .009 RHINEOSTES SMITHII. Cope. Indicated by a dorsal spine of an individual of smaller size than the type of the last named. It is less rugose, and more firmly striate, and possesses a row of short reverted spines in its posterior groove. The anterior edge is furnished with a finely serrate keel, which has a groove on each side at the base. The section is oval, the posterior face not being flattened as in the last species. Anterior-posterior diameter near middle M. .005 ; at base .006; width behind above base .006. Named for my respected friend, Daniel B. Smith, of Germantown ; many years Principal of Haverford College, and a student and lover of the - Natural Sciences. August 20th, 1872 Ni @er 72 SECOND NOTICE OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATES FROM BITTER CREEK, WYOMING. By Epwarp D. Cope. ' PALHOSYOPS VALLIDENS. Cope, sp. nov. Represented by the dentition of one maxillary bone with other bones of one individual; a portion of the same dentition of a second ; with both rami of the mandible with complete dentition of a third. The spe- cies is distinguished by the details of the dental structure, and by the superior size. It exceeds, in this respect, the Paleosyops major, Leidy ; while the three posterior lower molars measure 4.5 inches in length. the same teeth of the present animal measure 5.25 inches. The last superior molar of another specimen measures 2 inches in length; in the third the first true molar is 1.5 inch in length, while the last inferior molar is 2.25 incheslong. The peculiarity in the structure of the superior molars consists in the existence.of two strong transverse ridges, which connect the inner tubercle with the outer crescents, enclosing a pit between them. These are most marked on the premolers, where also is found the peculiarity of the almost entire fusion of the outer crescents into a single ridge. These united crescents are narrower than in P. major, and the summits of all the crescents are relatively more elevated. The number of inner tubercles is the same as in that species; all the teeth have very strong basal cin- gula, which rise up on the inner tubercle. The last inferior molar is relatively narrower than in P. major, and the posterior tubercle is larger and longer, and is an elevated cone. This species is after those next described, the largest mammal of the Wyoming Eocene. LoxoLoPHODON. Cope. (Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. Feb. 16, 1872.) The discovery of the remains of numerous animals of this genus con- firm the propriety of its separation from Bathmodon. The characters are as follows: Type of extremities Proboscidian. Femur without third trochanter, toes short, stout. Dentition: I.1; C.0:P.M.4;M.2. The premax- illary is at the posterior margin of that bone, and is a large recurved trenchant tusk. There is a long edentulous interval between it and the first premolar, which is smaller than the others. These support an outer erescent and asmall inner tubercle. In the anterior premolars, the cres- cent is nearly straight, in the posterior more curved. With use, the cres- cent and tubercle wear together and form a short lance-head surface. The crescent is angular, and occupies the whole crown in the molars, and _ the tubercle is small and not symmetrically placed. The teeth on the maxillary bone are remarkably small for the size of the animal. Lower jaw not observed. The cranium presents a remarkable appearance on account of the pro- il 2 2 longation of the muzzle. In front of the zygomatic arches, the form is compressed and roof-like above. Above the tusks the nasals expand, and are produced to a great distance, terminating in osseous prominences. The premaxillaries are also much produced ; their anterior part is slender and toothless, and does not extend so far as the nasals, The orbit is not enclosed behind, and has no marked superciliary or other margin. Above it, on each side, a horn-core is given off, the pair diverging from approximated bases. Occiput vertical. The affinities of this genus are not close to any known, excepting Bath- modon. This has the six premaxillaries of usual proportions, at least three true molars, and the posterior premolars with three crescents. The general relationships are proboscidian, and associated in some measure with Synoplotherium, Auchippodus and Pseudotomus. Besides the L. semicinctus, Cope, originally described, the researches under Prof. Hayden’s Geological Survey, have determined the existence of two or three other species of much larger size. LOXOLOPHODON CORNUTUS. Cope. EFobasileus cornutus. Cope. Established on portions of several skeletons, including one with femur, pelvis, scapula, vertebree andcranium. The latter measures about thirty- four inches in length. The horn-cores are very stout and sub-triangular in section at base and with a rudimental knob on the inner side ; height seven inches about. A massive protuberance of a recurved lobate outline rises on the anterior margins of the nasal bones on each side. They meet, leaving an emargination in front, giving the nasal bones a bi-lobed outline. The iliac bones are very wide, the expanse of both together being fifty-four inches. The centrum of a sacral vertebra is four inches in diameter. : LoxOLOPHODON FURCATUS. Cope. This species is indicated by portions of the nasal bones. These have differed in form materially from those of the Z. cornutus. The convex protuberances seen in L. cornutus were here represented by processes of singular form. They were compressed, narrowed at the base, and expanded distally into a flatspatulate body. The whole process measures seven to eight inches in length, and three and a-half in width distally. The animal could not have been materially smaller than the L. cornutus. LOXOLOPHODON PRESSICORNIS. Cope. Established on numerous remaius, including horn-cores of species simi- lar in size to the last. Its marked peculiarity, as first noticed, consists in the compression of the horn-cores throughout the proximal half of their length, with-their more acuminate form, than in Z. cornutus. They measure also about seven inches in length. The affinities of these remarkable animals will be shortly discussed. They were the gigantic mammals of our Eocene period, representing the Elephants and Mastodons of the Miocene, which they equalled in size. Aug. 22, 1872. O'S: ON A NEW VERTEBATE GENUS FROM THE NORTHERN PART OF THE TERTIARY BASIN OF GREEN RIVER. By Epwarp D. Corn, A.M. ANAPTOMORPHUS A5MULUS. Cope. Dentition of the ramus mandibuli, In. 2, C. 1, P.M. 2, M. 3, total 16; identical in number to those of Limia and Homo. It differs in many re- spects from these ; there is no interruption in the series near the canine, and the symphysis though massive, is not co-ossified. Further details are, the last molar is three¢-lobed and elongated behind. The composition of the crowns of the preceding molars consists of four opposite lobes, which are very stout, and connected transversely by a thin ridge behind, or in close contact in front. The premolar tooth which is best preserved, is a perfect second, which, while having two roots, possesses a crown which stands almost entirely on the anterior, presenting a curved sectorial crest forwards and upwards. Measurements. M. GT GR IT OSTNIEN LN Cp lesa a Pa en ne ara i are 0.0148 =e Grim PAS tRIinO Let ataryayet oshes) oiataie, 25s. 4 sw )s ane Pee 00380 ue SPH EUU CAO RN ULM biarse ae sem cht Cais copn esas leew Ace eles aha ake 0025 Width of SA STS Oe ae aU er ees BE ATIO P 0020 Length of three molars preserved.............0.00++++ 0070 October 12th, 1872. ty, ate 1 Taos Ua hs, Pane INT@ERSS DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW EXTINCT REPTILES FROM THE UPPER GREEN RIVER EOCENE BASIN, WYOMING. By E. D. Cope. CrocopiILus (ICHTHYOSUCHUS) SUBLAIUS. Cope, sp. nov. Some of the cervical vertebre without hypapophyses. Their cups round. Dentition peculiar. One or two very long smooth compressed straight teeth in the front of the ramus mandibuli. These are followed abruptly by a closely set series of sub-equal teeth of not one-fourth the size, varying little to the back of the jaw. The long teeth have sub- compressed crowns with opposed cutting edges, and are smooth except at their bases. These are distantly sulcate, the separating ridges being acute. The smaller teeth are perfect cones and resemble those of Gars without their sulci. There are more long teeth in the premaxillary bone than below. Pit- ting of the cranium distinct, elegant. Length of skull about one foot. Length of long teeth 1.25 inches ; of small ones _ .5 inch. CROCODILUS SULCIFERUS. Cope, sp. nov. A medium sized species with cranium deeply and roughly pitted. The chief character is at present visible in the teeth. The larger of these are of sub-cylindric and short conic crown, which is superficially grooved from basis near apex ; sulci coarse, open. ANOSTIRA RADULINA. Sp. nov. Based on two marzginal bones one from the front, the other from the rear, of the carapace of an animal of twice the bulk of the largest Anostere yet found. Apart from size, the sculpture is peculiar. It consists in the anterior of closely packed vermicular ridges which run out flat on the posterior and upper edge. In the posterior, it consists of only closely placed minute tubercles over the whole surface. M. Wensth front.one'on free edge... 00.66... . nse e eee se 0.025 Width Se Va pena sr yeaa Melscahel voy ai stale, sicie wi =! cles .028 Length posterior on free edge..........-..s00--eeeeee © 025 Width ae re i Peta at pekicodn aameu odo 2 025 October 12th, 1872. F : i) 5 7, v city : a? Sy ae <4 Ny “te ¥ , f a ~ “ ‘ i 4 * aa, od . . . = tea y . A t+ i : me t/, Meret eee aa i AEE eee a Re =f % : ; c aan, ye). @) Prof. Cork made some remarks on the Geology of Wyoming, especially with reference to the age of the coal series of Bitter Creek. He said that the discovery of the Dinosaur Agathaumas sylvestris had settled the ques- tion of age, concerning which there had been much difference of opinion, in favor of the view that they constitute an upper member of the Creta- ceous series. In the sections made, he had succeeded in tracing the line of demarkation between these and the lower beds of the Green River epoch, and had found the leaf beds of the former to be immediately covered by deposits of mammalian remains, with an interval of a few feet only. In the same way, the close approximation of Evanston cretaceous coal to tertiary strata was determined by the finding of numerous mammalian and reptilian remains in the lower part of the Wahsatch beds of Hayden, or even in the sandstones overlying the coal. Here two species of Bathmodon were found, corresponding with the nearly allied genus Meta- lophodon from the Bitter Creek locality. So far as is yet known, the Bathmodontide are diagnostic of the Green River formation, and on this and other grounds, the Wahsatch beds of Evanston were regarded as be- longing to it. A further extension of the Green River formation was found at a point 400 miles westward (see Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, July, 1872), near Elko, Nevada, where fishes and insects occur in thin shales. Some of the former are nearly allied to species from the fish-beds of Green River. He added that exception had been taken to his claiming the final deter- mination of the cretaceous age of the Bitter Creek coal strata (see Silli- man’s Journal, 1872, Dec., p. 489) ; his critics presuming that he was un- acquainted with previous publications on the subject. It was, however, his knowledge that previous authors had expressed either adverse or doubtful opinions respecting it, that induced him to print the short pre- liminary notes that had appeared. He was well aware that Messrs. King and Emmons had considered the lower part of these beds as cretaceous, and the upper as tertiary (see Exploration 40th Parallel, III. p. 458), on stratigraphic grounds. Since the cretaceous was represented in different parts of the country by clays, sands, glauconite, chalk, limestone, and sandstone, he thought that palznotological evidence was needed to com- plete the demonstration. This had not been produced for the locality in question, but the nearest point (Hallville) had been called Tertiary by Mr. Meek, and Prof. Lesquereaux (Hayden’s Survey of Terrs., 1870, p. 306. had considered the fossil flora of Point of Rocks, forty miles west- ward, as of ‘‘unknown age,’’ and those of Evanston as miocene. Hay- den himself is well known to regard the strata as of uncertain or transi- tional age. Palzenotological determinations of cretaceous age of the Bitter Creek series were very indefinite up to the publicationin question. But, first he would remark, that his critic was doubtless uninformed as to the geography of Wyoming, when he cited Prof. Marsh’s determination of the 2 cretaceous age of the coal of Brush Creek, a locality from 150 to 200 miles distant. So with the determination from Weber River (Coalville) 200 miles, and Evanston and Sulphur Creek 150 miles distant, on the opposite side of the Bridger Basin. He did not regard these as determinations affect- ing the age of the Bitter Creek Beds any more than they did of the Eoeene coal of Osino, 200 miles west of them. The only approximations to the point were made by Mr. Meek. In King’s Survey of the 40th Parallel (1. c. 462), Mr. Meek’s nearest points of investigation were the shell beds of Sulphur Creek (Bear River) ; of these he says, ‘‘ While I am, therefore, willing to admit that facts may yet be discovered that will warrant the conclusion that some of these estuary beds should be included rather in the Cretaceous than in the Ter- tiary, it seems to me that such evidence must either come from included vertebrate remains, ete.’? This is not very conclusive, and acknowledges in advance the importance of the determination of vertebrates from the same neighborhood ( Evanston), and from Bitter Creek, above described. Secondly, in Hayden’s Survey, 1870, p. 298, the only determination of the age of coal of the Bitter Creek area is tertiary (Hallville). Thirdly, in Hayden’s Survey Montana, ete. (1871, p. 375), Mr. Meek enumerates three species from this region (Point of Rocks) as cretaceous, every one with question as to determination, which, therefore, decides little as to the age of the beds. In the same way all his Coalville species are marked with question. In his earliest investigation in connection with Mr. Engle- man, in Capt. Simpson’s Report (1860), he expressly states that the age of the Bitter Creek coal series is unknown. Thus it seems that a knowledge of the literature of the geology of the Bitter Creek coal, shows: I. The Messrs. King and Emmons on strati- graphic evidence referred the lower part to the cretaceous and the upper to the tertiary. That on Paleontological grounds, II. Mr. Lesquereaux regards them as tertiary ; III. Mr. Meek’s evidence is doubtful ; * and, IV. Dr. Hayden has believed in a transition series. Hence it appeared to the speaker, that the explorations directed by Dr. Hayden during the past season had contributed largely to our knowledge, proving the existence of aninterrupticn between the cretaceous and ter- tiary formations ; less itis true than that which exists elsewhere, and similar to that geval on by Clarence King’s survey in the region of Bear River and the Wahsatch country. * Beg gentleman has stated in a letter to the writer that Bitter Creek Beds constitute a ‘‘new zone. IN@ee all. ON TWO NEW PERISSODACTYLES FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE. By Epwarp D. CopEr. LIMNOHYUS LAVIDENS. Cope. This species is one of the larger forms of the group originally repre- sented by Palwosyops, and which has turned out to be so numerous in species. Thanks to the labors of Prof. Marsh, these have been placed on a recognizable footing, and I have been enabled to distinguish not only the species he has described but a few others in the collections obtained by Dr. Hayden’s expedition of 1872. The present species is chiefly represented by a nearly complete cranium with dentition, from Bitter Creek, and a cranium lacking the posterior part of one side and the lower jaw, from Cottonwood Creek. The molars have the general form of those of L. robustus, but the second superior premolar has but one outer tubercle. The cingula are much less developed than in that species ; those between the inner cones of the molars being entirely absent. These cones are low, and with the rest of the crowns of all the teeth, covered with smooth and shining enamel. The anterior me- dian small tubercle of the first true molar is wanting. The last true molar has but one interior cone. The canine tooth is powerful and bear-like ; the outer incisor is the largest. The premaxillary bones are short, and the side of the face eleva- ted and plane to the convex nasal bones. Zygomatic arch massive. M. Length molar series (No. 1).............- Weather select 0.140 s UMC RIM OLAT Seva tyiy starch: a2 /y sere aon Te eee tse aie 085 ae INTC CRIM CISOUS nen Mecsiiacasia ignite. aoe te wt skater 034 ct CHONM CeMINGS Feb eaceunaseadeun or SVAN eal eevetens .030 ue HE" WBEISTBO CVO) Eh Rese usa t ee e e peae R nr s Eae Pe 039 Width ‘* oa OE CRE a ERS ae ean 086 Length cranium to occipital crest..... Meee e chat Cae 845 MM UEUMORTTLONALS (INO n 2) ec tives) cists ticesie eats median three molarss 62. .uece fav psrn nae es 010 Width of median: molars; cc acer eee 003 Depth ramus at ‘‘ UE aCe aes ever ies Als fl a7 O11 This species and the last are rather larger than the prairie marmot (Cynomys ludovicianus). The superior dentition in this genus is I. 2; C.0; M,5. The molars are fissured on the inner side in all the species, and on the outer also in one of them. TRICIUM AVUNCULUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Inferior molars ? 4, the first composed of three columns, well rooted. Otherwise as in Palwolagus. The larger species referred to this genus may possibly have five inferior molars, a point I cannot now decide. The first molar ismore distinctly rooted than in Lepuso and I suspect that the present genus has, like Palwolagus, not more than five superior molars. 5 Char. specif. Size very small. The molars, except the first, with a distinct but narrow posterior third column, their sides grooved nearly tothe centre. Incisor sub-triangular in section. Measurements. M. Henstheof/anterior three molars..........----.-.-+--- 0066 of FITS STO) cere eters eis a a teh eat nA tre 0024 Width oe OG ae alee #1 IRIE arene ara anette ae ee oe vent .0018 Weptimamius at) first molars: 220.5 sasocs eects os ae .0060 Other specimens are a little smaller than the above. TRICIUM LEPORINUM, Sp. Nov. This species is larger than the last, and the molars lack the posterior column which it possesses. The first molar is narrowed in front, and is not grooved to the base on either side; the second is grooved to the alveolar wall on the inner side only, the others on both sides. Measurements. M. Henestvor anterior three molars::......-..:--.-2-:+-- .0076 Bory HUES DERN O LAM nero tere oY state hacclapee nee ey ean Steere al nora 0025 Width oe SO ter semen Cee ARE eee .0020 Wepiunbotramus at tirsh molary. 5544.2. 62-226 + es cls: 0070 Tricitum agapetilla is allied to this species ; I originally referred it to Paleolagus (see Bulletin No. 15). TRICIUM PANIENSE, sp. Nov. This species is similar in the dentition of the anterior part of the jaw to the last species, but is quite distinctly larger, as the following measure- ‘ments explain. The region of the diastema is quite stout, and the incisor convex on the anterior face. Measurements. M. Menoth of two anterior molars......:...5--+.+..+++- 0068 & IMIS HTOTON GHB, pate) e Baten eee Ole Aen ee eee ee .00382 Width ut COA ot tate OURS 2) ay Rey ACID Pay, Bes Crate .0021 Depcthirammus) ammirst molanse 4. Mclas2 4b sens eee ole = 0085 a a6 GHASCC TINA ee ete SAS Ns cere yess .0061 GYMNOPTYCHUS CHRYSODON. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. The essential features are, dentition; I.1; C.%; M. 2; the molars with two crescents on the inner side above, each of which | gives rise to a cross-ridge to the outer margin. In the mandibular series the crests and crescents have a reversed relation. No cementum. {\ Char. specif. First upper molar a single cone. Incisors. quite com- pressed. First inferior molar a broad oblong, the cusps opposite, the anterior close together. The two posterior cross crests do not form a V, the anterior being interrupted at the cusp. There is a delicate tubercle 6 between the outer cusps of the three last molars. The incisor is com- pressed, the anterior and outer faces being separated by an angle. M. ID Sa Oe NOY LIER Sooessoucc code ssocnsocs UNS ey .0140 AG =) penultimiatehm olanerreae eset ene .0033 Width oe hE eR aeha as ami aiclolo arcg ais mec .0035 a6 first molar. Cee eee .6030 Length Ot meatier: cds Brensenia iA rye sowie e or okey .0035 Depth jaw atapenulltima ted Oneness -0090 (c." -Incisor toothtasse nee eee emia Rariaereto, 3 .0040 Width OC Eee Re eR Pes ocd Gino Od GoGo o 6 .0020 The skull is broad and stout, but not depressed ; muzzle broad above, short. Front moderately contracted, no postorbital processes. GYMNOPTYCHUS NASUTUS, Sp. NOV. Much smaller than the last. Inferior molars with two cross-crests and two cingular from the external cones, each posterior crest of a pair ter- ninating in an interior cone. First molar narrower. The anterior part of a cranium probably belongs to the same species. The first molar has a sub-round crown with four tubercles ; the second is constructed like the corresponding inferior. Muzzle much compressed, nasal bones flat, extending to beyond above incisors. Measurements. M. Length anterionithreesmolatceee cr. nee eee reece er 0045 us first molar....... Avera! He USS Aca etal b .0015 Diametersnieriorincisoneeaaeeee nena eroeee .0008 Depthxamus atsecondimolary.u. sob eens --.. .0036 engthvdiaiste may above rere rt ictal emits eet .0080 Width at pre-orbital region............:..---.-+.-+-- 0073 £0) NOME MOL MAUI ZL ON ee inh events Becket faire atts ave eae eleyogs gel .0030 GYMNOPTYCHUS TRILOPHUS, Sp. NOv. Ramus depressed, elongate. Molars with two outer crescents separated by a deep notch, each of which gives rise to a single cross-crest, an anterior and posterior, without cingula. The inner apices of the cres- cents unite and give origin to a short median cross-crest. Measurements. M. Length foun molars ei. cei abcde) ees cic ek aia one ne 0070 ae BO COMG eee ys N rossi nD mem a aire deer nat 0017 Width ‘* OES deayetsb le BYE Wile TSAO AN ee NNER 85 .0015 Depth ramus at second molar.....-....:..-..:..- ... .00385 Wid ChrofmloweranClSOnert serene orice eee fete .0010 GYMNOPTYCHUS MINUTUS, Sp. NOv. A very small species. Middle pair of molars with the anterior and posterior cross-crests bifurcate, and a short median cross-crest. Only 7 three cross-crests on the fourth, and four tubercles on the first. Ramus deep. Measurements. i M. ienethorinterior molars... =. 32.6%. eile vee oe ole 0040 se SECOMCEE San bie TN Ae Nas eS ee aE a .0010 Width 6G Gy SPELT CS Son aT SATE AS Poet Mute sserta POLE RAE .0010 inansverse diameter INCisOn..). =o. c4-cee ose eee. es. .0008 Depth ramus at second molar ....................-- .0030 Scarcely larger than the house mouse. Perissodactyla. ANCHITHERIUM CUNEATUM, Sp. nov. Represented by the superior molar teeth of several individuals one- third smaller than those of the A. bairdit. The prominent peculiarity consists in the anterior production of the anterior external] cusp anterior- ly, giving a wedge-shaped outline to that part of the tooth. The first premolar is quite small. The fore and aft cingula are well developed, and the basal parts of the transverse ridges are partially separated into tubercles, the posterior one sending a low ridge backwards. Measurements. M. Wenetiok Me and 3 of No. 1.0.2 ..5 6k. ieee eee cee 0260 op M.1 ei ine teeth Neeapealyehaus, arta tnee nyobatty ole .0130 Width ae PMR eee Ray ashe ts ctu sd se in -0110 HMGennb Om Msc —4, INO. Oo... cial cic nice ecisieicneion ee tig ele .0410 ef M. 2 SOSA ae Ay Bore Pop oP pay oid escaer SLR Gos ees 0115 Width bi CDi veka At ERM Al feared A NEES RY ae ea Ee .0130 Artiodactyla. / LEPTAUCHENIA CALCARATA, Sp. NOy. Established on a superior maxillary bone which supports Pm. 3 and 4, and M. 1, 2 and 3 in perfect preservation, and probably by other re- mains. The species is characterized by the presence of an additional narrow column with acute apex behind the posterior outer crescent. A similar cusp exists in front of the anterior cusp, as in other species. The third premolar is little longer than the fourth, and the inner cusp is very small. Measurements. M. MemOpnrOtsive MOLT. ..25. 585 Ueki cess bs eee bce es 0.0260 og thie entre MLOlATS aes. ete 0175 at las tance Su 3 | DER ain Rhee ae MORE dpe ice ee .0080 Width Be oe OH ERNE s cy Pi aos ale aa oe Rett .0070 This species is smaller than the smallest of the genus yet described. i = 4 i] a 8 LEPTAUCHENIA MINIMA, Sp. Novy. Represented by numerous remains of a species not larger than a gray squirrel. The antero-exterior vertical ridge is more prominent, and overlaps the preceding tooth more extensively than in the other species. The pos- terior superior molar is narrowed behind, and has a small heel column. In the mandible the third premolar is three-lobed, and the first premolar is not’ separated from the second by a hiatus. Enamel smeoth. The valleys of the anterior lower molars disappear with use more frequently than in some of the allies. Measurements. M. Length of true molars above (No. 1)............-..-- -0120 oo Waist Eh Ciesla alana eee eee yore eae .0050 Width cs OUP oc Gls Bs 2 Bic kee ad bes sje nt orc een ee eae ee 0030 Length three inferior posterior molars (No. 2)........ .0130 He (6) last TOILE eee eee eae ane .0058 Width ts te $e ON seeps teae eon Ciera 0025 Probably the least known species of Artiodactyle. TRIMERODUS CEDREUSIS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Molars constructed as in Leptauchenia ; the last premolar three-lobed externally, internally with one, a posterior lobe. Exterior ribs prominent. Char. specif. First true molar with anterior and posterior cingulum, and with the inner crescents more elevated on the anterior limb. Last premolar with a broad cingulum within the two anterior lobes. Measurements. M. Geng th firstimolanae ster eerie eee rages fas sss .0060 Waidithy Si pa Sint Rupee eee lacie eemetopas octet 0055 lenotiilast premolar. paeree ae eee een oper .0070 Witla 5/8 SE EEO anee si ce ta asst avait a ete oT tae 0040 Size equal to that of Leptauchenia calcarata. Published August 20, 1873. Aver DEC 5 13s¥ (2 aH 096 PALMONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN. DL Lye FOURTH NOTICE OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA FROM THE BRIDGER AND THE GREEN RIVER TERTIARIES. By Epwarp D. Corn, A.M. EOBASILEUS GALEATUS. Sp. nov. Represented by the greater portion of a cranium of an individual of the size of the LOxOLOPHODON corNnutTUS. It possesses a greatly elevated occipital crest, whose superior border presents a median angle upwards. A short distance in front of it and connected by a very stout lateral ridge, there arises on each side a large erect horn-core. The base is very massive, subquadrate in section, and flattened in front. Posteriorly it presents a very shallow groove, which is bounded on the outer side by a low ridge. The shaft expands gradually and is proportionally flattened from behind forwards. The posterior face is flat, the anterior gently convex. ‘The extremity is transverse convex, and fitted for cartilaginous or corneous attachment. These horns stand on the parietal bones. The frontals extend to their bases, and send a laminar expansion back- wards to the margins of the lateral and posterior crests, covering the parietal in the fundus of the basin which the former enclose.* The median horns are very stout, and are connected with the posterior by an acute supratemporal ridge. Their inner face is composed to near the apex by the nasal bones. Where they terminate, the apex contracts, and is composed of a cylindric production from the maxillary. The section of these cores at the middle is subquadrangular, and longitudin- ally oval at base. The extremity of the nasal bones is small and contracted, and is ex- tensively overhung by the cornice-like flat cores above them. Thus the end of the snout has a bilobate outline when viewed from above. The occipital face is concave in vertical section and presents a V-shaped depression with the angle downwards, and a low ridge on the middle line to the transverse superior border. nee: Measurements. M. Width of the foramen magnum and occipital condyles. .2100 Hevation of oeciput (eight in. )2) 24 2.2... ce heen. 2500 Width of basin between lateral crests................ 8200 Height of posterior horn-core (seven in.)............. 2300 Width base do. antero-posteriorly..................-- 1500 ve He LEATIS ELSE liste testers are sielere eu airs suetete hs .0900 ses LHS ULTRA TINT Lp teeey afoot oh cen ica shia) eaovea ierchaxsl ay = 1230 Fleioht on median horn-core.. «6... «1. <= ee + hee es, 1750 * Marsh originally stated that these horn-cores in Uintatherium mirabile stand on the frontal ; but later that it was doubtful whether the frontal supported horns. 2 Measurements. M. Diameter of base antero-posteriorly.................. . 1060 . 66. BEAMISVELSEL Yin ctsuertae a nehan eaerelsrers .0800 3 GAMUT ES Seloooudiendacosauc Ee Giant etad sat neal .0650 Projection of nasal cornice beyond apex.............. .0630 Length posterior molar, crown.....................-. 0450 Width a6 ob fbi aaaliivanell berauaie ne jtarate ase Agvet ee .0550 This species is equal in size to the largest known from the Bridger formation. It differs from Hobasileus (Lovolophodon) cornutus in the angulate base of the posterior horn-vores, the acute supra-temporal ridge, the stoutness of the median cores, and extent of their inner face, covered by the nasal bones, and the relatively greater width of the second true molar. It much more nearly resembles the Hobasileus pres- sicornis, Cope, and may possibly prove to represent an old male of that animal. There is, however, a considerable disparity in their sizes ; the horns differ in the greater stoutness, having twice the diameter, with little greater height. 'They differ also in form and in the abrupt con- traction just below the apex. The cornice-like cores of the nasal bones represent the tubercles of the H. pressicornis. The posterior horns differ in many ways from those of the H. furcatus, and are alone suffi- cient to indicate a different species. From the bad lands of South Bitter Creek. ARCHAENODON INSOLENS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Dentition of mandible... In. 3; C.1; P. m.3 (? 4) M. 3; forming an uninterrupted series throughout. Molars consisting of two pairs of obtuse tubercles, those of each pair fused transversely by a lower yoke. Last molar with a large posterior fifth tubercle. Last premolar enlarged, and with a posterior heel; penultimate with a simple conic crown and two roots. It is uncertain whether one or two teeth intervene between this oné and the canine. The alveoli are round, and look as though designed for two single-rooted premolars. This genus presents many points of resemblance to Hlotheriwm, but the continuous dental series is characteristic of many genera of the Eocene. In the only known species there are no osseous tuberosities on the rami. The sympbyseal suture is persistent. Char. specific. Last premolar with longer basis than first molar ; its posterior heel tubercularly plicate. The crown of the penultimate pre- molar is a slightly compressed cone with elongate base, but little shorter than that of the first molar. Molars with smooth enamel; an anterior cingulum on the second and third. A small posterior median tubercle on the second mblar, and a short cingulum from the base of the posterior cone forwards, on the third. Canines very large, sub-erect, enamel smooth. Ramus of mandible very stout. 3 Measurements. M. Memo thot, MOLT SCICS 2 .4.1.\sr-7): Sees eas aeee «eines 180 Diameter of canine tooth............... 000. c cece ees .033 emcrnimofeoTeMOALS) csc scj-2 cere! lay. aereloelicvente » tye 2 O98 or £ INOS OHS Reiter e eS ae 035 Me - molar UNORS Ibs d Go eee A Bittner ennG 0 Grint O24 He ss INGO spo eevan Rares onan Case eae Nit cAMeT 027 Width 6 BER MSE ape! 9 eye a ERLLS 8 022 Length G6 DANES) ts oI Ne aR EA Re a 041 Width se HE iar RC SAA iets ere ate eye ne cesaen annie 024 Depthpranmusvati molar NON esos cece sakes seilee eee O73 This species betrays more of suilline character than any yet discovered inthe Bridger series, but that it has any such affinity has yet to be shown. It was about as large as a fully-grown cow. BATHMODON. Some of the species of this genus possess powerful cylindric tusks of considerable length. The inferior tusks are sub-horizontal and promi- nent. In metalophodon the superiortusks are compressed and knife-like. PHENACODUS PRIMAEOUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen., as expressed by a posterior superior molar tooth. Crown transverse, a little narrower and more strongly convex at the inner than the outer extremity. It supports five rather low and obtuse tubercles, two exterior and those on the inner side. Outer tubercles well inside the outer margin of the crown, the one sub-triangular in section, the other more nearly conical, the two connected by a low ridge which encloses a convavity with the outer margin of the crown. There inner tubercles arranged on the segment of a circle, sub-equal the lateral of one side, connected with the exterior tubercle of the opposite side by a low ridge, which encloses a basin with the inner tubercles. Char. Specif. Median of the three inner tubercles stouter than the others. No noticeable basal cingulum. Two compressed roots with axes at right angles to each other, and very large pulp cavities, and thin walls. Measurements - M. Aer CHM ODUCT OWI aise alee ce othe these usk ane Since cuaalers 0.0140 Length SF Frid ripest bcs HO igs Cae OSECRG peace Lea eRe PR -0093 Elevation of outer cones above shoulder. Meecha: sate .0950 Width between apices of outer cones................ .0060 ee ee os TATE CT DIN SES eee ES oes -0050 This tooth more nearly resembles the type of those of the lower quadrumana of the Bridger Eocene, but also more remotely of the suil- line genus Hlotherium. It would represent an animal as large as the orang. The only one of the genera named by Marsh, to which I can trace any likeness is his Thinothertum, described from inferior molars. >see Fa ; Hs Hi us LA R it + _ This name is pre-oceupied ; see Thinotherium annulatum, Cope (Pro- ceed. Am. Philos. Soc. 1870-1). Locality.—Found by myself in the Bathmodon bone bed, near Evans- ton, Wyoming. OROTHERIUM INDEX. Sp. nov. Represented by both mandibular ramus with many of the molars in good preservation. These number P. M. 3, M. 3. The last premolar is somewhat like the first molar, but has but one posterior tubercle, and adds a cingular projection in front of the anterior pair. The first pre- molar has two roots; the second is compressed, and with a broad heel behind. Inthe molars the anterior tubercles are connected by a cross ridge ; the posterior are a little more distinct from each other. The inner anterior tubercle is obtuse but not bifid, and its base is connected with the apex of the posterior outer by a diagonal ridge. There is a small median posterior tubercle on the No. 2, and a large heel on the last molar. It supports a conic tubercle, which is connected by sharp ridges with the tubercles preceding it. There is a cingulum on the outer face of the true molars, which does not extend on the base of the tubercle of the Fe posterior pair. Measurements. M. eno chyofmolanisenes-aneerr acer = tee eerie 0.0850 se “CATSt PREMMOLALE she: sete sente soar bs neler ene anna 0032 ae CO GTS iON RMCE NS ara Seatac el ara Con 0055 AWIGICK A ay CO) 8S Be ape COMPRES Re ENR EAR Ea ee .0040 liengthe*osecondiimolart: coy nea an eee 0065 Width ‘“ sf ar OMAN AE RN agin AYR eer Od FE 0045 Length ‘‘ last PAVE a Shai ia lonneeeons coo 4) 0098 Depth of ramus at first premolar................... 0021 ec as (CNNsecond mola wee eee wate T0023 Nore. In determining the vertebrata of the Bridger Eocene, I have had recourse to the papers published by Prof. Marsh on this subject. It - is well known his descriptions are short, yet, for the species, they are frequently sufficient. - The case is otherwise with the genera, of which at least forty are named, very few of which are defined or characterized. In thirty, no mention is made of the numbers of either the premolar or molar teeth. In these manifold omissions we may discover not only the wisdom of silence, but also the silence of wisdom. It is to be hoped that Prof. Marsh will soon place his important results within reach of students, and allow his names to take a place in nomenclature, by an early publication of explanatory diagnoses. October 25th, 1873. nT re ee =) i) : oO? ; — 5 ' : LO . 2 7 = ey | ww) + 2 i . FS ; te v 1) af iat és Extracted from the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, April, 1876.] On a Gigantic Bird from the Eocene of New Mexico.—Prof. Cork exhibited a tarsometatarsus of a bird, discovered by himself during, the explorations in New Mexico, conducted by Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, U.S. A. The characters of its proximal extremity resemble in many points those of the order Cursores (represented by the Struthionidx and Dinornis), while those of the distal end are, in the middle and inner trochlee, like those of the Gastornis of the Paris Basin. Its size indicates a species with feet twice the bulk of those of the ostrich. The discovery introduces this group of birds to the known faune of North America recent and extinct, and demonstrates that this continent has not been desti- tute of the gigantic forms of birds, heretofore chiefly found in the Southern Hemisphere faunze. ‘The description is as follows :— The hypotarsus is moderately prominent, with broad truncate face, and does not inclose the ligamentous groove of its inner side. Its superior angle is broken away in the specimen. ‘The two fora- mina which pierce the shaft just below the head, are well separated from each other both on the posterior and anterior faces, marking nearly equal thirds of the transverse diameter of the bone. The cotyloid cavities for the tibio-tarsus are bounded by an elevated margin, and are separated medially by a single low oblique ridge. The groove of the posterior face is particularly wide, and the inner part of the shaft is thinned, while the outer border is broadly con- vex. The proximal part of the inner border (as far as it is pre- served) is marked with a flat surface which is roughened with ridges, which is perhaps the sutural articulation of the proximal end of the metatarsus of the hallux. No such surface exists on the corresponding bone of the ostrich or emeu. Only two of the free distal phalangeal extremities are preserved. The shaft is broken, showing that its interior is filled with cancellous tissue. The free extremities are remarkable for the great inferior extent of the articular trochlear face. The median is strongly grooved with an obtuse excavation, and the lateral or bordering ridges are equal and rounded. The groove is continuous with the superior surface, but not with the inferior. ‘There the convergent lateral ridges in- losing the open groove, terminate in an abrupt elevation above the adjacent surface of the shaft. The sides at this point are concave. The inner free condyle has an oblique articular face, the external ridge dropping away internally as in many birds, and produced beyond the inner ridge, distally. The articularface becomes then a part of a spiral, and is little grooved above, but strongly grooved 2 medially. The vertical diameters of the sides differ, the inner being much greater, and both are concave. A strong foramer pierces the shaft just within the point of junction of the inner and medial free extremities. Measurements. M. Transverse diameter of proximal end of tarsometatarsus . san ral Oe) Antero-posterior do. (partly inferential) y a. 070 Interval between penetrating foramina on anterior face shaft a LOU, Long diameter ‘ : , p . .050 Median distal condyle 4 Vertical diameter . : : : - 048 ‘ Transverse diameter : é ‘ . .040 Long diameter : : 3 5 2 Uo Internal distalcondyle 4 Vertical diameter . .. 3 ; . .040 Transverse diameter . Berk y st - 081 The large size and wide separation of the penetrating foramina, and the thin internal edge with sutural articular facet, distinguish this form as distinct from any of the genera of Struthionide and Dinornithide. It is therefore named Diatryma gigantea. On the Theory of Evolution.—Prof. Cope gave a history of the progress of the doctrine of evolution of animal and vegetable types. While Darwin has been its prominent advocate within the last few years, it was first presented to the scientific world, in a rational form, by Lamarck of Paris, at the commencement of the present century. Owing to the adverse influence of Cuvier, the doctrine remained dormant for half a century, and Darwin re- suscitated it, making important additions at thesame time. Thus Lamarck found the variations of species to be the primary evi- dence of evolution by descent. Darwin enunciated the law of “natural selection” as a result of the struggle for existence, in accordance with which ‘the fittest”? only survive. This law, now generally accepted, is Darwin’s principal contribution to the doc- trine. It, however, has a secondary position in relation to the origin of variation, which Lamarck saw, but did not account for, and which Darwin has to assume in order to have materials from which a “ natural selection” can be made. The relations exhibited by fully grown animals and plants with transitional or embryonic stages of other animals and plants, had attracted the attention of anatomists at the time of Lamarck. Some naturalists deduced from this now universally observed phenomenon, that the lower types of animals were merely re- pressed conditions of the higher, or in other words, were embry- onic stages become permanent. But the resemblances do not usually extend to the entire organism, and the parallels are so incomplete, that this view of the matter was clearly defective, and did not constitute an explanation. Some embryologists, as Lere- boullet and Agassiz, asserted that no argument fora doctrine of descent could be drawn from such facts. 3 The speaker, not adopting either view, made a full investigation into the later embryonic stages, chiefly of the skeleton of the Ba- trachia, in 1865, and Prof. Hyatt, of Salem, Mass., at the same time made similar studies in the development of the Ammonites and Nautili. The results as bearing on the doctrine of evolution were published in 1869 (in “ The Origin of Genera’). It was there pointed out, that the most nearly related forms of animals do present a relation of repression and advance, or of permanent em- bryonic and adult type, leaving no doubt that the one is descended from the other. This relation was termed exact parallelism. It -was also shown, that, if the embryonic form were the parent, the advanced descendant was produced by an increased rate of growth, which phenomenon was called acceleration; but that if the embryonic type were the offspring, then its failure to attain - to the condition of the parent is due to the supervention of a slower rate of growth; to this phenomenon the term retardation was applied. It was then shown that the znexact parallelism was the result of unequal acceleration or retardation; that is, accele- ration affecting one organ or part more than another, thus dis- turbing the combination of characters, which is necessary for the state of exact parallelism between the-perfect stage of one animal, -and the transitional state of another. Moreover, acceleration im- plies constant addition to the parts of an animal, while retardation implies continual subtraction from its characters, or atrophy. He had also shown (Method of Creation, 1871), that the additions either appeared as exact repetitions of preexistent parts, or as modified repetitions, the former resulting in simple, the latter in more complex organisms. Professor Haeckel, of Jena, has added the keystone to the doc- trine of evolution in his gastrzea theory. Prior to this generaliza- tion, it had been impossible to determine the true relation existing between the four types of embryonic growth, or, to speak other- wise, than that they are inherently distinct from each other. But Haeckel has happily determined the existence of identical stages of growth (or segmentation) in all of the types of eggs, the last of which is the gastrula; and beyond which the identity ceases. Not that the four types of gastrula are without difference, but this difference may be accounted for, on plain principles. In 1874, Haeckel, in his Anthropogenie, recognizes the importance of the irregularity of time of appearance of the different characters of animals, during the period of growth, as affecting their permanent structure. While maintaining the view that the low forms repre- sent the transitional stages of the higher, he proceeds to account for the want of exact correspondence exhibited by them at the present time, by reference to this principle. He believes that the relation of parent and descendant has been concealed and changed by subsequent modifications of the order of appearance of charac- ters in growth. To the original, simple descent he applies the \ 4 term palingenesis ; to the modified and later growth, ca@nogenesis. The causes of the change from palingenesis to ccenogenesis, he re- gards as three, viz.: acceleration, retardation, and heterotopy. It is clear that the two types of growth distinguished by Prof. Haeckel are those which had been pointed out by Prof. Cope in “The Origin of Genera,” as producing the relations of “ exact” and “inexact parallelism ;” and that his explanation of the origin of the latter relation by acceleration or retardation is the same as that of the latter essay. The importance which he attaches to the subject was a source of gratification to the speaker, as it was a similar impression that led to the publication of *“* The Origin of Genera” in 1869. It remains to observe that the phenomena of exact parallelism or palingenesis, are quite as necessarily accounted for on the prin- ciple of acceleration or retardation, as are those of inexact paral- lelism or coenogenesis. Were all parts of the organism accelerated or retarded at a like rate, the relation of exact parallelism would never be disturbed ; while the inexactitude of the parallelism will depend on the number of variations in the rate of growth of dif- ferent organs of the individual, with additions introduced from time to time. Hence it may be laid down, that synchronous ae- celeration or retardation produces exact parallelism, and hetero- chronous acceleration or retardation, produces inexact parallel- ism. In conclusion, it may be added that acceleration of the sezmen- tation, the protoplasma or animal portion of the primordial egg, or retardation of segmentation of the deutoplasma or vegetative half of the egg, or both, or the same relation between the growth of the circumference and centre of the egg, has given rise to the four types which the segmentation now presents. An analysis of the laws of evolution may be tabulated as fol- lows :-— ree oe aS 48 ass S 2Ses ssFs SSeS SS 28 SS Shae Sires SSTs ssc Sso8)Sac8 Sea2z]sSsres Se Se = iS ei os |S 4a S = NN S =o ges Se SS =: ey > =. PS ZO i) . 2 So . _ . = aeration 5. Sat ES ae sage which proceeds by ) odified repetition ........... C4 erOueaS lO Heterotopyacmenercrice see eee * * retardation, « Exact atrophy 2.1 th leerioe eer * * which proceeds by ( Inexact atrophy (orsenility)'.. * * ! So called by Professor Hyatt. ) On the Teniodonta, a new group of Hocene Mammalia.—Prof. Cope described the characters of some mammalia from the Eocene of New Mexico, obtained by him during the Wheeler expedition of 1874, which he regarded as allied to the Insectivora. The feet are armed with compressed claws. The dental characters are seen first in the supposed superior incisors. Unfortunately, they have not yet been found in place in the cranium, but their association with a rodent type of inferior incisors, which have been found in place in the mandible, confines us to the alternative choice between superior incisors and:canines. From the small size, or absence, of ‘inferior canines, a similar character may be inferred for the supe- rior canines. These superior incisors present two bands of enamel, an anterior and a posterior. They are compressed in form, the sides pre- senting a surface of dentine or cementum. Attrition produces a truncate or slightly concave extremity. The inferior incisors are rodent-like. Two families represented this suborder in the Hocene period in New Mexico. The first, or Hctoganidx, possesses molar teeth - with several roots; in the Calamodontidz, each molar has a simple conic fang. But one genus of each family is known. In both the enamel of the molars is principally a band on the outer side of the crown; the deficiency is supplied in Calamodon by a deposit of cementum, which invests the molar and superior incisor teeth, covering the crowns, excepting where the enamel bands are present. The latter investment is so much thinner, that the cementum forms a raised border all round at the point of junction of the two substances. The general structure of Calamodon affords some points of approximation to the Hdentata, which indicate that the Teniodonta partially fill the interval between that order and the Insectivora, presented by the existing fauna. Prof. Cope also pointed out the close resemblance between the mandibular dentition of the cotemporary Hocene genus Esthonyz, and the existing Hrinaceus, and stated that that of Anchippodus and allies chiefly differs from the latter in the persistent growth of the incisor teeth. PHILADELPHIA, April 18, 1876. Otis FARY Cr) 4 34,09% ie ABSTRACT OF REMARKS MADE BEFORE A MEETING OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, JUNE 8th and 15th, 1875. On some new fossil Ungulata.—Prof. Cop exhibited specimens of the following ungulates, found by himself in New Mexico. PLIAUCHENIA HUMPHREYSIANA, Cope, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Represented in the collection of the expedition by a left mandibular ramus which includes alveole of all the teeth,- and greater or less portions of all the molars except the last, and the first premolar. In the specimen the dental formula is I.? C. 1; P.m. 3; M. 4; or one premolar less than in Procamelus, and two more than in Auchenza. On this ground the present animal is regarded as representing a new genus of Camelide, intermedi- ate between the genera named. A portion of the left maxillary bone of a larger species is thought to belong to the same genus, although it presents the number of premolars found in Procame- lus, viz., four. The first and second are, however, very close together, so as to leave about the same relative interval between the first and third as is seen in the P. humphreysiana, should the second: premolar be omitted. The latter tooth is wanting from the lower jaw of the P. humphreysiana. ‘The difference in dental formula between the superior and inferior dental series admitted provisionally in Pliauchenia, finds justification in the formula of the llamas (Auchenia), where the premolars are 2. Char. specif. The animal now described is of about the size of the Procamelus occidentalis, or somewhat larger than any of the | existing llamas. The mandible is stout and deep, contracting rapidly forwards. The canine and first premolar are especially stout, and separated by a very short diastema; that separating the first and third premolars is also short, being less than that which separates the first and second in Procamelus occidentalis ; could it be supposed that the second premolar is abnormally absent from the P. humphreysiana, the diastema would be reduced to a very small compass. Without this supposition the diastemata, both before and behind the first premolar, are shorter than in any of the Procameli, as P. robustus, P. angustidens, P. heterodontus, and P. gracilis. The mental foramen issues below the anterior border of the first or caniniform premolar, and the anterior border of the latter marks the posterior margin of the symphyseal suture. The third premolar is nearly as long as, but narrower than the fourth, and the true molars increase rapidly in size pos- teriorly. fy med 2 Measurements. M. Length of dental series from front of canine to front of last molar. : : ‘ 5 ale Length from canine to P. m. No. 1 xu P ; Pe ONO) Long diameter of first premolar .. . ‘ : Ss) WG Diastema to third premolar . i ; ; : . 023 Length of third premolar . : ‘ 4 : 5. oilil aa first true molar : : : ; eS) Width of crown of first true molar 5 ; ; ; O11 Length of crown of second true molar . A .025 This species is dedicated to General A. A. Hamphaes Chief of the Topographical Engineers, in recognition of the enlightened interest in all departments of ‘scientific HOVGS LIES HOD, exhibited in his long and able administration. PLIAUCHENIA VULCANORUM, Cope, sp. Noy. Représented by the left maxillary bone of a camel of about the size of the existing dromedary, and considerably larger than the species last described. The dental formula is, molars 4—3. The first premolar is only removed from the second by a diastema equal to the long diameter of the latter. The latter has no inner cingulum, while in the third it is so strong as to constitute an internal crescent. The third is much larger, and exhibits the usual single external and single internal crescents. The first molar is stout, long rooted, and furnished with a strong ridge on the outer side, bounding the posterior crescent-bearing column in front. There is a weak ridge on the middle of the anterior column, and only a rudiment on the last premolar. There are no cingula on either the inner or outer bases of the crown. The enamel is nearly smooth. A palato-maxillay foramen issues opposite the anterior border of the base of the third premolar. Measurements. M. Length from posterior border of first premolar to ose rior border of first molar. F R 5 : : 2090 : Length of first true molar ; : : a ala Width of bases of crown of first true molar. . 024 Length of fourth premolar. : : 5 dul’) Width of base of crown of fourth premolar : 5 7 ORS “« “* -palate of first true molar : : : . 040 The typical specimen was found near Pojuaque, a village of the Pueblo Indians. Various bones of camels of the size of the P. vulcanorum were also found, some of which doubtless belong to it. HIPPOTHERIUM CALAMARIUM, Cope, sp. nov. This three-toed horse is indicated by the oral and palatine parts of the skull with the superior dental series of both sides, together with:one mandibular ramus with all its teeth, of an indi- vidual from near San Ildefonso, and also probably by molar teeth of two individuals from the Loup Fork beds of Colorado. The species is allied to the H. paniense, Cope, and differs from 3 the H. occidentale, H. speciosum, and H. gratum of Leidy, in the relative form and size of the interior dentinal column. In the two species first named, this column is subcylindric and equal to or smaller than the posterior internal columnar fold; in the three species last named the anterior column is flattened or oval in section, and often larger than the posterior columnar fold, and submedian in position. In the typical or New Mexican specimen the anterior column is large, and its centre is anterior to the middle transverse line of the crown. In the present state of attrition, which has left two-thirds of the crowns of the median molars, this column presents an angular projection towards the inner anterior crescent, betraying an approach to the union seen in Protohippus, which is in the fifth molar of the right side of the present horse, actually accom- plished through the medium of a narrow isthmus. The dentinal band, connecting the inner crescents, throws out two, rarely one, fold towards this column. The borders of the lakes are much plicate, the posterior border of the anterior lake having from four to six inflections. The posterior border of the posterior lake exhibits one deep inflection, which is generally bifurcate. The first premolar is quite small, and is two-rooted ; the second is a wide tooth, different in form from the elongate corresponding tooth of the H. occidentale, its anterior lobe being but little prominent. The palate is wide and well arched. The mandibular teeth are elongate, but not narrow, and the interior lobes are well developed, especially the median ones. No basal cingula on teeth of either jaw. The last molar is smaller than the three preceding it, and the anterior lobe of the first is quite narrow. The molars of one of the specimens from Colorado are closely similar in all respects, except that the anterior lobe of the second premolar is a little more produced. I also refer here the tooth described as “ No. 2,” under A. paniense, in Report U.S. Geol. Survey, Terrs. 1873, p. 522-3. As compared with the molars of that species those of H. calamarium differ in the much greater complexity of the enamel folds, those of the H. paniense being the simplest in the genus, even more so than in H. affine. The ante- rior inner column of H. paniense lacks the characteristic inner angle seen in the present horse. Measurements. M. Length of seven superior molars . : 5 5 . 134 ut ‘* three true molars . : : ; ; UG ay ‘‘ second premolar . ; ; : ; . .026 Width of crown of second premolar ; ; ¢ . .020 Greatest length of second premolar : : : _ WEE ee ohn So ee ue ; s : . 024 ** length ‘* penultimate molars . , i 5 eRe %. width ‘ 66 6c 022 Width of palate (chord) between middle of third 1 pre- molars : .042 Length crown antepenultimate lower molar . é S202 Width oe G6 2 ; . .012 4 The typical specimen belongs to an adult animal, and was taken from the matrix by myself without admixture of others. APHELOPS JEMEZANUS, Cope, sp. nov. That a second species of rhinoceros, even larger than the other species of Aphelops, formerly existed in the region of New Mexico, is demonstrated by a right mandibular ramus obtained by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, from near the town of Santa Clara, on the west side of the Rio Grande. The specimen in its present con- dition includes the condyle, angle, and ramus as far as the last premolar, and supports the three true molars. The latter are worn, indicating the full age of the animal. They still retain the enamel surface of the sinus between the posterior and median transverse crests, and the lower end of the sharp inner margin of the anterior transverse crest. While the ramus exhibits the compressed form seen in A. mega- lodus and A. meridianus, it differs from these and the A. crassus in many striking respects. Thus the inferior margin near the angle does not exhibit the protuberance and following contradic- tion of the inner side seen in the first two species. In another feature it differs from all the other species, 7. ¢., in the form of the ascending ramus. This rises very gradually from the basis of the last molar, leaving a subhorizontal edentulous space behind the latter as long as the second true molar. Its anterior face, instead of being “flat and bounded by strong, lateral, angular ridges, as is the case in A. crassus and the two other species, is rather narrowly convex. Instead of the usual ridge of the outer side, the anterior border of the area of insertion of the masseter muscle is marked by a permanent curved protuberant margin, which is wanting in the three other species, the surface in them being plane. Behind the condyle is seen the tuberosity character- istic of the Rhinoceride. The internal pterygoid fossa is well marked. Rugosities for insertion of the lower border of the mas- seter muscle are strong. The relations of the dentition of this species are also peculiar. The last molar is nearly half as large again as that of specimens of A. megalodus, and A. meridianus of similar dimensions of ramus, and the teeth diminish in length anteriorly more rapidly than in width. Thus, while the first true molar is as long as in the two species named, the width is between one-half and one- third greater. There are no external basal cingula. Measurements. M. Tieneth of ramus from fourth proper ere to mid- dle of masseteric fossa : ; d Bee i) Length of series of true molars. . : : rls EC ‘t first true molar ; ‘ x j ; . .044 Nel Po 0S Cs Be 5 hbo se f : . 083 Length ‘‘ third ‘ ee ; : F é : . 058 Wiighia, C2. cys CC be : 5 2 5 by GUESS te Diameter of ramus at first molar 3 3 A : . .080 Depth of ramus of third se 5 5 c é 5 2092 4) The Geology of New Mexico.—Prof. Copx stated that the ground covered by the geological investigation conducted mainly in New Mexico during 1874 in connection with the Wheeler U.S. topo- graphical and geological survey, embraces the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains from Pueblo to the Sangre de Christo Pass; both sides of the Rio Grande Valley from that point to Algodones, N. M.; the western or Sierra Madre range, and the country for forty miles to the westward of it, from the latitude of Sierra Amarilla as far south as the road from Santa Fé to Fort Wingate. Little of novelty has been added from the first two named re- gions, as they have been previously traversed by competent geol- ogists ; but the last named has remained up to the present time almost unknown. The analysis of the structure of the Sierra Madre range is believed to indicate that its elevation took place. near the close of the period known as Cretaceous No. 4, and that the elevating force was in New Mexico, more powerful at its south- erm extremity than along the middle portions of its line. Another important discovery is the lacustrine character of the triassic beds which form a part of the axis of the range; indicating the exist- ence of extensive areas of dry land at that period, of which no portion is remaining in the region examined by me, but which may be supposed to be represented by the paleeozoic beds further south and west. ala Diameter of crown { transverse . 3 : : = 00% Dysganus peiganus, sp. nov. In the typical tooth of this species the form approaches the genus Palexoscincus, Leidy, in the compression of the crown, and the contraction of the base; it is a limital species of Dysganus if really properly placed in that genus. The widest portion of the crown is above the base; from this expansion it contracts in both directions, and in the unworn tooth forms an angular median apex. Thisis not the case in D. encaustus, which is regularly rounded. The margin of the crown is narrowed, expanding but little towards the expansion, and is quite rugose. From these rugosities low ridges descend on the face of the tooth, whose surface is also minutely rugose. The face is divided by a prominent median rib, which extends to the apex. No cementum is visible on the basis, in the only specimen in which this part is preserved. Measurements. M. - Length of crown : : .008 , transverse . C : ‘ . 005 at base ; . 008 Diameter of crown 1 anteroposterior { greatest . _ abl 6 Diclonius pentagonus, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—Herbivorous dinosaurians, in which the teeth are ‘elongate and without distinct root, and present dense material only on one side of the crown (the “ front”), whose section pro- duces a cutting edge. The other face of the tooth (the “ back’’) is coated with cementum, and is absorbed during the protru- sion of the successional tooth from below, which thus rises from “behind.” In the anteroposterior direction the teeth are pro- truded alternately, and the lower parts of the crowns are con- tracted to give space for the apices of the adjacent young teeth. In the type of the genus there is but a single series of teeth. In the known species of this genus, the dense face (“front”) of the crown presents a longitudinal keel, but this is not necessarily a generic character. The terms “front” and “back” are not in- tended to be accurate, as the faces so termed are either external or internal, the direction being probably reversed in the two jaws. This genus is allied to Hadrosaurus and Cionodon. From the former it differs in the mode of succession of the teeth, which, as determined by Prof. Leidy in that genus, is from the “ front” of the base of the tooth, whereas, in Diclonius, the succession is as in Cionodon, from the “posterior” base of the tooth. This ar- rangement allows of a more continuous use of the dense face than in Hadrosaurus, where that face terminates as the young crown rises into functional position. A species from the Fort Union bad lands of the Judith River was described by Dr. Leidy as T’ra- chodon mirabilis. Specimens of this species from the locality furnishing those of Diclonius, present the mode of succession ascribed by that author to Hadrosaurus, to which genus he after- wards referred the species under the name of H. mirabilis. The dentition of species of this genus shows that but one tooth in mature functional use existed in a line transverse to the axis of the jaw at one time, and that alternating with these, one partially protruded crown, and one stump of a crown, present masticating surfaces in transverse relation. The formula for this genus should then be written 21, while in Czonodon it is 3—3—2. The type of this genus exhibits a mode of nutrition of the young teeth similar to that seen in the genus Sauwrocephalus among fishes. The bone is perforated by a series of foramina, each of which conveyed an artery directly into the base of the growing crown. 7 Char. specif.—The front of the crown is divided longitudinally by a prominent median keel and the borders are not serrate. The keel is only moderately prominent at the lower part of the crown. The back of the crown is divided into three faces by two straight longitudinal parallel solid angles, and the crown is contracted near the base by the lateral bevels for the adjacent growing teeth, All these faces are covered by cementum, whose roughness is granula1 in character. The external surface of the jaw-bone has precisely the same character, so that the apices of the teeth only appear as _prominences of its border. The typical specimen is that of an individual of moderate dimen- sions; measurements of a tooth of a gigantic individual are given below. ; Measurements. M. Length of a series of five teeth . : F , : ‘ 023 Protrusion of crown of largest tooth : : § : .006 Diameter te oe a F F : : ; .006 Length of crown above lateral apical facets of larger animal .0138 antero-posterior . F O11 transverse . 5 , .009 Width of median face of ‘‘ back”’ ; : : : ; .005 Diameter of crown at same point { Diclonius perangulatus, sp. nov. This abundant species of herbivorous dinosaur has left its shed teeth in many localities of the Fort Union horizon, in company with those of the Trachodon mirabilis, Palzoscincus costatus, and other large reptiles. Teeth with complete apices are rare. The marked character of the species is seen in the prominence of the median angular ridge which divides equally the cutting face of the crown from apex to base. The prominence increases down- wards so that the transverse diameter becomes greater than the antero-posterior, in some cases being diamond-shaped in the trans- verse direction. Its position is symmetrical, or nearly so. The lateral borders are smooth, one specimen displaying a faint trace of crenation near the apex. There is no shank or root in any of the teeth preserved, and the basis is excavated on the side away from the cutting edge for the apex of the successional tooth. A band of roughened cementum extends round the base, and is con- tinued upwards on each side opposite the cutting face. This side presents three faces, a narrow median, and two wider lateral. The ‘latter are slightly concave, and are probably adapted to the apices 8 of the successional teeth; the former is often slightly concave, and is the seat of most rapid attrition. The lateral facets disap- pear at a distance below the apex, where the non-cutting side is strongly convex, and covered with a coarsely rugose cementum ; the rugosity including pits. Measurements. M. Length ofa shed tooth . : : = : : sO ‘ antéro-posterior . 5 a 527010 Diameter of crown transverse . c : o Sip OU Width of facet for successional crown . , . . .006 Width of posterior facet . : : é : . 005 Width of cutting face of another near apex . : . 008 Antero-posterior diameter of do. at do. . , : 5 OG The prominence of the median angle with other points distin- guishes this species from the Cionodon arctatus. The size is larger than that of the known specimens of that species, equaling that of the largest of the order. (See Report of U. 8. Geological Surv. Terrs. II., 4to, for description of genus Czonodon.) Specimens of this species have been referred by Dr. Leidy to his Trachodon mirabilis. Diclonius calamarius, sp. nov. This species, as represented by teeth, is the smallest of the genus, but the adult size is a point, however, not easily deter- mined among extinct reptiles. The teeth are slender, and the front has parallel borders and a median keel. The borders are entire, and, in two of the crowns, twisted slightly round the-long axis of the tooth. The keel is thus twisted also, and towards the base, when it becomes quite low, is nearer one border than the other. The back of the tooth displays two lateral facets, sepa- rated by a narrow median facet. The former have a thin, deli- cately rugose, cement investment, with a minute rugosity; the latter is smooth in the specimens, apparently from friction. The characters of this saurian readily distinguish it from its congeners. Measurements. M. lhength‘of portionvoficrown) «. ) |.) 13) see cy antero-posterior ... . . .004 Diameter of crown yiransverse . . «ws 004 Monoclonius crassus, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—Teeth with obliquely truncate face and distinct root, which is grooved for the successional tooth on the front. . i) No external cementum layer, caudal vertebre biconcave, and brim narrow. Fore limbs large and massive. The teeth of this genus resemble those of Hadrosaurus, and like them, are replaced from the “ front,” an arrangement which pre- cludes the possibility of more than one series of teeth being in functional use at one time. The robust fore limbs and elongate ilium distinguish Diclonius from Hadrosaurus. From Trachodon it differs in the absence of the rough cementum layer on the back of the tooth. Char. Specif.—The faces of the teeth are acuminate oval in form, and are divided by an elevated keel, which is median above, but turns to one side at the base. Margin crenate, the grooves ex- tending more or less on the convex “back,” which is otherwise smooth. Sacrum with ten vertebre, the last centrum much compressed, the diapophyses extending horizontally from the neural arch above, and connected by a vertical lamina with the iliac supports; length 27.33 inches. The bones of the limbs are robust, the hinder the longer, but not so much so as in some other genera. Length | of femur 22 inches; width, proximally, 7.4 inches; distally 6 inches. Length of tibia 20 inches; greatest diameter, proximally, 8 inches; distally 7.25 inches. The three anterior dorsal vertebrz are co- ossified, and the first exhibits a deep cup for articulation with the preceding vertebra. The episternum is a T-shaped bone, thin and keeled on the median line below. Length of transverse portion 21 inches. Paronychodon lacustris, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—The teeth which characterize this genus have the general character of those of Plesiosaurus, Hlasmosaurus, etc. The crowns are subconic, and the enamel is thrown into longitu- dinal plice. The special characters of the genus are seen in the form of the crown, one side of which is convex, and the other side plane, so that the section instead of being circular is semicircular. It is also strongly curved in the direction of its plane face. Char. Specif.—Both anterior and posterior edges are curved, and are not acute nor denticulate. There are four plice on the flat face, only two of which approach the apex. There are six keels on the convex face, all of which approach the apex. All the carinz are rather obtuse, and the enamel is otherwise smooth. The apex is very acute. 10 Measurements. M. Length of tooth . 0 : 7 OS0 = * antero-posterior . : é . 0040 Hotegtetne# (2h DER NiGaateaee ; d p 3 . 0024 Length of crown . : ‘ : j j ; . 0100 It is probable that portions of skeleton of this reptile are in my possession, but the means of positive identification are yet wanting. Compsemys imbricarius, sp. nov. This species, like the others of the genus, has the scutal sutures well defined, and the superficial surface of the carapace sculptured. The character of this sculpture distinguishes the species, and in the present instance in a special manner. It consists, in the C. imbricarius, of excavations bounded on the sides by a short ridge each, which alternate with each other. Thus each bounding ridge terminates abruptly at the fundus of one of the fossze, while the other end of the fossa rises and contracts to another ridge. The result is precisely that seen in the interior sculpture of Sara- cenic domes or niches, and is one which is quite unique among tortoises. The direction of the ridges is at right angles to the costal dermal sutures. This species was about as large as the snapping tortoise (Chelydra serpentina). Measurements. M. Thickness of a costal bone . - ; ‘ : . 0050 : lengthwise : ; ; . .0065 Three fosse measure ' crosswise. . : 5 . .0050 Compsemys variolosus, sp. nov. One of the most abundant, and the largest species of the Fort Union beds. The carapace is convex and the plastron flat; the marginal bones are heavy and strongly convex on the inferior side. The margin of the plastron is thickened and heavy, char- acters which also belong to all parts of the carapace. The sutures of the dermal scuta are deeply impressed, and the surface of the bone is strongly sculptnred above and below, and even on the superior face of the thickened margins of the free lobes of the plastron. The sculpture consists of round fosss, which are deeply impressed and are arranged quincuncially, so that their borders never form straight lines. The latter are also more or less angu- late on the edge, so that the surface has a more than usually ru- gose character. 11 The typical specimen equals those of the large land tortoises of the Hocene in dimensions. Discovered by C. H. Sternberg. Polythorax missuriensis, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—Plastron with contracted fixed lobes and wide bridge; carapace with well-developed marginal bones; mandibular ramus narrow; alveolar face with acute external margin; the symphysis neither produced nor recurred. Dermal scuta every- where distinct, those of the plastron the usual ones, with the addi- tion of the two marginal intergulars, and two large interhumerals. The latter scuta are separated from the humerals by sutures run- ning parallel with the humeral margin of the anterior lobe between the gular and pectoral scuta. In the possession of interhumeral scuta, Polythorax differs from any known genus of Testudinata. The general structure is much like that of Adocus and Baéna, with nearer resemblance to the latter in its double intergular scuta. It is impossible to ascertain whether there are intersternal bones, as the plastron is coossified throughout. The presence or absence of intermarginal scuta can- not yet be determined, although it is clear, that if existing, their position is quite external. This genus is interesting as connecting in its stratigraphical position allied types of Cretaceous No. 5 (Adocus), with those of the Wahsatch and Bridger Eocenes (Baéna). Char. Specif.—Carapace with openly dentate posterior border. The surface is irregularly swollen, especially on the median line near the margins of the vertebral scuta. ‘The vertebral scuta are wide, the costals short, and the marginals narrow. ‘The anterior lobe of the plastron is a little shorter and more contracted than the posterior; its base is narrower than the antero-posterior extent of the bridge. Its extremity is rounded, while that of the pos- terior lobe is truncate with rounded angles. The gular and in- tergular scuta are each wider than long, while the interhumerals are much longer than wide. The humerals are narrow while the pectorals are wide from the anterior position of the pectoro- humeral suture. Each anal scutum is longer than wide. The surface of the plastron is obsoletely but coarsely rugose; the roughness greatest anteriorly, where it consists of short raised lines irregularly disposed. 12 Measurements. M. Length of plastron : , : : : : 6 183 Length of anterior lobe j : : ‘ . ; .049 Length of bridge . : f ; ‘ : ‘ : .076 Width of bridge . ‘ : : .076 Width of extremity of posterior lobe . : : : 035 Thickness at inguinal region ; 5 : : : .010 Hedronchus sternbergii, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—The bone on which this genus reposes has the ap- pearanee of the crown of a young tooth. Its central cavity is large and expands to the margin of the basis; its apex is unworn. It appears to be too protuberant for the position of a dermal tubercle. It may be distinguished as a short crown on a shorter slightly constricted portion or neck. The crown culminates in three crests, which together form a letter T, and which descend towards the neck. There is no investment of enamel or cement, and the ma- terial of which it is composed resembles dense bone. Char. Specif.The faces on each side of the stem of the T, are concave and divided by an oblique crest, which descends from the common apex. The other face is gently convex, and the inferior part of each of its bounding crests projects ear-like. The base is an oval. Measurements. M. Elevation of crown . A A . 3 5 : .006 Diameter of base 4 1ongitudinal . : ee : 005 transverse 5 ‘ ; ‘ Z .004 Discovered by Charles H. Sternberg. Ceratodus eruciferus, sp. nov. A basal lamina. separable from the dentigerous lamina. The latter supports ribs which diverge from a single marginal rib which extends along one side. The marginal rib is separated by a deep groove from the radiating ribs, which is continuous with the grooves between the latter. The ribs are of irregular diameter and not perfectly straight; they are interrupted by weak trans- verse ridges which project beyond the margins. The ridges rises abruptly from their common base and are separated distally by notches of the margin. 13 Measurements. M. Long diameter of dental surface . : 5 : : 011 Short diameter of dental surface . ; : : ; .007 Thickness of plate 6 5 ; : , ‘ : 008 There are six ridges in the length. Ceratodus hieroglyphus, sp. nov. This species is materially different from the last, and was more abundant, judging from the occurrence of its remains. The dentigerous plate is thin and dense, and has the appearance of a short toothed comb with a handle. The tooth-like points are the extremities of low ridges, which are arranged nearly at right angles to a wide longitudinal elevated half of the osseous base. They are separated by shallow grooves from each other, and are not continuous with the basis just mentioned, which rises abruptly above them. They are smooth. The “handle” above alluded to is triangular in section having two bevels on the side supporting the tooth ridges. ‘The lower face of the bone is smooth. Measurements. M. Total length : c : : : 6 é : 013 Length of dentigerous portion . : ; 3 : .010 Total width . : ‘ : ? ‘ 5 2 .0045 Width of dentigerous aonthan - sfeieetes s : 0020 There are thirteen teeth in the length. Myledaphus bipartitus, Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen.—Crowns of the teeth molar in character, truncate, wider than long, standing table-like on the root. The latter par- taking of the shape of the crown, short, straight, split equally and at right angles to the greatest diameter of the tooth. The crowns form a pavement having a regularly hexagonal outline. Their composition is different in the halves on each side of a line which divides the crown equally, running in the long direction. On one side the dentine is striate at right angles to the long diameter ; the structure is not distinguishable by the hand lens on the oppo- site side of the line. The affinities of this genus cannot now be stated, but the form of the root recalls the Hlosmobranchii, and that of the crown, some of the rays. Char. Specif.—The staining on opposite sides of the line that divides the crown, is different, on the one paler than on the other. 14 The face of the crown is nearly plane, and its border is vertical and overhangs the root all round in a narrow ledge; it is vertically striate, as is also the root. The antero-posterior diameter exceeds the transverse, and the facets are subequal, and are continued less perfectly on the root. The fissure of the latter does not reach the base of the crown. Measurements. M. Length of tooth . : ; : ‘ ‘ ‘ : .00538 Dinwieteroe Crom aeeeu etn : : : .0060 transverse . : : : .0045 Long diameter of root : c : : 6 : -0050 Length of root . : ° . 5 ohn) re . 00380 Discovered by Charles H. Sternberg. PusiisHED NovemMBER 13, 1876. PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, No. 23. [Extracted from the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, December, 1876.] ON SOME EXTINCT REPTILES AND BATRACHIA FROM THE JUDITH RIVER AND FOX HILLS BEDS OF MONTANA. BY EH. D. COPE. y. == LZEELAPS, Cope. Proceed. Acad., Phila., 1866, p. 275. Extinct Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1869, p. 100. Two species of this genus were described in the latter memoir above cited, the LZ. aquilunguts, Cope, and L. macropus, Cope, both from the greensand or Fox Hills group of the cretaceous of New Jersey. A considerable portion of the skeleton of the former was described, including the peculiarities of the ankle-joint, which led me to the conclusion, previously unsuspected by naturalists, that the Dinosauria present affinities to the cursorial birds. The teeth of this species were described and figured, but in the L. ma- cropus they were, and still remain, unknown. In a preliminary report on the extinct vertebrata obtained by the writer on the Upper Missouri the present year, three addi- titional species were referred to this genus, viz.: the Lelaps ancrassatus; LD. explanatus, and ZL. falculus. Their characters were ascertained from teeth alone, so that their pertinence to the genus Lelaps is not fully assured. A fourth species of carniv- orous dinosaurian was described under the name of Awblysodon lateralis. One of the most valuable specimens obtained by my expedition of 1876, is the nearly entire left dentary bone of the Lelaps incras- satus, which exhibits the teeth of its two extremities. The different forms of the teeth of the carnivorous Dinosauria graduate into each other by such easy stages, as to have given rise to question in ref- erence to their proper interpretation ; whether they indicate differ- ent species or only different positions in the dental series. In de- scribing the Aublysodon horridus, the first known of the species of the Judith River beds, Dr. Leidy expressed the suspicion that a cer- tain form characterized the teeth in the position of incisors, another those in the position of canines, and another form the remainder of the series. The teeth of the last kind have the form of those of Lelaps; in others the posterior serrulate cutting edge [ S 1 | 2 latero-posterior, the posterior aspect being thickened, and either transverse or convex in section. In the supposed canines the anterior serrulate edge is wanting, or represented by a second posterior edge parallel with the original one, thus forming a com- pressed chair-shaped crown. Numerous specimens of all these forms were obtained by the expedition. Examination of the dental series of the-Lelaps incrassatus shows that the antero-posterior diameter of one or two teeth in the position of canine, becomes oblique in the curved long axis of the dentary bone. The transverse diameter is also greatly increased so as to equal or even exceed the antero-posterior; the © serrate edges are opposite to each other. A tooth of this type was the first of this species which I observed, and the name has reference to its peculiar form. A tooth in the position of first or anterior incisor, differs in having the anterior serrate crest re- moved to the middle of the inner aspect of the apical portion of the crown, while tbe posterior edge retains its usual position. Further posterior transfer of the anterior cutting edge and a grooving of the posterior face, would produce a tooth of the form suspected by Leidy to be the canine of Aublysodon horridus, while the canine just described is different from any tooth refer- red by Leidy to the same species. But a large tooth found in immediate association with the jaw, but separated from it, has the posteriorly truncate form described by Leidy as typical, and is very probably the tooth of the maxillary bone, near the position of the superior canine of a mammal. It may be observed in conclusion, that if the teeth suspected by Leidy to be canines of Aublysodon horridus, but which I sup- pose to be incisors, are really such, Aublysodon must be regarded as a genus distinct from Lelaps ; while, on the other hand, should such determination prove to be inadmissible, and the two genera be the same, the name Lelaps must be preserved as the older; it was published in 1866, while Awblysodon bears date 1868. In examining the very numerous teeth discovered by the expe- dition, I find four species in addition to those already named. A list of all the species is now given. Lelaps incrassatus, Cope, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci.1876, Oct. The dentary bone of this species, above alluded to, is of com- pressed form, and becomes thin and plate-like in its posterior por- tion. The latter is excavated on the inner side, where it is proba- oe 3 bly applied to the opercular and surangular bones, if they exist, and a large foramen is continued from the concavity into the remaining part of the dentary, as a tubular canal. Above the foramen there originates a groove which runs parallel to the inner alveolar border to the posterior edge of the symphysis. The latter is short, and scarcely distinguished from the other surfaces; the attachment of the rami was evidently ligamentous and more or less movable. The anterior alveolar portion of the ramus is produced, so that the symphysis slopes backwards below. The inferior border of the dentary bone is gently concave behind its middle. It is throughout convex in the transverse direction. The external alveolar wall is an inch higher than the internal. The inner portions of the septa are apparently subject to exfolia- tion and subdivision in connection with the renewal of the teeth as a groove which is continuous with the inner alveolar borders, cuts them off from the other interior surface of the dentary bone. The external face of the dentary is in general plane, but is vari- ously excavated along its superior border. An inch below the latter there extends a series of large foramina, each one of which is situated opposite to an interalveolar septum. They are more numerous anteriorly, a foramen being opposite each alveolus as well, and each foramen is connected with the border by a shallow groove. Similar foramina extend down the outer side of the symphyseal border, and along the inferior border of the dentary for two-thirds ofits length. The same proportion of the external face is obsoletely rugose through the presence of delicate lines of srowth. Such lines extend on the lower part of the interior face obliquely upwards and backwards. There are alveolee for fifteen teeth in the dentary bone. Of these only the second, third, fourth, fifth, twelfth, and fifteenth contained teeth capable of functional use at the time the jaw was inclosed in the lacustrine mud. Successional teeth occupy the first, tenth, and twelfth, but no two teeth are in an identical stage of protrusion. The section of the crown from and including the fourth to the last is nearly equilaterally lenticular. Their surface is smooth. Measurements. M. Length of entire dentary bone . 5 : ; : : 025 Depth at posterior border of symphysis . : q : .110 G5 SO IES OOD | : : 9 : : c ; 192 ‘¢ tointernal groove . ; é 5 ; : : .060 hs ee ‘* foramen ‘ : 3 : : ; 074 Length of crown of second tooth . : : ; . .029 : antero-posterior . : .0138 Diameter of second tooth at base | AAAS aT ! 018 Length of crown of twelfth tooth . ; : 5 : 048 te antero-posterior . : 020 Diameter at base of twelfth tooth { ieaaveeel O17 Length of crown of superior ?canine : : c .062 Antero-posterior diameter of do. : : : ‘ ; .028 As‘compared with the Lelaps aquilunguis, of which a portion of the dentary bone is known, this species differs in the greater diameter of its inferior border anteriorly, in the presence of the internal groove, in the greater elevation of the external alveolar wall, and, if the character be constant, in the greater robustness of the form of the dental crowns. The individual here described is rather larger than the type of L. aquilunguts, but it is probable that the species were not very different in dimensions. Lelaps hazenianus, sp. nov. Seven teeth from different localities present constant charac- ters which readily distinguish them from all other species of the genus.- Their size is less than those of the two species above mentioned, and is greater than in the species enumerated below. The crowns are short and robust, and are abruptly terminated by the strong recurvature of the anterior cutting edge. The apex has, therefore, a more posterior direction than in the ZL. incrassa- tus, while the anterior cutting edge is shorter. The latter is short- ened below also, not extending to the base of the enamel, but ter- minating in a short lateral curvature. At the base, therefore, the anterior border is rounded, while the posterior is acute. The denticulations are of medium size, measuring M. .00033. . Measurements. M. Length of crown : : ; ; .014 : antero-posterior . é ‘ < .011 peter ot nis { transverse A 5 5 : : 007 Both sides are convex, but not equally so, and the surface is smooth, and without facets. ‘ 5 This saurian is dedicated to General Hazen, now in command at Fort Buford, Dakota, as a token of respect for his qualities as a man and his services in the interest of science. Lelaps levifrons, sp. nov. A tooth half the size of those referred to the ZL. hazenianus, and exceeding by a little the largest of those of L. explanatus, pre- sents such characters as induce me to believe that it belongs to a species distinct from either. It is of the elongate acuminate form of some of those referred to the ZL. incrassatus, and both sides are convex, but not equally so. A shallowly concave plane occupies the middle of the more convex side. The posterior cutting edge is denticulate to the base, but the anterior, though of the same form as in the other species, and unworn, is absolutely smooth. In this respect it differs from the other species, excepting L. fal- culus. The denticulations are finer than those of any other spe- cies, measuring M. .00020; in ZL. explanatus they measure M. 00022. Measurements. M. Elevation of crown . ; } F f : i ; .015 E n ( antero-posterior F ’ : i .007 = BG GL Giang | transverse : : F : : 004 Lelaps explanatus, Cope, Proceedings Academy, October, 1876. Lelaps falculus, Cope, loc. cit. Lzlaps cristatus, Cope, sp. nov. Another small species well distinguished by the form and coarse denticulation of the teeth, approaching the genus T’roddon. The crowns of the teeth are short, stout, compressed, and curved. Both sides are convex, and neither is facetted. The denticles are large, those of the posterior cutting edge the largest, and measuring M..0005. A characteristic feature is the full devel- opment of the denticulate anterior cutting edge of the crown. This extends to the base, becoming more prominent as it descends. Surface smooth. Measurements. M. Elevation of crown . 4 : : 3 : F ; O11 ; antero-posterior ; C : : .006 eal crow { transverse F ; : : : 0038 ZAPSALIS, Cope. The teeth of this genus are intermediate in form between those of Lexlaps and Paronychodon. ‘They have one flat and one con- 6 vex side, whose junctions form the anterior and posterior edges of the crown, as in the latter genus; and like the latter, there is no anterior cutting edge, but instead, a solid angle. But the pos- terior edge is denticulate as in Lelaps, and the plice or keels of Paronychodon are here only recognizable in low angles. Some light may be cast on the affinities of the latter genus by the dis- covery of Zapsalis. Zapsalis abradens, sp. nov. This reptile was apparently about the size of the Lelaps levifrons. The best preserved tooth is that of a probably adult animal, as it displays considerable attrition, especially on the ~ flat side. Here three worn lines indicate the former existence of as many low longitudinal angles of the surface, of which the median is basal and short. The convex side exhibits four low angles of nearly equal length, all stopping short of the apex. The facets between them, excepting the anterior two, are slightly concave. The denticles are of moderate coarseness, measuring M. .00083. Measurements. M Elevation of crown . 4 ; ! .0120 Dj ore antero-posterior . ‘ : ‘ .0065 arsenals OF! Ours Le : 5 : ‘ : 0030 URONAUTES, Cope. Genus novum Sauropterygiarum. Cervical vertebre, like the dorsals and caudals, short and transverse, and distinct from each other. Neural arches and transverse processes coossified at ma- turity. Transverse processes of the cervicals simple and depressed. Extremities plesiosauroid. ; This genus might be referred to Polycotylus, Cope, were it not for the distinctness and greater abbreviation of the cervical ver- tebre. From Cimoliasaurus, Leidy, it differs in the codssifica- tion of the caudal diapophyses and the much greater abbreviation of the cervical vertebree. The centra are amphiplatyan in Czmo- liasaurus, biconcave in Uronautes. From Pliosaurus, Owen, which resembles the present form in the shortness of the cervical _ vertebra, the codssified transverse processes of the cervicals sepa- rate it. The present is pre-eminently a short-necked genus of the order. The remains on which it reposes are the cervical, dorsal, and j caudal vertebree, with portions of limb and rib bones. . Uronautes cotiformis, sp. nov. The cervical vertebra of this species is of unusual form, being short and transverse, and not wider than deep. In Polycotylus latipinnis this vertebra is much wider than deep, and as long as wide. The neuropophyses are compressed so as to be antero- posterior, and they inclose a rather wide neural canal. The para- pophyses are directed equally downwards and outwards, occupy- ing the position of the angle of a subquadrate outline, since the sides are nearly vertical. The articular faces are slightly concave, and the centrum is perforated vertically by the usual two fora- mina. A dorsal vertebra found in immediate proximity to the cervical just described is much like that of the Polycotylus latipinnis. That is, it is exceedingly short antero-posteriorly, and has con- cave articular faces, the concavity with flat fundus, and marked with a few obscure concentric grooves. 'Thesides are also slightly concave, and are pierced with a foramen at the superior portion. The vertical foramina are also present. The neural arch is in this specimen separated from the centrum, not having become coéssified. This circumstance might lead to a doubt as to the proper reference of the specimen to this animal, but such doubt has little foundation. In one of the caudal vertebre one of the diapophyses is coossified, and the other is not. The suture of the surface thus exposed is of a very fine texture, and evidently not like that seen in the genera where it is to act as a permanent articulation. In the case of the dorsal vertebra, the suture for the neuropophysis has the same character. This vertebra is much larger than the cervical, but does not much exceed the proximal caudal in size; preserving the relations seen in the _ Polycotylus latipinnis. Adjoining the border of the fossa of the neuropophysis is a small parapophysial tuberosity. A proximal caudal vertebra has a very small fore and aft diame- ter, and the vertical exceeds the transverse diameter. The dia- pophyses spring from the middle of the sides of the centrum, while the inferior face is separated from the inferior lateral faces by an obtuse longitudinal angle. In general, the form is that of a transverse hexagon. The chevron facets are very slightly de- veloped. Another probably distal caudal vertebra considerably resembles that in the corresponding part of the skeleton of a cetacean. It is without neural arch, transverse, flat below, and 8 with the two lateral faces of unequal length, the superior being the longer. The vertical perforating foramina join at the neural canal, and there is a short subquadrate plane on each side of the latter. There are no indications of chevron facets. These verte- bree are different from any of those yet known in Polycotylus. Measurements. M. antero-posterior : =) We OIG Diameter of a cervical centrum J vertical . : : . 026 transverse : : . 029 antero-posterior . : : ; . 030 Diameter of a dorsal | verte : ; : ; : . 055 transverse . As pe : : 12056 ( antero-posterior ; . .022 Diameter of a proximal caudal 2 vertical : ; : . .040 : transverse . : z . 062 antero-posterior ; 4 5015 Diameter of a distal caudal ; vertical . 3 : . Be lilzy : transverse : , Zi . 088 Diameter of neural canal of the proximal caudal above mea- sured . 6 : : ; ; : é : 3 sec Odle Do. of diapophysis of do. at base : ‘ 4 : Feel iils) The distal end of a proximal limb bone is much like the corre- sponding part of Polycotylus latipinnis. It is relatively of large size, flat, and strongly convex at the extremity, which is not transversely truncate. A portion of another limb bone, perhaps belonging to the distal segment, is symmetrical. The shaft is broken off, and displays a large medullary cavity, with thin walls, . which soon terminates towards the articular end, in a fundus with a fissure in the bottom. The proximal portion of a rib has a truncate head of an oval outline., The inferior border presents a low tuberosity, which may represent the capitulum. Measurements. — M. Width of distal end of proximal limb bone . : selO9 Thickness of the same . : 5 4 5 : i *. 082 longer . hs : . 030 Diameter of proximal end of a Ty eee MTS: 028 The bones above described were found together by the writer, on a slope of the cream-colored soft sandstone, which lies above the black shales of Cretaceous No. 4, near Amell’s Creek, Mon- tana. I suppose the formation to be the No. 5, or Fox Hills group of Meek and Hayden. Near them were found shark’s teeth 9 of the genera Otodus and Lamna, and a species of Hnchodus. Above them I found lying loose a fragment of a Baculites. CHAMPSOSAURUS, Cope. Genus novum. Vertebre of more than a hundred individuals referable to several species, which I obtained from the Judith River beds of the Upper Missouri region, present characters which de- mand the establishment of a new genus for their reception. The characters presented by the vertebral column are the fol- lowing: The ribs have a single head, which articulates with a prominent tuberculum, excepting those of the cervical vertebre. On these there is a small capitular tubercle below the diapophysis. It commences very small, and inferior in position, being removed, ~ in fact, but a short distance from the inferior middle line in the first vertebra in which it appears. It rises rapidly in the suc- ceeding centra until it is merged in the tuberculum of the diapo- physis. The latter projects from the neural arch, which is free from the centrum, but in none does the base of the diapophysis rise from a point above the floor of the neural canal. On the dor- sals it is vertically compressed. One of the anterior cervicals, probably the axis, is obliquely truncated below its anterior articu- lar face, for a free hypopophysis or os odontoideum. This vertebra has no parapophysis, and the articular faces for the neuropophysis are superior. The few vertebrze in each of several series, probably from the sacral region, are more depressed than the others, and the facets for the diapophyses present a greater antero-posterior extent, but none are coossified. ‘The caudal vertebre are distally quite compressed. In all, except the anterior ones, the neural arch is codssified with the centrum, and in such there are no dia- pophyses. In those with free neural arch, the facets for the neuropophyses turn down on the sides of the centrum. The articular extremities of the centra are plane, those of the caudal series slightly concave. There are no hypapophyses be- hind the axis, excepting a longitudinal carina, which ceases to exist on the dorsal vertebrae. The zygapophyses are simple. The chevron bones are free. The relations of the atlas and axis, though not fully elucidated by my specimens, are peculiar. The former has separate neura- pophyses, which have nearly the shape of those of the Strepto- stylicate Reptilia, resembling much those of the Pythonomorpha. 10 Although I procured numerous cervical vertebre, there are but few which exhibit the antero-inferior favet for supposed hypapo- physis, already described. The position of this vertebra was in front of the first cervical which displays a parapophysis, and is, on this account, likely to be the axis or the third cervical vertebra. It is the more probably the axis, as there is no other among the large number of vertebrze in my collection which can be referred to that position. Its anterior articular face is smooth and like the posterior, showing that the odontoid bone was not coossified with 7# Now in the Crocodilia the odontoid bone is united with the anterior extremity of the axis by suture, which may become coéssified with age, while the free hypapophysis is wanting. In — the streptostylicate orders the hypapophysis is present, and the odontoid is above it, but united to the axis by suture. On the other hand, in the Rhynchocephalia, the axis is codssified with both odontoid and hypapophysis, and a few succeeding vertebrze possess free hypapophyses. Thus it is possible that I am yet unacquainted with the axis of Champsosaurus. One entire rib and the heads of several others are all that were obtained. The former is from the anterior part of the dorsal series, and is stout and short. The head is truncate and com- pressed, its articular face is contracted, forming a narrow figure eight. The shaft is obliquely flattened. The extremities are sepa- rated from the lateral surfaces by a narrow angle, as though capped with cartilage in life, as in the Pythonomorpha. Bones of the extremities are very rare. One fragment resem- bles the proximal end of a crocodilian tibia, and another is like the distal half or more of the tibia of the same type. There is considerable resemblance between the vertebree of this genus and those of Hyposaurus, Ow., from Cretaceous No. 5, of New Jersey, but the relations of the axis.and atlas in that genus are as in other Crocodilia, and not like those seen in Champso- saurus. The absence of sacrum precludes the possibility of regard- ing this form as dinosaurian. It rather seems to share some rhynchocephalian characters with general amphiplatyan crocodi- lian resemblances. The shortness and robustness of the thoracic ribs is a feature quite unique, and reminds one of the Batrachia. — The teeth are unknown in their true relations, but there are several types in the eollections which may be found to belong here. These are of the rhizodont character. 14 As a summary of the preceding, I propose to refer the genus Champsosaurus to the order Rhynchocephalia, provisionally. It differs very much from the typical genus of that order, Sphenodon, in the non-coéssification of the sacral vertebree, and non-union of the neural arches of the vertebree with their centra, and the absence of the chordal perforation of the latter. It differs from the ex- tinct genera Clepsydrops and Cricotus, Cope, in the last men- tioned two characters. On these grounds it may constitute a dis- tinct suborder, under the name of Choristodera. It is possible that the tooth, which I referred to a new genus and species, under the name of Paronychodon lacustris (Proceedings Academy, 1876, October), may belong to one of those of the pre- sent genus. In that case the older generic name takes precedence ~ of the later. I may add that some vertebree of this genus have been figured and described by Dr. Leidy in the Transactions of the American Philos. Society, 1860, without name. I recognize four species among the vertebree, chiefly by charac- ters observed in the cervical region. There is a great discrepancy of size among them, and the small ones may be immature. Champsosaurus profundus, sp. nov. This species is chiefly known from a series of vertebrae found together, and having every appearance of pertaining to the same animal. It consists of a cervical, three dorsal, and a sacral ver- tebre. Other isolated vertebre of several individuals present similar characters. The primary feature is the great vertical diameter of the dorsal vertebree as compared with the transverse measurement. This is occasioned by the great development of the inferior keel, to which the sides of the centrum converge, without concavity. In corre- sponding centra of the C. annectens the inferior face is merely angulate. Another character is the obliquity of the articular faces to a vertical plane drawn at right angles to the long axis of the centrum. This is most strongly marked on posterior dorsals, where the inferior keel is less prominent. The sacral vertebra has a depressed form. An anterior caudal vertebra may belong to this or an undescribed species. It has rudiments only of the chevron-facets, and having a large neural arch, is doubtless from the anterior part of the series. It is more compressed than the corresponding one in C. 12 annectens, and has an acute inferior angle, which is wanting in the latter. Measurements. No. 1. M. longitudinal . : : . .020 Diameter of cervical centrum vertical : ; : . 020 transverse . A : 201s antero-posterior . .020 Diameter of anterior dorsal centrum ; vertical . : . 022 transverse : 20 O19 No. 2. antero-posterior nPO2S Diameter of posterior dorsal centrum | vertical . . SU) transverse , - 019 Champsosaurus annectens, Cope, sp. nov. The greater number of vertebree obtained belong to this saurian, which may therefore be looked upon as the type of the genus. The cervical which bears the hypapophysial facet presents a carina below, which is only prominent between the articular faces. One such cervical in the collection is rounded below, and may be anterior in the series, or may belong. to another species. The in- ferior keel is strong on the other cervicals, but soon disappears on the anterior dorsals. The remaining centra are rounded be- low. The parapophyses where present are knob-like, and the corresponding part of the transverse process is similar in the anterior dorsal vertebre. The base of the neural arch is nearer the anterior than the posterior articular face. These faces are nearly round in the anterior caudal centra, but soon become ver- tical ovals, with the compressed form. There is a fossa below and in front of the parapophysis, which continues to beyond the anterior dorsals. The dense layer of the surface of the centrum is smooth, except some delicate striations near the articular borders. These are most marked along the median inferior face of the caudal vertebrae, which is flat, grooved, and distally acute. I cannot certainly connect the vertebre of a series as those of a single individual. Measurements. No. 1. M. Gap ser ses 028 Diameter of a cervical with hypapophysis 4 vertical . O21 transverse . .020 13 No. 2. M. antero-posterior 5 lle Diameter do. without hypaponyss verte ; ‘ . .0165 transverse : 5 lUl?e No. 3. antero-posterior a Oe Diameter do. without hypapophysis vertical . : . .0105 transverse P = Adilal No. 4. antero-posterior : . 023 Diameter of an anterior dorsal vertical . : f 7 2028 transverse . : j ee ce No. 5. antero-posterior 2 008s Diameter of an anterior dona} venta : ; j . .0072 transverse : : 5 ORE _ No. 6. antero-posterior . : . 010 Diameter of a sacral centrum | sere : : : . .009 transverse . : é . .009 No. 7. : antero-posterior ; . .083 Diameter of an anterior cat verti : 3 : . -0o8 transverse : P oS No. 8. antero-posterior . i lil Diameter of a median coud} vote ; , 3 5 (bila transverse . ; : 5 ili INjon 9: antero-posterior : . .014 Diameter of a posterior cada} veri : d : . .0086 transverse . ; : OO A vertebra not distinguishable from the corresponding one of this species was found near Amell’s Creek, on a bank of deposit of the Fox Hills group (No. 5), with the bones of the Uronautes cetiformis, supra. I cannot account for this circumstance, as it is the most abundant fossil of the Judith River beds (No. 6). Champsosaurus brevicollis, sp. nov. On one occasion the writer discovered a number of vertebre of this genus close together, and in such relation as to induce the belief that some of them belonged to the same individual. Parts of several were obtained, however, adding another evidence of the 14 manner in which the fossils of this formation have been dislo- cated and scattered. The evidence for the existence of this species must be allowed to rest at present on a cervical vertebra, with free hypapophysis. This body differs from the corresponding one in the C. annectens in its greater brevity as compared with its length. The vertical and transverse diameters exceed the longitudinal in the C. brevicollis, while in the- C. annectens the length exceeds both. The inferior aspect of this centrum is broadly rounded, not carinate as in C. annectens. The value of this character is uncertain, but a centrum similarly rounded be- low (above alluded to) has the more elongate form of the C. an- - nectens. Measurements. M. antero-posterior : : : . 018 Diameter of centrum vertical . : . , 3 . 014 transverse . : 2 : ‘ S015 Champsosaurus vaccinsulensis, sp. nov. This reptile is indicated by a posterior dorsal vertebra in which the common base of the neural arch and diapophysis is decurved to below the middle of the side of the centrum. This surface has somewhat the outline of the section of a T-rail, the inner portion being on the superior face of the centrum. The centrum is shorter than the corresponding ones of the C. annectens and C. profundus, so that the basis of the neural arch approaches near the borders of the articular faces above. The centrum is perforated by two ver- tical foramina as in most Sauropterygia. The osseous tissue of the bone is quite dense, and the surface is smooth. Measurements. - M. antero-posterior . . : . .026 Diameter of centrum vertical . 3 e : ‘ . 029 transverse a oes é 3 . 045 Besides the much larger size, this species differs from those previously referred to this genus in almost all details of propor- tion, etc. SCAPHERPETON, Cope. Genus novum Batrachiarum. Vertebre deeply biconcave, with opposed, but not continuous, foramina for the chorda dor- salis. Neural arch with zygapophyses, and well-developed neural spine. Centrum with vertically compressed, short diapophysis a ee a a eee 15 near the posterior extremity, a prominent hypapophysial keel, and prolonged neural spine. Supposed proximal limb bone with a branch-like trochanter. Supposed teeth in several rows, at- tached in shallow alveoli, those of the marginal series larger; the crowns obtusely conic and simple. In the above diagnosis are expressed the general characters of a genus of probably tailed Batrachia which has left remains of seve- ral species in the Judith River beds of the Upper Missouri region. Although the vertebra resemble no little those of clepsydrops, Cope, a rhynchocephalian lizard from supposed triassic or permian formations, the atlas is that of a batrachian. The limb bone pro- bably belonging to it, is unlike that of any genus of the Proteida or Trachystomata, differing also from that of Menopoma, but approaching nearly that of the typical salamanders. ‘he diapo- physes are different in form from those of the Trachystomata Proteida and Amphiumidex, but resemble in their vertical com- pression those of Menopoma. They are generally broken in the specimens, but where preserved, are much shorter than in that genus, being even less produced than in most of the recent sala- manders. The prominent keel of the median line below is not found in salamanders, and it has no posterior prolongation resem- bling the structure seen in Amphiuwma and Ceciliide. The produced neural spine is a character not found among tailed Batrachia, and the posterior direction which it takes reminds one of the Dinosauria more than anything else, and is not like the form seen in Lacertilia. It is a prolongation of the roof-like extension of the neural arch seen in some of the tertiary sala- manders of France. The structure of the proximal limb bone, and the form of the diapophyses of the vertebre refer this genus with much proba- bility to the Urodela. The produced neural arch, and the pro- bably complex disposition of the teeth, indicate a family different from any of those now living. The biconcave centra place it nearest to the Amblystomide. The teeth above mentioned are attached to a fragment of a jaw- bone. The crowns are all imperfect, and mostly broken off. There are three series of smaller teeth and a marginal series of teeth of one half greater diameter. They exhibit a moderate pulp cavity, and the superficial investment of the crowns is not inflected. It has a minute granular rugosity, and the bases of the teeth are rugose 16 with impressed puncte. The teeth are described here because it is not known to which species they belong. It is, indeed, not certain, but only probable, that they belong to this genus. Four atlases preserved indicate two species; one being more depressed than the other three, and the anterior cotyli therefore more transverse. The vertebre indicate four species. It is probable that they present some pecularities at different points in the same column, the caudals at least differing in some degree from the others. The characters of the species are quite well marked. Scapherpeton tectum, sp. nov. Represented by a vertebra which is one of the best preserved in the collection. The most prominent specific character is seen in the entire roofing over of the neural canal between the anterior zygapophyses, and in the downward production of the inferior median line of the centrum, and accompanying downward pro- . longation of the articular cups. The chordal perforation is at the superior fourth of the vertical diameter of the cups. The neural spine is produced backwards and curved upwards, and is narrowed between the posterior zygapophyses, and is striate grooved on the under surface. About half of the posterior zygapophysis projects beyond the edge of the cup of the centrum. Immediately below the anterior edge of the posterior zygapophysis, the diapophysis begins. It is vertical, of an irregular figure 8 in section, and is directed outwards and backwards. A foramen passes under its middle, emerging a little before the middle of the same horizontal diameter of the centrum. It is joined by another which strikes it from below at right angles. There is a deep notch embraced be- tween the superior part of the diapophysis and the posterior zygapophysis. The neural canal is wider than deep. A fragment accompanied this vertebra when found, which resem- bles the articular portion of the mandible. There is no angle projecting behind the quadrate facet, which is oblique, truncating the extremity of the ramus. The lower edge is acute, behind roughened, and a thickening extends along the middle of the inner — side of the ramus so far as preserved. The character is that of a Urodele Batrachian. ( : i ; ; { la Measurements. M. antero-posterior : ; : . 0875 Diameter of centrum} vente : : : : : . .0750 transverse : : ; : . .0500 Vertical diameter of diapophyses F .0500 Transverse diameter of neural spine ‘eireee sastemien geo pophyses . : . .0500 Depth mandibular ramus at Bont of anndnete calving . .0800 Scapherpeton laticolle, sp. nov. _ Vertebree of several individuals of smaller size than those referred to the S. tectum differ in the less extensive development of the roof connecting the anterior zygapophyses, and the greater compression of the centrum, in consequence of the downward pro- — duction of the inferior keel. The neural arch is openly notched between the anterior zygapophyses, but the notch is bounded by a recurved lamina distinct from the zygapophyses. The dia- pophyses are much as in S. tectum; the ridge from the inferior portion of it is quite prominent, and includes with the base of the neural arch a deep fossa. Accompanying a dorsal vertebra like those of this species, and probably belonging to the same skeleton, is an atlas of a more depressed form than those presumably belonging to the other species. The median tuberosity is well developed, constricted at the base, and much flattened. The condyloid facets are narrow and transverse. Measurements. M. antero-posterior : 5 DEY Diameter of dorsal centrum } verte : : ; ; 2 0D0 transverse : ; ; . .080 Width of the neuralcanal . 3 : ? ; . .020 Vertical diameter of base of iogininces : : : . 030 If it should appear that the dorsal vertebree do not represent a species distinct from the S. ¢ectwm, the S. laticolle may rest on the atlas described. : The limb bone above mentioned is associated with the neural arch of a vertebra of the character ascribed to this species. Both extremities are eroded so as not to display the forms of the con- dyles, though almost the entire length is preserved. The tro- chanter is imperfect, but its base is that of a subcylindric process. The head of the bone is subtriangular, and the section of the 2 18 distal end an oval with a flat side. The diameter contracts gradually to the middle. Measurements. M. Length of bone . : ; : : : 3 : . .0150 proximally . : ; : 3 : : . .0086 Diameter) metal : ; : : : : : . 0019 distally : , : F i ‘ Z . .0037 This bone is plainly that of a urodele salamander. Scapherpeton excisum, sp. nov. This salamander is represented in the collection of the expedi- tion by vertebrae of three individuals of different sizes. They all - agree in having the anterior zygapophyses separated by the con- cave excavation of the roof of the neural canal usual in ordinary salamanders, and in the moderate development of the hypapophy- sial keel. Asa result, the articular extremities of the centra are not produced so far inferiorly as in S. laticolle. The longitudinal ridge from the inferior part of the diapophysis is pronounced, and separates a deep fossa above it from another below it. The longi- tudinal perforation of the base of the diapophysis issues in the superior fossa, while in the two smaller specimens a vertical per- foration joins it from the inferior fossa. As in the preceding two species, one articular face is a little deeper than the other. Measurements. M. longitudinal : ; : . .009 Diameter centrum No. 1 | vertical ; : ; i 5 2006 transverse . f : . nen 005 Width of neural canal do. . , é : a geS . 0038 Depth ote es ; 4 Beats ‘ ; . .0015 longitudinal 4 : : . .0060 Diameter centrum No. 2 fret 4 d is : . 00383 ctransverse .-. ; E . .0030 Specimen No. 1 is as large as the corresponding portion of an Amphiuma means. Scapherpeton favosum, sp. nov. The vertebra which I select as typical of this species is more ~ distinct in character from those of the three species above described, than they are from each other. Although the centrum presents a strong inferior keel, its border is not horizontal or con-_ vex, but concave, and the articular cups are proportionally little elongated downwards. The diapophyses have at their bases a 1) relatively small vertical diameter, and the longitudinal perforation enters below and before the base and not behind it. The longitu- dinal ridge from the inferior part of the latter is very prominent and horizontal, bridging over the vertical perforation, which enters the superior lateral fossa. It is separated below from the posterior perforation by a short oblique bridge. The neural arch is lost from this specimen. There are other vertebree which display a slightly developed in- ferior keel, and articular cups little produced downwards, but the fossze are less developed than in the one described. Measurements. M. antero-posterior : ‘ : . .006 Diameter of centrum vert : : A : 3 5 oldies transverse . 5 : ; : 03 The typical individual was about as large as the Menopoma. HEMITRYPUS, Cope. Represented by a vertebra of the general character of those of the genus Scapherpeton, but which lacks the foramen chorde dorsalis of the posterior half of the centrum, and is not carinate on the inferior surface. The diapophysis is directed backwards just below the posterior zygapophysis, inclosing with it a notch into which the anterior zygapophysis is received. Anterior zy ga- pophyses connected by a prolongation of the neural arch. I had suspected that this vertebra might be one of those of the cervical region of a species of Scapherpeton, but the position of the foramen chorde dorsalis renders this highly improbable. The only position to which it could be assigned in the column of this genus would be that of the axis. But the foramen is present in the posterior half of the atlas and thus probably in the axis in Scapherpeton, as in vertebre from all other regions of the column, so that such an exception as is presented by the present centrum is not to be looked for. The absence of the carina, and the cylin- dric form of the centrum, add to the belief that the species does not belong to Scapherpeton. Hemitrypus jordanianus, Cope, sp. nov. \ No emargination between the anterior zygapophyses; neural Spine directed upwards and backwards. The diapophyses verti- cally compressed, directed downwards, inwards, and backwards, 20 and not giving origin to a strong ridge on the side of the cen- trum, as is seen in the species of Scapherpeton. Neither is there any fossa on the side of the centrum as in that genus. There is a small longitudinal foramen which enters the inner base of the in- ferior half of the diapophysis. There is a low ridge on each side of the neural arch, which extends backwards and inwards. The anterior articular face is a wide oval somewhat contracted below, and is pierced by a foramen at a point within the superior third of the vertical diameter. It is not so deeply excavated as in the species of Scapherpeton. The posterior articular face is a regular vertical oval, is concave, but not excavated, as is seen in the centra of the genus just mentioned. The inferior face of the centrum is rounded, with some feeble lateral ridges. Measurements. M. longitudinal . : ; : . .0070 Diameter of cesta} veri P : : : : . .0050 transverse E Ble Fie P . .0040 Total elevation at middle . ; 2 : : 5 . 0090 Expanse of posterior zygapophyses_ . : E 3 . .0070 He ae “ diapophyses , , ‘ 3 . 0095 About the size of the Menopoma allegheniense. This batrachian is dedicated to Prof. D. 8. Jordan, of the Novel western Christian University, author of the Manual of the Ver- — tebrata of the Hastern United States. PUBLISHED JANUARY 10, 1877. ey ny * rs pS Es [f/f YY pe i colts (ae ig } 0) 4 f f inp NS A ig) e WHILE CT. Grski YW Wf GS b JS to", 1877. | Bis 573 [Cope. dy y / io ie) PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN No. 24. A continuation of Researches among the Batrachia of the Coal Measures of Ohio. By E. D. Cops. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 3, 1877.) The material described in the following pages was obtained from the coal strata at Linton, Ohio, during the Summer of 1876, by Prof. J. §. Newberry, Director of the Geological Survey of Ohio. - ICHTHYCANTHUS OHIENSIS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. These are derived from the posterior dorsal and caudal vertebre, with adjacent parts. Posterior limbs well developed, with dis- tinct tibia and fibula, osseous tarsus, and probably five digits. Ribs elon- gate, simple, curved. Abdominal armature consisting of bristle-like rods in anteriorly directed chevrons. Dorsal vertebre not elongate, with sim- . ple neural spines. Tail large, its vertebree ossified, and furnished with slender chevron bones which terminate in a hemal spine. Neural spines slender and directed backwards ; the caudal series somewhat resembling that of a fish. All the centra amphiccelian. This genus differs from all those with enlarged and sculptured neural spines, and from those with abdominal scuta. It is equally distinct from those without ribs, abdominal rods, or limbs. It is possible that some of the species referred to Z’uditanus, in which these parts are unknown, may belong to it, or that it may be established on a small species of Leptophrac- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xvI. 99. 3T ee a 2 IT Cope. | 574 [Feb. 3, tus, a genus only known as yet from cranial remains. With present knowl- edge the reference of the J. ohiens?s to the latter genus is inadmissable. The cranium, thoracic region, and fore-limbs of [chthycanthus are unknown. Char. Specif. The centra of the dorsal vertebre are about as long as deep, and their sides are deeply concave: there are four anterior to the pelvis which are without ribs. The caudal vertebre are robust, and seven from the first, support a small tubercule-like diapophysis. The chevron bones are short and acuminate; the neural spines are a little shorter, nar- row and truncate, and directed backwards at the same angle as the chevron bones. They are much reduced on the eighteenth caudal vertebra, where the chevron bones are considerably longer. The abdominal rods are quite slender. The hind limb is quite stout for this order. The femur is regularly expanded at both extremities, but the distal is deeply and openly grooved, distinguishing the condyles, while the proximal end is plane. There is no trochanter visible. The ulna and ra- dius are well separated, and are three-fifths the length of the femur. There is a large fibulwre tarsal bone of a subquadrate outline. In immediate con- tact with it is the probably external digit with five phalanges or segments ; the ungual is simply conic. The femur is as long as five dorsal vertebre. The ribs have expanded, undivided heads, and extend to the abdominal armature. Measurements. M. Length of last ten dorsal vertebre...................-- 047 sc “ first twenty-three caudal vertebre........-.- pal’ as #2) DOSTCTIOT STI erie oc) 10 trol sister tear .029 hg i oS dorsal) wertebrar seer cee eo eoee .005 Ha “twenty-second caudal vertebra.............. 005 oe £6 PETIT =. oo: cscpewemrstategel Bic ees dais Cycle) Seca eee eee 025 Proximal! diameter.ot femuure s,s epee eee eee .008 Width of lowerler:2¢4.se: . -cesehoe oso ee eels Length.of fibula :...2.0:. Bans ee eee ee ee eee 015 a “areal SbONeGe soe. Seer oe ene ae eee .006 es “CLs ae Pre amine ae Rane Beare 027 This salamander is about the size of the Menopomu allegheniense. ICHTHYCANTHUS PLATYPUS. Sp. nov. This batrachian is represented by almost the same portions of the skele- ton as the preceding species, furnishing a good basis of comparison. It is very well preserved, displaying the characters especially of the hind foot, which is almost entirely represented. Several features distinguish it from the L ohiensis, one of which is of more than usual value if correctly indicated by the fossil. There are ten vertebre from anterior to the sacrum preserved in place, and none of them supports a rib, nor are there any ribs visible anywhere on the block of shale. I suspect that they exist on more anterior vertebre, or may have been displaced to a more anterior position than they normally occupy. 1877.] 575 [Cope. The abdominal chevrons are more anterior in position than are those of the LZ. ohiensis. The hind legs are longer than in that species; in this one the femur equals seven and a-half vertebral centra in length. The external digit on the other hand, while bearing five phalanges, is distinctly shorter. The fibular tarsal is of a transverse oval, not quadrate, form. The dorsal centra are short and deeper than long ; the neural arches are elevated, with short but distinct zygapophyses, and a flat subquadrate, superiorly truncate neural spine. They bear short, vertically compressed diapophyses near the bases of the arches. The neural spines of the caudal vertebrae become rapidly more slender, and also diminish in length, while _ the zygapophyses are continued to the fifteenth vertebra, where the series is broken off. The chevron bones are slender, and enclose a moderate hemal arch. The femur is gradually expanded to the extremities. Proximally there is a trochanteric ala besides the obtuse head. Distally the condyles are well distinguished, the external or fibular being truncate. The fibula is less than three-fifths the length of the femur, and is expanded at both ex- tremities. Two proximal tarsals are distinct; the one next the fibula is larger than the other and transverse suboval in form. It has a median dividing ridge as though composed of the fibulare and intermedium codssi- fied. The #diale is subtriangular. There are five distinct phalangeal tar- sals. The toes are in the order of their lengths beginning with the shortest, 1—2—5—3—4. Their phalanges (including metatarsals) are, in the proper order, commencing with the hallux, 3—3—4—?5—5 ; the distal end of the fourth finger being lost. These bones are rather stout, and the un- guals are simply conic. The form of the foot is short and wide. 'The number of phalanges is nearly similar to that I have found in the Amphi- bamus grandiceps, excepting that in that species the fifth digit has but four. They are more numerous on most of the digits in Sawropleura digitata. Measurements. M. Length of ten dorsal vertebre............... Sashes sia's -045 gs Seam tthe @Tiy COLCA yay Nukpepey a. ccieceistal'a\G (cp aieisie mys ashe = 055 ge “« the centrum of a dorsal...........- Gaersciers .0038 Total elevation of a posterior dorsal.................-. -014 «« of posterior of zygapophysis of dorsal............ .010 Length of femur............... Reno ait lee pee Oe -032 Miamicremotenmn medially: ':. 2. ..ch = .demicicsisc ee cciess 0045 ie ma ReMNNCLLS eal aravctstaps.. sl ccopsetlonsiehs sepa eltyare wie -0083 Laman GP Tite, GS HEO eb eee nem ei ea omar e ema .018 Diameter of fibula proximally....................-..- 007 Width of sole at second row of tarsal bones............ .017 eneth or toot to end of third digit... 22.5.2 ..5.500-- .031 aS specalTrssin CU Outre nvetayaya tol Sheree » Says) esersin Vere cic usps min; « .010 of emma UNITS Gear Sans Ee ato aiah ucla eieees esicy ayeneysyopeh< eter exe #9816 -022 sf OO SAVTT DY OG Re ER Pre PRR a a a .020 Cope.] 576 (Feb. 3, LEPTOPHRACTUS LINEOLATUS. Sp. nov. This large batrachian is represented by the middle portion of a cranium, including parts-of both jaws with numerous teeth. It is not easy to deter- mine which of the tooth-bearing bones preserved is maxillary and which _ dentary, but the lighter and thinner of the two is presumably the latter, although it has the greatest vertical depth. The opposing bone supports two types of teeth, and as this is only the case in the maxillary of Lepio- phractus obsoletus, the present bone may be provisionally referred to that position, There is a great difference in the sizes of the two types of maxillary teeth, the larger having nearly three times the linear dimensions of the latter. The small ones are rather distantly placed, being separated by in- terspaces nearly equal to their lengths. They are cylindric at the base, but become compressed, and have two opposite cutting edges on the apical third. They are of rather slender form, and are striate at the base. The longer teeth have a similar form, but are less strongly compressed distally, where there are two opposite cutting edges. The basal portion is quite closely striate. These teeth are on a different basal line from the small ones, since when their bases are removed the latter appear behind them. Three smaller teeth stand in the spaces between two large ones. The mandibular teeth are intermediate in size between the large and small ones of the maxillary series, having a little more than half the linear dimensions of the former. Their terminal three-fifths are compressed, and furnished with fore and aft cutting edges. The surface of the bone, where visible, does not display the punctate sculpture of that of the Z. obsoletus, but is nearly smooth, displaying only fine parallel incised striz. Measurements. : M. Depth of dentary bone at middle......... Sogaos goods 030 ihene th of mandibular too thee. sense se ee .010 Diameter of caudal centrum < transverse............. -009 VeTtICalleye nee menes jean OO longitudinal......... 009 Diameter of anterior centrum ~< transverse .......... -O11 VeTtiCallaeienee eee 2-009 In the O. shearerii the dental alveoli are transverse to the long axis of the maxillary bone, while here they are longitudinal « or round ; the bone is more laminiform in the O. tortus. ANOGMIUS FAVIROSTRIS sp. nov. The characters of the genus Anogmius Cope having up to the present time rested upon but one species (A. wratus), it is satisfactory to be able to confirm them by the study of new material. This, which was obtained in Kansas by Mr. Sternberg, consists of the almost entire superior part of the skulls of two individuals, one of them with thirteen vertebre. The vertebre, which undoubtedly belong to the skull, have no lateral grooves, but the superior and inferior pairs of fosse are present. The inferior fosse are separated by a plane interval on the anterior cen- tra, which rapidly narrows posteriorly. The centra are not elongate nor 1877.] 1 Ne) (Cope, contracted at the middle, and are sculptured with fine longitudinal grooves. The cranium is depressed, and was so in life. The form of the muzzle is the extremity of an oval, at the apex of which are the two short pre- maxillaries, while the sides are composed of the long maxillaries. The top of the head is nearly smooth, marked only posteriorly by a few delicate radiating grooves and dots. The inferior view displays the vomer, palatine,and maxillary bones with their myriad teeth en brosse. Those of the maxillaries form a narrow band, those of the premaxillaries a little wider one. The palatines are long flat bones similar to those of the Stratodus apicalis, but of less elongate proportions, and the teeth they bear are relatively smaller and not in longitudinal rows as in that fish. The teeth of the median line of the pal- ate form an elongate tongue-shaped patch, flat and acuminate in front, but gentiy convex, and with lateral bevels more posteriorly. The teeth it supports are very close together as on the palatine bones. The posterior portion of this patch is broken away. The mandibular ramus is not deep and the symphyseal surface is a rectangular truncation of the nearly par- allel inferior and superior edges. The teeth are in many rows, the num- ber diminishing posteriorly. The dentary is incurved to the symphysis. The premaxillary bone is not smooth like the others of the cranium, but is pitted anteriorly, and radiately ridged posteriorly. Measurements. M. ILGMeTt Cit Granite Woh crataeels qua aaGnon ee Seipomon .102 NOS CLAIM DELIMAY Ra sis 62 sels ele alate els wae cies .050 Menaimonpremaxiliaty DOME... ..o% .Helscieciseeleeecne .015 Wremiionrnhie; demtatys side o(ileideldecind sede cic e eee dee .009 HenetMok palatine, DOME. 2)... oss le dave de cceie ses .052 Width ‘ ee Bem ARSE PA eet sad Arahat Eco) Nedstat lok .010 of FEVOMeriner dentate patel lj: 4) :et-\tre. ele. 2 ote\= .010 longitudinal........ .005 Diameter of a cervical vertebra < tramsverse.......... .009 WORM Es ose Holdood 007 ANOGMIUS EVOLUTUS Cope. This fish is represented by an entire left mandibular ramus. As corres- ponding parts are preserved in the typical specimens of A. aratus and A. favirosiris, comparison with these species is easy. The ramus is less curved than in either of the species mentioned, indica- ting an elongate and wedge-shaped head. The symphysis is short ; deeper than wide, and but little incurved. The ramus is much contracted verti- cally at the glenoid cavity, which is deeply impressed and decurved on the inner side, having thus a convex transverse section. The angle is re- curved behind the glenoid cavity, and also produced for a short distance in line with the inferior margin of the ramus, this portion being separated by a sinus from the superior process. The form of the angle is then that Cope. | 180 [Aug. 17, of a boot with the toe elevated. The inferior edge of the inferior process is acute. The inferior border of the ramus is thin. The superior border is thick- ened, and its tooth bearing surface descends on both the internal and -ex- ternal faces of the bone. Posteriorly, this face is presented inwards, but this tooth-band narrows forwards on this side, and widens on the external face. Its greatest width on the latter is posteriorly, an inch in front of the widest internal exposure ; it then gradually contracts, its inferior border rising to a short distance behind the symphysis. The dental alveoli are small and round, densely packed, and sub-equal in size. Near the middle of the ramus, thirty longitudinal rows may be counted. Nota tooth remains. .- .0550 Depth» * a oop yuu pT CG eeonoece ceties a Wrre's Ae .0080 ee Sadentanys toophmbandrat middle: e.cs ie. -0050 ss Be ye DBS VAM SSM ere joye setey-d aaleterelcictauel 0045 Length of maxillary bone preserved.............. ee 0000 of fe 3 UOOUMM eyersccieleie wate oievel steel sels) creers's cvele 0045 Depth “‘ if NTU UL Ch arevenera serere siete Staats ties .0060 Width ‘* oe BO EN Seaton Bio aCe Pie EN Pee eRe .0050 ie Seagal VUNM ERD OME nals cistels.2, siayo eis layers ala batevs creel oe .0100 longitudinale srrecr: .0160 Diameter of an abdominal vertebra ~< transverse ............ .0115 VCEUICA a Je clei : 0125 This species differs from the S. apicalis in the simple form of the apices of the teeth. The type specimen is much smaller than that of S. apicalis. Cope. | 182 [Nov. 2, Descriptions of Hxtinct Vertebrata from the Permian and Triassic Forma- mations of the United States. By E. D. Cops. (Meeting of the American Philosophical Society, November 2d, 1877.) The Triassic formation of North America has yielded many of the rep- tilian types which characterize the horizon in other parts of the world. A Labyrinthodont has been recognized in North Carolina, and I have deter- mined the existence of the genus Belodon in the formation in both that State and Pennsylvania. Of Dinosauria three types occur in both Europe and North America. The Palwosaurus of the former country is represented by the American Clepsysaurus, and Zanclodon is somewhat similar in den- tal characters to the Zatomus of North Carolina. Of genera with com- pressed teeth which have a lenticular section, and both edges denticulate, Bathygnathus has been found in North America, and Cladiodon and Ter- atosaurus in Europe. This type has, however, been wanting heretofore from the extinct Triassic fauna of Pennsylvania and North Carolina. The present communication introduces it for the first time from the former State, under a form generically different from any of the preceding, and with the name PALHOCTONUS APPALACHIANUS. The specimens on which this determination rests, were found by my friend Charles M. Wheatley, A. M., in one of his copper pyrites mines. The most characteristic are two teeth which differ somewhat from each other in form. One of them has a greater transverse, and less anteroposte- rior diameter, indicating an anterior position in the series. The other is more compressed, and presents a greater anteroposterior width. Judging by the analogy of the genus Lelaps, this tooth occupied a position poste- rior to the first one. The two were found in close proximity, though not in actual contact,.in a fragile, argillaceous portion of the copper-bearing rock. ; : The profile of the anterior tooth is regularly conic with a slight recurva- ture, which is not seen in the apex, but in the basal portion of the crown, © and in the root. The section is almost semicircular at all points, but the inner and flatter face is slightly convex ; rather strongly so at the apex. The denticulation of the edges is minute, measuring M. .00033. It con- tinues to the base of the crown both fore and aft. At this point the edges are as elsewhere, at one side of the anterior and posterior aspects. There are no ridges nor facets on the crown, and the enamel possesses an obsolete minute rugosity of short linear ridges. The crown of the second tooth is not only flatter and wider than that of the first, but is lit-le more than half as long. Both edges are crenate -to the base. The marked peculiarity of the tooth is seen in the division of the crown into facets by angular ridges. The convex face is divided into: two, an anterior-looking and a posterior-looking, the former half as wide 1877. ] i 183 [Cope. as the latter. The angle separating them is not continued on the apical third of the crown. The section of the antero-external face is nearly plane. The division of the interior or flatter face is similar, but the angle is less pronounced. The anterior and narrower face is slightly concave. In this crown, as in the first described, there are weak transverse undulations near the basal third. Measurements. M. Length of anterior tooth preserved.................-+- .080 MhenoT MOM CLOWN Ol SAME, cc 6 a-4 cect ess neem s+ -'s .055 Re wacibase oF Crown | antero-posterior.......... .022 (TONES Go aco ob aooCC cos ALG 7 iscnsieemerbepes omens { antero-posterior.......... .010 (Gira swenseq ener seca .008 Length of posterior tooth preserved.................. .040 Length of crown of second tooth............-.. aaeee .029 Antero-posterior diameter at base of crown............ .025 fe: im Ait TONGS Ot GROMVilla cooocsder .019 Transverse diameter ae sf Se eta taiay atone .016 These dimensions indicate an animal of the general proportions of the gigantic carnivorous Dinosauria of the genera Lelaps, Megalosaurus and Teratosaurus. They exceed those of the Bathygnathus borealis and the only known species of Cladiodon, C. lloydit. The characters which demonstrate that this Saurian belongs to a genus distinct from any of the above are, Firstly, the presence of the external and internal longitudinal ridges which divide the crown of the posterior tooth into four facets. Second, the shortness of the crown as compared with its width, a point in which it approaches Paleosaurus. Thirdly, the semicircular section of the anterior tooth, a form not found in either Ba- thygnathus or Teratosaurus, where almost the entire series is known. It is only approximated in some of the Western species referred to Lwlaps, but is not inconsistent with the characters of that genus as represented by them. To the genus thus characterized, the name Palwocionus is given, and to the species, the name Paleoctonus appalachianus. Associated with the teeth of this species, were found several leaves resembling those of Pterophyllum,; and stems of Calamites occur in the same locality. Additional specimens received from Mr. Wheatley include anterior, in- termediate and posterior teeth of a larger animal than the one above described, and intermediate and posterior teeth of a much smaller indi- vidual of probably the same species. The large half-conical tooth of the large individual, presents a slight groove-like constriction at the basal portion of the posterior cutting edge. ‘Length of crown above base .060; width at base .025. Width of posterior tooth at base .030. The form of the intermediate tooth is between those of the others. Its external face is very convex and is not faceted. The Cope. ]j 184 {Nov. 2, approach of the external face to the anterior or cutting edge is much more abrupt than to the posterior. The teeth of the smaller saurian only differ from the others in their size. The more posterior is probably anterior in position to those described above, as its external face is more convex, especially anteriorly, and is not faceted. Length of crown of the anterior tooth .032 ; width at base .019. Width of base of posterior tooth .015; length .019. PALAOCTONUS AULACODUS, sp. nov. The teeth of this saurian differ from those of the P. appalachianus in having their basal portion sculptured with parallel shallow grooves. These are quite close together, leaving ridges between them which are narrower than themselves. The surface of the crown displays the silky sculpture of minute taised lines more distinctly than in the other species. But one tooth of this animal has been so far obtained by Mr. Wheatly, and this one is from the middle of the series of an animal rather smaller than the second individual of the P. appalachianus. In accordance with this posi- tion the crown is short and half conic with the external face strongly con- vex, most so in front. The denticles are well exhibited on both edges, but only descend on the anterior to the middle of the length of the crown. In both large and small specimens of P. appalachianus the den- ticles descend nearly or quite to the base. Length of crown .022; width at base .011. CLEPSYSAURUS VEATLEIANUS, Sp. nov. Represented by a single large tooth in perfect preservation. In accord- ance with the characters of the type species, C. pennsylvuanicus of Lea, the tooth is straight, and possesses two cutting edges. The posterior of these is denticulate and perfectly straight ; the other is less extensive and is sep- arated from the posterior by very unequal surfaces. In the present: saurian the tooth is compressed, and rounded in front, the section throughout the basal half being an oval with one end acute. The antero-interior edge only exists on the apical half of the crown, and is separated from the posterior edge by a somewhat convex face two-thirds the width of the external face. It is not denticulated, and its lower extremity falls behind the anterior margin of the crown when viewed in profile. The enamel is perfectly smooth. Length of crown from base of enamel layer .047; longitudinal diameter at base .018 ; transverse do. 011. As compared with the C. pennsyloanicus of which several teeth are known, the C. veatieianus differs in its more compressed form, and in having the anterior cutting edge not denticulated. The position of this edge is more internal than in the longer known species, but this may indi- cate a more anterior position in the jaw. This saurian is named in compliment to Charles M. Wheatley, A.M., of Phenixville, Pa., to whose exertions we owe nearly all the material hith- ' erto obtained from the Triassic formation of Pennsylvania. ee ee “45 at at oy 1877.] 185 [Cope. SUCHOPRION CYPHODON, gen. et sp. nov Char. gen. As no portion of the animals referred to this genus is known, other than teeth, the characters are derived from these only. Their crowns are elongate, conical and curved, and are furnished with denticu- late cutting edges. In the teeth preserved these are separated by very un- equal extents of surface, as they form the anterior and posterior borders of the inner face. The crown is penetrated by a very minute pulp cavity, and it consists of a number of distinct concentric cones. It is probable that teeth have been discovered in Europe which belong to saurians of this genus, but I cannot find that they have ever received a distinctive name. They resemble those of Crocodilia rather than Dino- sauria. Char. specif. The only species of Suchoprion as yet known to me igs represented by four teeth found in the same beds and formation as those above described. One of these is of large size, indicating that it reached the adult dimensions of the Gangetic gharrial. They display some differ- ence in the degree of convexity of the external surface, which is some- times opposite the imaginary plane of the inner face, sometimes oblique to it. The degree of convexity is always greatest at the base of the crown. The inner face is alsoconvex. The curvature in the long direction is not great, and is directed to the inner side. The surface presents a minute silky sculpture ; one tooth presents a very few shallow sulci. Measurements. M i antero-posterior........... C21 Biamicter on largest tooth ee Pe ois Cet rs eee ere .020 Remon ot crowm of tooth. No.2) 2.56.6... cates sade .045 ? MUO ]VOMI NOs coodcaavacc .009 Diameter crown tooth 2 aaa meiaienanrers Napaeespoiatoueis .016 BELODON CAROLINENSIS, Emmons. Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1869, p. 59. Teeth of the anterior portions of the jaws were obtained by Mr. Wheatley. BELODON PRISCUsS, Cope. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1869, p. 59. Teeth from the anterior part of the jaws. In addition to the six species of saurians above noted, Mr. Wheatley obtained the tooth of a Stegoce- phalous Batrachian, probably a Labyrinthodont. CRICOTUS GIBSONII, Cope, sp. nov. While examinations into the Clepsydrops shale of Eastern ‘Illinois have revealed a great abundance of individuals, and three species of Clepsydrops, the genus Cricotus has remained without addition, and the three vertebree hitherto found, appear to belong to but one species, the (. heteroclitus. The present notice describes a second form, represented, like the first, by but few PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xvil. 100. x. PRINTED Noy. 20, 1877. Cope.] 186 [Nov. 2, remains. The vertebra which is best preserved, and which may be regarded as typical, is probably from the caudal series, and is thus well contrasted with the corresponding typical vertebra of the longer known species. On this vertebra there is no trace of diapophysis, and the neurapophysis rises from the external side of the superior face. The wall of the neural canal is not preserved, but the inference is that the diameter of the latter is large. This fact and the absence of definite chevron articulations leads me to doubt the caudal position of the vertebra ; but the usual marks of the dorsal and cervical vertebre are totally wanting from it. As in C. heteroclitus, the foramen chorde dorsalis is large, its diameter being one-third of the total. The articular faces descend steeply into it, that of one extremity more so than the other. The rim of the latter face is beveled outwards, the plane thus produced appearing on the inferior face something like the united faces of the chevron bones. The centrum is a little deeper than wide, and the inferior face is trun- cate so as to give a subquadrate outline. The inferior plane is concave, the concavity being divided by a longitudinal rib. The sides are somewhat concave, with a longitudinal rib at the middle. Diameters of centrum : vertical .010; transverse .009 ; longitudinal .008. Width of inferior plane .005 ; width above, including neurapophyses, .008. As compared with C. heteroclitus this species differs in the presence of parallel ridges enclosing a median fossa on the inferior side of the centrum. The small size may be here considered, but it is uncertain whether the two animals represented by the vertebree are fully grown. This reptile is named in recognition of the services of William Gibson of Newport, Ia., who has added a number of interesting facts to the geology of the Wabash region. CRICOTUS DISCOPHORUS, Cope, sp. nov. A vertebra, representing an animalas large asthe CU. heteroclitus, presents characters so much at variance with those of the latter as to require special notice. Three other vertebre of smaller size present similar features. The centrum is disciform, with very short antero-posterior diameter, which is, however, greater at one part of the surface than at the opposite point. The foramen chorde dorsalis occupies about one-fifth of the trans- verse diameter, which is subequal in all directions. The articular faces of the centrum are slightly concave. The margin of that of one side is beveled for the superior two-thirds of the circumference, the bevel running out - below by turning into the articular face. The latero-inferior border of the latter turns out into an obtuse angle at this point. The superior part of the bevel runs into the lateral face of the centrum. The attachment of the neural arch is obscure or wanting in the specimen, and the same is true of any facet for chevron bones. Bancietenotariiculantice ‘ WEHUCAs oGocosagantauceds .025 GRAN SVETSChretetcte retell: «- 025 : Length of centrum below............. aces ook 009 a Ces GAD OV Elserccaveea toneiene Risto ter heree earwente 007 1877.] 187 [Cope. Another vertebra of nearly the same character, and one-half smaller size, presents a greater difference between the long diameters of the upper and lower sides. The superior diameter is only one-half the inferior, and the foramen chorde dorsalis much nearer the superior than the inferior mar- gin. Its diameter is one-fourth the vertical and one-third the transverse diameter. From the same locality and discoverer as the C. gibsonit. LYSOROPHUS TRICARINATUS, Cope, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Vertebre amphiccelian, perforated by the foramen chord dorsalis. Neural arch freely articulated to the centrum. Floor of neural canal deeply excavated. No processes nor costal articulations on the cen- - trum, which is excavated by longitudinal fosse. Centrum not shortened. This genus resembles in the proportions of the centrum, the genus Olep- sydrops, but differs in many details. Char. specif. 'Two centra and a portion of a third represent this species. The former are a little longer than wide and a little depressed. The facet for the neural arch is an elongate plane truncating the border of the fossa of the neural canal on each side, for one-half to three-fifths the length of the centrum. Two deep longitudinal fosse extend on each side of a median rib of the inferior face ; and they are separated above by a narrower rib from another longitudinal fossa which is below the base of the neural arch. Measurements. M. Homeanturchinia lees rere battery set .0055 Diametewof centrum: verticals. a.o5 ...<.. «e060 a- .0038 FTANSVICTSE) «= cheleptle.c) isis here severe -0040 Geneth of facet for neurapophysis................... .00385 \WWacliln OF mene) Cen Saar oe ae ooo ooo ns Omroes .0020 Discovered by Wm. Gurley, near Danville, Illinois. DIPLOCAULUS SALAMANDROIDES, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen.. Vertebral centra elongate, contracted medially, and per- forated by the foramen chorde dorsalis ; coéssified with the neural arch, and supporting transverse processes. Two rib articulations one below the other, generally both at the extremities of processes, but the inferior sometimes sessile. No neural spine nor diapophysis; the zygapophyses normal and well developed. The vertebre of this genus much more nearly resemble those of a sala- mander than any hitherto found in this formation, but it will be necessary to observe the cranium before this point can be determined. Char.. specif. One of Dr. Winslow’s and two of Mr. Gurley’s sendings contain vertebre of this species. One from the latter gentleman ig contained in a mass of clay in immediate contact with a mandibular ramus which supports a number of teeth. The ramus appears rather too Cope. | 188 [Nov. 2, large for the animal to which the vertebra pertained, but the proportion is not different from that, which I describe below in the genus Hryops. The surface of the centrum is smooth and is without grooves. The diapophyses and parapoyhyses are rather elongate, and are closely approx- imated one above tiie other. The superior process issues from the centrum opposite the superior margin of the articular faces. They stand equidis- tant from the extremities of the centrum, and are directed obliquely back- wards. The anterior zygapophyses occupy the same level. The neural spine is a compressed longitudinal ridge ; it divides behind, leaving a notch between the posterior zygapophyses. Measurements. M JKoyakoritnKe thee Re Se SAG a aus .0060 Diameter of centrum -, vertical...... Solefele wt osiaraue claveheons 0025 WROTE 5 canon beds a6 coe -0025 Depth of centrum and neural arch......... é eager -0060 Width with transverse processes............essceces .0070 Expanse of posterior zygapophyses...............00- -0050 The mandibular ramus which accompanied one of the vertebre is shal- low and stout. Its external surface is sculptured with sharp longitudinal ridges, which inosculate more or less. The teeth have cylindric roots which occupy shallow alveoli sunk ina plane surface. The crowns are rather elongate and compressed near the apex, and without grooves or serre. In contact with the jaw is an osseous fragment with a pitted or reticulated surface. Dep EMO fia MUS ce 5 2caj eyes waceostueroicl Slate cues oiele sla ero .0030 Lenethotecrowniot GO0tne eee. ceer norte ere -0028 Houriteethwintea sss eee Be sala daears Skehaeaek Meee ae .0040 ERYOPS MEGACEPHALUS Cope gen. et. sp. nov. Char. gen. The details of the structure of this genus are derived from an almost entire cranium with underjaw, which is accompanied by numerous vertebre and other bones. The form is Labyrinthodont, and embraces the largest species of that group yet known from this continent. The skull is not elongate, and the quadrate bones are produced far backwards. The epiotic processes are present but not remarkably elon- gate. The temporal fossa is covered in by the usual roof. The orbits are round, posterior in position, and small. There is no postorbital depression or groove, and the lateral epiotic sinus is not deep. The nostrils are large and widely separated. There is no angular process of the mandible. The maxillary teeth are of different sizes, although arranged in a single row. The posterior are small and not closely placed ; large teeth appear anterior to the middle. “The premaxillary bone supports a number of large teeth. Those of the mandible which are visible in the specimen in its present state, those opposite the nares, are of medium size. The form of the crowns of the teeth is conic, with weak fore and aft cutting edges. There Mitts —_— 1877. ] 189 ‘Cope. are no distinct fissures of the surface although these may be represented by some fine parallel lines. Vertebree referred to this genus are small in proportion to the dimen- sions of the skull. They are not discoidal but somewhat elongate ; are biconcave, and are not perforated for the notochord. The middle portion of the centrum is contracted. One articular extremity has the borders of the concave centre, convex. Zygapophyses large. Ribs present short ; neural spines elongate, stout. In comparing this genus with those described by authors and arranged by Mr. Miall in his family Huglypia, its exclusion from the latter is evident in view of the absence of angular process of the mandible, and the nondiscoidal vertebre. Its posteriorly placed orbits distinguish it from - the genera of his second family, the Brachyopina, excepting perhaps RAt- nosaurus. It is with the genera of the third family, the Chauliodonta, that affinity appears to exist. It is unnecessary to compare Hryops with Loa- omma, which has immense and irregularly shaped orbital openings, and trenchant teeth ; but with Zygosaurus and Melosaurus the affinity is closer. The deep postorbital depressions, and the grooved maxillary teeth, de- scribed by Hichwald in the former genus, separate it at once. The teeth of Melosaurus are equally distinct, being, according to Meyer, conical and deeply grooved at the base. In Rhinosaurus the maxillary and mandib- ular teeth are said to be sub-equal. Leptophractus has deeply grooved teeth with strong cutting edges. Char. specif.—tn this category I include many of those introduced into the generic diagnosis by Mr. Miall in the very useful report to the British Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, 1874, p. 149, by the Committee on the Structure and Classification of the Labyrinthodonts. Such are the width of the interorbital space, the outline of the muzzle, the details of the sculpture, the approximate number of the teeth, etc. The cranium has a sub-triangular outline, with the sides a little longer than the base, and the apex (muzzle) very obtuse. The profile is elevated behind, and the sides slope steeply to the mandible ; the slope of the muz- zle is rather steep, but less so than that of the cheeks. The extremity of the snout is broadly rounded and depressed, and overhangs the mandible. The supra-occipital outline is concave, and the epiotic angles only mode- rately prominent. . The quadrate bones extend far posteriorly, and are horizontal above at their distal extremities. The orbits are nearly round, although somewhat wider than long, and they are directed equally out- wards and upwards. The inner margin is slightly flared upwards, and it terminates anteriorly and posteriorly in a slight tuberosity, at the junction with the canthus rostralis and temporal ridge respectively. The orbit occupies the anterior portion of the posterior third of the length of the skull, including the epiotic angles; and its long diameter is one- seventh that of the skull from the epiotics to the muzzle inclusive. The same diameter is about half of the interorbital width. The parietal re- gion is plane, the frontal gently concave, and the muzzle depressed convex Cope. ] 190 [ Nov. 2, in cross-section. The face in front of the orbit is concave below the can- thus rostralis. The nostrils are not large, and are sub-round. They are widely separated, being nearer the maxillary border at its junction with that of the premaxillary, than to the median line. The mandible is shal- low, and not very stout. Its inferior border rises from below a point a little in front of the fundus of the epiotic sinus to the angle, which is at the quadrate articulation. Symphysis short. ~ The sculpture of the anterior portions of the muzzle is coarsely punctate ; on the posterior portions of the upper and lower jaws it is ridged and pit- ted. Most of the upper surface of the skull is still covered with a thin layer of the matrix, so that the sculpture and the character of the lyra, if any there be, remains unknown. The teeth, as has been observed, are not visibly grooved, but the charac- teristic feature of the group may be represented by numerous delicate crack-like lines which one sees on the basal portions. These, however, look like the result of weathering. The sections of all the teeth would be round, but for the cutting edges, which are not very prominent. In addi- tion, the premaxillary teeth are coarsely fluted on the median half of their length. The fluting is not visible on an antero-lateral mandibular tooth, nor on a posterior maxillary tooth. The microscopic structure of the teeth _ is not yet investigated. The bodies of the vertebree have concave sides, and a sub-round section. Their neural spines terminate in an obtuse enlargement. Many of the characters of the vertebral column are yet concealed in the matrix. The distal portions of the ribs are straight, cylindric, and become stouter at the extremity. Measurements. M. Length of cranium from the extremity of the os quad- TEV UAT gsreaare tas, alsete sels, ccoisiess a aver aval er oeoeayore eae tees Ha ee tl eAoe Length of cranium on middle line...... jas aoasienko ete yaS .830 Length from end of muzzle to nostril.............. -. 073 Width of cranium between quadrates...............0- .306 a os os EplOtiess i2u anne eee .118 4 ie «S OHO So6c Stine aie dire foaeteeyene .086 a re Ahi OH OMNS.oo5q0000 Gabo} ac arteeleeter 294 4G of between) Mares co-et aye eee eee 085 DWianieten tot) oxhits | ANLELO-POSterlOr .. 25... ied tere O48 transverse...... sleleversterelen Mater 057 Length of premaxillary tooth............. a nica eee 025 Diameter ue CLAY Ah eer ER Jane ee ee BOOK Length of posterior maxillary tooth........... soaa00c .010 Diameter.of median a TI AABE OR OWOGS O05 6006 28 00% Length of a dorsal centrum.............. ls ia ole Rice inOSe Vertical diameter of do. .,.... a arclelave Lietols Vevele le ntotele oe 025 Elevation of neural spine of do. ..........-2..2+2-. -050 Length of rib on curve ........ latin toieinic'tlevaiels < c'eltelere eeeneUSO 1877.] 19% [Cope. This interesting fossil was found in the Triassic formation of Texas by my friend Jacob Boll. The cranium and vertebre were discovered in such relation as render it evident that they were parts of one animal. STRIGILINA GURLEIANA, Cope, sp. nov. This species is known by a single jaw or tooth in complete preservation, which was found, like the type of the genus S. lingueformis* near Dan- ville, Ill., by Mr. Gurley. The tooth is quite small, its length only equaling the width of the known tooth of S. lingueformis. It is also narrower in proportion to the length. The root and the cutting edge are turned in opposite directions as in the other species. The principal difference between the two is seen in the character of the transverse ridges or crests of the oval face. There are two crests less, or five, with a delicate basal fold, making six, while, counting the fold there are eight in S. lingueformis. The anterior © ridge is transverse ; the others slightly convex backwards, and all are equidistant and uninterrupted, which is not the case in the older species. They are also of different form, being distinct ridges with anterior and posterior faces similar. In S. lingueformis the anterior face only is verti- cal, the posterior descending very gradually, the whole forming a series of steps. Length of ridged face .0060; width anteriorly .0035 ; width pos- teriorly .0020. This species is dedicated to William Gurley, of Danville, Illinois, to whose zeal science is indebted for the species from that locality described in this and other papers. Twenty species have now been obtained from the Clepsydrops shales, the exact geological position of which remains to be accurately determined. Dr. Winslow informed me that they are the bed No. 15 of Prof. Bradley’s section of the Carboniferous rocks of Vermilion county, Lllinois. This places them near the summit of the Carboniferous series, below two thin beds of coal (which word is misprinted ‘‘ coral’’ in my last paper, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 63). I am now informed that this portion of Prof. Bradley’s scale is not correct, and that No. 15 occupies a much higher position than he assigns to it. It lies unconformably above the merom sandstone of Mr. Collett, which deposit is above the coal meas- ures and unconformable to them. The stratigraphical evidence is thus conformatory of that derived from paleontology, that the Clepsydrops shale occupies a position in the scale above the coal measures. ‘CTENODUS PUSILLUS, Cope, sp. nov. Form narrow, the width of the base about equal to the depth. The coronal portion is narrower than the base, because the inner face is oblique, forming an acute angle with the inferior plane. There are but -four crests, of which the two longer are directed in one direction, and the two shorter in another. The interior ones of both pairs form a continuous * Proceedings Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 52. Cope.] 192 [Nov. 2, crest which is convex inwards. The crests are straight, elevated and acute ; each one supports two or three denticles, which are rectangular and littie elevated. The longer ones project beyond the general outline ; the shorter ones are less prominent at the extremities; all are obtuse in the vertical direction. The superior surface is smooth. ~The inferior is slightly concave in the transverse sense. The tooth on which this species is found is the smallest yet obtained from the formation. Length, .007; width, .008 ; depth at inner crest, .003. Two specimens were found by Wm. Gurley, in Vermilion Co., Illinois, in the ‘Clepsydrops shale. I have referred two species from this formation to the genus VJeratodus, under the names of (@. vinslovid and C. paucicristatus. While the form of these teeth is that of the genus named, the structure of the superficial layer differs in- wanting the puncte which are characteristic of Ceratodus, but is, on the contrary, uniformly dense, although frequently irregular. I there- fore refer the two species above mentioned to another and allied genus, under the name Ptyonodus, with C. vinslovii as type. ORTHACANTHUS QUADRISERIATUS, Cope, sp. nov. Represented by an incomplete radial spine. With it occur several frag- mentary spines which resemble very closely one belonging to O. gracilis, Newb. (Geolog. Survey of Ohio, Pl. xix, fig. 7), and which only differ in having the denticles shorter. As teeth of a Diplodus near to or identical with D. compressus are common in the shale, the two may belong to the same fish. Dr. Newberry has already suggested that Orthacanthus and Diplodus are identical. The O. quadriseriatus is quite different from the other species. The spine is wider than deep, and the series of denticles are widely separated. The surface between them is gently convex and smooth. The anterior face is strongly convex and presents at each side two shallow furrows. The external groove is divided by a series of thin longitudinal denticles which are smaller than those of the principal row, and which are some- times somewhat confluent at the base. The principle denticles are closely placed, stout, acute, and recurved. Transverse diameter of shaft .0035 ; antero-posterior diameter .0025. The portion of the shaft preserved is straight. ARCHAOBELUS VELLICATUS, gen. et sp. nov. “Species No. 4,’’ Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 55. Several other specimens of the body described as above have been ob- tained by Messrs Winslow and Gurley. In every instance it is a tooth-like process attached to a solid base by anchylosis in the manner of the teeth of fishes. From the appearance it presents I am led to suppose that it is the only one of its series, and there are none of the numerous teeth of the collections which can be associated with it. I therefore eae the genus by a name and the following diagnosis. ‘The form is:conical, and the surface is not grooved nor sibs’ with. 1877. } 193 [Cope. prominent ridges. The interior is hollow, and the walls are composed of a few concentric layers without external enamel or cementum. The solid base to which it is attached is shallow, presenting smooth surface on the opposite side, which is deeply impressed by a longitudinal groove at one end. The characters of this species are pointed out at the place above quoted. The measurements of a large specimen are: length .015 ; diameter of base, long .008 ; short .005. I am not sure as to the part of the skeleton to which this body should be my ceterred: On Reptilian remains from the Dakota Beds of Colorado. By E. D. Core. (Meeting of American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1877.) Since the discovery of the huge saurian Cumarasaurus supremus (Cope, Paleontological Bulletin, No. 25, p. 5), Superintendent Lucas has explored the horizon of the Dakota of the Eastern Rocky Mountains near the Ar- kansas River for other indications of extinct life. His search has been re- warded hy the finding of several species of reptiles of interesting charac- ter, which it is the object of the present paper to describe. CAULODON DIVERSIDENS gen. et. sp. nov. This large saurian is represented by ten teeth found together, but sepa- rated from the cranial bones, and in a more or less broken condition. I se- lect four of these exhibiting the characters most clearly. Char. gen. Fang of the tooth of great length and hollow, and contracted at the base. It is without excavation for successional tooth. Crowns of the teeth of different forms in different portions of the jaw ; the posterior are like the bowl of a spoon ; others have a similar form but are more compressed, having double lateral ridges, while the crown of an- other, supposed to be an incisor, is little wider than the root, and has the section an oval with one side less convex than the other. All are coated with an enamel-like layer of considerable thickness which extends on the ante in some of the teeth. None of the crowns present cutting edges. The characters presented by these teeth are quite distinct from anything hitherto found in North American Saurians. The absence of indication of the successional teeth is remarkable, and in connection with the contrac- tion of the base of the root, suggests that the mode of succession of teeth approximated that exhibited by the Mammalia. Char. specif.—The roots of all the teeth-are cylindric. The crown of the posterior tooth is convex on one (the external) side, and concave on the other. The convexity is increased by a contraction of the ex- ternal surface near and parallel to each border. The concavity is divided by a longitudinal rib which disappears at the base. This edge of the Cope. | ; 194 Fe [Nov. a: crown is obtuse, as is also the apex. The outline of the apex is rather broadly acuminate. The enamel is closely and strongly rugose, longitudi- nally on the base, transversely at the edges, and reticulately on the middle portions of the crown. Measurements. M. Length of crown with portion of root..............-.- 0.120 Diameter of root at middle ....... Gpgnebvesoodnonsods 025 Tength Of crows. 0:15. 2s-ceiidot mee mesic oe ee eee 055 SDinmeton Oferoon { KoyasrhnChinNl, Ser Soosshoosdeccse LED tYANSVETSE annette cielerercrcie cries 020 The crown of the second tooth is a little less expanded laterally, and has a greater transverse diameter. The outer side is more convex, and there are two marginal ribs on the basal half of the crown. The interior are not strictly marginal, but are situated within the exterior ribs. Both are very obtuse, and they are separated by a shallow groove. There is no median longitudinal rib. Measurements. M antero-posterior....... .026 Diameter of crown at middle} tlaNSVeTSe. |. ....-60. . 018 The third type is smaller in all its dimensions, and the crown is equal to the root in long diameter. In my single specimen the distal portion of the crown is lost; the part which remains exhibits neither contraction nor expansion of outline. The borders are very obtuse, and each surface resembles a roll inwards which is bounded by a shallow parallel groove on the inner face of the tooth. Between the grooves the surface is slightly convex. The section is thus an oval with one side very little convex. The enamel is thick and marked with longitudinal rugosities, Measurements. M. Length ‘of ‘frasment. \ic..2- ae eedine ee eee oe 060 a6 £6 NOOK Hoe ode ko SS eee Wont 8 ea .080 Miamveter | (5 58 oa aaa By eiabe ha eas ere iA: Diniintensariccammeat rile ie ae idl detara eae ‘Dae transverse........ ee 6.0085 TICHOSTEUS LUCASANUS, gen. et sp. noy. Char. gen.—The characters of this genus are derived primarily from the vertebre. They are nearly amphiplatyan, but one extremity of the articu- lar face is slightly concave, while the other is still more slightly convex or concave. The borders of the former are expanded, while those of the latter are not enlarged. The centrum is hollow, but the chamber does not communicate with the external median by a lateral foramen, as in Camura- saurus. The neural arch is attached by suture. There is no capitular ar- ticulation on the centrum. Char. specif.—There is no hypapophysis on either dorsal or lumbar ver- * 1877.] 195 [Cope tebree preserved, and the surface is smooth excepting some delicate longi- tudinal ridges extending to the border of the expanded extremity. The narrower extremity of a dorsal vertebra is nearly round and presents'a slight median tuberosity ; the opposite end is wider than deep, and its sur- face is uniform. The smaller extremity of a lumbar vertebra is slightly concave. Measurements. M. lomextudinal se)... -- 028 Diameter of dorsal centrum vertical...... Brat bape lovetsiors 020 GANS VETS gees oss os elses -025 Width of base of neural arch with diapophysis........ 010 This species is dedicated to its discoverer, O. W. Lucas, of Canyon City, Colorado, the Superintendent of the Public Schools of the surrounding re- gion. Through the scientific interestand energy of this gentleman the ex- tinct vertebrata of the Dakota division of the Cretaceous Period hitherto un- known to science are being brought to light. The care and skill exercised by Mr. Lucas in the preservation of remains, which are often bulky, and always fragile, deserve the thanks of all students of this department of science. CoMPSEMYS PLICATULUS, Sp. Nov. Although tortoises have been discovered in older formations in Europe, _ the present species is the earliest yet obtained in North America. Its characters appear to coincide in important respects with those of the Lig- nitic formation which I have referred to Compsemys Leidy. This name I have proposed to retain for tortoises with marginal bones compietely united with solid plastron, and the usual dermal scuta, and which differ from Hmys in their Trionyx-like sculpture. The C. piicatulus is represented by portions of both carapace and plas- tron of several individuals. While the distal extremities of the costal bones display the suture for the marginals, they also possess an inferior true costal prolongation, as in Trionyx. The proximal part is not preserved in any marginal bone, but the adjacent portions were united by fine suture. The proximal extremity of the costals exhibit the usual two directions, the shorter being posterior, and relating to the anterior part of the succeeding vertebral bone. The sternal sutures are fine ; that between the hyo- and hyposternal bone is transvere ; while that between the latter and the post- abdominal is oblique, and at the margin quite squamosal. At that point the hyosternal underlaps the post-abdominal for a considerable distance, and the suture of the inferior side of the plastron, after bending forwards, is abruptly recurved, running along the edge of the posterior lobe. The scutal sutures are not wide nor deeply impressed, but the abdomino- femoral, and the femoro-anal are distinct. The median, longitudinal, sternal, _and the costo-marginal sutures are irregular and serpentine. The sculp- ture is rather fine, and consists of rather closely placed tubercles and ridges. The borders of the elements of both carapace and plastron are marked Cope.] ] 96 [Nov. 2, 1877. with ridges at right angles to the sutures, which are not short. The mid- dle parts of the costal bones are marked by short interrupted or inoscula- ting vermicular ridges closely placed. On the middle portions of the sternal bones the ridges are in places more broken, forming tubercles. The surface of the bridge is angularly oblique to that of the plastron. The buttresses are not produced inwards. The free marginal bones are rather thin, and are not recurved. Measurements. se PSNIE hensthiotatcostal bones ee acee anemic een eee .110 Widthof theisamie © 54/4): ner seers eer een ee .032 THickwess: 3/6420". a ce Ret eee eg a teyeeaeere een ee 005 | eneth of myposternalabones eens ee see erere .066 - Width of the same at inguinal notch................. .048 Mhickness/of the santeimetronteee cee ae eee .007 Found by Superintendent Lucas with the foregoing species. CLEPSYDROPS LIMBATUS sp. nov. The discovery of a species of the genus Olepsydrops in Texas, in a forma- tion hitherto regarded as Triassic, adds weight to the view above expressed, that the Clepsydrops shales of Illinois belong either to the Triassic or Per - mian formations. As typical of the new species I select a vertebra, which may be exactly compared with corresponding one of @. collettti. The centrum is about as wide as long, and its sides are very concave, much more so than in C. colletti?, and the rim-like borders of the articular ex- tremities are connected by a straight compressed hypopophysial keel. The sides of the foramen chorde dorsalis are convex in the longitudinal sec- tion, thus contracting the opening, as compared with the very wide flare of the border of one of the extremities of the centrum. This flare receives the wide recurved border of the opposite extremity of the adjoining cen- trum, forming a kind of ball and socket articulation. This reflected sur- face forms a ridge with the funnel of the foramen at this extremity of the vertebra. The concave extremity is produced downwards, so that the for- amen is considerably above the middle point. The diapophysis and para- pophysis are not distinct nor elongate, but are represented by a projecting scar on the superior part of the centrum, which is directed downwards and forwards towards the rim of the articular face. é Besides the great contraction of the centrum, its relatively shorter form distinguis%es it from that of @. collettid. It is also much larger than that species and the C. pedunculatus, being the largest of the genus. Measurements. M. Menegh of, COnmmMUNA 1p 2/4 o.-0515).sa45 «ics lee eee Eee ee 031 Diameter of centrum Tee ae Shanors na RAdueaato 033 Wadi) of metmaleanalli yet & aescies ache ellen iehoereee eee .006 Discovered by Jacob Boll. PRINTED NOVEMBER 21sT, 1877. Geavate toa dw are 7 ' 4 . \ q ‘\ 7, . 4 ‘ y F j 4 Ke ° , - . + 1 h be it - : 4 - PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, | NO. 27. On Amphicelias, a genus of Saurians from the Dukota epoch of Colorado. By E. D. Cope. The genus to which the above name is now given, is allied to Camara- saurus, of which, and the gigantic species @. supremus, I have given an account in my Paleontological Bulletin, No. 25. Both genera differ from their nearest ally Ornithopsis Seeley, in the excavation of the vertebral centra, so as to include large chambers separated by a septum, which com- municate with the external median by a lateral foramen. In the Ornithop- sts it is stated that the vertebral centra are occupied by a number of coarse cells. In the more remotely allied Cetiosaurus, Owen has observed that the tissue of the centra is coarsely spongy. The vertebre from aJl parts of the column of Camarasaurus are known, and those of the dorsal and lumbar regions present the extraordinary char- acter, of which a trace is seen in Cetiosaurus, of neural spines expanded transversely to the axis of the column. Numerous vetebree of Aimphicw- lias are known, and in the dorsals in which the neural spine is preserved, the latter displays the usual form, that is, it is compressed in the direction of the axis of the column. The centra differ from those of Camarasaurus in the form of their articular extremities, resembling more nearly in this respect the genus Zichostews Cope (Paleontological Bulletin, No. 26, p. 194). They are unequally amphiccelous, the posterior extremity being more coneave, and with concave prominent margins; while the opposite one is less expanded and is but slightly concave. The neural arch is coossified to the centrum, and there is no capitular costal articulation on the latter. The manner of the mutual articulation of the neural arches in this genus is peculiar, and is only paralleled in the genus Camarasaurus, so far as I can ascertain. ‘The anterior zygapophyses are separated by a deep fissure, while the posterior zygapophyses are united on the middle line. From the latter from the point of junction, there descends a vertical plate which rapidly expands laterally, forming «a wedge whose base looks downward. The supero-lateral faces are flat, and articulate with corresponding facets on the inferior side of the anterior zygapophyses, which look downward and inward, on each side of the fissure above described. When in relation, the anterior zygapophyses occupy a position between the posterior zygapophy- ses above, and the /yposphen, as the inferior reversed. wedge may be termed, below. This arrangement accomplishes the purpose effected by the zygosphenal articulation, that is the strengthening of the articulation be- tween the neural arches, but in a different way. The additional articula- tion is placed at the opposite extremity of the vertebra, and it is the anterior zy gapophysis instead of the posterior one which is embraced. This struc- ture entitles the genera which possess it to family rank, and as the two genera mentioned above belong to different families in consequence of the different types of vertebral centra, the one opisthoceelous, the other amphi- 3 celous, they may be called Camarusauride and Amphicwliide respec- tively. The pubis is a stout bone with one slightly concave, thicker border, and an opposite strongly convex, thinner margin. One extremity is truncate ; the other presents one transversely truncate and one oblique face. The femur is elongate, and presents a strong postero-external ridge or third tro- chanter near the middle of the shaft. The head is not separated by a well marked neck, and the great trochanter does not project beyond it. Thus while there is a striking resemblance to Caumarasaurus in what may be regarded as adaptive characters, in some important essentials the two genera are very different. AMPHICGLIAS ALTUS Sp. NOV. The centrum of the dorsal vertebra of this reptile is contracted both lat- erally and inferiorly, so that the margins of the articular extremities flare outwards. The sides are flat, and the inferior surface but little convex in the transverse direction. The pneumatic foramen issituated at the bottom of a large lateral fossa which extends nearly the entire length of the superior portion of the centrum. Its inferior border is sunken abruptly, while the superior gradually shallows on the external surface of the base of the neu- ralarch. The foramen is longer than high, in contradistinction to that of the Camarasaurus supremus, where it is round or higher than long. The neural arch is very much elevated to the zygapophyses. It is strengthened by a prominent rib, which extends from the posterior base upwards and forwards to the base of the anterior zygapophysis. The sur- face above and behind this is occupied by an extensive excavation whose superior border is the line connecting the zygapophyses. The anterior zy gapophyses are separated medially by a deep notch which extends to the base of the neural spine. The articular surfaces incline towards each other. Just behind the anterior zygapophysis, a process extends outwards and forwards whose extremity is lost in my specimen. Its posterior face is excavated by the lateral fossa above described. This process is probably the parapophysis which supports the rib. The diapophysis springs from the line connecting the zygapophyses and extends upwards and outwards. Its inferior surface is concave, or longitudinally excavated. i The neural spine is thin, but its anterior and posterior borders are thick- ened and double, the lateral rib-like edges being separated by grooves which expand at the base. The posterior groove continues to a more ele- vated point than the posterior. Each side of the spine is divided into two shallow wide grooves by a median keel. The apex of the spine is much thickened transversely, its obtuse extremity having the fore and aft and transverse diameters equal. The pubic bone resembles that of the Camarasaurus supremus, but is less robust in all its parts. It is also less extended in antero-posterior width near the proximal extremity. The femur is remarkable for its slender form. It is a few inches longer 4 than that of the Camarasaurus supremus, but is not so robust. The shaft is nearly round and somewhat contracted at the middle, where it is slightly convex backwards. It is slightly curved inwards at the great trochanter. Here the shaft is moderately grooved on the posterior face. This trochan- ter is only a prominent ledge below the head. The third trochanter is sit- uated a little above the middle of the shaft; it is a prominent obtuse ridge directed backwards. The condyles are extended well posteriorly, and are separated by a deep groove, which originates on the inferior portion of the shaft. They are also separated anteriorly by a shallow open groove. The external condyle is rather more robust than the internal. The length of the femur is six feet four inches ; the elevation of the dorsal vertebra three feet three inches. Measurements. M: fore and aft.: se sce eee Diameter of dorsal centrum - vertical ..... Pees seater le 4A ( (RADY Sosco kosodoy | ete Total elevation of vertebra ..... gis so 3 asd ore erate reer ee eeraeemmam een Length of neural spine...... YC oes a eames), KOUU Hilevanionsor anterior zyioa pop MySes mean eee .000 | ANtero-postenion .e ese LOO Diameter of neural spine - transverse (at middle).... . 065 - PM GASTUMCM ANG Se L48N) Depth of centrum below pneumatic foramen......... .120 Fore and aft diameter of pneumatic foramen......... — .080 ene iikotepuiic DOME) .+ 2... eens eee oe ot tole OO0 Thickness of stoutest extremity....... Panes mien sd 0, Sak) Heer AKON EWU = «aes Scien, Ae ait, Nas eat Wen seloc genre! uheoee Transverse extentwor, proximalvend:. ... 5... 0-2 -.- eee te 38 8S GOINGS 5 g's on HIN EOE ich: SSeS Diametenotomddle/of shalt, sess eee eee 220 Distance trom head to third trochanter. ........------ cue Diameter of head (compressed)...... Lense hiowe aaeEOU AMPHICGSLIAS LATUS sp. nov. Of the wonderful fauna of the Dakota epoch of the Rocky Mountains the Camarasaurus supremus was preéminent in several proportions, the Amphicelias altus was the tallest, and the saurian now to be described, was the most robust. It is represented in Mr. Lucas’ collection by a right femur and four caudal vertebrae which are in good preservation. They reveal the existence of another saurian of huge dimensions, and of great mass in proportion to its height. The caudal vertebra are apparently from the anterior part of the series. They are ail strongly bi-concave ; the anterior face more so than the pos- terior. They all possess diapophyses of depressed form which take their , origin below the base of the neural arch. The centra are short in antero- 4 é _ | F 5 posterior diameter, and do not present lateral angles. They are composed of not very dense osseous tissue. The anterior zygapophyses are rather elongate, and their articular faces are directed steeply inwards. They are received by corresponding shallow excavations, one on each side of the pos- terior base of the neural spine. The neural spines are compressed and straight, and become very robust towards the apex. The femur is extraordinarily robust. The great trochanter is low, but the shaft is widest where it expands outward. The third trochanter is above the middle, and is short and little prominent. It is on the inner edge of the posterior aspect of the shaft, and looks backwards and inwards. The shaft in its present state is compressed so as to reduce the antero-posterior diameter. It is not however crushed or cracked. The condyles have much greater transverse than antero-posterior extent. They are moderate- ly produced backward, and are separated by a deep inter-condylar groove, while the anterior trochlear groove is wide and well marked. The inner con- dyle is narrowed posteriorly while the external one is obtuse and robust. The articular extremity is marked with irregular pitsas in Dystropheus and Cetiosaurus. : Measurements. M. fore and aff... .150 Diameter of anterior caudal vertebra. WeIRMCALs oooee .200 transverse...... .260 Elevation to zygapophyses of the same.............. 200 Motalkelevation! of the same. ..-s65....2.6+.050e0 soo off) Meneihior femur. ...).... Bo MME Sener eeu esis one tye 1.400 Proximal diameter of femur} foreandaft........-... 165 LTAMSVEESCNE = ce csc care 410 Wiel diamcter-of femur { FORE aM Giaityae asses oes .360 GLAMGSVERS Chel trea) async ash nS 450 Diameter of middle of shaft of femur................ .280 The caudal vertebre of this species are much more deeply bi-concave than those of the Camarasaurus supremus ; they also differ in their rela- tively and absolutely greater breadth of centrum. PUBLISHED DECEMBER 10, 1877 JUL 2 5 1930 PAGE. 231 1877.] . 219 [Cope. Descriptions of New Vertebrata from the Upper Tertiary Formations of the West. By KE. D. Cops. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877.) PITHECISTES BREVIFACIES gen. et spec. nov. Char. gen. These are chiefly known from a mandible which supports the dentition of one side and part of the other. The dental formula is I. 1 ; C.1;Pm.3;M.3. The single incisor of each side is weak and easily lost, and there is on one side only, a small! alveolus for a minute second incisor. It is therefore probable that in some individuals the incisive formula is 2. The canine is not large, and closes in front of the superior canine in the usual manner. The first and second premolars are one-rooted, and their crowns are wider than long. That of the third premolar is robust, but longer. The molars increase rapidly in size, and are not prismatic, but are well rooted. They are worn in the specimen, but their structure is probably shallow selenodont. The last molar has a long heel or fifth lobe. Char. specif. The mandibular ramus is very deep posteriorly, and the incisive border is not prominent. The canine tooth is quite small, its trans- verse diameter being less than that of the first premolar, and equaling it antero-posteriorly. The exterior incisor is weak, and the crown expanded transversely, and obtuse. The crown of the first premolar is worn deeply by the superior canine. The transverse diameter at the base of the crown exceeds the antero-posterior. The crown of the second is wider than long, and of the third longer than wide. The molars increase rapidly in size posteriorly, so that the length of the third equals that of the three premolars plus the canine. The heel is long, and is connected with the remainder of the crown by a narrow plate, or in section, an isthmus. There are no cingula, but an accumulation at the bases of some of the teeth resembles the deposit of ‘‘tartar.’’ The symplysis is very robust, and its upper sur- face is marked on each side by a low longitudinal swelling. The opposite premolar series are slightly convergent. The form of the mandible of this animal, as well as the number and pro- portions of the teeth, curiously resemble that of the corresponding part of a monkey. The species was about the size of a red fox. Measurements. M. encih of ramus from heelof molar IIl.........5+++. -- 057 as MOL ATS CLI CSkpepetetere ureter seerapete aisle <5 iy Saas tore ayn 048 og LEM Ola SCLLESk i emisysveretie airs ac Eicie antes: eno 015 a SECOMMHIRME) MOl arse eye ae res see susie ses ths Raster is .010 Width ah rE LEH Reals chav ui Stee pire ae eS stared OOH Mength of last molar.........:......- FEROS SE GDC OOO 018 Width of CS Bip TRUM n ocd dhdoak BE ce ote shots C07 Length of symphysis in front...... ach At ree Bren ee .020 Depth of ramus at first premolar......... = AN Na 11) oo £6 second true molar......... i feet creas 025 220 [Dee. 21, Cope. | BRACHYMBRYX FELICEPS gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. These are derived from the superior dental series. These are I.2; C.1; Pm.*; M.°. The true molars have the bases of the crowns little swollen, and the last two of the superior series are but shortly rooted ; ~ the anterior ones have longer roots. The true molars are simply seleno- dont, with the anterior extremities of the external crescents forming promi- nent ribs. The Jast superior premolar consists of two columns posteriorly and a single trenchant one anteriorly, and the second (first of the series, ) is simple and trenchant. ‘The worn posterior face of the canine shows that the first inferior premolar is the functional canine as in Oreodon. There is a very slight diastema in front of or behind the canine, the series being continuous, as in Oreodon. This genus differs from Pithecistes in its canine like first inferior premo- lar, and in the trenchant character of the anterior premolars. With Cyclo- pidius it enters the family group of the Oreodontide, but approaches the suilline types still more nearly in its probably codssified symphysis man- dibuli. Char. specif. This ungulate was a little smaller than the species last described, and is represented in my collections by two nearly complete crania without mandibles. The head is depressed and the zygomata widely expanded ; the palate is wide, and the muzzle short. The infraorbital fora- men is double and issues above the adjacent parts of the second and third (last) premolars. Immediately in front of it the side of the face is concave. The projecting anterior angles of the external crescents of the molars are very prominent, forming strong vertical ribs. The external border of the last premolar is only interrupted by a little convexity. The anterior narrow portion of the second premolar is incurved. This tooth is two- rooted ; the first is one-rooted. The canine is small and strongly recurved. It is cylindric at the base, but beyond this is narrowed antero-posteriorly partially from the friction of the first inferior premolar. The anterior face is regularly convex. The first premolar has a very slight internal basal cingulum ; its cutting edge is directed obliquely to the long axis of the cranium. There are no cingula on the other teeth. The enamel of the true molars is smooth on the external side of the crown. There is no enamel on the inner walls of the central lakes. Measurements. M. Length of dental series to anterior border of canine..... .050 co” premolar Sertesic\..c.c'. siemens oie sent oem ortete .017 eae last tirienmolarieysei. Sab odvooousoCcodUD Su aN . .012 Width of oe ie PP aI RE ard .006 Meng iotmrsrtrue molar, 025.52.) oreie) eh ee eee 007 Vag Ott Carpe te ei het Nee ee Pie cater OG enmeh of first premolar, i.) 24. so aiiins como e eee ees 006 Width of ¢ Orel phe iseste dias abe REA ae) ore Os cctebiaqagiegs .006 Length of canine tooth............. sateidaueesette a iakee ce omeOUS € 1877.] 221 {Cope. Measurements. M. Diameter of canine tooth (transverse)................- 004 Width of cranium between first premolars.............. .016 a s * Last, MOLTSE asi cin owes .030 The cranium of this species is about the size of that of a large domestic Cat. CYCLOPIDIUS SIMUS. Gen. et. sp. NOV. Char..gen.. Dental formula I. 2; C.4; Pm. 4; M. 3. The superior canine is small and is separated from the first premolar by a very short diastema. First premolar simple, trenchant ; second premolar two rooted, with one principal cutting edge; third with an external crescent and a rudimental internal one, not united in front. Fourth premolar with the inner and outer crescents only, and these well developed. Last true molar without heel. Inferior canine with much wider crown than the incisors with which if is in close association. First premolar canine-like, but not very large ; second premolar simple. Third and fourth premolar with the anterior portions trenchant, the posterior with wide or double columns. Last true molar with large fifth crescent or column. True molars of both jaws prismatic. Symphysis mandibuli codssified. Frontal bones much abbreviated in front by a large upwards-looking fossa on each side, which are separated by the very narrow and short nasal bones. There are lachrymal fosse and a huge foramen in front of them, which communicate with the maxillary sinus. There is a prominent trans- verse supraoccipital crest, and the otic bulle are greatly inflated. ~ This genus is related to Leptauchenia, Leidy, but differs in having but two lower incisors below. That genus belongs to a lower horizon, the mi- ocene of White River, while the present form is its successor in the upper Miocene or Loup Fork beds. The remarkable character of the vacuities in the superior region of the front part of the cranium, reminds one of the : existing genus Sega. Dr. Leidy partially described a similar structure in Leptauchenia. In this genus what are clearly nasal bones in Cyclopidius, he terms frontgls, probably by error. ; Char. Spd . This animal is rather larger than either of those above described, and is represented in my collection by one nearly complete cra- nium, one entire left maxillary bone, and the under jaws of five, and prob- ably of several other individuals. The skull is wide and abbreviated in front. The maxillary bones are everted on each side of the external nares. The malar bone is very wide or deep, and sends upwards a strong postorbital process, which is broken off in part, but which probably completed the orbit. The superior facial fossze reach backwards nearly as far as the middle of the orbit. They are longitudinal narrow ovals, open in front. The projecting supraorbital por- tions of the frontal bone with the nasals have a tripodal form. ‘The lach- rymal fossa looks outwards, upwards and forwards, and the large maxillary foramen outwards. The infraorbital foramen is double, and. issties above the contiguous portions of the third and fourth premolars. 222 [ Dee. 21, Cope.) The external crescents of the true molars present prominent anterior an- gles, which form strong vertical ribs. The first superior premolar has a weak, and the second premolar a very strong internal basal cingulum ; there are no other cingula. The diastema is as wide as the diameter of the canine. The first inferior premolar is one-rooted, and the second two-rooted, and both are longer than wide in horizontal diameter. The middle pairs of in- cisors are very small ; the external one on each side is much larger, the diameter equaling half that of the canines. The first and second true mo- lars are subequal, and are together longer than the third, which does not quite equal in length the three premolars. The heel of the last molar is not so long anteroposteriorly as each of the other columns. Thesymphysis is steep, but is everted at the incisive region. é Measurements. M. DAMEN Oe TNT RON Ines ii WA. TOU, oobeobocdsesec sas .065 a OF MO]ATSETIES: ye cpp see cmaser ys elePeper miemacisas Sepeawe eee 036 ee Of jpremolarcSeriess sme ci cers) -hecte ahrcyerersicre A creation .016 a Ofsseconditruemmolarenasda eset eo ee ne O11 Width of es as FS crc ic ayate alia tcfaan aig sofe ak ee Lad OEE .006 Length of third a Bee tieusheietat andy Aaah Smratarrce asebrcnyaeps .016 Widtihiofi yy oat tronteem rr: selene ae Sh Acree .006 ens thvorsyimpliycisim to nitayisisr-tat leet reaper) eats .025 DepthvotramUsratenirsty prem Ola eee eter ete 022 os % SAGONG! HALO WHO, senccaddecosvoccca = 025 Width between superior anterior premolars...... etek .014 CYCLOPIDIUS HETHRODON sp. nov. This species is represented by a portion of the right maxillary bone, which supports the last premolar, first true molar, and portions of other teeth. It is a smaller form than the B. sémus, and differs in several import- ant respects. The infraorbital foramen is single and larger than those of the other species. ‘Fhe fourth premolar, while of the same constitution as that of M. simus, is relatively much smaller, not equalling in the extent of its grinding face one column of the first true molar. The latter is pris- matic, and of usual form. Its external crescents are not produced as in B. simus, so that there are no distinct vertical ribs. Measurements. M. Diameter of last premolar { anteroposterior .. seteet tes -0050 LPANSVELSC ic 4). ate tetetre aes _.0045 Diameter of first true molar { EEMENO COSMENDIs oc 20cc -0080 transverse... ....... eee .0055 This species was found with the three preceding in the Upper Miocene of Montana by my assistant, J. C. Isaac. BLASTOMERYX BOREALIS Sp. nov, This genus was defined by me in the fourth volume of the Report of Lieut. G. M. Wheeler to the Chief of Engineers, 1877, p. 350, as not cer- : 1877.] 223 [Cope. tainly distinct from Dicrocerus Lartet. The discovery of a second species of the group, which displays the characters there pointed out, in a still more striking degree than the species on which it was formed, renders it necessary to introduce the genus formally to the system. In brief its molars differ from those of Dicrocerus much as those of the deer differ from the molars of the antelope. While Dicrocerus was probably the ancestor of Antilocapra, Blastomeryxz was the ancestor of Cervus or Cariacus. The superior dental formula is I. 0; C.0; Pm. 3; M. 8. The molars all have two pairs of crescents excepting the last premolar, where the pos- terior pair are rudimental. The external face of the anterior crescent in all the molars presents a groove, which is bounded posteriorly by a vertical ridge. The posterior crescent is directed a little inward posteriorly on-the true molars. The palate is much contracted in front of the first molars. The horns stand above the posterior parts of the orbits; their section is triangular, the posterior angle being rounded, and the external produced and acute, bounding the orbit outwards and backwards. There is no trace of burr. The temporal fossee approach so as to be separated only by a rather wide and low occipital crest. Measurements. M. GN oyiralaventortiae ote Skul eiicahe ejeinicersisvelels ears cn cme: axaio me ages 3820 Length of molar series....... pata warsyarals eetus oan steraregetanicvouater 107 iS FOMOTIA Ol edo raters shes cheer earay cess cresiel sisi, avealer eaters are .049 se RECOM MNEMOLAL aatrarere cise sie cretoersincRaele Sieve ve .016 Width ste ricinus creteas eects eyecare aera aN ereraee O11 MEM aM On MESt CRUE MOAT << c.cre) ccvcc icles ve kce csc e we eee .020 Width a as coro ocdesowenedesopsesesncor .015 Width between bases of horn-cores............0..2000- .050 Transverse diameter of horn-core two inches from base. . ,040 Width between external borders of first true molars..... .078 Width of palate in front of first premolars.............. 028 This species was as large as the black-tailed deer, Cariacus macrotis. It was found by my assistant, J. C. Isaac, in the Upper Miocene of Montana. CERVUS FORTIS sp. nov. This deer is of large size, much exceeding any living species of the family Cervidew. It is represented in my collections by a superior molar of the left side, and very probably by other remains which accompanied it, viz.: a mandibular symphysis with incisor and canine teeth; caleaneum. astragalus, vertebre, etc. These were found at the same time and place by George M. Sternberg, M.D., U.S. A., already well-known by his in- teresting discoveries in the cretaceous formation of Kansas. The plice which mark the anterior extremities of the external crescents are very prominent, and are directed forwards rather than outwards. The median lakes are narrow and well separated medially. The posterior lake has a strong fold of its internal border, forming a lobe directed backwards. Cope. } 224 (Dee. 21, A cylinder of small diameter stands near the apex of the fold of the in- ternal enamel wall, which separates the internal crescents. There is a cingular ridge descending inwards on the interior and posterior extremities of the base of the crown, and below and exterior to it the enamel surface is very rugose. The surface of the external enamel is smooth. The enamel of the lake borders is seamed with shallow vertical sulci. The crescents are wide and the lakes narrow. The reference of this species to the genus Cervus may require reconsid- eration. | Measurements. M. Anteroposterior diameter of crown.........:.......--- .052 Transverse ohanstrontlaee ee hee mee eee peri .035 Width of anterior external crescent.......... .....:... .018 IDIAVEIOM OF Growin cxciermnhy, 55 55c02s0ad000505000008 020 From the pliocene formation of Oregon. The Loup Fork beds have been usually referred to the Pliocene horizon, but I have offered reasons why they should be regarded as of Upper Mio- cene age. The horizon from which this and some other species herein described, found in Oregon, represent the Pliocene formation much more nearly. DICOTYLES SERUS, sp. DOV. This species of hog is indicated by a mandibular ramus which lacks the angles, and supports the dentition of both sides excepting the third right molar. Other portions of the skeleton are associated. A second specimen is the symphysis with the incisor teeth. ‘The remains indicate an animal something larger than the white lipped peccary Dzcotyles labiatus. Dentition of the mandible, I.2;C.1; P.m.3; M.8. Inferior canines triangular ; superior canines decurved, triturating the inferior. Last inferior molar with well developed heel. Last premolar like the first mo- lar. First premolar with anterior single tubercle and posterior lower tu- bercle heel ; second premolar similar but wider, and the anterior tubercle divided. Molars consisting of four principal tubercles opposed in pairs, with some accessory ones between them. The rami are robust and of moderate depth ; the symphysis is elongate and contracted. The suture of the latter remains on the inferior side, but is obliterated on the upper surface. The symphysis is trough-like and the narrow alveolar ridges of the diastema are concave inwards. ’ The incisor teeth are directed forwards, and are closely approximated and parallel. The fang of the second lies close to that of the canine, and the edges of the crowns together form a parabola, the enamel being pro- longed posteriorly, on the external side of the external tooth. The crowns of the median teeth are not expanded laterally, nor much depressed at the apex ; as half worn in the specimen, they form a wide transverse oval. The canines curved upwards and outwards and present their tritu- rating surface a little external to directly backwards. Their section is tri- ‘ : % - 1877, 225 [Cope. angular, the lateral faces being longer than the posterior, and the anterior angle is a narrow one. The surface of the enamel cannot be described, as it is eroded at some points. The diastema is long. The first (homologically second) premolar is narow, and is without lateral or posterior lobe or cingulum, but a third is a rudimental lobe at its anterior base. The heel presents an interior tubercle, and a narrow pos- tero-external lobe which embraces a medeo-external tubercle. The latter becomes the external posterior tubercle on the true molars. The third pre- molar is larger and wider than the second ; the medio-external lobe be- comes more external and posterior, and a median tubercle appears in front of it. The posterior tubercle still sends a narrow ledge round to the outer base of the medio-external lobe. The anterior lobes are more elevated than the others, and are only separated by a fissure. In the fourth premolar the true molar structure is seen in the regular quadri-tuberculate form. There is a small tubercle in front and behind the notch of lobes, and a fold descending forwards on the outer side of the external posterior lobe. In the second true molar there is an additional tubercle on the middle line be- tween the pairs of lobes. The median accessory tubercles are not distinct on the last molar, excepting the posterior, which becomes a large heel. The lobes of each pair are not deeply separated on the last two molars. These teeth are rather abruptly larger than the first true molar, which is little larger than the last premolar. Hach of them has a narrow anterior cingulum, but no other. The enamel is nearly smooth. Measurements. M. Length of mandible from end of posterior molar to in- CIWS BINGONWIG MS OO ate fie SS Arkh, Oe eae 0.190 MMA RO MATH OAT OSEUIES)V. ypicl=\citercicle's else ee oo cre =)e!sie\crs 108 ee HST CRIIVOVATS poet set hesci de claavevs ajcnetare slate oo aeetoterers .062 if GUASTCIAARES ae yarlet aren Rael Aare ateieles sone a ere es 054 Width between bases of canines... .+..2........... 46. 020 Ream Ole CLASTCINA) = stelercists stayale ale s\cvechiavape seanstaues ats aia See 8 024 «« between bases of first premolars............... .0382 AMLENO- MOSEL Olyrttereiaetlelieleere ae .012 ; 9 USIP ON Ip. ie a t CAMS VCUSE 2 o.2 iar eee muah ayant .007 Ra (HAO VOEOs odariq ooguBeavononooe .015 = PESO ah { antero-posterior.......... cosoee) ol NZ Z AMLELO WOStELIOL atte arise) O21 : 9 Diameter of m. { ENANISWiELS Cisis sie cvs. 5 els 5250.6 pro ese 016 AMIGIO-DOSICMIOMs ooaceve sscouvos 026 =) QD) Mipbrcier of tH: 3 (inca Ry eae earn cts tae .015 The animal from which the above description was taken was adult. It was discovered in the Loup Fork beds of North-Western Kansas by Russell - Hill of this city. TETRALOPHODON CAMPESTER sp. nov. The cranium and under jaw, with nearly complete dentition, including tusks, of this species, were obtained by my assistant, Russell §. Hill. The PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100, 2c. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1878. Cope.] 226 [Dee. 21, animal is mature but not old, as the second true (third intermediate) molar is present and much worn, and the last molar is worn on its anterior three- fifths. The posterior or fourth crest of the second true molar is narrower than the third, and is not followed by a heel. The third molar presents six transverse crests, and so large a heel that it might be said to be seven- crested. Each crest is sub-transverse, and is composed of a principal ob- tuse cone at each extremity and some smaller ones between, in close con- tact. The apices of the larger ones approach each other, and the median ones are less elevated. The section produced by wearing of the third and second crest each, is that of two trefoils placed base to base, and the lateral lobes of these, completely close the valley between those crests. The val- leys between the other crests are closed by one or two distinct median tubercles, and the sections of those crests are less accurately trifoliate than those of the others. There is a very large cingulum at the anterior ex- tremity of this tooth whose worn section is confluent with both of the trefoils of the anterior crest near the middle. A portion of it is isolated on the inner side of the crown, forming a flattened cone, or when worn, an isolated oval with the long axis directed inwards and forwards. This I have counted as the first crest, as it is as much entitled to it as the one so counted by Dr. Falconer, in the 7. stvalensis. The palate is narrow, not exceeding the width of the second true molar. The mandibular rami are of rather light tissue, and are compressed in form, the external face being little convex. The symphysis is produced, without abrupt contraction either laterally or below, into a robust beak whose depth is equal to the width five inches beyond the bifurcation. It is channeled above by a narrow and deep groove, and supports no tusks. From the appearance of the tissue when fractured transversely it is evi- dent that there have been no alveolar cavities at any time. The beak is slightly decurved .and the extremity is depressed and transversely flat- tened. The superior incisor possesses a broad band of enamel, which covers nearly one-third the diameter of the tooth. Measurements. M. Length of crown of second true molar................. .118 Width ce ad Breen ie matics ee So 075 Length third UME Seg ero ol O0'5 Yicic 195 Width 24 Ee a eee Poesy Pee 080 eg palate at anterior extremities of second lees .045 ne ee posterior crests of third es 095 Length of ramus from posterior border to bifurcation.... .560 Length of symphyseal beak (broken).................- .480 Depth of do. five inches from bifurcation.......... Ke oe OLS Wiithofido:tat do. . 6 sat oc ai ee eee ee 115 This fine new Mastodon is the second species of the genus Tetralophodon found as yet in North America, the first being the 7. mérifieus of Leidy. . 1877.] 227 [Cope. It is well distinguished from this form by the structure of the component parts of the crown of the last molar tooth, and by its long symphysis, that of the 7. mirificus possessing the more usual short spout. It is with the T. longirostris, of Eppelsheim and the valley of the Danube, that the closest affinity exists. In 7’. campester the symphyseal production is much more robust, not being separated from the rami by any constriction, as in T. longirostiris. It is moreover without incisive tusks, but it is yet uncer- tain what value should be attached to this character, as it may turn out to be individual or sexual. In the intimate structure of the molars there is considerable resemblance to the 7. Jongirostris ; that species is however stated by Dr. Falconer* to possess but five crests and a heel on the last molar. The presence of the enamel band on the tusks also separates the fT. campester from that species, where, according to Mr. Vacek,{ it is wanting. In comparison with WW. swalensis, this Mastodon differs in, the transverse character of the valleys ; in the Indian species the tubercles alternate and close them. The dimensions of the 7. campester are those of the African Elephant. From the Upper Miocene and Loup Fork horizon of Kansas. TAXIDBA SULCATA Sp. nov. This badger is represented by the nearly entire maxillary bone of the left side containing all the teeth excepting the canine and first premolar. It resembles the corresponding portion of the 7. americana very nearly, but differs in two important features. The first of these is the abbrevia- tion of the anterior portion of the dental series. The first premolar is closely wedged in between the canine and second premolar, so that its an- terior root is almost obsolete. The head was thus doubtless relatively shorter than in the existing species where there are hiatuses between the roots of the first premolar and adjacent teeth. The second character is seen in the last or true molar. On its crown the tubercles are arranged in two well separated transverse rows, forming crests by their confluence, which are separated by a deep valley, and bound by a half valley in front and rear. Measurements. M. Length of series, including canine........... Goeccsede .038 cam DLCIIOLAT Sime rarcte ete, asic /aieneictelelei cca gitehei fete oo siete .023 “Co Jeg jeter eee aoc ooo codon n cod Honeen 011 Width of EF TiN es Oe ON ROPES ORC RO OS Be a eee .009 Length of last molar (inside)............. Bdeeviatdlstateisiats .012 Width <“ SHANA stad acceshetea Meters pAvol a sig SES Siar Meparbeniiaat ofa ratte .010 From the Pliocene of Washington Terr.; found by Major Truax, U.S.A. = On British and Huropean Fossil Mastodons, p. 19 (8 vo.). ‘+ Ueber Oesterreichische Mastodonten Wien, 1877, p. 31 (Abh. K. K. Geol. Reichanstalt). — ity 228 [Dee. 21, Cope. | PSEUDEMYS BISORNATUS sp. nov. This fresh water tortoise is represented by portions of three individuals. — These exhibit a rather flattened convex carapace, with marginal bones united (behind the bridge at least), without gomphosis, by fine suture. There are no median or lateral keels. The vertebral bones are nearly as wide as long, and thick ; the costals are thickest proximally and thinnest medially. The marginals are quite stout. The dermal scutal sutures are deeply impressed, especially those defining the marginal scuta. The sculpture of the superior surface of the carapace is strongly marked and peculiar. The vertebral scutal arez are smooth, or display only a few obscure ridges directed backwards and inwards, on the proximal portions of the costal bones; the vertebral’ bones being smooth. The costal scuta present two forms of sculpture ; posterior to the intercostal bony suture each is reticulated with inosculating sharp ridges whose general direction is longitudinal proximally and transverse distally. The sculpture is Trionyx- like, and rather coarse. The surface anterior to the osseous suture, is orna- mented with raised, parallel ridges, which are separated more widely than those of the posterior half of the scutum, and which do not inosculate. They continue uninterruptedly to the succeeding osseous suture, to be followed again by the reticulate pattern. Thus each costal bone is divided into three areas ; a proximal smooth one, and an anterior reticulate, and posterior ridges arese, separated by a deep sutural groove. A postero-lateral marginal bone unites subequally with two costals. Its superior surface rises in abrupt convexity beyond the costo-marginal der- mal suture, and from the transverse intermarginal dermal suture. It is then concave to the recurved margin. Its sculpture consists of transverse ridges, separated by grooves of equal width. Measurements. M. Length of a vertebral bone........ he Base a: Hep sade race 035 Anterior width of same. ..........% ae a oti PES Acta lls) Thickness of same anteriorly ,............ tb iteheQehorbieed Seana .009 Bxtent of median costal { trineverse ss. s-cecssssca AMM Median thickness ofidolea aaa eeee eee ore eee .006 Distal My Se oul Nags a Ohecen eae Eaeee Mee Pay REE 55 ro 5 .007 Length of a posterior marginal............ Pee aor as 030 Width i Ce oe eee Ry HN eseren U2 Thickness 4 Oo aay) ea oleh se Serra 017 This tortoise is at first sight apparently singular in its marks of ornamen- tation. On comparison with existing species, however, it is seen to present an exaggerated condition of the sculpture characteristic of some of the exist- ing Pseudemydes of our Southern rivers; e. g. the P. elegans. It is more - robust in all its proportions than any of these. The fossil remains were discovered by my friend, G. W. Marnock, in the pliocene of South-western Texas. 6 1877.] 229 [Cope. CISTUDO MARNOCHII. Represented by the posterior lobe of the plastron of an individual of twice the bulk of the existing North American Cistudos. It is broadly rounded posteriorly, and there is an emargination at the femoro-anal der- mal suture. The anterior suture is straight, as is also the lateral, which measures more than a third the length of the entire lobe. On the upper side ofthe angle included by these sutures is the fossa for fixed attachment with the carapace. The beveled face of the fore edge of the lobe is quite wide. The dermal sutures are well marked. The anal scuta are large, their median length being half that of the lobe. The common femoral suture is only half as long as the ventral. The inferior surface is nearly flat in every direction; and the surface is smooth. The posterior border of the specimen is broken away. This species was obtained from the same formation as the last, by Gabriel W. Marnock, to whom I dedicate it. ANCHYBOPSIS BREVIARCUS Sp. NOY. The genus to which the above name was given, was established by the writer in 1870, for a species Cyprinoid fish, from the pliocene formation of Idaho. Its affinities were then stated to be to Alburnops (Hybopsis), and related existing genera. The present paper describes two additional spe- cies of the genus, both of whichare represented by pharyngeal bones and teeth of both sides. The teeth are shown to be 5-5, in contradistinction to the genera Hemitremia and Alburnops, where they are 5-4 and 4-4 respec- tively In this fish the common base of the pharyngeal teeth rises upwards, so as to project well in front of the general plane of the bone. The superior teeth are more compressed than the inferior, and the firstand second count- ing from below, have convex grinding faces. The pharyngeal bone has a short — inferior and a long superior limb. The alate portion is regularly and strongly convex, without abrupt expansion. The nutritive foramina of the anterior face are two large inferior and several small superior ones. Measurements. M. Wertical extent of bone in a straight line...-........... .020 Wa GbR Se COME Oot es ccas, cs ieriis Seveato.e dir tuveeaiclae 0 wlavele.o's .008 ee cutnSt So er SERPs Sal eatey eh ere UN at oo sece ty SU .004 Wemethino fetoo iam limekie rave atces crteiels caererstercitle fe etctcloy ea. Stats O11 ss OtsthiRdEtOO te, level sss ovale enolate cos cle Ge sldvancet eee .005 pe Ofbasalelimibitosinstecoothwpeeseceis cscs e Bays .009 This species is of smaller dimensions than the A. latus. ANCHYBOPSIS ALTARCUS Sp. NOV. The phar#ngeal bones of this cyprinoid are larger and of more slender proportions than those of the A. breviarcus. Specimens from both sides are preserved. The inferior and superior limbs are both elongate, the former slender, the latter flat. The alaisabruptly expanded at right angles to the ‘long axis; the external border is thence nearly straight to, and the angle of Cope.] 230 [Dee. 21, the superior border situated interiorly to, the line continuing the inner bor- der upwards. The tooth line is elevated at the upper extremity. The basal teeth are more robust than the others, and do not present grinding faces. The nutritive foramina are more numerous and smaller than in the A. breviarcus. Measurements. M. Vierticaliextention miohiy phanymeealineere seer etree .023 Width atisecondioothescrermneeoree cee eer enero .009 «< at first mm E eee ra ans SA a Mu ae 004 ene thvotitoothelinemaancncr eeaeeeerr ne eree Seen ners 012 ae of; third tooth. aerkeeeeoeeer cee ee Silevels ejects -006 BG OfsbasalalsimbsOsiMmsiptOOUn EEC eRe eErErore 011 Found with the last species by Chas. H. Sternberg, in the Pliocene de- posit of Oregon. ALBURNOPS ANGUSTARCUS sp. nov. Represented by the pharyngeal bones of both sides, of a species of about the size of the one last described. The characteristic marks of these are seen in the long extremities, both inferior and superior, and in the very slight convexity of the ala, which is less prominent than in any of the Cy-. prinide here described. The superior end of the tooth basis is elevated and prominent. In one of the jaws all the teeth display a masticating sur- face. In the other the second tooth, the only one preserved, is partially worn. The length of the proximal limb distinguishes this pharyngeal bone from that of the Anchybopsis breviarcus, if the generic characters be disregarded. From all the other species the slight prominence of the ala separates it. Measurements. = Me Vertical extent of right pharyngeal........ FON a ae aS 023 Lengthiof proximal imple gece eeeeie rene is ees oeleneieee .010 ae of tooth line. . 32.4... paid Oh cect Ne oe eee on OM oe Of distal Jimiby.. 2. 225 meee use eee hire eee .012 Waidthyattinstetoothmereemecriere aimee headin ede era bevenetane mnie tage -005 Mg of second tooth........ TS Mee siete tas Melgar age tele 007 Leneth of third) tooth... - 5-22 beeen ae eee 005 Found by Mr. Sternberg, with the last species. ALBURNOPS GIBBARCUS sp. nov. One left and two right pharyngeal bones furnish the characters of this species. Their form is angulate, as in the Anchybdopsis altarcus, but shorter in the vertical direetion. The proximal limb is rather short, “and the dis- tal one not as long as in the species last described. The ala widens ab- ruptly at the inferior margin, and the thin superior edge of the superior limb is obtusely angulate. The nutritive foramina are rather numerous. The first and second teeth display little or no grinding surface. 1877. | 231 [| Cope. Measurements. M. Venticalbextention Gobi) platy ai. 1-0. t-ee cielsloler« 020 Menethkonproximallimb,....c cs eueww ess o. 2. yee sea 009 ge Oi? TOOUN Inne, noeac ésoopococe osucobpeeeic opUadoD .009 Co OF Ghigtienl MeN, cobes Koo bod Bispelaresl Wald aiale afetel's weauate .009 Vitel alike TMCS i UO Ot Uwe te pceleiets, atsrey a cretatctws ei etole cie a elelae sievete .004 RMEEEESCCOMC LOOLM Mai aly oaiels cd slaldletarsaiends accel = acl .008 LMA CHUCIOMIOOUNE Sulake ecco oeidce DOO neEEEOEaDE 005 Found by Chas. H. Sternberg in the Pliocene of Oregon. On some Saurians found in the Triassic of Pennsylwania, by C. M. Wheatley. By E. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Dec. 21, 1877.) THECODONTOSAURUS GIBBIDENS sp. nov. The only remains of this saurian which have come into my hands are two” teeth. They are in good preservation, lacking only the great part of the root. They present the leaf-like outline characteristic of the genus, the crown being strongly distinguished from the narrower root. The form is quite | robust, and contracts gradually to the apex. The cutting anterior and pos- terior edges bound the inner face of the crown, from which they are sepa- rated by a groove along their bases. They are interrupted by coarse serra- tions, the apices of the denticles being directed upwards. These are much reduced in size at the base of the crown. The cutting edges are not sepa- rated from the external face by grooves. This face is very convex and perfectly smooth. The inner face is convex between the grooves and is marked with six or seven continuous sulci, which are obsolete at the base. The saurian which possessed the tooth described was not of large propor- tions. The species differs from the English form in many respects ; e. g., the greater convexity of the external face ; the basal grooves of the cut- ting edges, the grooving of the inner face, the abrupt constriction below the base of the crown, ete. Measurements. M. ‘ ntero- LOTR ReNs Sie. crash avs -00 Diameter of crown ! EGLO s DOS ELIGr 70 CHAIWSENSES phd is etre letsteld aliel seaavols .0045 EMEC IR CLO Wills einai iatiaeiden SNe wi apele tee ais iaye id ofe, te oles . .00388 Cope. j 232 [ Dee. 21, PALMOSAURUS FRASERIANUS sp. nov. But few remains indicate this species. It is established primarily on a tooth, which presents the characters of Palwosaurus cylindrodon. It has opposite denticulate cutting edges, an anterior and posterior, of which the latter extends to the base of the crown, and the anterior but half way from the apex. The posterior is denticulate throughout, while denticulation is visible on the anterior edge for but one-third the distance from the apex. The posterior edge is more compressed. The surface of the cementum is obsoletely finely linear ridged, and there are no sulci or other sculpture. The crown is regularly and gently curved backwards. Measurements. M. hength of the crowns emapmereceee omer ee 0200 Antero-posterior diameter of crown at base............ .0065 This saurian is dedicated to my friend, Persifor Frazer, Jr., in charge of one of the districts into which the State of Pennsylvania is divided for the conduct of the second geological survey. This district embraces the Tri- assic region, which has been extensively and ably investigated by Prof. Frazer. SUCHOPRION AULACODUS Cope. Palwoctonus aulacodus Cope, Paleontological Bulletin, No. 26, p. 184. Several additional teeth of this species show that the tooth from which I first determined it is one of the flattest of the series, and that those from other positions in the jaws, instead of being flatter as in Palwoctonus, are narrower, and of the usual form of those of Suchoprion. This saurian possesses teeth of the size of the average of those of the S. cyphodon, and which are like them, well compressed in the antero-poste- rior direction. The surface is therefore very convex between the cutting edges, especially on the external face, and the transverse diameter at the base of the crown exceeds the antero-posterior. The cutting edges only extend half way from the apex, and are but little denticulated. The sur- face of the cementum is minutely and sharply linearly sculptured. It is in addition, thrown into coarse continuous grooves on the basal two-thirds of the crown, excepting for a short distance on the inner side of each cut- ting edge. There are seven grooves on the inner face, and eighteen on the | outer face. On the latter the minute sculpture is least distinct. Measurements. M. Length of crown......... ays idtssiae i cahtd cibectoPretaaeserete . .0260 Dist eior base Of crown | fore and aft.s.%). steers se OGY i CLANS VERS Ce reteestleeier re .0115 The short slightly denticulate cutting edges and the strongly grooved surface distinguish the anterior teeth of this species at once from the S. cyphodon. Several specimens have been found by Mr. Wheatley. 1877.] 233 [Cope. On the Vertebrata of the Dakota Epoch of Colorado. By EH. D. Cor. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877.) Not long since I was informed by the Superintendent of Public Schools of Fremont County, Colorado, Mr. O. W. Lucas, that he had discovered the bones of an enormous saurian at an outcrop of the rocks of the Dakota sroup not far from Canyon City. I encouraged him to proceed with the exploration, and asked him to send some specimens which would explain the character of his discovery. One of the first objects sent, is a fragment- ary lower jaw of a carnivorous dinosaurian, which he found on the surface of the ground. This fossil was found to belong to a species heretofore un- known, which I referred to the genus Laelaps, under the name of Laelaps trihedrodon.* The second sending included a number of vertebre, which apparently represent a much more gigantic animal, and I believe the largest or most bulky animal capable of progression on land of which we have any knowledge. This reptile I described in my paleontological bulletin No. 26, under the name of Camarasaurus supremus. Subsequent send- ings included many of the more important bones of the skeleton, which render it comparatively easy to determine the general character of this monster. Later collections received from Mr. Lucas include the teeth of two large species of a new genus which has been characterized under the name of Caulodon ; and the vertebre of three genera new to science, which I have named Tichosteus, and Symphyrophus. Ue also pro- cured remains of two additional forms of gigantic size, fit rivals of the Camarasaurus, which I referred to the new genus Amphicelias. ie lel=e) 1-1-1 +) .012 y lGHHE STIL OCCUPY stares s clleia< -aeisisiclnc wiesa a ale whe Falisyaieh ea ee 042 eur Diyeoli ote Now 2, OCCUPY Msi.’ dts Velie Set eit ia ale see .024 The jaws are as large as those of a medium-sized alligator. DIADECTES LATIBUCCATUS. Sp. nov. The anterior portion of a probably maxillary bone represents this spe- cies. On comparison with the corresponding portion of the jaw of D. side- % PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 101. 3x. Or > Cope.] 06 {April 5, ropelicus, the following characteristic marks appear: The tooth-line di- verges much more strongly inwards from the maxillary border in the D. latibueccatus, leaving a wide groove between the two. This groove is separated by a narrow horizontal partition from a corresponding one of the superior face of the same element, and its surface is longitudinally rough- ened. The teeth ate closely placed, and the series turns with the anterior extremity of the jaw, abruptly inwards. The transverse diameter of the teeth lessens to just posterior to the point of curvature, so that their section is nearly round ; at and anterior to the curve, the wide transverse diameter is resumed, the last alveolus preserved making an angle of 45° with those in the posterior part of the jaw. The external surface of the maxillary hone is roughened, as is also the case in the D. stderopelicus, with coarser and finer irregular impressions, fossee and grooves. Measurements. M. Width of jaw at ninth tooth from curve...............- 036, WadithvorninthytootheiromuEcunve seen nce eect .O11 Se GE trom, © 9 G6 Of Tet ec atone eee -006 EN tooth at. CULVE 2-224 s0.a's eeeeiane emt ae eee eee .008 CG SE TTC! HOO, NAITO HO KCWNAV@s acocccncuces 65 - .010 St yp awaal \CUEVC. ilies tyes seeker iors ie ac eae eite eatin .019 Bilevation of alveolar partiOtjaw aa... car) eee see .018 TMC 6 ite e GINO LS 15.2). ssleterets dole | Ropatcest oa rhe eee eee .015 There are other fragments of jaws referable to Diadectes whose specific reference is uncertain. BoLosauRUS STRIATUS. Gen. et. sp. nov. Char. Gen. Teeth fixed in shallow alveoli, and with the crowns ex- panded transversely to the axis of the jaws. The crowns swollen at the base, and with low apex, divided vertically into two equal portions. The postero-internal balf in the maxillary series is low and horizontal ; the antero-external portion forms a curved cusp, which has a semicircular sec- tion. The teeth of the lower jaw are similar, but the relative positions of the ledge and cusp are reversed. Anterior teeth of superior series com- posed of external cusp and internal ledge. No enlarged canine or incisor teeth. Bones of tace not sculptured. This genus is represented by a good many remains, which include some partially complete crania. These show that there is no quadratojugal arch, and that the quadrate is of the flat character of that of the Anomodontia, and was probably immovable. The orbit is complete behind, and there is a strong squamosal arch. The vertebre are amphicoelous, and probably notochordal. The neural arches are freely articulated with the centrum, and the zygapophyses and neural spine are well developed. The vertebre resemble those of Lysorophus* (Cope) from the Illinois Permian, but they do not display the deep longitudinal fosse of that genus. # Proceed. Amer, Philos. Soe. 1877, p. 187. =r 1878. ] 50 é [Cope. Char. Specif. The external surface of the crown is marked to the apex with waved grooves of the enamel. The edge of the elevated cusp, which presents posteriorly in the maxillary teeth, constitutes the abrupt termina- tion of the exterior face, and is serrate by the interference of the sulci. The edge of the basal ledge is slightly serrate. The muzzle is rather elongate, and the sides of the maxillary and dentary bones are plane and” smooth. The mandible is rather narrow, and forms a narrow wedge in profile outline. It rises posteriorly behind the dental line. The teeth are separated by intervals as wide as a tooth. Measurements. M. LOOMS ClinineOr OF Oro; INGE, ..scecabecascacouccuece .0130 IDE ODN OF WO TSE ew OW OUONes coanceueeoceusmoceeuoas .0045 i LOGIC JAW Ai MOMO OHO seosooceconccsauc -0050 POU HSCEI ils o.5 oni sera 6 CA es Bni IS ae eee .0080 RIOVAION Oil EOHON TIN oe SSIS c Cop See eeS an Smee eins .0025 ' Transverse diameter of inferior molar No. 2..........- 0025 From the same locality as the Diadectes sideropelicus. A slight modification of character is found in two imperfect crania. The principal character is to be seen in the teeth. The enamel of the ex- ternal surface of the cusp is not sulcate, but is smooth ; and the posterior cutting edge of the cusp is much less distinct. It is, in fact, obtuse, and not serrate. The orbit is large, and the front and muzzle are regularly decurved to the premaxillary border. The angle of the mandible is mod- erately prominent, and is massive and obtusely truncate. The interorbital region is flat in the transverse direction. Measurements. M. Length of skuli to mandibular angle...............-... 050 a SoM OU RNG OGRE has cio a: «-. .004 Length of root and crown of a tooth........:.... ere i eame O2y From the locality of the last species. ~ ECTOCYNODON ORDINATUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Cyanium short and wide, with large post-frontal bones and a large orbit. Cranial bones sculptured, but no lyra. Teeth rhizodont, with elongate compressed crowns with anterior and posterior cutting edges. One of these between the orbit and nostril larger and longer than the others, and lying outside of the closed dentary bone. Mandibular 1878, 509 [Cope. Symbphysis not sutural, but ligamentous. Terminal mandibular tooth not small. Teeth not faceted, simple. This genus, which I suppose to be reptilian, is represented by a speci- men which lacks the posterior portion of the skull ; hence its near affinities cannot be determined. In the character of the cranial sculpture it re- sembles crocodiles, and the Labyrinthodont genera cotemporary with it, and differs from Lacertilia with cranial sculpture known to me. Char. Spectf. Parietal and frontal regions flat, the latter joined to the maxillary by a rectangular canthus. Interorbital region wide, equal to the diameter of the orbit. Sculpture of vertex in longitudinal series of pits of considerable irregularity. There are ten or twelve such rows be- tween the orbits. The crowns of the teeth are obtuse, and their surface smooth. Measurements. -M. lGaikarose onion yall Oe SUNN oo ddaecooMsucaooedbGaooe 009 Width between prefrontal borders.................. oo bila Depth of facial plate of maxillary............. Sneaees . 007 ue TANNUS WAAC OWULNEY: OlOlis poseacucbcondeodoc .006 HY sf “e MEANT EI Mapes ciel ceateratete eiley eres 003 encth of short maxillary toothy... 5... 22. ccceeesnces .0015 ts long os “pt ehice ds. sxaypaniwvstessustecwia icin plevess 0030 Width ie ae el ts coset Malang crs ciattiysyenlec Bes .0015 The skull of this species is about as large as that of the Heloderma sus- pectum. CLEPSYDROPS NATALIS. Sp. nov. This reptile is represented by numerous portions of the skeleton, includ- ing a cranium, and thus offers the best basis of information as to the char- acter of the genus Clepsydrops which has yet come into our hands. This furnishes numerous interesting characters, which as found in a single in- dividual furnish a basis of estimation for the entire group. Char. Gen., et cetera. There is no quadratojugal arch, but the zygo- matic and postorbital arches are present. The squamosal extremity of the zygomatic arch descends low on the quadrate as in turtles, preventing mobility of the latter. The quadrate is not prominent in the specimen, and appears to have been a thin bone, as in Hctocynodon. The nostril is large and latero-anterior. The symphysis of the mandible is short, and the premaxillary bones appear to be distinct; they are separated in the specimen by displacement, with the indication that the junction was sutural. The teeth were of different sizes, and the premavxillaries and‘ canines are distinguished from the others by their proportions. All are sub-round in section, with more or less defined anterior and posterior cut- ting edges. The premaxillary teeth are larger anteriorly, diminish pos- teriorly, and are separated by a notched diastema from the large canine. The succeeding teeth are of medium proportions. The roots are sunk in deep alveoli. There is no surface sculpture of the cranial bones, which is the character distinguishing the genus Hetoéynodon from Clepsydrops. Cope.] 510 {April 5 The vertebre have been described elsewhere, but important. additions to our knowledge can now be made. There are mostly small intercentra throughout the dorsal and caudal series, in the latter prolonged into two processes below, constituting chevron bones. The transverse processes on the dorsal and lumbar vertebree are undivided, and on some of the dorsals, the ribs articulate with the centrum as well. They are present on the anterior but wanting on the posterior caudal vertebrz. In adults the neu- ral arch is codssified with the centrum, and on the lumbar and sacral re- gion the neural spines are greatly elevated, indicating the presence of a fin like that of Basiliscus. In one of the allied species the diapophyses of three vertebre are vertically expanded for the attachment of the ilium, but the centra are not codssified. The humerus in this genus is of remarkable character. Its proximal ex- tremity is expanded and regularly convex, with the articular surface at right angles to the sides of the bone, and not developing a head. There is a strong deltoid ridge or tuberosity, not extending far from the head. The shaft is much contracted, and the distal end is more expanded than the proximal. It is flattened, and supports no condyle. Its outline is trans- verse at the middle and truncate at each lateral extremity. A large supra- condylar foramen pierces the basal part of the distal expansion near the in- ner border. The opposite edge is strongly grooved longitudinally, the groove being bounded in front by a prominent crest, which sinks just proximad of the distal border. The ilium is a flat bone which contracts downwards and forwards to the pubis. The latter is something like the ilium in form, widening in the op- posite direction, 7. ¢. downwards and forwards. Its form is something like that of the Crocodilia, and it is uncertain whether those of opposite sides unite below. The ischium is a remarkable bone. It is greatly produced anteriorly and posteriorly to the acetabulum, in forming with that of the opposite side, a keeled boat-shaped body, which at its superior middle por- — tion includes the inferior part of the acetabulum. In C. natalis, the anterior apex is below the middle line of the pubes near their anterior border. In the same species there is an additional small element between the ilium and pubis on the superior side at their junction. The acetabulum is formed by the interrupted junction of the three elements. The femur possesses no third trochanter, and the head and great tro- chanter are not separated by a neck. The little trochanter is large, and the condyles are well defined. The head of the tibia is expanded, and the fibula is well developed at both extremities. The phalanges are mode- rately elongate, and are depressed. The claws are curved and compressed below. The various remains of this genus now in my possession, and especially the skeleton of C. natalis, show that the determinations of various parts of the skeleton made from isolated fragments from Illinois, were correct. Cf the general affinities of this genus it is only necessary now to state that my reference of it to the Rhynchocephalia is confirmed. It differs 1878.] 5 1 i [Cope. from the recent species of the order in the absence of quadrato-jugal arch, and the remarkably developed ischia. On this account I refer to Clepsy- drops and its allies as a distinct suborder under the name of Pelycosauria. Char. Specif. The muzzle of this species is compressed and descends ob- tusely at the end as in Bolosaurus striatus. The nostril and orbit are quite large. The first premaxillary tooth is the largest and has a silky striation of the enamel; its crown is much less than that of the canine. The canine originates below a point a short distance posterior to the nostril. Measuremenis. M. Length of skull to posterior base of quadrate’........... 0.124 Wiametertotemostrale mriasvaic’... ayes evsietiele c eleicleeiasse side eis .019 Depihotzveoma at OLbIb.'. . [ays <--/- « DOO OOMONIEE .012 Hierothromcrownrol canine tooth -)s- 5 tec) tet eo AGREES o CoO COMER Tne a: cr .0040 : SCENE: 3 Geran SENS Reh eke 0035 Diameter of centrum } 7“ | LOI AOVOEA! a5 ooo coer ene 6 oie: 0 ro .0035 JOXFOAMISS Ox CMEYOO OSES & GoGo > coco ssooGDaDeGouooES 0080 st INCE) Ol IMD) coomenD 6 ddasa sono OoeEpE Onc .0085 Elevation to summit of neural canal.................. 0045 Comparison with the vertebre which I have found associated with the jaws and teeth of Bolosawurus striatus reveals the following differences : The neural arches of the latter are distinct ; the intercentra are not present on the vertebrxe observed (five in one series and five in another) ; and the centra are compressed with inferior rib. There are no capitular articular facets in the vertebree of Bolosaurus described. THEROPLEURA RETROVERSA. Gen. et spec. nov. Char. Gen. Rhyuchocephalian reptiles with free neural arch, and a capitular costal articulation on the centrum; the intercentrum probably, and the hyposphen certainly, wanting. This genus is similar to Lysorophus in its free neural arch, but there is no capitular costal articulation on the known vertebree of that genus. The small costal face of the diapophyses is distinct from what is seen in H/picor- dylus and Eimpedocles. Char. Specif. Size medium, or rather larger than that of Clepsydrops natalis. A number of small vertebre may belong to a young individual, but I regard as type a dorsal vertebra of an adult, where the suture of the neural arch is visible but adherent. The species is characterized by the wide posterior expansion of the border of the articular face of the centrum, forming the capitular facet for the rib. It approaches near to the dia- pophysis, and descends to the basal fourth of the centrum. There is an angular ridge passing backwards from the inferior border of the diapophy- sis to the border of the articular face. Below this angle and behind the capitular costal face the centrum is deeply concave, the concavities of the opposite sides being separated below on the median line by a narrow ob- tuse keel. The centrum is as deep and long as wide. Measurements. M. FTUSMOJVOSEMO? Hs co srasandoesc 025 Diameter of centrum: ~ vertical. o2...:0...6.cercce ss oe .025 AASV CT Seweyaiei patetaveteh sve lcveley sie eV=icys .025 The small specimens agree with the large one in the strong, longitudinal angle connecting the diapophysis with the posterior border of the centrum, and in the wide capitular articular surface. THEROPLEURA UNIFORMIS. Sp. nov. This species is represented by the vertebra of two individvals, and per- haps of two others of smaller size. The dorsal centra are characterized by * Proceedings Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877, p. 187. 2 Cope.] 520 [April 5, the absence of lateral and inferior edges, and the narrow reflected portion of the anterior border for the capitular facet. The diapophyses are short, and the tubercular surfaces not much extended. The zygapophysial sur- faces are but moderately oblique. The sides of the centrum are gently and uniformly concave, and the inferior middle line is obtuse and not promi- nent. . The centra of the smaller specimens alluded to, are alittle depressed, and may pertain to another part of the column. Measurements. M. ( HON KEVHOVR| OOO 6555555058505 .021 Diameters of centrum 4 transverse........ OC Gao 022 NAC MLSE ci ESS SS och SG 021 Expanse of anterior zygapophyses...../. 2: 2... --aee eee .019 Wadthyofeneural:canallc..e0.-- Seer oye -e eee 009 THEROPLEURA TRIANGULATA. The centra of the vertebre of three and probably four individuals repre- sent this reptile. The superior part of these resembles that of the Z. wn7- formis in lacking the angle posterior to the diapophysis seen in the 7. re¢- roversa, and in the small extent of the capitular rib-facet. The inferior part of the centrum differs in the presence of three longitudinal rib like angles, separated by two latero-inferior shallowly concave faces. The median rib is not very prominent, is obtuse, and concave in profile. The articular faces are relatively rather wider than in the vertebra described as typical of the two species preceding ; but in one vertebra (No. 2) the pro- portions are nearly the same. In the second vertebra mentioned the neural arch is entirely preserved. The diapophysis is at its base, and of small size; the vertebra is from not behind the median dorsal region. The neural spine is compressed and elevated, and with narrow, truncate apex. The articular faces of the zyg- apoplhyses are Beary, horizontal. Measurements. M. aNvERO-POSteMOlwsaeeeeee .018 Diameters centrum No. 1 < transverse ................ O17 VeRniGal:,:. tienes eee .016 antero-posterior............ -028 Diameters centrum No. 2 < tramsverse ..............-- .024 Vienuicallemnrtsee awierstor eee -026 Expanse of anterior zygapophyses.............. Lota ee .020 Elevation of neural spine above zygapophyses.......... 052 OVS ZROCL Mile oo dadaccoconds= .016 Di E i i pometer DGG: 2 Suna { TranMSVerse...c seis eee 007 . BATRACHIA. ERYOPS MEGACEPHALUS Cope. Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877, p. 188. To the characters which I have ascribed to the genus Hryops as above cited, I now add the following. A series of-a few large teeth much exceed- 1878.] 521 [Cope. ing the maxillaries in size within the latter, perhaps on the palatine bone. No row of smaller teeth within the maxillary series, or on the vomer, as in Mastodonsaurus and Capitosauras. The choane are large, and extend well forwards. This species is the most abundant as well as the largest Batrachian of the formation. Some of the crania are .500 Ms. in length. It may be added that the vertebre which I described (1. c.) under the head of thisspecies, and which were found with the cranium which repre- sents it, may not really belong to it. PARIOXYS FERRICOLUS. Gen. et sp. DOV. Char. Genericus. Suborder Labyrinthodontia. Head of medium pro- portions, with orbits near the middle of the length, and lateral external nares. Epiotic bones prominent, bounding a deep auditory notch. Mandib- ular angle projecting beyond the glenioid cavity. Maxillary and premax- illary teeth not large, conic, subequal; within them a series of rather numerous teeth, of near the same size, probably rising from the palatine bone. No lyra discoverable. This genus resembles Rhinosaurus and Hryops, but belongs to the group with prolonged mandibular angle. Among these it differs from Mastodonsaurus and its immediate allies in the deep auditory notch and prominent epiotic bones. From Labyrinthodon and Anthracosaurus, the uniform sizes of its teeth distinguish it; while there is no indication of the facial fontanelle of Dasyceps, which is otherwise much like Pardowys. Char. Specif. This salamander is represented by two crania of similar size, to one of which a few vertebree are attached. I have not yet removed the matrix enclosing the latter, as it isa task requiring much time. The general form of the skullis a triangle with rounded sides and narrowed and obtuse apex. The parietal region is rather elevated and wide, and is bounded laterally by a low, angular ridge which extends anteriorly from the epiotic angle, diminishing in prominence to the orbit. The external border of the epictic next the auditory notch is acute, and the posterior angle is de- curved, as though it formed the rim of a large membranum tympani. Be- tween the epiotic cornua the supraoccipital border is concave The middle of the parietal region is concave. The orbits are large and have prominent rims, which separate a concave interorbital region, which is less than half as wide as the longest (antero- posterior) diameter of the orbit. The rim is most prominent at the front of the orbit, anterior to which the side of the muzzle is somewhat swollen. There is no canthus rostralis ; in its stead there is a concavity behind the nares, with an intervening swelling just behind the latter. These are equally lateral and superior in their presentation. The middle of the muzzle is slightly concave, with a low mediau longitudinal ridge. If there be any sculpture of the surface uf the cranial and mandibular bones, it must be slight; where the thin layer of fine grained matrix which invests it has been removed, it is smooth. The crowns of the teeth are rather slender ; one from the posterior part PROC. AMER. PHILOS. Soc. xvit. 101. 3m. Cope. | 522 {April 5, of the premaxillary bone does not display any cutting edges nor facets. The grooves of inflection are strong, and extend well towards the apex, but they are not numerous. Measurements. M. Length of skull from muzzle to epiotic angle........... . 100 a = ef supraoccipital.......... .090 a fe ce RON OK CUO a cocesoac 045 a fe a MEMES (ERAT). c oon as50s5 .012 Width of skull at extremities of quadrates......... .... .083 7s o ORINNES GOMOME BME osooeccosscce0se .035 fs si ai OHMS. ogaessooad eadg ne eee OD He SS Bh ONT, OE OOUS o saggoaeoos000c0000000 .066 % C4 /OBENTOEM MIRE 5 56a0c000090000 She yetors cies 015 IDOE CHEN IES OF OW, Dgoaccacsuccoogass5000 Sean 025 From the same locality and horizon as the last species. CRICOTUS HETEROCLITUS Cope. Proceed. Academy Philada., 1876, p. 405. American Naturalist, May, 1878 (published April 22d), p. 319. Specimens of a number of individuals probably referable to the above species, exhibit many of its characters. These are very remarkable, and indicate another type of vertebral column heretofore unknown. The intercentra are more largely developed than in any other genus, having the form and proportions of the centra in the caudal region, and being but little smaller in other portions of the column. In the prepelvic region, the true centra only bear neural arches, which are articulated, and bear short diapophyses at their base. On the caudal region they share the neural arches with the intercentra, while the latter bear the continuous chevron bones exclusively. The neural spines are well developed, and not prolonged, in both regions. The ribs are robust, and the abdomen is pro- tected beneath by a series of long, narrow and flat scales, which form im- bricated chevrons directed forwards at the middle line. The phalanges are short and wide, with but slightly condyloid articula- tions. The distal one is very short, and terminates in a narrowed obtuse z projection, somewhat like those of man, but shorter. A cranium which accompanied the portions of the trunk above described, 4 may belong to the same species. It is that of a Labyrinthodont in some degree allied to Trematosaurus. Its form is elongate and the orbits are behind the middle. The mandibles do not exhibit prominent angles, and the epiotic angles are not distinguished by a notch from the posterior bor- der of the os-quadratum. The epiotic bones and two supraoccipitals form the posterior boundary of the table of the cranium ; anterior to which the usual parietals afid pterotics extend to the frontals and post-frontals. Be- low the latter is the postorbital, which is bounded behind by the squamosal (supra-squamosal, Owen, Paleontology, p. 176). The quadrato-jugal is, possibly distinct from the large malar. There is a ‘‘lyra’’ of two grooves, 1878.] 523 [Cope. which are widely separated on the anterior part of the muzzle, and which converge in front of the orbits, which they barely reach. Another groove occupies the inferior margin of the dentary bone. There is a deep auricu- lar fossa beneath the epioticand posterior part of the pterotic bones. There is but one series of teeth on each maxillary aud dentary bone exposed by the present condition of the specimen. The teeth are subequal, gradually increasing in size anteriorly where their long diameters are transverse to the axis of the dentary bone. The surface of the cranial bones is not strongly sculptured. Posteriorly it is rather closely, and anteriorly it is sparsely, punctate. The sculpture of the lower jaw is similar. except that it is smoother posteriorly. As this species has been already described, further detail is not now given. The present specimens show that the species was founded on a caudal intercentrum, and that the C. discophorus* was founded on dorsal intercentra. They also show that my original reference of loose phalanges to this genus was correct. ZATRACHYS SERRATUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. The existence of this genus is demonstrated by various fragments, the most characteristic of which is « portion of a maxillary bone. This probably belonged to a species of the order Stegocephali, but whether to the Ganocephalons or Labyrinthodont division is uncertain, though the evidence is in favor of the former. The teeth are in a single series, and their bases are anchylosed to the bottom of a shallow groove. The external boundary of this groove is more prominent than the internal, so that the attachment of the teeth is shortly pleurodont. The teeth have conic crowns, and have basal grooves indicating the dentinal inflexions common to this group. The maxillary and other bones are characterized by their strong sculpture, in the former the ridges being developed into prominent tubercles in various places. Char. Specif. The horizontal expansion of the maxillary bone is a char- acter of this species, so that its plane forms an obtuse angle with that of the long axes of the teeth. It presents no palatal lamina. The teeth are separated by intervals of greater width than the diameter of the base. The border of the bone above the teeth is thickened, and the ridges are de- veloped into numerous tubercles. These project externally so as to form a prominent serrate margin entirely overhanging the external alveolar border. The ridges diverge inwards in a radiating manner. The surface is otherwise irregular from the presence of a deep fossa on the outer side within the inner alveolar border. Measurements. M. Wemet heOl Mraoment: ag seicts v ss Me RES sang cee oascaoac .018 Width. “ De Al rt 2s PRES 2 Clio See Ree a RR ae .018 oe it gu AR ALIVE OM AENONOOmetre fa sieic)aerteta/= Rel crhi ovals 002 Length of prominences beyond alveolar border......... .003 ATMEL ET OF antOOthMDASIGIs. ... sreeleie sic sda eteisls tine els coo all TNETEG. WEIS) CIO eke Eis Occ MER: fae ee RP i are .005 * Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 186. Foy Cope. ] 524 [April 4, TRIMERORHACHIS INSIGNIS. Gen. et sp. nov. Ganocephalorum. See American Naturalist, May (April 22), 1878, p. 328. This genus is referred to the Ganocephala of Owen, as a Stegocephal Batrachian with vertebral centra represented by separate cortical ossifica- tions, and with the chorda dorsalis persistent in the basioccipital region. The basioccipital bone, although ossified, supports no condyles properly so called, but a cup-like articulation for the first vertebra, like that of fishes, but which is perforate for the chorda dorsalis. It possesses the other char- acters of the suborder in the presence of zygapophyses and of the quadrato- jugal arch. Char. Gen. The centrum is represented by three cortical ossifications of the chorda-sheath, a median inferior, and two lateral. The lateral pieces are quite distinct from each other, and are in contact with the neurapoph- yses above, and the posterior border of the median segment in front. The neural arch joins chiefly the lateral elements, but is in slight contact with the lateral summits of the inferior element. The halves of the neural arch are coéssified, and support well developed zygapophyses, but no neural spine. A lateral expansion of the base of the neurapophyses represents the diapophysis, but it is horizontal and thin. The cranial bones are sculptured with pits and reticulate ridges. The parasphenoid bone is flat. The external nostrils are large and superior, and not anterior. The angle of the mandible is little produced, and the glenoid cavity is transverse and wider at the inner than the external ex- tremity. The inner wall of the mandible descends from the glenoid fossa, including with the horizontal outer wall, a deep internal pterygoid fossa. No corenoid bone or process. Symphysis short. The teeth exhibit the inflected dentine of this and allied groups. So far as preserved, they are simply conic, but there are none with the apices complete. There are two series on each side of the upper jaw, both of which consist of larger teeth at their anterior portions. Theanterior teeth of the inner row beneath the external nares, are much the largest. ...-.. .023 HS xq NSC N Oke CA WOPIY.SES .- a /teeleyee sllele ele mie tie «1s ainda = sla 073 iteneth ot tubercularsuiface Ole dom seat se\cleles)- 1 slee)-i- -022 BilSvATOM OF MEUM BIE eGs coco c0epbo cngou0DK5bbGe DENCE O71 a BeGE | SOMTCY bi 2. beatememeverst ayer Wsfatods eeusyeioich stat atevers -040 Antero-posterior diameter of summit of do............. 044 PISCES. CTENODUS PERIPRION. Sp. nov. This large species is indicated by a fine palatal tooth of the left side. Its outline approaches that of a right-angled triangle, but the hypothenuse is deeply incised by the interradial notches. The plate is rather thin, and is moderately concave on the inferior face. The ridges number seven, all of which are directed outwards and forwards. They are separated by strong grooves, and have a perfectly smooth and uniform crest, and be- come more elevated at the distal extremities. The latter are steeply de- curved and serrate, both faces being invested with a polished enamel-like layer. This substance is only visible in an edge view, and covers one-half the depth of the margin, being excavated by the extremities of the radia- ting grooves. The superior face is flat. The absence of serration from the radiating ridges of this species is a striking feature, allying it to the genus Ptyonodus,* where the teeth are wanting. Meusurements. M. Lemeiln OF Gheralinll OWE: 6 koecc cocoooHoDDSOOUseHoNab000 037 Width “ Serle Pesta. & 5 seapneta vce, shavers sie mie ayecoe wiaes gears .018 MMIMCkness at MMe Order a eme cclachelsc serie eevee e's eer .005 El «* external border of penultimate crest....... 007 From the same locality as the species above described. CTENODUS PORRECTUS. Sp. nov. Two teeth of the left palate indicate this species. The tooth is char- acterized by the smail number of its crests (six), of which only one, the very small first, is directed backwards, and the last four are di- rected forwards. The crests are separated by deep grooves, which ter- minate in deep emarginations. The anterior crest is produced much beyond the extremity of the penultimate, and the latter as much be- * Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877, p. 192. 5 i Cope. ] 528 April 5, yond the fourth. The extremities of the crests extend obliquely to their bases, and support four or five dentiform processes. The dense shining layer extends inwards as far as the bases of the serrate portions. The inner face of the anterior crest is oblique, and the posterior inner border curves outwards to behind the first crest, leaving a shelf-like continuation of the - palatal surface of the tooth. Measurements. M. Benthiontoothhterrcr ch cerse «+ eet eter ap avaties sheuisceliage .038 ARP UGl Bs GURL CHAR, conc sodgdne +a500000c aicleia iva leraverter ee 015 Depihvoppositentimindycnesine a. see eee sor stetee 004 This species must be compared with C. fossatus Cope, and C. serratus Newb. The latter is a wide tooth with less oblique, and fully serrate crests. The former ig a narrow species, but the anterior crests are not nearly so extended ; it is deeper, and the inner side is vertical, and with- out the posterior palatal lamina seen in the two species named. CTENODUS DIALOPHUS. Sp. nov. Represented by a single left tooth in excellent preservation. Its charac- ters ure very marked. It is of narrow form, and has more numerous crests than any other known American species. They number ten, and there are two or three other rudimental ones at the posterior extremity. They are all more transverse than usual, five being directed forwards, and five slightly backwards. The crests are acute, but the grooves and emarginations are not very deep. The crests are entire, except at the obliquely truncate dis- tal extremities, where there are from two to four dentations. The shining layer does not extend within these. The inner border of the tooth is ver- tical, excepting posteriorly, where the inner border of the crest-bearing portion turns outwards, leaving a narrow ledge of the palatal face. The latter is concave in cross section. Measurements. rapist Length (.004 at one end inferential).......... PS rs 7 . .083 Width at fifth crest...... Siete 3 eee as hee oF 2010 Depth opposite fifth crest....... G-ereited BO ced See nOOd It is not necessary to compare this species with any other. OBSERVATIONS ON THE PELYCOSAURIA. In addition to the type of humerus described under the head of the genus Clepsydrops, several other remarkable forms occur in the collection, which are probably referrable to the various genera of. Polyensairiae I give the following tabular analysis of them : A, No condyle ; a supracondylar foramen. No special proximal articu- lar surfaces. No. 1. ( Clepsydrops) taeyoiend set Seco Afaleleiey= e's ccnisie «cee PER UN en GIDE AA, Condyles and supracondylar foramen. g. The shaft uninterrupted. No. 2. ‘Cond@wleslongen:; ‘smallow.::.. zeae «fe ats cee ale Bre oma Sob a No. 3. Condiyles wider; larger. «.s:. csmeete ais ore mtein ict icieteeree eine ene eer ho mess 1878. | 529 [Cope. aa. The shaft interrupted by a prominent diagonal ridge. Nowe epicondyles/and ridgses;enormous: .......--..-. geese = 3 Sp. 1. AAA, No supracondylar fossa ; condyles as in 4 4, INO MRO MBELOT ANTI OVS CM CEN sieyerarc.cue ai elsleeie ce esoue + «A eel e'e cas semis eseys Sp. 3. Pave CMM ELONTINTINONE TLOWUSte .cicean ae «cyeisn = © ciclevels «+ 0.053 ies aieys sresele Sp. 1. The above humeri represent three, and perhaps four genera, which have been probably already named from crania or vertebree in the preceding pages. No. 1 has been already identified as belonging to the Clepsydrops natalis. Nos. 2 and 8 are generally similar to the type referred by Meyer to the Hurosaurus of Fischer, which had been previously described as Mammalian by Kutorga ; but the epicondyles are more largely developed. Humerus of form No. 4 is very remarkable, resembling in some degree that of a mole, being exceedingly robust, and having the muscular inser- tions enormously developed. It doubtless belonged to a fossorial animal, possessing great power in the anterior limbs. If we search for vertebre presenting features corresponding to such a mode of life, we sieze at once on those of the genus Hmpedocles. Here the elevated roof-like character of the zygapophyses and the connecting platform suggest protection against superincumbent weight, while additional strength is obtained by the hyposphen articulation below them. The short wide neural spine is high- ly appropriate also to subterranean habits. It is also probable that the animals possessing the humeri, from No. 2 to No. 6 inclusive, were all more or less fossorial. Humeri Nos. 5 and 6 have the characters of Nos. 2 and 3, but the supracondylar bridge is wanting, and the internal epicon- dyle not quite so much expanded. ‘ The division Pelycosauria is established primarily on the genera Clepsy- drops and Dimetrodon, but their cranial structure renders it highly proba- ble that Hetocynodon, Pariotichus and Bolosaurus belong to it. It is also probable that the genera Hmpedocles, Hmbolophorus and others determined from vertebre belong to it, as the latter are frequently accompanied by pelvic bones of the type of that of Dimetrodon. All the genera known from teeth ard crania, are of carnivorous habit, excepting Bolosaurus and Diadectes ; they may be referred to a single family on this account, which I call the Clepsydropide. Bolosaurus will form the type of another fam- ily characterized by the transverse position of the crowns of the teeth, un- der the name of Bolosauridew. Prof. Owen has named a group of Triassic and Permian reptiles the T’heriodonta, characterized by the mammal-like differentiation of the incisor and canine teeth. The animals thus referred by Prof. Owen probably enter my suborder of Pelycosauria, although the structure of their pelvis remains to be ascertained. If so, they correspond with my Clepsydropide, since Prof. Owen does not include herbivorous forms in his division. As itis plain that the herbivorous and carnivorous types belong to the same order, and probably suborder, it becomes neces- sary to subordinate the term Theriodonta to that of Pelycosauria. To another division of reptiles from the South African Trias typified by the PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xvit. 101. 3N. ae Cope.] 530 [April 5, 1878. genus Pareiasaurus Ow., he gives a special name, expressive of the deeply impressed surfaces of the centra occupied by the remains of the chorda dorsalis. As this, or the perforate condition, is characteristic of all of the Pelycosauria, it is probable that it is present in Prof. Owen’s Therodontia also. It is also evident that since the dental characters of Pareiasaurus - do not serve to distinguish it as an order from the genera with distinct canine teeth, this group also must be looked upon as a subdivision, per- haps of family value, of the Pelycosauria or other parts of the Rhyncho- cephalous order. The Texan genera of this group, so far as yet known, are about equally related to the Ural and South African types. Theage of the former deposit is the Permian, which includes, according to Murchison, the Todtliegende and Zechstein of Thuringia. Theage of the South African beds is uncertain, but is suspected by some authors te be Triassic, and by Owen to be Paleozoic. In discussing the age of the Clepsydrops shales of Illinois, which had been re- ferred to the coal measures by all previous investigators, I left the question open as to whether they should be referred to the Permian or Triassic formations.* The evidence now adduced is sufficient to assign the forma- tion, as represented in Illinois and Texas, to the Permian. Besides the saurian genera above mentioned, the existence of the ichthyic genera Janassv, Ctenodus and Diplodus, in both localities, renders this course necessary. THESES. 1. The horizon of ‘the Clepsydrops shales of Illinois and correspond- ing beds in Texas is Permian. 2. That this period witnessed an sfomnndiens life of land and ichthyic ver-— tebrata, the former consisting of Rhynchocephalian reptiles and Stego- cephalous Batrachia. 3. That in the land vertebrata of this period, the amphiplatyan, proccelous, and opisthocelous types of vertebral articulation were unknown, and that the vertebral centra are either deeply amphiccelous or notochordal. 4. That in the case of both the Rhynchocephalia and Stegocephali, a spe- cialized dentition, and in the former order, a specialized limb structure, were superadded to this imperfect vertebral structure. 5. That in the primitive land Vertebrata of the Permian, the place of the vertebral centrum was occupied by two elements, the centrum and inter- centrum. 6. That the intercentrum, from a position of primary importance, as in Rhachitomus and Trimerorhachis, became reduced, and finally mostly ob- literated, but that it remains at the present day in the anterior dorsal re- gion of some Lacertilia, and as the chevron bones of most reptiles and some mammals. * Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1875, p. 405, Published May 8, 1878. ,* 7 a. at? aati i z : - ip ee DEC 1030: On some of the Characters of the Miocene Fauna of Oregon. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 15, 1878.) By EH. D. Core. We have been for some time in possession of information as to the ungu late forms which inhabited Oregon during the Miocene period. Through the labors of Profs. Leidy, Marsh and Bettany, we have learned of the existence there of Oreodontide in considerable variety ; of Anchithertide ; of peccary-like species ; of Hlotherium, and of Rhinocerus. But of the un- guiculate types, of Rodentia, and of the inferior orders of Mammalia, almost nothing is yet known. Having recently received a number of specimens from the deposits in question, J am in a position to offer a number of new identifications. The following species already known from the Miocene of Colorado, I find contained in the collection, viz.: Paleolagus haydeni; Canis gregarius ; Canis lippincottianus; Hyper- ragulus calearatus ; Leptomeryx evansi. RODENTIA. STENEOFIBER GRADATUS, Sp. Nov. This species is represented in my collection by a cranium which is nearly perfect, the principal deficiency being the absence of the mandibular rami. It is of smaller size than the S. nebrascensts and S. pansus, and differs from both these species in the relative sizes of the superior molar teeth. The first of these is the largest, and the others diminish reeularly in size to the last, whose grinding face does not present more than one-third the ex- tent of that of the first. The triturating surfaces of the second and third have their long axes transverse. In all the crowns, besides the in- ternal and external enamel inflections, there is but one fossette, which is anterior to the external inflection. The latter has become isolated from the superficial enamel on the last three molars, by attrition. The superior incisors are flat anteriorly with tue external angle rounded, and its dentine presents the transverse undulations seen in S. pansus. 4 Measurements. M. Weneth of skull from incisive alveolus................ -0500 Width between summits of first molars............... .0060 GoGaaoonac adn eccosco AOI ENTOPTYCHUS PLANIFRONS, sp. nov. A larger species than the #. cavifrons, represented in my collection by parts of crania, and rami. The former show that besides the superior size, this species differs from the H. cavifrons in the absence of the superciliary ridges, and hence perfect flatness of the interorbital region. The latter is also wider, measuring five-sixths the width of the muzzle at its middle, while in the Z. cavifrons it is only half as wide. The subjoined measure- ments give the characters in detail. Measurements. M. Width of interorbital space........ Pec) Ae Ai Me oye . .007 4 Imp. ai MICK Souoaanbpoeoe Usoebese sooca WOES Elevation of skull from second molar..............-.. .0130 ene thror inferior molar seriés....-.-.<....2+.--% cece oa Wepihvoverammsratevly 2. sce cee. aes Redeinfeite sects tb onavoys 0072 Width of inferior face at M. 2..... Me ie tite rerlarauens cre, COOLS SS SoeRS UN CIS OMe east artery asses tes oar nse Meier ote OLS Distance between infraorbital foramen and M. 1....... .0050 ENTOPTYCHUS CRASSIRAMIS, sp. Nov. This, the largest species of the genus, appears to have been less abundant than the two already described. I refer to it portions of two crania and three mandibular rami, found separately. The superior size of the parts is obvious, the posterior three superior molars having the same longitudinal extent as the entire series of the H. cavifrons. The gradation in the size of these teeth, is as in that species, the grinding surfaces diminishing rapidly in extent posteriorly. The superciliary ridges are not well pre- served, but were probably thickened as in #. cavifrons, and the interor- bital space was relatively as narrow, and not so wide as in H.planifrons. The measurements below exhibit the characters more exactly. Measurements. M. Width of skull between orbits..... ihe SA Leste eae) epee 5 DOR Elevation of skull from second molar.............. SS US) Length of series of superior molars.-............. mesos aUIila) antero-posterior. .5.-..-.-.. .003 PEANIGVCLS Carn creeera recteete dsc 0080 Diameter of second molar $ 2mteto-Posterior........... .0016 Uiransverse:......<.-<-8 so6 AO) Midian face oh superior 1IMcCisOm,..+.-444.-+---s---- -O020 MENISCOMYS HIPPODUS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. The characters of this genus are derived from the dentition of both jaws, and from portions of the cranium which are preserved. The molars are rooted, and number 4. Those of the superior series are with- out enamel inflections, and the triturating surfuce exhibits two external and one internal crescentic sections of the investing enamel. On the sec- ond superior molar there are three external crescents in the typical species ; and the first molar is simply conic. Between the inner and external cres- cents, there are the curved edges of enamel plates directed obliquely and transversely. The grinding surfaces of the inferior molars display in the unworn condition, two L-shaped transverse crests, connected longitu- dinally on the median line; on wearing. the lateral emarginations of the enamel become shallower, disappearing from the inner side, but remaining on the outer. Incisor teeth not grooved. Horameninfraorbitale antertus, if present, elevated in position and near orbit. The characters of the dentition of this genus resemble those of the genus Pteromys, which is now confined to Asia and the Malaysian Archipelago. The superior molars differ from those of Pteromys in wanting all reéntrant enamel inflection. Specimens in my collection indicate two species of Meniscomys. Specif. Char. Superior molars with a vertical ridge from the points of junction of the crescents on the external side; there are thus two on the second molar, and one each on the third and fourth. Within each of the external crescents is another crescentic edge of a pair of vertical enamel plates, and the inner marginal crescent sends off a short transverse branch towards them. With attrition, all these crests unite by their extremities, enclosing four distinct lakes, which, after still further wear, disappear. Attrition produces a similar result in the inferior molars, viz.: two pairs of crescents enclosing four lakes, which ultimately wear out. The inferior incisor has a shallow concavity on its anterior face. The maxillary bone, anterior to the molar teeth, is shorter than the pre- maxillary. The incisive foramina are entirely in the latter. The sides and superior aspect of the muzzle are regularly convex in transverse sec- tion. The inferior incisive alveolus is enclosed entirely in the plane of the ramus, and extends posteriorly to below the last molar tooth. The masse- teric ridge is very oblique, and rises to a median point below the second molar. The coronoid process rises from the front of the last molar. Measurements. M. Length of superior molar series..... See harsheiateetaynelars SOUS 6 Measurements. M. antero-posterior... .004 Diameter of second superior molar 4 Fe transverse........ .0035 Oi Anne oy bi ie ues .. -0020 transverse. ....... -0025 AVG OF SHSSHOP WNESORoaobcon Sceoncoccodnconsccn HURO Length from base of first superior molar to base of in- CISOD svecyepeete adele s sie-aikre! bia eydlaia wpetede aso iste Ae ee -0065 Width between bases of first molars.......... wri erar As 0020 Length of first inferior molar...... sia pUsseahte oeieae (eats MOUSE DWepthyoreramusyatse condmnolar ee eee eee eee .0050 SVVAUCl Ola Moen UG LOW i 4 ioe) opera pee ae Se sia 0035 MENISCOMYS MULTIPLICATUS, sp. nov. \ This species is considerably larger than the J. hippodus, and differs in the greater complication of the enamel plates of the inferior molars. The four crescentic areas are discernible on the worn surfaces of the crown, of which the posterior inner is reduced in size on the middle two molars. The two enclosed lakes have very plicate borders which form many small loops. and sometimes they are fused into a single irregular area. The last molar is extended a little posteriorly, and all present an entrant augle be- tween the inner columns. The coronoid process originates opposite the third molar, and the masseteric ridge ceases below the middle of the jaw below the second molar. Measurements. M. Probable length of inferior molar series.............. .0120 ene hom postenton ticeemmMOlals. ele eee .0095 WMiamercwatsecon molar 4 antero-posterior........... .0030 WANES oo accce dco scs + 20025 ene thyolerounth gm olareeys eee eee see .0040 Depth of ramus below second molar....... Sis ag ee -0070 Width a * a See cree Seber ne6 .0050 CARNIVORA. TEMNOCYON ALTIGENIS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. This genus is only known from a mandibular ramus which su ports all the teeth excepting the incisors and probably the last molar. There are four premolars and probably three true molars, all having the general character of those of Oanis. The only character by which I dis- tinguished the new genus Zemnocyon is seen in the form of the heel of the sectorial tooth. Instead of presenting a concave surface bounded by ridges or tubercles, it presents a more or less median cutting edge as in the poste- rior premolars of @vyena. In the typical species, there is but one row of cusps on the first tubercular molar, but they are not elevated, and stand on one side of the crown. In comparing this genus with types other than Cunide, one can recognize in its characteristic peculiarity of the sectorial 7 tooth, one well-known in the typical genera of Viverride and Mustelide. Temnocyon is, however, truly canine in other details, and appears to ap- proach the genus Pulwocyon of Lund. According to this author, the posterior inner tubercle of the anterior part of the crown of the sectorial tooth is wanting in that genus, so that it is distinct from the North Ameri- can form. Specif. Char. The mandibular ramus is rather deep and compressed, much more so than in the Canis latrans, witli which it agrees in the length of the dental series. As compared with the existing species of Canis and Vulpes of North America, the sectorial tooth is relatively smaller and the premolars larger. In this respect it agrees with most other dogs of the Lower Miocene, and differs from those of the Upper Miocene (Loup Fork).* The posterior tubercle is wanting from the premolars, excepting the last, where it is large and obtuse, differing in this respect also from most recent dogs, and from the cotemporary Canis gregarius. In the sectorial tooth the principal cusp is much clevated above the anterior, while the inner median is small, with its apex in line with the anterior. The cutting edge of the heel is not acute, and is a little external to the median line ; there is a weak cingulum-like angle at its inner base. The first tubercular tooth is large, nearly equaling in antero-posterior diameter the base of the third premolar. It is parallelogrammic in transverse section, and supports two ' principal cusps and an anterior ledge. The cusps are pronounced and stand exterior to the middle line; their inner side slopes to the base of the crown where there is no cingulum. The ledge is higher on the inner than the external side. There are no basal cingula on either side of the bases of any of the teeth. The second tubercular molar is lost. The alveolar margin of the jaw rises behind the sectorial tooth, and the inferior margin begins to ascend below the middle of the same tooth more decidedly than in C. lupus, latrans or cuspigerus. The two large mental foramina, are situated, the one below the second, the other below the third premolars. Measurements. M. ems PN Oa LeMlOL SIX MOATS. tes... . sc. =e ts wee ee 078 os a HO (Es Were) werecetew erat csciersialsearn sabes) sn as 045 op base of second premolar........... Acces O11 Elevation of crown ‘<< SiG SMe AIEEE A SS I One Length of base of fourth PPE Diets 2 kee soca «his Hlevation of crown “ bi WMsehele tase rentela(sevok: (OMe Length of base of sectorial tooth..... SA OP AER SME secon ells Hlevation of principal cusp of sectorial tooth ......... .0160 gis anterior ue % BONN AVES A 009 HFSnsihOfahee! ofisectorials 2), Ns. eae ene 7k 007 Hlevation ag Sie Pea Me a a ee chatted Heljeis sine 0085 eneth of crow n-Of dirsttiherculan, Wists «ee. oA. .0115 *See Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1875, p. 22, where I have discussed the origin and history of the sectorial tooth. 8 Measurements. M. Width.of crown of first tubercular......... beable sha 0065 Depthiof ramus atiRiaMey 2.2... eee eee oe eer .024 s Sia ATSC CbO MAL.» cuiiackae ee eee ee eee : severe O28 Thickness ‘<< Si Dione eee oh Ree Rae .010 CANIS CUSPIGERUS, sp. nov. This peculiar species is indicated by the greater part of the cranium with dentition, to which are united both rami of the lower jaw with nearly all of the teeth in place. These indicate a dog of small size, about equaling the Canis gregarius Cope, but one presenting marked characters. The third premolar tooth in both jaws differs from the corresponding one in the C. gregarius and in most recent species, in lacking the lobe of the posterior cutting edge, agreeing.in this (as regards the inferior series) with the Temnocyon altigenis. It is present in the fourth inferior premo- lar, which has besides, a low heel. The inferior.sectorial tooth is charac- terized by its great robustness ; the internal median tubercle is much ele- vated, while the principal cusp is short. The heel is wide and basin-shaped, with the inner border as much elevated as the outer. The first tubercular molar is characterized by its width as compared with its length being nearly as wide transversely as fore and aft. It has two anterior cusps followed by a basin with elevated borders simulating two posterior cusps. There are an anterior and a exterior cingulum. The second tubercular is a min- iature of the first, differing in the more robust external posterior cusp, and the absence of external basal cingulum. Tiere are no complete cingula on the external bases of the other inferior teeth. The second superior tubercular is well developed, having two external tubercles. The anterior inner cusp of the superior sectorial is distinct and acute, and there is a cingulum along the inner base of the crown. ' The exserted portion of the canines is long, slender, and with an oval section narrowed behind. The enamel of all the molars is more or less rugose, a character which is only found among our éxtinct dogs in the (7. geismardianus. The mandibular rami are shallow, and their inferior margin is not stout. A gentle elevation of the latter commences below the first tubercular tooth. and the alveolar border rises but little behind. The masseteric fossa is deep and well defined. Measurements. M. Length of inferior molar series..... wn Sate GIR Ble ea 3G bases of four premolars...... 1 it, ttre eae ES NG base of second BE Heise Ca RE aes .005 Elevation crown ig MO Fenelha es iota Rhee .. .005 Length of base of fourth Bed ebb rare a reel! Oe, cc ee OON2 Elevation of crown “‘ a ae IS 6 ces a) UD Length of base of sectorial....... ER Cre sti oil) Elevation oteprincipal icusp. cis cet tae oer ee ean00G Wide of heelkotesectOrialacas eee ee eee Sen OR .006 9 Measurements. M. Diameter of first tubercular {| EIRUENCR DORON 8 65: - 9 50.6 006 MANS WCTSES vege tales) cose ee ees .005 Antero-posterior diameter second tubercular............ 0057 Wenethvor base of superior sectorial..............ae--- .009 a bases of two tuberculars........... ian ee .012 Se OARS Oil URS, HUMOR, coon geo ooeonouUuoKe .0064 CANIS GEISMARIANUS, ‘Sp. NOv. This species of dog may be placed with reference to the size of its infe- rior sectorial tooth between the C. Mppincottianus and C. hartshornianus. In the robust proportions of this tooth it more nearly resembles the C. cuspigerus. ‘The mandibular ramus is robust and shallow, and quite dis- tinct from the deep jaw of C. hartshornianus. The sectorial has perhaps twice the bulk of those of the C. Iippincottianus and C. cuspigerus. From that of the latter it differs further in the small inner tubercle and con- tracted heel. The sectorial part of the tooth is relatively small, not exceeding the heel - in Jength, and its cusps are low. The heel is notable for the elevation of the tubercle of the inner side—which exceeds that of the outer; the latter also, is contracted, standing within the external base, which is represented by a short cingulum. A weak cingulum below the sectorial blades. Sur- face of the enamel rugose where not exposed to friction. Measurements. M. (f WORUGAll, AMTETIOR CUSPIasccdcec 006 é t JOPM MING Cllene rarelenertss. ema marks clea 00388 Diameters of sectorial , AMG HOMOMOE c Soccsaboosede .O115 tiransiverses mdldiles sess ese 4 .006 Wenihpeteramiisat SCChOLIAlAs scsi 22s eee he .012 Thickness of ‘‘ Britis cara, ice arate an nen 007 The affinities of this species are evidently with the C. cuspigerus. It is named in honor of Jacob Geismar, a skillful naturalist of Philadelphia. MaAcH@RODUS STRIGIDENS, Sp. nov. This obviously distinct species is only represented by the crown of a superior canine tooth, from which the apex has been broken. Its characters are so peculiar that I record it under the above name, rot knowing whether I shall have better specimens. The tooth is long and very much compressed, much more so than in any species of the genus known to me. Its anterior and posterior edges are finely and very perfectly denticulate without lateral flexure near the base. The centre of each side of the tooth is occupied by a wide open gutter, so that the greatest transverse diameter of the crown is not at its middle. These gutters become planes towards the apex, giving an elongated hex- agonal section. The size indicates an animal of the proportions of the M. primevus, and smaller than the WM. brachyops. | | 10 As compared with the superior canine of the Duptophilus squalidens, which the present specimen resembles in its compression and fine denticu- lation, it differs in its greater relative length and in the presence of the lateral open suici. - Measurements. M. i AMIS HO|DOMEMIOIES osacacnecse: wont orld ig : at base < ‘eat sielerolsienatetenesteRelsi=teiee : Diameter at base [ Arainewerse J great est 0036 \medi@ngact «aes -0032 Leneth of aqdenticle onebase2) =. eee eee eres crete ODOM MACHZRODUS BRACHYOPS, sp. nov. This species, which ranged in size from that of the puma to that of the jaguar, is represented in my collection by parts of two crania ; by an en- tire cranium ; by a left mandibular ramus with parts of the skeleton, and by several isolated teeth. The characteristics of the molars in both jaws are those of the other species of this genus. The first superior pre- : molar is two-rooted and small, occupying the middle of the short space between the canine and the second premolar. The latter is large, and has no anterior basal tubercles. Sectorial without anterior basal tubercle. - Tubercular tooth small, transverse. The crania of the three individuals mentioned agree in many particulars ; ; and especially in the very short face and muzzle. This may be more ex- 7 actly expressed by comparing the interspace separating the second and third premolar from the canine with the length of the base of the latter. From this it is seen that the two dimensions are equal, while in the WM. prime- ous the first mentioned is much the longer of the two. In the mandible referred to this specics another character is seen in the relatively large size of the premolars, which much exceeds that of the corresponding teeth in M. primevus. The first is stated by Leidy to have an anterior basal cusp, which is wanting in the M. brachyops. In the first cranium the sagittal crest is well developed. The canine tooth has an oval section at the base of the crown, whose long diameter somewhat exceeds tlie distance between it and the anterior base of the sec- ond premolar. The infraorbital foramen is large. The second specimen, the Jeft maxillary and part of malar bones with teeth, shows that the length of the base of the sectorial tooth equals the space between it and the middle of the first premolar. The superior aspect of the proximal portion of the malar bone is horizontal, constituting a surface not seen in the spe- cies of Felis. The canine is robust, with an oval section at the base. The posterior denticulate cutting edge extends higher up than the anterior, and ceases at the base of the enamel. The anterior cutting edge is on the in- ner side of the anterior face of the tooth. Measurements. ; No. 1. M. Length of muzzle in front of camine....... 0.2... ece- = -O1F ; Z : antero-posterior. .......- .018 Diameter of canine at base f antero-posterior transverse: o2kek a SO Distance from canime tompy We 28sec eerie Pete ryetts c O17 Hey Measurements. No. 2: M. Menathnot Wase Of SEIeSs fO)CAMIMC 1... .. acs. 6 apes .062 < CH -KEComGl omsmMNO Nes Soeaon saa soods coos .018 ss SC CLOT ears et nveyvaicsyel ep sis scsksicre ovs!s alibotens 025 Elevation to summit of infraorbital foramen............ .035 The characters displayed by the second cranium lead me to suspect that it is that of a female. A striking feature of the superior dental series is the small size of the canine, which is also not much compressed at the base. As regards the cranium, the sagittal crest is only distinct over the posterior part of the brain case; the zygomata are not very widely expanded, and the muzzle is narrowed. The external infraorbital foramen is large. The mental border of the mandibular ramus is not flared downwards but is continuous, but the external is separated from the anterior and in- ferior faces by strong angles. The diastema is long. Three molars, all large ; the first without anterior basai tubercle, the second with a large one. Sectorial tooth the longest, with well developed simple cutting heel. Measurements. M. Poramlenetmok CraniGmy.. 2.22.2 82 venice ee eee ess 2 ole (Crreaiestimvvil Cli Mipaien | Os iere\ si stefavcieyaravnecciaieient Sn epee Sita wi Sere 128 Length of dental series with canine................- Bos euuy Diameter of canine at base J *Btero-posterior.......... 012 WGtranismenseuemen sees: .008 Distance between canine and second premolar.......... .019 Length base second premolar...... Sretsbat a ete tau sicitate ee vells ish at O19 SoM OASC SC ChONIAllet piss sieys cclercrye wie ico hss ace wale bean .023 Length inferior dental series, with canine.............. C94 ce diastema..... AEA Sie eho Srcis wttrs Beth x biane laisse 025 ILGMAiIN HES Cit whesy HeSaNOlkAWes | Cocosudadaosodaaooo AOD O15 ee BoRea SC CAMO TL US ee cee ol steele yt tas. 3a cayaie eiebeks) ine choos 027 Depth of ramus below second premolar..............-- 032 rs es SUOSMIOW CHa boeagonegoonscos :027 This sabre-toothed tiger is larger than the Macherodus primeous, and is more like the animal indicated by a fragment of the lower jaw named by Leidy, W. occidentalis. But the latter agrees with the WZ. primevus in the relatively small size of teeth, especially of the first premolar, and in their oblique position, characters not seen in MW. brachyops. PERISSODACTYLA. ANCHITHERIUM EQUICEPS, sp. NOV. This animal is represented by a portion of the skeleton including a com- plete cranium of one individual with mandibular rami of several others _ The characters of the species are well marked, and do not approach very nearly to those of any other known to me. The skull is considerably larger than that of A. bairdi, and the length 12 is greater as compared to the transverse and vertical diameters. The pre- orbital region is but little concave, and the anterior border of the orbit is above the posterior half of the first true molar. The molar teeth present a tubercle between the anterior lobes, and a weak cingulum extends round the inner base of the anterior one, and in the second premolar, round the ~ base of both inner lobes. Thence it passes round the anterior base of the crown and ceases in a tubercle which rises in contact with the anterior median crest. On the posterior side of the crown the cingulum in like manner terminates in the large three-sided posterior marginal tubercle. The anterior median tubercle-crest is well distinguished from the anterior inner tubercle and is directed very obliquely. The posterior median crest is continuous with the inner, and is well separated from the external crests. The external basal cingulum is robust, the columns are prominent, and the outer faces of the external crescents deeply impressed but with a well marked median ridge. The external cingulum and its margins is ru- gose; other parts of the enamel smooth. ‘The first premolar has two roots; the second premolar is as long as the fourth, and longer than the last true molar. Measurements. M oa lanailh Ot CramMlwN, .o50d02ce¢cucacaes fouk SPE fae aRcow Length of dental series to first incisor........... be ete ke Gg 08 a GyMINGs Goss oocs Peerage yo lal) ee Tmoye 8 Phase en oho pwede LOO ce OMENS sons cook Ese 7 eae cede ee OS oe second premolar... 2-9: ste etisks Aapteeece, Pere Olea, Width of 3 & ole cubiere cyan Serene 5) eve asian F .015 f antero-posterior.......... .. .0135 Diameter first true molar a ( tramsverse. ...... eae aT : antero-posterior. ...... 5 S55) cOUBD Diameter of last true molar ena poste tae \ tranSMELSCs Ae eiclelstc vets meee ONO) From A. condoni Leidy, this species differs materially in the composi- tion of the superior molars In that species there are no’ inner tubercle and cingulum ; the anterior median crest is more completely separated ; the anterior cingulum does not cease with the anterior marginal tubercle, and the posterior marginal tubercle is linear, not trihedral. ANCHITHERIUM BRACHYLOPHUM, Sp. Nov. Portions of the maxillary bones supporting molar teeth, indicate a spe- cies of the size of the A. eqguiceps, but differing in various respects. The median and inner tubercles are not deeply separated, and the for- mer are cut off from the external crescents by a deep fissure. There is no tubercle between the bases of the inner cones, nor is there any internal cingulum. The anterior cingulum does not develop a distinct tubercle, and dees not extend to the anterior extremity of the anterior outer cres- cent. The posterior cingulum develops a large trihedral tubercle, and then extends nearly to the external crescent. The external cingulum is ee ee fo, ees eye 13 robust, and the external columns are prominent; the intervening spaces are impressed, and have a distinct median ridge. Hnamel smooth or slightly rugose at base of crown. Measurements. M. ILGMAIN OF TiO SUDEP MNOS oe obanseonucecomone coo GUE) : ; antero-posterior. ..... .015 Diameter of first superior molar ie l URENTISWOUS: a ocancoc oll These dimensions are those of the A. equiceps. ANCHITHERIUM LONGICRISTIS, sp. Nov. This is a smaller species than the two above described, having the di- mensions of the A. dairdi. The best specimen representing it consists of a right maxillary bone, which supports all the molars excepting the last. The infraorbital foramen issues above the third premolar. The first pre- molar is two-rooted ; the second is not elongate, and is equal to the other premolars, or the penultimate true molar, in antero-posterior diameter. There are no intericr basal tubercles or cingula, but the anterior cingulum has a tubercle which is appressed closely to the anterior median. The posterior cingulum expands into a large trihedral posterior marginal tuber- cle. The anterior median tubercle-crest, appears in the worn state to be moderately distinct from the internal ; both it and the posterior middle are characterized by their production outwards ; the latter passing between the exterior crescents and forming a junction with their common connection. The external cingula are not strongly marked, nor the external faces of the crescents impressed ; the latter are convex, and with the median ridge little distinct. Enamel smooth. Measurements. M. MemMowbeoklamterioOr SixemlOlaTs..4.) select a. -- dee odin < es < 062 s OMGINOMAE SEIMMET. ococendoace stamuverpionalevstertageerey AA antero-posterior........ .013 URAMOSWEISEsoncbccacccon ollil4t antero-posterior. ....... .0128 ELATISVENS Cle acide fos eG tGD In the Annual Report of the U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terrs. for 1873,* I gave the comparative characters of the three species of this genus then known to me, viz.: A. bairdi Leidy ; A. cuneatum Cope, and A. eaoletwm Cope. I now give a table in which the three species above described are intro- duced, with the A. condoni Leidy. Diameter of second premolar Diameter of second true molar | A A tubercle between the internal lobes of the superior molars. Larger ; median tubercles well separated; large anterior and posterior marginal tubercles...... ee ieee soe eltotesters Saar Mon et taa, ....A. equiceps. Smaller; median tubercles not separated ; no anterior marginal and a small posterior marginal tubercle: .......... Byesici Waltelcicisi eet terete Als OURO AA No tubercle between inner lobes. * Page 496. | | 14 i. External cingulum robust. f@ Anterior median crest little or not distinct. Larger; median crests cut off externally ; no anterior marginal tubercle ; external faces impressed... 2.2.1... osideisitie' a's ici - Ae ON CCHULOMNU tite Small; posterior median crest confluent with external crests ; an anterior marginal tubercle ; external face little impressed.......A. longicristis. 23 Anterior median crest isolated. Larger; a large anterior marginal tubercle; posterior marginal linear ; Wrrdlakdie dee sy ees eyaisretsvote Suet asi die Ske qubagaints nese lrete ete terete steer eC OMOG OMBOm Small; anterior marginal tubercle minute, posterior triangular; median GHeSisisherie simootheas.ss4-0. -cc Kee eee fe cans 2. An CUNCOtUMT: ii. External cingulum narrow. External faces without median rib; median crests short, the anterior cut Ot maroinaletuberctes small.) 22 sesame el bisiaa's « oaurnlaeA CROLELUME. STYLONUS SEVERSUS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. These are derived from superior molar teeth Stylonus is allied to Hippotherium in details, including the isolation of the anterior internal enamei covered column, which thus forms an island of dentine, and in the prismatic character of the tooth. It differs from it in the fact that the posterior internai column is isolated in the same manner as the an- terior, thus forming a second island on the triturating surface of the crown. ' This interesting new genus adds one to the already numerous forms of exiinct equine animals. It carries to its limit the line of development which retains the inner tubercles of the molar crown distinct from the median. The preceding station on this line which we know is the genus Anchippus, where the median crests have not assumed the antero-posterior (lirection belonging to the higher equine genera, and where the molars have short crowns and long roots. We may then believe that the line which includes Anchippus, Hippotherium, and Stylonus, is a side branch from that which terminated in Hquus. The line of Hguus must be traced from Anchitherium through Protohippus and Hippidium. Specif. Char. ‘Two superior molar teeth were accompanied by a num- ber of inferior molars as having been all found together, but whether they belong to one individual is uncertain. The dentinal lakes of the superior molar are confluent by the median transverse valley, and increased wear would probably join the posterior pair by their posterior angles. he bor- ders of the cementum lakes are simple, except one or two plications on their opposed adjacent borders, and one at the posterior inner part of the posterior. The internal columns are small, and their sections form two equal ovals with their long axes antero-posterior. The anterior dentinal lake sends off a narrow loop towards the posterior part of the anterior column. The shaft of the tooth is incuryed, and the external face is un- _ equally divided by the usual ridge. The wide gutters on each side of the Jatter are uniformly concave, and contain a rather shallow deposit of eementum. 15 In the inferior molars the two median interior tubercles are stout, and the loops which they bound, are nearly enclosed. There is a tubercle be- tween the bases of the external columns. Measurements. M. | Length of crown of superior molar. :......... Lease, HOLS : : f wntero-posterior........ nooo oils | Diameter superior molar J I C LIPAMTISNVIEINSCs 5 ocowa nla tee ear .016 Woncrciamercer internal columm=lake. 7.2.52. 5.50.....5- 005 ' From the Pliocene formation of Cottonwood, Grant co., Oregon. j D0ODON SHOSHONENSIS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. These are indicated by the terminal portion of the lower jaw of a huge mammal, which does not resemble that of any known ; genus of this order. It supports on the side, three incisors, one canine, and two premolars, which form an uninterrupted series. The first pre molar has two roots; and the canine is of huge proportions. The mandib- ular symphysis is coéssified, and there are no osseous tuberosities on it nor on the adjacent parts of the rami. The characters of the piece on which this genus is established indicate : that the latter probably pertains to the Chalicotheriide along with Menodus i and Symborodon. ‘From these its six inferior incisors distinguish it, while i the absence of a diastema separates it from Chalicotherium. From Pale- osyops and Limnohyus it may be known by the large two-rooted first pre- molar, or more correctly, in all probability, by the absence of the first premolar of the inferior series.. In the relatively powerful canines it re- sembles the last named rather than the first named genera. Specif. Char. The canine teeth are very robust, as in the species of Hlotherium. 'The inferior face of the symphysis is not steeply inclined. and is quite elongate. It is narrowed near the bifurcation and expands to a rounded incisive border. The first incisor is narrowcr than the second and third, which are robust. There are two small mental foramina, the larger below the anterior root of the anterior premolar ; the second below the anterior root of the second premolar. ¥ Measurements. - Mi. WemeilMmonasysan bi SIS AWOVCis ccl satis 2 ed ele ee 2 Loo Width between bases of canines................ dseals ced OO Anteroe-posterior diameter of base of canine............ 055 = Transverse RS He second incisor..... .022 ; ; { antero-posterior.... .040 Diameter of base of first premolar < © ORR ESEE y (HMSO. edosocac .025 This species is the largest of the North American Perissodactyla, with the possible exception of the Menodus prowtiz. ARTIODACTYLA. HYOPOTAMUS GUYOTIANUS, sp. nov. This species of a genus little known in North America, is represented by 16 a portion of the left mandibular ramus, in which only the last molar is sufficiently well preserved for identification. The latter is, however, per- fect, and furnishes clear evidence of the former existence on the west side of the Rocky Mountains of a species distinct from the H. americanus Leidy _ from the more eastern regions. The cones are in pairs and are directly opposed ; their section is sub-trihedral, the two external sides of the ex- ternal cones, forming a regular convexity. The cusps are acutely pro- duced and slightly divergent. The posterior side of each outer cusp is excavated ; the exterior side of the same presents a median rib with a con cavity on each side, which is terminated below by an imperfect cingulum. The latter terminates on each side of the base of the cusp in a rudimental cusp, of which there are thus four on the external side of the tooth. The boundaries of the inner face of the external cusps are angular ; the poste- rior one joins a corresponding ridge from the inner cusps, but there is no descending ridge on the anterior inner side of the internal cusp, which therefore forms no junction with the opposite part of the external cusp. The fifth cusp is well developed, and sends a crest inwards to the interior base of the interior cusp of the adjacent pair. Measurements. M. f antero-posterior....... .022 Diameter of last inferior molar tLanSViersenneeeaeeeee .010 This species is smaller than the H. americanus, and differs much in de- tails. It is dedicated to Prof. Arnold Guyot, of Princeton, New Jersey. PRINTED Dec. 3, 1878. MAY 13 1924 3H 098 PALEONTOLOGIGAL ee A 31. SECOND sonteinaly iON WOE ~ ENOWLEDGE UF THE MIQUENK FAUNA OF OREGON. i BY E. D. COPE. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Dee. 5, 1879.) _ SOLD BY A. E. FOOTE, 1223 Belmont Avenue, | j % “PHILADELPHIA. ' I F 1 N 4 u i ‘ ; * : = , t , 4 es i . . f 0 : cai pd INGI E02 ye ae VEEP OOS WAVE CAT BOOT GI. Second Contribution to a Knowledge of the Miocene Fuuna of Oregon. By H. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 5, 1879.) Two contributions to the present subject have been heretofore made by the writer, viz., in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, for November, 1878; and in the Bulletin of the U. 8. Geological Survey of the Territories for February, 1879. In the latter article thirty-eight species of vertebrata were enumerated as having been discovered in the Truckee beds of the White River formation of Oregon, of which all but one were manmmalia. : - Thave since conducted explorations in that region, the expeditions being mostly under the direction of Jacob L. Wortman. This gentleman has obtained a great many specimens, several of which indicate new species, which it is the object of the present article to describe. In addition to these discoveries, Mr. Wortman has sent remains of Lacertilia and Ophidia, or- ders previously unknown in Oregon. I had discovered them in the White River formation in Colorado in 1878. HESPEROMYS NEMATODON, Sp. nov. This rat is represented by a beautiful skull, discovered by Prof. Thomas Condon, of Eugene city, and by several jaws, and other fragments subse- quently found by Mr. Wortman. The frontal region is not contracted as in Humys elegans and Fiber zibethicus, but the superciliary ridges are well separated from each other, as in Hesperomys americanus. The frontal and posterior nasal regions are slightly concave in transverse section. The molars display tubercles on one side, and crescents on the other, the former being external in the su- perior series. The first superior molar has an additional tubercle at its an- terior extremity. The incisors have a transverse anterior face, which is divided by several delicate ridges. Length of superior molar series, .0065 ; length of first superior molar, .0028 ; interorbital width, .0042. Length of inferior molar series (speci- men No. 2), .0064; length of first molar, .002; width of incisor, .001 ; depth of ramus at second molar, .004. SCIURUS VORTMANL, sp. Nov. Like the S. relictus, of the Colorado White River beds, this is a rare species, being only represented by a mandibular ramus in my collection. This part is remarkable for its depth as compared with its length ; and the base of the coronoid process has an anterior position. It rises opposite the posterior part of the third molar, and its anterior border descends toa point just below the posterior part of the first molar. The inferior border of the masseteric fossa is a prominent edge, which descends below the inner in- ferior margin of the ramus. The molars diminish regularly in size for- wards ; their crowns are basin-shaped, with the anterior angle of the ex- 2 ternal border elevated, and the inner border notched medially. Incisor compressed. Length of inferior molar series, .010 ; antero-posterior diameter of first molar, .0024 ; length of fourth molar, .003 ; depth of ramus at diastema, .0055°; depth at third molar, .0095. This species is considerably larger than the S. reléctus. It is dedicated to Jacob L. Wortman, of Eugene, Oregon, a successful explorer of the paleontology of that State. PACICULUS INSOLITUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Superior molars three, rooted. Enamel forming three entrant loops on the external face of the crown, and one on the internal face. While the number of the superior molars of Paciculus is asin the Mu- ride, tue details of their structure is much as in Dasyprocta and Steneo- fiver. But one species is known. Char. spec. Size small. Molars regularly and rapidly diminishing in size posteriorly. Inner enamel loop turned forwards ; the external straight and transverse, excepting in the first molar, where the anterior column of the tooth is extended forwards, and the anterior loop is turned backwards. Length of superior molar series, .006 ; length of first molar, .0021 ; width of first molar, .0018; length of third molar, .001. CANIS LEMUR, Sp. nov. This species is represented by several crania in my possession. It is the smallest of the genus yet discovered in the Miocene formation of Oregon. It is characterized by the contracted proportions of the muzzle, the width of the front, and the large size of the eyes. The postorbital process is only a short angle. The superior border of the temporal fossa is traceable from the postorbital process. Those of opposite sides embrace a smooth sagittal area of an elongate urceolate form, and unite posteriorly in a very short crest. The species is further characterized by the large size of the first su- perior tubercular molar, which with the second, has a distinct inner cingu- lar border, and median tubercle. The superior sectorial is short, and its inner cusp is anterior. Some mandibles probably belonging to this species exhibit posterior cut- ting lobes on the third and fourth premolars. The blades of the sectorial are very short, and the heel large and wide. The tubercles of the tubercu- lar are large. Length of cranium to front border of orbit, M. .0525 ; elevation of occi- put, .058; length of superior sectorial, .007; length of first tubercular, .0058 ; width of first tubercular, .0078 ; width of second tubercular, .00d ; length of second tubercular, .0035 ; interorbital width of second specimen, .0056; length of inferior dental series, .048; length of sectorial, .008 ; length of heel of sectorial, .00385 ; length of inferior tubercular, .055 ; depth of ramus at sectorial, .0105. i This species is smaller than Canis gregarius, and differs from both it and the C. cuspigerus in the larger orbits, more contracted muzzle, and in the distinct superior border of the temporal fossa, etc. 3 The dog which I referred to the genus Hnhydrocyon (Cope) under the name of #. basilatus, probably belongs to another genus. Portions of the maxillary bone present the dentition of Icticyon, viz., P-m. 4, M. 1, thus differing from Hnhydrocyon, which possesses P-m. 3; M. 2. As there are but three premolars in the inferior series, this species canaot be referred to Icticyon, but must be accepted as typical of a new genus. This I propose to call Hyensceyon. It resembles Hyena more nearly than any genus yet discovered in North America, but probably belongs to the Canidae. AMPHICYON ENTOPTYCHI, sp. nov. This rather small species is represented by a skull which lacks the ex- tremity of the muzzle and the mandible, and has its parietal region crushed. The superior premolar teeth are rather short in anteroposterior diameter, while the tubercular molars are relatively large. There are no posterior lobes on the former ; the internal and external cingula are well developed in the first and second of the latter. The third tubercular is about as wide as the second is long. The sagittal crest is only distinct on the posterior part of the parietal region. Estimated length of skull, M. .110; length of superior molar series, .0{1; length of true molar series, .016; length of first tubercular, .0075 ; length of second tubercular, .055; width of second tubercular, .0074 ; length of third tubercular, .0036; width of third tuber- cular, .052 : Length of sectorial width between anterior external angles of first tuberculars, .030. The teeth of this species are about half the size of those of A. ve’us Leidy. ARCIALURUS DEBILIS Cope. American Naturalis, 1879, p. 798a, December. Char. gen. Dentition, I. 2; C.4; P-m. 4; M. 4; mandible with the anterior face of the symphysis separated from the lateral face by an angle which is not produced downwards. Superior sectorial without anterior lobe ; inferior sectorial with heel. The characters place Archelurus at the base of the Felidae, showing that it is the most generalized form yet known, and about equally related to the feline and Machzerodont series. Char. specif. General structure of the jaws weak. Superior canine small, little compressed, with an acute posterior edge which is not serru- late. First premolar in each jaw one-rooted ; second inferior premolar large ; sectorials large, diastemata very short. Alveolar border below the inferior sectorial and tubercular teeth everted, forming a large osseous callus, which has a free inferior and posterior margin, the latter rising into the base of the coronoid process. Zygomata slender ; postorbital processes little prominent ; front wide, convex transversely. Length of cranium, M. .200; superciliary width, .052 ; zygomatic width, 124; length from orbit to superior incisors, .066; length of superior secto- rial, .023 ; length of inferior molar series, .064; diameter of superior canine, 1012. About the size of the panther, or of the Wimravus brachyops. The osseous callus below the true molars is a remarkable character, unique in the order of Carnivora. It is evidently a provision against the weakness of the mandibular rami, at the point of greatest strain. SOSA Bb, SNK 4 HOoPLOPHONEUS PLATYCOPIS Cope. American Naturalist, 1879, p. 7986, December. This is the largest sabre tooth discovered in North America. It was twice the bulk of the ZZ. primevus Leidy, and differs from that species and the H. occidentalis in the relatively larger size of the premolar teeth, which are ~ less obliquely placed than in the latter. The first superior premolar is very small. The canine is large and compressed as inthe species of Mucherodus, and has serrulate posterior and anterior cutting edges. Inferior incisors with conic crowns. The symphysis is very deep in consequence of the large development of the inferior flares for the canines. Sagittal crest making a steep angle with the front. Total length of cranium, M., .280; zygomatic width, .192 ; length from orbit to superior incisors, .095 ; length of inferior sectorial, .025 ; of in-— ferior sectorial, .022 ; length of inferior molar series, .055 ; length of crown of superior canine, .060 ; width of superior canine at base, .026. This skull is less than one-sixth smailer than that of the Bengal tiger (Uncia tigris). CuANOHYUS DECEDENS, gen. et sp. nov. The characters of this genus will be best understood by comparison with- those of the two other genera of suilline animals which occur in the same _ formations. Premolars three, a wide diastema between the anterior one ANC ALS ISIC CESS Ole eerie seaside Sean oe Gok ..-. Chenohyus. Premolars four; diastemata before and behind the first... Thinohyus, IPIRSLTOVONAES TOE, THM A, COMMONS SORES. bs oacnnascoccesace Paleocherus. It is then apparent that Chenohyus differs from Dicotyles in having the diastema behind the anterior premolar instead of in front of it. Char. spec. This hog is represented in the collection of Prof. Condon at Eugene City, Oregon, by the anterior part of a cranium, which includes both maxillary bones. Its size is a little less than that of the Dicotyles torquatus. The series of maxillary teeth is slightly convex externally, and the teeth diminish rapidly in size anteriorly. The difference in dimen- sions between the first and last true molars is much greater than in the other suillines of this period known to me. The external tubercles of the true molars are somewhat flattened externally, and a distinct cingulum passes entirely round their external bases. The first superior premolar has one root, the other premolars possess two. I suspect that the Dicotyles hesperius of Marsh belongs to Chenohyus. It differs from the C. decedens in its materially smaller size.. According to Marsh, it is considerably smaller than his Thinohyus soctalis, which is about as large as the C. decedens. Discovered by Prof. Condon in the region of the John Day river. THINOHYUS TRICH ANUS, sp. nov. Represented by the greater part of the maxillary and mandibular bones of both sides, with teeth. There is a diastema behind the second inferior premolar, about equal in - 5) extent to that in front of it, which is twice as wide as the one in front of the first premolar. The first and second premolars have but one root, while the two others have two. The first superior premolar is close to the canine, and has but one root; if is separated by a diastema from the second. The latter has one root, and is near the third, which has two roots. The third and fourth superior premolars have each one compressed external, and one internal lobe. That of the third is lower and is pressed against the external. It is continued asa ridge posteriorly, enclosing a shallow basin with the external tubercle. The true molars of both jaws have the intermediate tubercles well de- veloped. The external tubercles of the superior molars are not flattened, and have a low cingulum surrounding their bases. Surface of enamel nearly smooth. Length of true molar series of upper jaw, M. .046 ; of last superior molar, .017; width of do., .018. Diameter of first true molar,— anteroposterior, .012; transverse, .011. Length of posterior three pre- molars along base, .028; of diastema, .011. Length from interior canine to third inferior premolar, .028; length of diastema anterior to second pre- molar, .008; do. of diastema posterior to second premolar, .C07. This is the species I formerly called Paleocharus condoni* Marsh (Platy- gonus Marsh). That species belongs to the Loup Fork fauna, and not. to the present one. Some teeth which probably pertain to it in Prof. Con- don’s collection, exhibit the peculiarity of not possessing any basal cingula on the molars of either jaw. From the fact that Pomel} implies that some of the species of Palwoche- 7us present a diastema, I have referred the Tnrinohyus of Marsh to it as a synonym.{ Pomel’s genus was, however, established on a species (P. typus) which has no diastema, hence 7’hinohyus is probably to be preserved. This species is about the size of the Thinohyus lentus of Marsh, and agrees with his descriptions in several respects. There appears, however, to be a material difference between the specimens in the relations of the in- ferior premolars. Marsh describes a much more considerable diastema in front of the first premolar, and does not mention the one behind the second premolar. I am acquainted with a second species of the genus of about the same size, in which there are but two diastemata, viz., one before and one behind the first premolar, and I suppose this one to resemble the 7. lentus. Specimens of this character are in my collection, and I have seen one in that of Prof. Condon. , PALHOCH@RUS SUBAIQUANS, sp. nov. This suilline is represented by an entire cranium which was discovered by Prof. Condon. It indicates a species of the size of the Divotyles tor- quatus, and smaller than the Thinohyus trichenus. ; The first true molar is not disproportionately smaller than the third ; and there is a distinct cingulum at the external base of the superior trne molars. * Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., 1879, V, p. 58. ft Catal. Vertebr. Foss. Basin Loire, 1853, p. sé. £ Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., 1879, V, p. 44. 6 2 The external faces of the external tubercles of these teeth are somewhat flattened. The first premolar has one root, the others have two. They are equidistant and not very closely crowded. Several suillines are described by Marsh and Leidy, either imperfectly or from imperfect material, so that I have had some difficulty in determining my specimens. The D. hesperius of Marsh is probably, as above observed, a Chenohyus. I have specimens agreeing with Marsh’s description of Thinohyus socialis. They belong to an animal of the size of the Cheno- hyus decedens, but the superior molars have no basal cingulum. Its generic position is yet uncertain. Other specimens agree in characters with the Dicotyles pristinus of Leidy, with which Thinohyus lentus of Marsh agrees in size. In this hog there is no diastema in front of the third inferior premolar, so that it is clearly distinct from the Thinohyus trichenus of the present paper. : MERYCOPATER GUIOTIANUS Cope. Having obtained several crania of this species, I can give the characters of the genus Merycoputer * more fully than hitherto. Dentition; I. +52; C.1; P-m. 4; M. 3. A diastema above and below ; fourth superior pre- molar with two external crescents; fourth inferior premolar identical in form with first true molar ; the first inferior premolar functionally the canine. Orbit open posteriorly; no ficial fossee or vaciities. This genus is Agrioche@rus, with a considerable diastema, and very much reduced superior premaxillary teeth. In my best preserved cranium there is no alveolus for the first; that of the second is rudimental, and that of the third is small. The premaxillary bones are very small and distinct from each other. The enlargement of the cingula represents the posterior internal tubercle of the fourth superior premolar, so distinct in Coloreodon. The deficiency in superior incisors is an interesting approximation to true ruminants not heretofore observed in Oreodontide. IY have found the inferior incisors deficient in the genera Cyclopidius and Pithecistes. COLOREODON FEROX, gen. et sp nov. Char. gen. Dentition, I. ?; C. 1; P-m. 3; M. 2;'a wide diastema above ; the first inferior premolar functionally the canine. Last superior premolars with two external and two internal crests Orbit open poste- riorly ; no facial fossse or vacuities. The genus differs from Agriocherus in the wide diastemata; presence of but three superior premolars, and two inner tubercles of the fourth premolar. I possess two species of this new genus, which are represented in my collection by crania without premaxillary bones and mandibles. Char. specif. Size of Oreodon culbertsoni. Maxillary bone excava‘ed above the diastema, the superior border of the concavity extending nearly to the base of the zygoma. Zygomatic arches expanded, their external face concave below the orbit, and plane posteriorly. Sageittal crest very high, dividing anteriorly intv two ridges, which diverge widely, and # Cope, Americin Naturalist, 1879, p. 197. 7 terminate at a point opposite the postfrontal process. The space enclosed in their angle is plane. Space between supraorbital foramina convex. The posterior internal tubercle of the fourth premolar is much smaller than the anterior ; the inner basal tubercles of the second and third are subposterior and acute. The length of the diastema is equal to that of the premolar series. The enamel of the molars is wrinkled. The canines are robust. Estimated length of skull, M. .200; length of superior molar series, .066 ; of diastema, .028; diameters of second true molar, — anteroposte- rior, .016, transverse, .017; width of palate at do., .083; interorbital width, .060. The strongly developed crests and wide zygomata of this animal, to. gether with the large canine teeth, evidently indicate that it was a formid- able antagonist even for the Carnivora of its time. Discovered by Charles H. Sternberg. COLOREODON MACROCEPHALUS, sp. nov. This Oreodont is considerably larger than the CU. ferox, being of the size of the Hucrotaphus major, while the former equals the Oreodon culbertsont. It also differs from its congener in the relatively longer and narrower frontal region. The sagittal crest is elevated, and divided into two crests opposite the posterior part of the zygomatic fossa. These branches are nearly straight, and diverge at an acute angle, terminating above the postorbital processes. They enclose a deep concavity, which is continuous . with the front anteriorly. In C. ferow these crests diverge much more ab- ruptly and widely from a more anterior point, and enclose a much smaller concavity. The supraorbital foramina are close together and are separated by a small protuberance of the middle line. The parietal walls of the tem- poral fossa.are rugose. The posterior tubercle of the fourth premolar is well developed, while a single tubercle is present on the preceding premo- lar. Length of craniuin from inion to above superior canine, M. .230 ; length from superior canine postorbital angle (axial), .124; length from junction of crests to supraorbital foramina, .060; interorbital width, .072 ; length of bases of the molars except the last, .050 ; length of three premolars .027. Length of diastema, .030. From the North Fork of John Day River; found by J. L. Wortman. PrinteD Dec. 24, 1879. X aS Ste ak ALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, No, 32, ertebrata PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, No. 382. Second Contributéon to the History of the Vertebrata of the Permian Forma- tion of Texas. By H. D. Cope.* (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 7, 1880.) Since my synopsis of this subject, published in May, 1878, the accession of much new material had enabled me to make a number of important - additions to it. Notes which record scme of these may be found in the American Naturalist for September and December, 1878, and for April and May, 1880. The substance of these is included in the present essay. At the meeting of the National Academy of Sciences, held in New York, ; in November, 1878, I pointed out that the scapular arch in the Pelycosauriat consists of scapula, coracoid and epicoracoid, which form a continuum in the adult, in the same way as the three elements of the pelvis in the same group form an os innominatum. The tibiale and centrale of the tarsus unite to form an astragalus which has no movement on the tibia. The fibulare forms a calcaneum. The distal side of the astragalus presents two faces, one of which receives a large part of the proximal extremity of the cuboid. The structure of the scapular and pelvic arches is identical with that already described by Owen as belonging to the Anomodontia. Several im- portant characters distinguish this group from the Pelycosauria, but the two together form an order which I have thought must, for the present at least, be retained as distinct from the Rhynchocephalia. The characters of this order, with its two sub-orders, are as follows : THEROMORPHA Cope. Scapular arch consisting at least of scapula, coracoid and epicoracoid, which are closely united. Pelvic arch consisting of the usual three elements, which are united throughout, closing the obtu- yator foramen and acetabulum. Limbs with the phalanges as in the am- buiatory types. Quadrate bone proximally united by suture with the adjacent elements. No quadratojugal arch. Pelycosauria. Two or three sacral vertebre ; centra notochordal ; inter- centra usually present. Dentition full. Anomodontia. Four or five sacral vetebre ; centra not notochordal ; no intercentra. Dentition very imperfect or wanting. The Rhynchocephalia have no distal ischio-pubic symphysis, and appar- ently no epicoracvid bone. They have an obturator foramen, and a quad- ratojugal arch. The order Theromorpha approximates the Mammalia more closely than any other division of Reptilia. This approximation is seen in the scapular arch and humerus, which nearly resemble those of the Monotremata, especially Hehidna ; and in the pelvic arch, which Owen has shown in the _ sub-order Anomodontia to resemble that of the Mammals, and as I have * Abstract read before the National Academy of Sciences, April 20, 1880. {See Proceed. Amer, Philos. Soe., 1878, p. S511 and 528, 2 pointed out, especially that of Hchidna. 'The tarsus is also more mamma- lian than in any other division of reptiles. In the genus Dimetrodon the coracoid is smaller than the epicoracoid, as in Monotremes. The pubis has the foramen for the internal femoral artery. - A not less remarkable characteristic of the Pelycosauria, as represented by Clepsydrops and Dimetrodon, is their resemblance to the Butrachia in some important respects. This is seen in the scapular and pelvic arches, which resemble very much those of the Urodela, and of such types as Hryops. The small coéssified coracoid only differs from that of Hryops in having two deep sinuses of its free border. The general form of the pelvis is similar, but the ilium has a special and peculiar articular face for the sacral diapophysis, which is wanting in Hryops. In the inferior arches, the ab- sence of obturator foramen, and general boat-like form, are the same in both; but in the Pelycosauria the symphysis is not so deep, and the.walls less massive. But the resemblance of these arches to those of the Ba- trachia in question is greater than to those of any order of reptiles. Another point of resemblance to the Batrachia is seen in the humerus. In my previous essay on the Pelycosauria above cited, I defined six types of humerus as occurring in the Texas Permian. Two of these were de- scribed as wanting the foramen,* while the others were stated to possess it ; other differences between these types exist, but they were not mentioned. Since then Gaudry has added a third form to the former group, which he has ascribed to a reptile under the name of Huchirosaurus. I have detected this form in my Texas collections together with another, which has no condyles at either extremity. Thus eight forms of humerus are found in this formation. That the type with the supracondylar foramen belongs to the Pelycosauria has been satisfactorily shown by its presence in the skeleton of Clepsydrops natalis and in Cynodraco major, where Owen first identified it. I find the type without this foramen frequently associated with the skeletons of Eryops, and other Stegocephali. There is no other element that can be re- garded as the humerus of this type. It moreover has distinct points of resemblance to the humerus of existing Batrachia, parallel with similarity traceable in the femora of the extinct and recent genera. There is then every reason for believing that we have in the humerus of Aryops and its allies, an element which approaches closely in its characters to that of the Pelycosauria, and hence to that of the Monotremata. There are some other peculiarities which constitute resemblances of the same kind. The tooth bearing elements of the roof of the mouch have batrachian character. Such is the densvly packed body of teeth seen in Dimetrodon ; and so are the teeth on the vomer in Hmpedocles. There is also a possible existence of epiphyses, judging from various specimens of humeri in my possession of both Pelycosawria and Stegocephalous forms. In spite of these approximations, the Pelycosauria are distinctively rep- * This word was misprinted “ fossa” 1. ¢. p. 529. 5) tilian in their single occipital condyle, ossification of the basicranial carti- lage, and single vomer. Thus the reptiles and batrachia of the Permian period resembled each other and the Mammalia, more closely than do the corresponding existing forms. PELYCOSAURIA. THEROPLEURA Cope. Paleontological Bulletin No. 29, May, 1878, p. 519, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 519. : A more complete specimen of the Theropleura uniformis than any hitherto obtained gives the following generic characters. The teeth are generally similar to those of Clepsydrops and Dimetrodon, having compressed crowns with fore and aft cutting edges. The incisors are distinguished by the presence of a diastema. Posteriorly to this the teeth increase in size, and then diminish; one tooth near the middle of the series is the largest, but does not in this species very much exceed the others. There is at least one large incisor tooth. The bones of the head are smooth, and not sculptured ; a character distin guishing the genus from Fietocynodon. The symphysis of the mandible is short. The neural arches of the vertebre are all distinct from the centra. In- tercentra are not present in any of the thirteen vertebre preserved, but there was probably one below the centrum of the atlas. The ribs are two- headed, the capitular process extending downward to the anterior border of the centrum. The neural spines of some of the vertebre are greatly: elevated as in the species of Clepsydrops and Dimetrodon. The scapula is long; the ilium is similar to that of the genera named. A character which has not been detected in either of the genera named is the presence of dermal rods, which from their position adherent to the vertebre, I sus- pect to be abdominal, and similar to those of the genus Oéstocephalus. This is a batrachian character. The neural spine of the axis is extended fore and aft. The odontoid is distinct and is of large size. It has lateral and inferior articular surfaces. THEROPLEURA UNIFORMIS Cope. Paleontological Bulletin No. 29, p. 519, 1878. This species is about the size of one of the larger Varanida, and about equal to the Clepsydrops natalis. It is characterized by a long and acuminate head, with a large lateral nostril on each side, well forwards, and approach- ing near the border of the diastema. In the specimen the top of the head is crushed and the postorbital portion is wanting. Anterior to the large Jateral tooth there are nine teeth ; posterior to it there are eighteen. The anterior cutting edge of the crown does not extend so near the base as the posterior, and is best marked on the anterior teeth. In the crowns pre- served the edges are not serrate. 4 Measurements. M. Length of alveolar edse of mandible. = | SRPMS eis er oi opener: opt ices H, isaaci. HELODECTES PARIDENS Cope. Sp. nov. The smallest species of the family, is of about half the linear dimensions of the Hmpedocles molaris. It is represented by a left maxillary and proba- bly premaxillary bone, which are so far covered with the adhesive, hard- ened ferruginous mud of the formation, as not to expose a clean surface. The apices of all the teeth are broken off, so that the bases alone remain to indicate their number, form and positions. Of the molar teeth proper I count six in the inner, and foun in the ex- . ternal row. The two series are close together, and are gently convex in- wards. The bases of the teeth are wide ovals, transversely placed. In front of the eighth tooth of the external row (from behind), are two teeth with- out apparent mates of the internal row (possibly the latter lost). Then fol- lows a tooth of each row, and in front of these another pair, the external being the larger. Anterior to these, the jaw is so split as to remove any teeth of the inner row, if there are any, and one large tooth of the external series stands at the extremity of the fragment. This latter exceeds the 12 other teeth in the length and diameter of its basal portion. From its posi- tion it is probably an incisor. The anterior border of the orbit falls above the third tooth of the exter- nal row (counting from behind). The inner border of the maxillary bone is elevated into the ridge convex inwards, as iu the other species of this family. The malar base of the zygomatic arch is a moderately stout ver- tical oval. Measurements. M. _ Length of dental series.............0.0. sire dbase toate -- -062 MenethvonymolariG-8 iSeries... meee) aise . .029 WNTGlin OF Mhe tipo WAONE BEMIES.concconcaccescuconcsce .009 Vertiealsdiameter malar boneseanes see oe eee eee .013 The associated bones of the skeleton may belong to this or to the next species, or even to a small Hmpedocles wlose teeth occur in the same lot. In the uncertainty of reference I do not describe them. HLELODECTES ISAACI Cope. Sp. nov. Founded on a fragment probably of a maxillary bone, lacking both ex- tremities, and considerably obscured by ferruginous deposit. The characters are well marked, leaving no doubt that this species is distinct from those previously known. ‘The bases of the teeth of one of the rows are much more extended transversely than those of the other, having the form of some of those of Hmpedocles. As in that genus, they shorten anteriorly. In the fragment, I count on this row, bases of nine teeth. In the other row, I can only definitely count three, which are opposite the second, third, and fourth of the other series (counting from behind). They are wide transverse ovals, about half the long diameter of the posterior teeth of the other series. Measurements. ; M. Length of bases of eight larger molars.............. -> .032 Wiumeteriok large molar | eee PENS ie FA 004 WRT oo danancagesouocs -008 Menethviotethreeismalllertmolarsmeceaseeeccee eee ena .012 Long diameter of a smaller molar...... a eae eee 004 This species is dedicated to J. C. Isaac, the discoverer of the first species of this family. GANOCEPHALA. Examination of abundant material shows the correctness of my anticipa- ~ tion (American Naturalist, 1878, 633), that the vertebree of the large batra- chian Hryops, would turn out to have the structure found in Rhachitomus. This genus then must be referred to the same sub-order as 7rimerorhachis, and probably Actinodon Gaudry, which will be characterized by the seg- mented vertebral centra. If European authors are correct in stating that the vertebre of the Labyrinthodontia Nave undivided centra, the sub-order above mentioned must probably retain the name of Gunocephala, with ad- ditional characters. The identification of the scapular arch in Hryops, and of the pelvic arch 13 in Hryops and Cricotus, gives the following result: The glenoid cavity is an excavation in two codssified elements, of which the inferior and posterior is probably coracoid. The latter is then much smaller thanin Reptilia and Batrachia anura, but resembles that of the salamanders. The scapular arch proper resembles that of the Urodela. The pelvis is intermediate between that of the anurous and urodelous Betrachia. There is no obtura- tor foramen, and the common symphysis is deep. The humerus closely resembles that of the Pelycoswuria, differing chiefly in the non-enclosure of the supracondylar foramen; and as in that sub-order, some genera ' possess condyles and some do not. Prof. Owen proposed the order Ganocephala chiefly for Archegosaurus, but he included in it:also the genera Denderpeton and Pelion. (Paleontol- ogy, p. 182-3). This division has not been generally adopted, the genera mentioned being usually placed in the Labyrinthodontia. Of the eleven characters given by Prof. Owen in evidence of the existence of this order, one only does not belong also to the Labyrinthodontia ; this is the absence of occipital condyles. On this account I thought that the group should be retained, but not as an order. Besides this group and the Labyrintho- dontia, there were the types called Microsauria by Dawson, some of which have simple enamel, all agreeing in general characters, and differ- ing from other Batrachia. I therefore combined the three groups into one order, the Stegocephali. (Proceedings, Academy, Philada., 1868, p. 209.) This order was most distinctly characterized in the Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio, Paleontology, ii, p. 354, 1875. Von Meyer has given us enough of the characters of Archegosaurus to enable me to refer the forms of the Texan Permian to the same order. Prof. Owen, in his discussion of the affinities of that genus (1. c., p. 170), remarks, that the vertebre and numerous very short ribs, with the ‘‘indi- cations of stunted swimming limbs, impressed me with the conviction of the near alliance of the Archegosuurus with the Proteus and other perenni- branchiate reptiles.’ As it is now well known that perennibranchiate batrachians belong to three different orders of the class (7’rachystomata, Proteida and Urodela), the above expressions lose point, and especially as . the characters mentioned as indicative of affinity are of the most subordi- nate importance, or as in the structure of the vertebre, are totally distinct from what is found in those orders. When we read later (p. 173), that the fact that the superior ‘‘ ossifications of the skull have started from centres , more numerous than those of the true vertebral system, gives the charac- ter of the present extinct order of Butrachia ;’’ we find that Prof. Owen — has quite failed to perceive either the definitions or affinities of his new order. He commits an error in describing a distinct pubic bone; an ele- ment which Von Meyer states (Paleontographica, vi, 179, 1858) that he had not discovered. Yon Meyer describes the coéssified inferior elements of the pelvis as ischia. My numerous Texan specimens show that each of these bones includes both pubis and ischium. » In now defining the Ganocephala anew, I confine myself to characters 14 which I know to be common to the known genera. Some of them possess two occipital condyles. For the purpose of avoiding the multiplication of synonymes, I employ Prof. Owen's name. Vertebree consisting of centra and intercentra, the former not extendimg to the base of the vertebra, the latter not rising to the neural canal. The centrum consisting of two parts distinct from the superior neural arch; viz., a lateral piece (pleurocentrum), on each side. Atlas consisting of separate segments, the superior of which are not united above the neural canal, and the inferior (intercentrum) divided on the middle line, into two segments. Genera. A. Basioccipital bone without condyles: Trimerorhachis Cope ; Archegosaurus Meyer. A.A. Basioccipital condyles two: Actino- don Guadry ; Rachithomus Cope ; Hryops Cope. All the above genera have well-developed neural spines except Trime- rorhachis. ERYOPS Cope. Paleontological Bulletin No. 26, p. 188. Nov. 21st, 1877. Proceedings Amer. Philos. Society, 1877 (1878), p. 188. In the essay above cited, the cranial characters of this genus were pointed out with some of those of the vertebree. It remains to describe the other parts of the skeleton. Notices of some of these have already appeared in the American Naturalist for September, 1878 and May, 1880. The iargest element of the vertebra is the intercentrum. This, which occupies the entire inferior surface of the vertebra, is a segment, rep- resenting the sixth part of a sphere, with a slight central vacuity. The element representative of the centrum is wedged in between the superior external angles of adjacent intercentra, asin Trimerorhachis. These, as well as the intercentra, differ from those of that genus in their greater degree of ossification, which is so far complete ‘as to greatly contract the canalis chor- de dorsalis. The central elements of opposite sides do not unite on the middle line below, although in contact. The neurapophysis is produced downwards and outwards, terminating in the simple diapophysis, with rib articulation. The inferior articular faces of the arch are two on each side, one for the central element in front, and the other for the one behind it. The whole is surmounted by a continuous neural spine, which is expanded at the summit, in the known species. The vertebree do not differ much in different parts of the column. The cervicals are not distinguished in any way from the dorsals, but their anterior intercentra have more extensive costal surfaces, which give the inferior posterior border lateral angles. The diapophyses of the second and third cervicals are of reduced size. The neural spine of the axis isa little less elevated, and is longer anteropos- teriorly than that of the third and succeeding cervicals. Ido not possess an entire atlas free from matrix. Attached to the axis of this specimen are two elements which connected it with the skull, as they are separated from it only by closely fitting tractures. The elements are lateral, and each pre-| sents a semi-spherical articular face in front, and a long process with acute apex at right angles to it, posteriorly. These processes lie, one on each 15 side of the neural spine of the axis, above the position which would be occu- pied by its prezygapophysis ; they represent the distinct halves of the arch of the atlas. At the superior base of each process near the edge of the articulation is a button-like tubercle, which represents a prezygapophysis ; the inferior articular faces correspond with those of the occipital condyles in form but not in position, which is inverted. The inferior elements of the atlas are lost. The intercentra are rather longer and more elevated in the sacral region. One only can be properly said to belong to the sacrum, and this is closely united with the one that follows it by a rough surface of contaet. In old animals it may become coossified. What the relations to the intercen- trum immediately preceding may be I am unable to state, owing to the condition of the specimen. A pair of caudal vertebre are peculiar. Their intercentra are in contact throughout, excluding the pleurocentra. The latter rest above the intercentra, and between the inferior paris of adjacent neural arches. Each intercentrum supports a coéssified chevron bone, and these, in the two vertebre in question, become cvéssified with each other, forming a robust rod directed backwards, whose double base is perforated by the hemal canal. This peculiar structure probably belongs near the extremity of the caudal series, as the anterior caudals observed in other specimens, are much like the dorsals. The costal articulations are everywhere undivided, and have an oblique- ly vertical extension. The articular surface extends to the intercentrum in the H. megacephalus, forming a short superficial depression which enters from the supero-posterior border. The costal surfaces of the diapophyses become more robust anteriorly, and are more narrowed, especially at the middle and inferior portions, posteriorly. The diapophysis of the saeral vertebra is very robust, and presents a large tubercular face downwards, and a little backwards. The external side of the intercentrum about its supe- rior angle is also covered by a large capitular facet, and the two facets sup- port a sacral rib. This element is much more robust anteriorly than the true ribs, and its capitular and tubercular facets are distinct from each other, although they are separated by but a slight interruption. The body ‘of the rib is plate-like, and is directed downwards and backwards, its union ‘with the ilium being squamosal. The costal elements posterier to the sacrum diminish rapidly in size. From the size of the vertebre in H. meg- -acephalus, the tail is probably of medium length only. The coracoid is but little incurved ; its internal border is convex, and is roughened asthough forcartilaginousattachment. Its superior portion forms a convex continuum with the scapula. The direct line or external face of the scapula extends in a nearly plane surface to the glenoid cavity, em- bracing a perforating foramen above the latter, precisely as in the Pelyco- _ sauria. Its surface is continuous anteriorly with a wide expansion forwards, whose fine inner border is continuous with that of the coracoid. This plate doubtless includes a third element, but its borders are not preserved, on account of the obliteration of the sutures. It is probably epicoracoid, as in the Pelycosauria. In its form it is less produced than in the known scapular arches of the latter. 16 The coéssified pelvic elements resemble, in their compression below, the corresponding parts in the Anura. The ilia are, however, shorter and worn as in the Urodela. They are flat, and stand at right angles to the line of the ischiopubic symphysis. There is an open concavity of their inferior posterior free border, and a facet-bearing elevation on the inferior border, or that entering into the formation of the acetabulum. The latter is large and half as long avain as deep. The anterior and posterior borders of the pelvis descend regularly to the inferior edge, forming with it a trian- gle. The ischiadie or posterior border is but little thickened ; the anterior, or pubic is flat in front and presents a reverted edge outwards. This ex- pands prominently where it is joined by a ridge which bounds the acetabu- lum below; it there contracts to an inferior apex. Beneath the anterior point of the acetabulum it is pierced by the usual foramen, which issues on the inner ‘edge of the anterior face, just above the symphysis. The humeral bones of this genus I probably possess ; but I have several forms between which I am not able to decide. They are in general like those of the Pelycosauria, but differ from them in not having an enclosed supracondylar arterial foramen, but only the buttresses of its enclosing arch. Two such forms I have already described,* and a third has been obtained from the French Permian by Professor Gaudry. One quite similar to the latter I have since obtained from Texas. Not having been able at first to determine the proper reference of these humeri, I suggested to Prof. Gaudry that his humerus belongs to one of the Pelycosauria, and he accordingly described it as Huchirosaurus rochet.t I now think that there is greater reason for believing that it belongs to a species of the same group as Hryops and Actinodon. In all these humeri the extremities are expanded in different planes, and the shaft contracted. The articular surface of the proximal extremity is band-like and passes obliquely from one side to the other as in the Pelyco- sauria. The condyles are large, consisting of a globular portion and a de- pressed trochlea without ridges at one side of it. The femora are very different from the humeri, but in much the same way as in the corresponding bones of existing Batrachia. There are no condyles at either extremity, but outlines of such, enclosing roughened surfaces. These look as though the bases of attachment of cartilaginous caps or epiphyses. The proximal extremity is convex, and is extended in one direction. One border, the anterior, is regularly gently convex ; the opposite arc is strongly convex near one end only. The articular face is in two planes, one larger than the other. The trochanteric fossa is at first shallow, end occupies the entire width of the bone, it narrows with the shaft downwards and the borders rise, one more than the other. The two join in a strong protuberance, which looks directly backwards, and may be called for the present the third trochanter. The shaft is keeled below and in continuation of the trochanter, to where it expands for the distal articu- ’ . * Paleontol. Bulletin, 29, 1878, p. 529. + Bulletin Soc. Geol. France, Dec , 1878. « an ane are tet, , es. eS, Se a ee Jar extremity. The latter looks partly downwards, and is divided by a deep groove above into two parts representing the usual condyles. One of these is comparatively depressed, while the other has a massive superior crest, which makes its long axis vertical instead of horizontal, as is that of the other condyle. There is considerable resemblance between this femur and that of Dimetrodon gigas, and in a less degree to that of Clepsydreps natalis, but both the latter have well developed condylar surfaces. They are also larger in proportion to the size of the rest of the skeleton, in the Pelycosau- vians mentioned. Further characteristics of this genus and of the species it embraces will ke given at a future time. je TRIMERORHACHIS Cope. American Naturalist, 1878, p. 328 (April 22). Proceedings American Philos. Society, 1878, p. 524. This genus, as has been pointed out, differs from Hryops in the super- ficial character of its vertebral ossifications, and in the absence of ossified neural spines. A well-preserved cranium, and portions of several others referrible to this genus, furnish characters which have been hitherto inaccessible. They probably belong to the 7”. insignis, but this is not certain. Generic Characters, etc.—The type of skull is that of the order of Stego- cephalé generally. The superior walls are thin, and are sculptured on the superior surface. The mucous grooves are distinct, but do not form a well-defined lyra. There is a groove which is parallel to the anterior borders of the orbit fora short distance, and which then turns forwards and theninwards. The dermal ossification is distinguished from that of the maxillary bone by a squamosal suture. A mucous groove descends to it obliquely forward from the superior quadrate region, and sends a branch at right angles'to its anterior extremity to a point posterior to the orbit. Of superficial ossifications, the boundaries are difficult to determine, owing to the obscurity of the sutures. Enough can be seen to demonstrate the presence of supramaxillary, epiotic, and supraoccipital dermal bones. The nostrils are large and well-separated, and look upwards. The teeth are acute, and of subequal size; their superficial layer is deeply inflected at the base. The parasphenoid bone is wide posteriorly, but contracts abruptly, and extends forwards on the middle line. Owing to crushing of a part of the surface, I am unable to ascertain its anterior, or vomerine suture. The basifacial axis bone is quite narrow, and is edentulous. It is connected with the superior cranial walls hy a vertical osseous plate on each side, which may represent alisphenoid, orbitospheuoid and ethmoid. The palatoptery- . goid arch is a longitudinally extended sigmoid, enclosing with the axial elements, an enormous choanodrbital foramen. It extends from the middle line below a short distance posterior to the position of the nostrils 18 outwards, and follows closely the maxillary bone well posteriorly. It then turns inwards, extending to the parasphenoid bone, with the wide portion of which it has an extensive contact. It then turns outwards as pterygoid bone, and rapidly narrowing, joins the inner distal extremity of the quad- rate. It thus encloses a foramen with the quadratojugal bone, which is much smaller than the choanoorbital foramen. The posterior part of the inferior surface of the bones of this arch, not including the slender ptery- goid portion, is roughened with hard nodules resembling teeth in material, and serving the purpose of such organs. Two rod-like bones extend outwards and backwards frem the posterior part of the parasphenoid and the basioccipital, which belong to the inferior arches. The anterior is the larger, and is bent backwards at an obtuse angle ; its proximal extremity is a truncate oval. This bone occupies the position of the stapes. The second is extensively in contact with the basi- occipital by its proximal extremity. It is curved backwards at its distal third. The occipital condyle is represented by a fish-like cotylus, which has a deep notch at its superior border. The mandible has a short angular process, vertical by lateral ecompres- sion. The symphysis is very short and the Meckelian cavity large, and completely enclosed. The anterior cervical vertebra consist of the same elements as the dorsals. The intercentra of the second and third vertebre support capitular costal articulations, somewhat elevated above the surrounding level. he pleuro- centra do not support the ribs, but the neural arches terminate below in diapophyses. Thereisa pleurocentrum in front of the second intercentrum, and above and in front of it a neurapophysis, which has no distinct diapoph- ysis. Its superior portion is a subacute process which is not in contact with that of the other side, but is separated from it by a vertical osseous plate, which is probably the neural spine of the second vertebra or axis. This is similar to the structure already observed in Hryops, and the parts being in place, should explain those of that genus. The portion of the atlas which represents the intercentrum is divided into two lateral portions, each of which has the fourm of an entire intercentrum, i.e., crescentic. The intercentrum of a cervical of a large species of this group, is wider than that of the other vertebre, and presents two articular facets anteriorly. Specific Characters.—The skull is flat and rather wide, the length ex- ceeding a little the transverse posterior diameter. The posterior borders of the orbits mark a point half way between the extremity of the muzzle, and the posterior supraoccipital border. The orbits themselves are of medium size, and are separated by a’space about equal to their transverse ~ diameter. Their form is a wide oval, with the long axis obliquely antero- posterior. The diameter of the external nostril is nearly half that of the orbit, and the form is similar to that of the latter. The interorbital and ethmoid regions are concave ; the prefrontal regions are convex. The su-: praoccipital border is strongly concave; and the notch separating the cpiotic angle from the quadrate angle is as deep as the supraoccipital. Tbe 19 surface of the cranium is thrown into wrinkles which form no regular pat- tern, and which inosculate to a moderate extent, most so on the preorbital region. The anterior parts of the maxilliary and mandibular bones are marked with small pit-like impressions. Measurements. M. Total length to quadrate angles measured on median MIME NA ich Hod batches SG an Bee Meo ao ocla sais Sa. eO Length to supraoccipital border............. CBR Hacisidoitemales Motrividit, posteriorhy: s..2.. .shiatinden Hoses Al) aes 155 OVALE IA Att OTOUCS!, asides ciccalels lav/ovave cMarel attic Baie fal sicsola laiesisie rR O9O TAM etVIEEM OLDIES deri 2w) «.«:-:scetslere Jon RESO eee BIS . .021 421 gyi sieueasss Be see 5 See ac Rey alert Siahie asi shoes me teveree 062 SP PRORINVOC IM MAMCS iene telelouis < cts ARE) syalecsieu Ss AOS ats .080 jis diameter of orbits... 0.022060. Said eae EE oe . .026 Transverse diameter of occipital cotylus...... Be abso. sa O12 This cranium is much shorter and wider than that of Archegosaurus decheni, and has the orbits more anteriorly placed. CROSSOPTERYGIA. ECTOSTEORHACHIS Cope, gen. nov.. Tribe Crossopterygia ; family Rhombodipteride Traquair; sub-family Saurodipterint Huxley. Pectoral and ventral fins rather acutely lobate, with few or no radii on their external borders. Dorsal and anal fins un- known. Scales imbricate, rhombic, smocth. Ganoine wanting from top of head in specimens examined, but present on sides and inferior surfaces. Coronal suture distinct. End of the muzzle covered with separate scales. Distinct sub- and postorbital bones. Gular bones, an anterior azygus and two laterals on each side, the posterior the shorter. Teeth acutely conic, rather small ; a few large ones at the anterior part of each jaw. Verte- bral centra represented by osseous rings which enclosed a notochord. This new genus is apparently nearly related to Megalichthys, and ina less degree to Osteolepis and Diplopterax. Pander, Miller and others repre- sent the ventral fins of the two genera last named as not lobate, but sessile, a State of things entirely different from what is observed in Hetosteorhachis. The sub-division of the dermal bones of the muzzle is also rather character- istic of Megalichthys. From the latter genus it differs in the form of the vertebral centra. Both Agassiz and Huxley describe those of Megalichthys as completely ossified, and as biconcave. In Hetosteorhachis they are repre- sented by annular ossifications resembling somewhat those of the stegoce- phalous genus Cricotus, but with a larger foramen chorde dorsalis. The elongate-lobate axis of the fins of this genus render it probable that those ef Megalichthys present the same character. EcTosTEORHACHIS NITIDUS Cope, sp. nov. This fish is represented by several specimens, the best preserved of which includes the head and body inclusive of the ventral fins. These form an chthyolite nearly denuded of matrix, the inferior side being best preserved. 20 No indications of dorsal fin are to be found in the specimen, and those which exist must originate behind a point above the base of the ventral fins. The pectoral fins originate further behind the head than is usual. The ventrals are well posterior, and close together. — The skull is transversely fractured at the coronal suture, as I suppose it to be, which divides the front, just anterior to the point of attachment of the hyomandibular bone. At the antero-external angles of the parietals, are distinct post-frontal bones of a sub-triangular form, which send a process posteriorly from their external angle. "The hyomandibular presents a nar- row convex external edge, and is directed backwards and downwards. It leaves a wide space posterior to the postorbital bones. Of the latter there are two, the inferior connected with the front of the orbit by a single wide, suborbital bone. The orbits are as much lateral as vertical, and are in front of a transverse line dividing the skull equally. ‘The muzzle is broadly rounded, and is covered with rounded plates of ganoine. Several of these have median perforations. The opercular apparatus is obscured by matrix in the specimens ; a small bone lies on the inferior part of the sus- pensorium on both sides, and may be the preoperculum. ‘The top of the head behind the muzzle is entirely without ganoine layer in two speci- mens; its surface is smooth, or weakly finely ridged. On the other hand, the premaxillary, maxillary, mandibular and gular bones are invested with perfectly smooth ganoine: The pectoral fins are quite wide, and their rays diverge exclusively from the inner border, and are very fine. The axial portion is thick and acu- minate, and has no fulcra on the external edge, but is covered with quad- rate and rhomboidal scales, of very much smaller size than those of the body. The axial portion of the ventral fins is not quite so large as that of the pectoral. The scales of the body are quite large and overlap each other by both the free edges. . Though their form is rhombic, the apex is rounded. The surface is ganoid, and entirely smooth. There are five rows between the internal bases of the ventral fins, and twelve between the external bases of the pectorals. The gulars of the posterior pair are about as long as those of the anterior. There are anteriorly one and posteriorly two rows of plates between the anterior gulars and the mandible. ‘This fish was probably three feet in length. Measurements. M. Length of head to base of first distinct lateral body scale (posterior border of skull damaged).............00. Seale Length to base of pectoral fin........... bh deal We ena .180 (axial) torcanthus Orismer.seeeeuee pat Me 077 ‘« of skull to coronal suture....... Beer ymca naoo aUOd ee fis ‘Santerior bomen onus ieiet- elmer 021 Width ee at oe ud Gp BRIAR ae conor ol.) : “« of front between ‘‘ ee ah raaete teehee Booode dBIE ce “e AimCONOMal SULUT Meter te stele) eels eetelets ia salen es 21 a . Measurements. M. Width of skull at canthus oris.......... DCODOL DOD ¢ oH OL olAN Length of inferior canine tooth.......... eee B50 O06 Width between bases of pectorals..............0. ee xe 092 Length of basal axis of pectoral.........ee.-0+--- ocean cL e Paes aie 56 ‘ GC WEMIPEN Oso ococdcboa voooUdDCOREG -0385 Width between bases of ventrals..... Rares eoays iors; cisteyetss clases 033 Diameters of exposed parts of an abdom- ¢ fore and aft.. .012 inal scale longitudinal... .015 nhc Megalichthys hibberti Ag., which this species resembles in some de- gree, is represented by authors as having the scales minutely granulated on the surface. The ganoine layer also covers the superior surface of the skull, a peculiarity which is not present in the Hetosiéorhachis nitidus. 8 “ 22 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Figure 1.—Skuli of Hryops megacephalus from above, one fifth natural size. Fig. 2.—The same skull, profile. Fig. 8.—The same from below. Fig. 4.—Mandibular ramus from above, one-fourth natural size. Fig. 5.—A large part of the vertebral column of a second specimen from the left side, one-fourth natural size. Fig. 5:—The same from below. Fig. 7.—Anterior view of atlas and axis, natural size. Fig. 8.—Posterior view of a dorsal vertebra, natural size. Fig. 9.—Inferior part of scapula with coracoid, of same animal, external side. Fig. 10.—Same, interno-posterior view. Fig. 11.—Pelvis of the same individual, left side. Fig. 12.—Same, from front. Fic. 13.—Same, from behind. . 14.—Same, from below. Fig. 15.—Femur of same individual, from above. Fig. 16.—Same, from below and behind. Fig. 17.—Proximal end. Fig. 19.—Distal end. Fig. 9.—Inferior view of skull of Hmpedocles molaris, one-half natural size. Fig. 10.—Posterior view of the same skull, half natural size. Fig. 11.—14 bones of Dimetrodon incistvus, one-fourth natural size, from a single individual. Fig. 11.—End of muzzle, left side. Fig. 12.—Lateral view of a large part of the vertebral eolurene Fig. 13.—Thirteenth vertebra, lacking the summit of the neural spine, from behind. Fig. 14.—Fourteenth vertebra, lacking apex of 2 etal spine, from front. Fig. 15.—Nineteenth vertebra of same skeleton; lacking most of neural spine, from behind, two-thirds natural size. Fig. 16.—Sacrum of same from front, two-thirds natural size. The above figures will appear in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. PUBLISHED, JUNE 5, 1880. PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, No. 32. SECOND CONTRIBUTION listory of a Vertebrata BRMIAN FORMATION OF TRKAS. je Ta 3D. Gols: Y 2, 1881. “S} ‘o1-6 ‘sig ‘azis ‘jeu $ ‘1 ‘Sig “SATVHdaOVOaW SdOAUT 1 alld 90-4 YI Ton “009 “soyg veuny ae PLATE Il. Proc, Aer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XIX, p. 56. L x a—b CRICOTUS sp. 1 3° 2 ERYOPS MEGACEPHALUS. PLATE Til. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XIX, p. 66. 1 a ERYOPS MEGACEPHALUS, “$1 ‘saTVHddOVOAN SdOAUH => ————YY SSss=——~_i yyy a Gy PLATE V. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XIX, p. 66. EMPEDIAS MOLARIS. PLATE VI. Proc, Amer. Philos. 8oc., Vol XIX, ps 66. 22-27 DIMETRODON INCISIVUS, }, except 8 and 9, aie 7 a a ee) ee ee i Sec an ne ee ee ely e Sa aie Me ees AS ey 3 PALAONTOLOGICA| BuLLATK Ne Re DEC5 1930 34.09% ON SOME MAMMALIA OF THE LUWEST EUGENE BEDS OF NEW uexi0a By =. D. COPE. (Hair. Am. Phat. Soc.) (Read before the Amer. Philosophical Society, Sept. 1'7, 1881.) Pee oALE BY AYE: FOOTE, 1123 BELMONT AVENUE, JS hes saba py Aa pS eas assene eee C Cope] 484 [Sept. 17, On some Mammalia of the Lowest Eocene beds of New Mexico. By #. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Sept. 17, 1881.) MEsoNYX NAVAJOVIUS, sp. nov. Smaller than the two known species, and with the crowns of the molars more compressed and the blades of the_ heels of the inferior series more acute. Molars seven, the first one-rooted. Last molar with a cutting heel like the others, and with the penultimate, with a rudimental anterior inner cusp. All the molars with an anterior basal tubercle except the first, second and third. No basal cingula. Principal cusp elevated and compressed, as in the premolars of Oxyena. Enamel minutely rugose. Mandibular rami and inferior canine teeth com- pressed, the angle of the latter not inflected. Length of inferior molar series M. .078 ; do. of premolar series .046 ; fourth premolar, length of base .010; elevation of cusp .008 ; second true molar, length .012, elevation .010 ; width of heel .005; depth of ramus at .020; diameter of base of crown of canine, vertical .009. PERIPTYCHUS CARINIDENS, gen. et. sp. nov. Creodontium. Char. Gen. No distinct sectorial teeth, the first and second true inferior molars simi- lar. They support a principal median cusp, a broad heel and a prominent anterior cingulum. The heel is more or less divided into tubercles ; the anterior cingulum is on the inner side, and represents the anterior cusp of a sectorial tooth. On the inner side of the principal cusp a cingulum rises, forming a flat internal tubercle. Last molar not smaller than the others ; premolars unknown. This genus belongs to the Amblyctonide with Amblyctonus and Pale- onyctis. It differs from.both in the rudimental character of the anterior cusp, and from the former, in the presence of the internal tubercle. In Mesonyzx the heel has a median cutting edge. Char. Specif. Parts of both mandibular rami and the shaft of a humerus represent this species. They indicate an animal of the size of the red fox, but much more robust. The mandibular ramus is rather shallow and thick, and the molars are not large. The heel of the penultimate supports three tubercles, of which the ex- ternal is the largest. The anterior cingulum supports a small cusp, and then rises to the internal tubercle, which is compressed. The sides of all the cusps are marked with distinct, well separated, vertical ridges. Each extremity of the internal cusp is connected with the principal cusp by a ridge. The first true molar has fewer cusps. Those of the heel are scarcely distinct, and form a border which rises prominently into the flat internal tubercle, which forms a narrow longitudinal blade. The anterior cingulum has no cusp and does not rise into the inner tubercle. The prin- cipal cusp has a strong entering groove next the inner tubercle. Length of crown first molar .0115; width of do. .006; elevation of do. .006. Length of second molar .011 ; width of do. .007; elevation of do. -0065. Depth of ramus at do. .020. The species is a good deal smaller than the Amblyctonus sinosus. 1881.] 485 [Cope. TRIISODON QUIVIRENSIS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Derived from the lower jaw. Probably only three premolars. True molars alike, consist- ing of three anterior cusps and a heel. The cusps are relatively small and the heel large. Of the former the internal is much smaller than the ex- ternal, and the anterior is rudimental, being merely a projection of the cingulum. The cutting edges of the large external cusp are obtuse. The heel is basin-shaped, and its posterior border is divided into tubercles, of which the external is a large cusp. The fourth premolar has no anterior inner tubercle, so that the anterior part of the crown consists of a com- pressed cutting cusp. The heel has two well-developed posterior cusps. The third premolar has a similar principal trenchant cusp, but a smaller heel. Canines large. This genus differs from Herpetotheriwm and Ictops in the simplicity of its fourth inferior premolar, and from Stypolophus and Deltatheriwm in the rudi- mental character of the accessory anterior cusps of the true molars, as well as in the three premolars. The rudimental anterior cusp of the true mo- lars, with the three similar true molars, separates it from Palwonyctis, and the presence of a conic inner cusp of the same indicates it as different from Amblyctonus and Periptychus. Jt is not possible to state whether Triisodon must be placed in the Amblyctonide or not, on account of the absence of the superior molar teeth. This specimen of the type species of this genus is instructive as showing the succession of premolar teeth. Both the third and fourth premolars have temporary predecessors. The predecessor of the fourth premolar differs much from it in form, and is essentially identical in all respects With the true permanent molars. The crown of the predecessor of the third premolar is wanting, the roots only remaining in the jaw. The permanent third premolar was protruded before the permanent fourth. Which temporary tooth of Triisodon is homologous with the single one of the Marsupialia pointed out by Professor Flower?* As the additional permanent teeth of the placental Mammalia must have appeared later in time than the one already found in the implacentals, they must be those later protruded ; hence the fourth tooth in the jaw of Triisodon must be regarded as homologous with the fourth premolar of a placental, which is the last of that series to appear. If this be true, the tooth which follows the shed tooth of the Marsupials is not the fourth premolar, as supposed by Professor Flower, but the third premolar. This view is con- firmed by the fact that the milk tooth displaced by the fourth tooth in Triisodon resembles in all respects the true molars, just as the permanent tooth occupying the same position does in Didelphys and some extinct eocene genera. This goes to show that this tooth, permanent in marsu- pials, is temporary in placentals, and that, in spite of its form in the for- mer group, it is the fourth premolar, and not the first true molar, as sup- posed by Professor Flower. Thus the posterior milk-molar of diphyodonts is a permanent tooth in the Marsupialia. * Transactions of the Royal Society, 1867, p. 631. Cope.] 486 {[Sept. 17, This observation confirms my conclusion that the Oredonta form a group intermediate between the Marsupiatia and Carnivora. I may add that in Triisodon the inferior border of the lower jaw is not inflected posteriorly. Char. specif.—Size about that of the wolf. Inferior canine directed up- wards, its section néarly elliptic; a faint posterior, no anterior cutting edge. Fourth premolar rather large, with an anterior basal cingulum which is angulate upwards, and is not continued on the inner side of the © crown. Cusps of the heel each sending a ridge forwards, the internal lower, obtuse and descending to base of inner side of large cusp ; the ex- ternal larger, with an acute anterior cutting edge continuous with the cut- ting edge of‘the large cusp. True,molars with an external, but no in- ternal basal cingulum. Border of heel with one large and three smaller tubercles, the former with, the latter without, anterior cutting edge. Ena- mel of all the teeth nearly smooth. All the cusps are rather obtuse. Measurements.—Length of inferior molar series: M. .080 ; long diameter of base of canine .013 ; length of true molar series .044; length of base of Prem. IV. .016 ; elevation of crown of do. .014; length of base of M. II. .016 ; width of do. in front .011 ; elevation of do., .014. The measure- ments of the jaw are not given, as the animal is not adult, the last molar not being yet protruded. From the lowest Eocene beds of New Mexico. DELTATHERIUM FUNDAMINIS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Fam. Lep- tictide, agreeing with Jctops and Mesodectes in possessing an internal tu- bercle of the third superior premolar, but differing from both in having but one external cusp of the fourth superior premolar. Char. Specif. Repre- sented by the dentition of both maxillary bones minus the canines. The second premolar is convex on the inner face. The base of the third is a nearly equilateral triangle. The bases of the true molars are triangles, with the bases external. The internal angle supports an acute cusp, and has a posterior basal cingulum, which is very strong in the last three mo- lars. The two external cusps of the first and second molars are situated well within the base, ‘which is folded into a strong cingulum. This cingu- lum develops strong anterior and posterior angles. This is the largest species of the family yet discovered. Extent of series of last six molars, M. .045; of true molars .026; diameters of fourth premolar, anteropos- terior .0074; transverse .0076; do. of second true molar, anteroposterior .0087; transverse .0100. This species was a fourth larger than the com- mon opossum, and very much resembles it in dental characters. CONORYCTES COMMA, gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Allied to Mesonyz. Inferior canines not rodent-like, with conic crowns. Molars 3—8, the first one-rooted, the second two-rooted, the third with an anterior conic cusp and a posterior grinding heel. True molars consisting of two lobes, of subcylindric section, separated by deep vertical grooves. Enamel devel- oped on internal and external faces of crowns. Char. Specif. Founded ona mandibular ramus which lacks the last molar, and has the crowns of the others worn, The external faces of the molars are much more ex- 1881. ] 487 [Cope. posed than the internal, and are somewhat contracted inwards. In the unworn crown there is a distinct anterior inner cusp, which is soon con- founded on attrition. The heel of the last premolar has a crescentic sec- tion, the internal horn the narrower. The anterior lobe is a robust cone. The base of the second and third premolar is oblique to the axis of the ramus outwards and forwards. It is possible that there is a minute first premolar filling the short space between the second and the canine. No cingula ; enamel obscurely plicate, ramus robust. Length of molars minus the last .0465 ; length of base of first true molar .010 ; width of do. .009 ; elevation of crown do. .0055 ; length of base of fourth premolar .011 ; width of do. .008; elevation of crown of do. .0065. Anteroposte- rior diameter of base of crown of canine .010. Depth of ramus at first true molar .023; width of do. at do. .013. This genus differs from Hstho- nyx in the form of the fourth premolar. In the latter the anterior lobe is compressed and trenchant. The species is larger than any of that genus, and nearly equal to the Hetoganus gliriformis. CATATHLAUS RHABDODON, gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. With this genus I commence descriptions of several genera with bunodont denti- tion, which has some resemblance to that of some of the hogs. The one above named, with Moclenus, remind one of Tetraconodon Fale. and Lydd., in the enlarged proportions of their premolar teeth.. I compare the genera as follows, introducing a probably perissodactyle form (Protogonia) for comparison : I. Third and fourth superior premolars one or two lobed externally, and with internal lobes. a. Superior premolars with two external lobes ; inferior fourth with two median cusps. Intermediate tubercles ; premolars not enlarged............. Phenacodus. aoa. Superior premolars enlarged, generally with one external cusp. f. A posterior internal cusp of superior molars ; Intermediate tubercles present ; last inferior premolar with inner cusp ; Catathleus. Intermediate tubercles wanting, replaced by branches of an internal V ; no cusp on inner side of last inferior premolar....... . Anisonchus. Intermediate tubercle present, connected with anterior inner by ridges ; MOETVON, MUOLATSE waltlts V'Se 1s. one) cteie ieee eye ed acenecete rend Protogonia. £8. No posterier inner cusp of superior molars. Intermediate tubercles present; no inner lobe of last inferior premolar Mioclenus. II. Superior premolars 1, 2 and 3 without inner lobe ; third with three external lobes (Pictet). Premolars compressed...... BOD Roa DL ODO 6 OOH Deiaaie tera tces ees Dichobune. In the genus Catathlewus the development of the premolars is remarkable while the true molars are relatively small. The last three superior pre- molars have an elevated internal crescentic cingulum homologous with Cope. ] 488 {Sept. 17, the inner lobe of the fourth superior premolar of the ruminants. The general character of the true molars is that of Phenacodus. Parts of two or three individuals of this species have come into my possession, one of which includes nearly all of the molar dentition of both jaws. The external cusp of the superior premolars is compressed conic, and the in- ternal cingulum extends to its anterior base in the second, third, and fourth. The crown of the last true molar is about as long as wide, while that of the first is wider than long. Hach supports seven cusps; two subconic external, and one large median internal, which is connected by ridges with a small anterior and posterior median. Then there are a small anterior and posterior internal, making three internal. The internal crest is distinct from the principal cusp in the inferior premolars III and IV, but unites with it in the IL; it supports on the IV an anterior, a median and a posterior cusp, the latter forming part of the rather narrow heel. The true molars I and II have seven tubercles, the four principal ones, and three smaller, one anterior, one posterior, and one median. On the third the posterior forms a large heel. All of the molars, but especially the premolars, have the enamel thrown into sharp vertical parallel folds, in a manner I have not seen in any other mammal. Length of six superior molars .067; length of three true molars .029; length of base of third premolar .012 ; width of do. .012; width of base of first true molar .010 ; do. of third true molar .009; length of do. .010. Length base fourth inferior premolar .012; width do. .010; length of third true molar .0115; width of do. .009. The teeth indicate an animal of the size of the peccary. ANISONCHUS SECTORIUS, gen. et sp. nov.. Char Gen. This is derived from the superior P-m. IV and M. I and II, and from all the inferior mo- lars of three individuals. ‘The superior teeth are accompanied by a ramus mandibuli, which contains alveoli of all the inferior molars, and the crowns of the P-m. IV and M. II. The leading characters have been given above. The inner posterior lobe is more prominent in this genus than in any of the others, and has a V-shaped apex. It projects further inwards than the anterior inner lobe. It is represented by a mere tubercle of the cingulum in Moclenus. In the lower jaw the last premolar is quite simple, consisting of a principal cusp, and a non-cutting heel. The second true molar has intermediate anterior and posterior cusps. The ge- nus difters from Pantolestes in the more numerous tubercles of the molars, and in the fact that the anterior inner tubercle of the true molars is not double. It may, however, be allied to that genus. Char. Specif. The fourth superior premolar covers a larger base than either of the true molars. The external cusp has a base extended antero- posteriorly, but the apex is conical, and there are no basal tubercles. The inner cusp has a crescentic base as in Catathleus, but the apex is nar- rowed and compressed conic. The external tubercles of the true molars are subconic, and do not develop any external ridges. They are connected by the crescentic slightly angular crest, whose apex forms the inner ante- 1881.] 489 [Cope. ‘rior boundary of the crown. This crest is not divided into parts homolo- gous with the intermediate tubercles. The crowns of the M. I and II are surrounded by a basal cingulum, which in the M. I develops a tubercle at the anterior external angle. No internal or external cingulum on P-m. IV. Enamel nearly smooth. The ramus of the mandible is rather slender anteriorly. The P-m. IV is robust, and the cusp is behind the middle of the base of the crown. The heel is short and narrow, and has a raised border, connected with the base of the main cusp. The cusps of the second true molar are elevated and conic, the anterior external the highest, the others subequal. The base of the posterior pair is a little narrower than that of the anterior pair. There is no central tubercle as in Catathleus rhabdodon, and no basal cingulum on either tooth. Meusurements. M.- ikeneth of three superior molars 2:3. 2.-+...-.-:- care rebene - 0160 : ; t WelsOICG Baoan Ee -0055 Diameters superior P-m. IV ; he ele R GTANISVIETSEh. 1-1) -)0)eharetele .0070 : : 5 dee anteroposterior......... .0052 “DEG OSS stg Ee ae sea chen se SEE .0060 Length of inferior molar series............. ore faci geet. O6LO cs iG Co! {AUG TNO NP EINES on 6 6 cam oodt Poe fee O60 imei inicrio® Pom. TV eee a Geb Beitr 0060 GEAWISIVCTSC)\erepelaraeta oie ets .0040 : F ; ; PELlOn eal ---- .0050 Diameters inferior M. IT ; HEP ETO Des tenIOD 3 URNS OENS, Soosuashis doe .0040 Wepsmeramnis at MT y) 2)... PG ae eels oak outes 260090 A number of minor points will distinguish this species from those in- cluded among the Wesodonta, and especially those of Pantolestes, which it most resembles. The molar teeth are narrower behind, and the fourth premolar is larger. It is Mioclenus sectorius, American Naturalist, Octo- ber, 1881, p. 831. MiocL2ZNUS TURGIDUS, gen. et sp. nov. This genus differs from Catathleus in the structure of the inferior premolars, which are without internal crest or cusp. The inner lobe of the superior premolars is less developed than that genus. In the present species the characters of Mioclenus are best seen in the subconical tubercles of the premolars, particularly that of the heel of the fourth inferior premolar. In the other three species this heel is more of a crest and is connected with the princi- pal cusp by a low ridge. The four species may be characterized as follows : a, Cusps of last premolars conical in both jaws. Size medium. Last lower molar disproportionately small; cusps low ; two anterior inner distinct ; true molars, .018........... M. turgidus. aa, Fourth superior premolar with flattened external and conic inter- nal cusp ; inferior unknown. Cope.] 490 [Sept. 17, Size medium ; fourth upper premolor equilateral ; all cusps acute ; true molars / OllGO Ne ememrtee ae al eee mer so09a5 aoc05¢ So56546 M. subtrigonus. aaa, Cusps of last premolars compressed in lower jaw. Least. Second and third lower true molars subequal ; cusps, especially the internal, elevated ; anterior inner confluent into an edge; true NOME, SOS soscodde aag0B0E S900 d0aGooNdaedaDebdOOO Ode HM. angustus. Largest ; cusps of inferior molars obtuse; P-m. III .008, its heel short and small yepvercterrreeeeccisr: RES SRM OTIIG oe ceeocee MM. mandibularis. Medium ; last inferior molar larger than penultimate ; true molars, .014 ; Pern SOO Ge iretcte tee iciciaie «\e ov mgeteet stir ye "> 10 ... Anisonchus sectorius. Of MW. turgidus there are two specimens ; and of IZ subtrigonus, M. an- gustus and M. mandibularis one each. In the IZ turgidus there are no cingula on the fourth premolar. It is wider than long, and the external face is a little flattened. The tubercles are conic; the external has a small one at the anterior base, and a rudi- ment at the posterior base, and there is a low one on the posterior side at the middle. The second true molar is wider than the first. The tubercles are all round in section. Besides those already mentioned, there is a rudi- ment of a posterior inner on the first, which is represented by a cingulum on the second. The latter has basal cingula all around except on the inner side ; the same are visible on the first true molar in a rudimental condition. Enamel nearly smooth. The inferior molars are of robust proportions. Their sizes are, commenc- ing with the largest: P-m.1IV; M.I1; M.I; M. III. The last molar is only half as large as the penultimate. It has two anterior and an external lateral tubercles, and a heel. On the penultimate molar, there are two an- terior tubercles with a trace of anterior inner ; also a broad flat heel, with a low tubercle on the external side. The constitution of the first true mo- lar is identical. The fourth premolar has a rudimental heel consisting of a low tubercle only. The principal cusp is conic and is over the middle of the transverse diameter, and a little behind the middle of the antero- posterior diameter. No cingula. Enamel nearly smooth. Measurements. M. Maxillary bone. Length of base of P-m. IV, M. land M. II...... Soon ROlle F anteroposterior.......-.. -0055 Diameters base P-m. IV ; HENTE OSs 544 0545.6 55 0065 : anteroposterior.......... .0060 Diameters base M.A ; ERAMIBIVENSE aicterele steiner .0070 Diameters ‘base M.°Ir anteroposterior ......... .0060 ~ THRNTRWEURs digas oda ap soos .0095 Mandible. Length of pases of last four molars.........2..+..+... .0250 anteroposterior ......... .0070 Diamet ss aa. TV transverse....... nt, See .0055 1881.] 491 [Cope. Measurements. M. : anteroposterior ......... .0060 Diameters M. I ; transverse..... Bey teed .0060 é anteroposterior ......... .0055 Diameters M. IIT } TTANSVIELSCS <6 oss cite sce ere .0043 Depth of ramus at M. I...... Be bic COICO RIOR: MER .0115 AUNT CIM SSG sy 1, (5s sown aleve e) erekeccretalere a oralete elereledsa open: SOOSD MiI0cL@/NUS SUBTRIGONUS, sp. nov. Represented by a portion of a cra- nium anterior to the orbits and lacking the extremity of the muzzle, dis- torted by pressure. It exhibits nearly all of the molar teeth. The spe- cies differs from I. turgidus in the greater acuteness of all its cusps, and in the equilateral form of the fourth premolar. It is too large to belong to the I. angustus, which is represented by a mandible only ; and too small to be the I. mandibularis, whose maxillary dentition is unknown. The inner borders of the molar teeth are shorter than the outer, espe- cially in the last two molars. The last true molar is smaller than either of the others. The cusps are all subconical, but the internal is connected with the intermediate by ridges, which give it a triangular section. The latter form a V, homologous with that in Anisonchus, but not so distinct, and the intermediate tubercles are not lost in its branches as in that genus. The posterior inner lobe of that and other genera, is represented by a thickening of the cingulum. This cingulum extends entirely round the P-m. IV and M. J, and M. IL; the M. II. isinjured. The sides of the base of the P-m. IV are slightly concave. The enamel of all the molars is wrinkled. Measurements. M. Length of bases of last five molars ........... pa ctareie U2So Meteo ar haseor Pom TV anteroposterior....... .0060 GRAMISVIERSe)-)-1e tee el .0050 iyatecters of base of M. I anteroposterior....... .0060 WAN MSAVEIESI SS BODOG boG aS .0060 Oe eM IL anteroposterior....... .0060 PRAMISIVEESC aerials cere .0075 TDinmeters base of M. IIT anteroposterior....... .0040 tYANSVETSE.....ee0e---- .0060 Miocianus anegustus Cope, American Naturalist, 1881, October (Sep- tember 22d), p. 881. The least species of the genus, with the teeth about the size of Hyopsodus paulus Leidy, but with more robust jaw. The molar teeth diminish in size regularly posteriorly from the P-m. IV. They all have three subequal posterior cusps which are less elevated than the ante- rior ones. The median is enlarged into a heel on the last tooth. The anterior are opposite, and the external is larger than the internal. There is no anterior internal. The external wears into an anteroposterior narrow grinding surface, which looks like a combination with an anterior median. The latter is, however, not separate on the least worn molars. The Cope.] 492 [Sept. 17, anterior outer cusp increases in size anteriorly, and is the large cusp of the P-m. IY. It sends a branch backwards on the inner side of the crown which forms the edge of the narrow concave heel. There are no cingula except a short one on the anterior corners of the base of the crown of the P-m. IV. Enamel obscurely wrinkled. Measurements. M. Length of posterior four molars.....2...22..... - Saree AOLSU Diametersier Panel. anteroposterior..... . .0050 ELANSVETSC> eee sel eee .0035 Dinmsterstor Nasr anteroposterior ....... -0050 HPAOS WEI. 65050050505 .00385 : anteroposterior ....... .0040 Daninerers edi EL TEAMS VELSE)s «ci ce cleieterel= -0082 Diasiciers OFM. Lit anteroposterior....... .0045 MANOENVEMEO. s56505500¢ . -00380 IDEN TRONS Ae WS Weoseceoaccuc sibiw esateide sete SibuepemeMencle .0110 A Namiolkraversisy SF (GG Ga eS is aod oa Pecosocnat aad lle PHENACODUS PUERCENSIS, sp. nov. Three individuals. Last superior molar smallest ; first and second true molars with six tubercles, two ex- ternal, two median and two internal. A strong basal cingulum except on inner side. Inferior true molars besides the usual five tubercles, furnished with an anterior ledge with a tubercle at its interior extremity. A weak external basal cingulum. A little larger than the P. vortmant. Length of superior true molars M. .021; length of base of crown of M. III .006; do. of M. 1.008; width of do. .008; length of base of crown of inferior M. III .0085; width of do. in front .006; depth of ramus at M. 7019; PHENACODUS ZUNIENSIS, sp. nov. The least species of the genus, rep- resented by the mandibles of two individuals. The first and second true molars are narrowed in front, and there is no distinct anterior ledge, only a minute anterior inner tubercle. The external cingulum is more distinct and the enamel is wrinkled. The fourth premolar has a short base and the inner cusp is much smaller than the principal one; it has a wide heel and an anterior basal tubercle. Length of true molars, M. .018; of last true molar .006; of base of first true molar .006; width of do. .004; depth of ramus at do. .011. PROTOGONIA SUBQUADRATA, gen. et ae nov. Fourth superior premolar with one external and one internal lobe. True molars with two external, two internal, und two intermediate lobes, hoth the latter connected with the anterior internal by a ridge. Supposed inferior true molars with two Vs with weak anterior branches; last true molar with heel. This genus will enter the Chalicothertide of my system of Perissodac- tyla,* if the feet are found to possess the requisite characters. It is allied, apparently, also to Hyracotherium, but differs in the Vs of the infe- *See Proceedings Amer, Philosoph. Society, 1881, p. 377-8. 1881.] 493 {Cope. rior molars, if they are properly identified; and in the superior molars. The anterior transverse crest of that genus is represented in Protogonia, but not the posterior. This is replaced by a low ridge running across the course it pursues in Hyracotherium. 'The posterior median tubercle is also not found in the latter genus. Protogonia differs from Limnohyus in the subconic character of the external lobes of the superior molars. If the tu- bercles, excepting the posterior inner, should be converted into crescents, the genus Meniscotherium would be produced. Char. Specif. Probably two specimens ; one supporting three superior molars ; the other including damaged superior molars and the last two in- ferior molars. The animal was about the size of the red fox. The exter- nal cusp of the fourth superior premolar is flattened externally, and has a small lobe on its posterior edge. ‘The inner tubercle is conic and is sepa- rated by a tubercle from the anterior base of the external. True molars without external ridges. The external cusps of the true molars are lentic- ular in section. The posterior inner cusp is in nearly the same antero- posterior line with the anterior, its section about equaling that of the intermediate cusps. The first and second molars have an external, an anterior and posterior, but no internal, basal cingula. The enamel is somewhat wrinkled where not worn. The heel of the last inferior true molar is elevated, and its worn surface forms the extended posterior branch of the posterior V. The posterior edge of the penultimate molar is elevated and curved forwards on the in ner side of the crown. The anterior cusp forming the angle of the V of this tooth, is higher than the posterior angular cusp, but the anterior limb descends rapidly as in Coryphodon. A weak antero-external, and postero- external cingula. Enamel wrinkled where not worn. Measurements. M. No. 1. Length of bases of three superior molars.........-.... 025 : 5 anteroposterior....... .0066 pian neesot superior Fm: TV, (URUTENEIS® odcaascaccc .0086 Dinwehne ofemenioe UL I anteroposterior....... .0085 MBNOS\KEMESE 6 ococooncas O11 Dini ercenion 2 anteroposterior....... -009 (WANS CE® aoscoaaobas O11 No. 2. Length of bases of last two inferior molars............ 0225 Diameters of last inferior molar ; FeO ak! Otis RUNENTEIUSOa Goooggnecd .0066 MCione of taferion MIT anteroposterior....... 0112 (MNTENTEIESS scancncence .0080 Depth of ramus at M. II............ Ais GH ESR Opeon ree .0240 pT CK CS Samco sve OMAR stan Siciayis ob areola cys tu ai0! - ‘OfgDASeLOl Tem, JET osoperetate fete arerare eaevonctherserenes Zeo.0) a Ul0)5) a 1881.] 495 [Cope. Measurements. M. ioe oP base Pak TIL ae Ae Pete: LUE {PAM SVIOVS Chisel sio/a/ais ~ > = eee re 1881.] 143 [Cope. REPTILIA. CrocopiLus sp. Allied to the C. chamensis and C. heterodon, but not represented by sufficiently well preserved specimens to permit of determi- nation. There are numerous molariform teeth in the posterior parts of jaws, and the crowns of the longer teeth are grooved. Not uncommon. Emys sp. Rare; one specimen of 220 mm. in length, of the type of H. wyomingensis, but not sufficiently well preserved for determination. As the Eocene forms of this order are of unusual interest, I give an analysis of the extinct genera of the Cryptodire division of tortoises which have been found in North America up to the present time. In the check-list of the North American Batrachia and Reptilia,* I enu- merated nine families of this division of the Yestudinata, three of. which are extinct. Subsequently another extinct family, the Baénide, was added. I now define all of these families. I. Plastron not articulated to the carapace, but presenting to it more or less open digitations. Dactylosterna. — Phalanges of anterior limb without condyles, and covered by a common integument ; eight pairs of costal bones........... »eeceee Cheloniide. Phalanges of anterior limb without condyles ; nine or more costal bones, Propleuride. Phalanges of anterior limb with condyles; digits inclosed in distinct in- teguments ; eight costal bones ; sternal elements united by digitations and inclosing fontanelles ; caudal vertebre procoelous.. . T'rionychide. Phalanges of anterior limbs with condyles; digits distinct ; eight costal bones ; sternal elements united by suture and inclosing no fontanelles ; caudal vertebre opisthocoelous............. ilorspatersevsreuscs Chelydride. II. Plastron uniting with the costal bones of the carapace, by denticu- late suture, and by ascending axillary and inguinal buttresses. (Feet ambulatory.) Clidosterna. A. Intersternal bones present. PVoeiber eat SCULAN so. 2.6 ssiela ie: . el dae sales clon Gee ..-.-.Lleurosternide.t Intergular scuta ; caudal vertebre opisthocoelous...............Baéenide. AA, No intersternal bones. a. Intergular scuta. A mesosternal bone........ Omar re ecic Giefaieielesielsjous sa ---- Adocide. aa. No intergular scuta. A mesosternal bone ; three series of phalanges..... r se cie ss =. LUINYOLAG. No mesosternal bone ; three series of phalanges............ Cinosternide. A mesosternal bone ; two series of phalanges....... esceee eee Lestudinide. * Bulletin U.S. National Museum, No. 1, 1875. p. 16. + There are two genera of this family, neither of them yet found in America ; Pleurosternum Ow., with smooth shell, and Helochelys Myer, with sculptured shell. ; Cope.] 144 [Dec. 16, Ill. Plastron uniting with the marginal bones of the carapace by straight contact only. (Feet ambulatory.) Lysosterna. No intersternal bone nor intergular scutum ; a mesosternal bone and three series of phalanges.......... SSG a0Gdc Ruiee siz cts usisie oe ee Cistudinide. The extinct species of the Cryptodira of this continent belong to eight of the above families. I give diagnoses of the genera to which they are referred. Names of existing genera are in Roman type. CHELONIID 2. Postabdominal bones distinct from each other........... Chelonia Brong. Postabdominal bones united with each other by suture. .Puppigerus Cope. PROPLEURID® Cope.* Transactions of American Philosophical Society, xiv., 1870, p. 280. Ten costal bones; first two marginals united with carapace by suture; shell smooth, flattened......... Baa tanec (a vets akan tales Osteopygis Cope. Nine costal bones ; first two marginals united to carapace by suture ; shell scullptuneds(ashicih yclorsalskeel) sae eee hie cee see Peritresius Cope. Nine costal bones ; one marginal united with carapace by suture; second by costal gomphosis ; shell not keeled nor sculptured ............... Propleura Cope. ? Nine costal bones ; first united with carapace by suture ; second without costal gomphosis ; shell not sculptured........... . Catapleura Cope. ? Nine costal bones ; marginals all free; shell not sculptured............ Lytoloma Cope. TRIONYCHID&. a, Surface of bones smooth. Postabdominal suture digitate ..............- Oe ce Agestus Cope. aa, Surface of bones sculptured. 8. Sutures of plastron digitate. A dermal flap protecting posterior legs below ; marginal bones........... Emyda Gray. A dermal flap ; no marginal bones.................Cyclanosteus Peters, No dermal flap nor marginal bones ; muzzle much abbreviated.......... Chitra Gray. No dermal flap nor marginal bones ; muzzle elongate....Trionyx Geoffr. £8. Suture for postabdominal coarsely serrate. Postabdominal recurved Lin ALONE. \s eee ere aie sees Plastomenus Cope. CHELYDRID&. a, Bridges of plastron wide ; ? caudal vertebre. One row of marginal scuta ; six pairs of scuta of the plastron.......... : Idiochelys Myr. * Paleochelys novemcostatus Geoffr., belongs to this family, but not Paleo- chelys Myr. ; Oe ci 1881. ] 145 [| Cope. One row of marginal scuta ; scuta of plastron? not distinct.........e.+0 Hydropelta* Myr. aa. Bridges of plastron very narrow. f#. Carapace smooth, not sculptured. Two rows of marginal scuta ; five pairs of scuta of the plastron.......... : Macrochelys Gray. One row of marginals ; five pairs on plastron............ Chelydra Schw. One row of marginals ; four pairs of scuta on plastron....Claudius Cope. @. Carapace sculptured. Cie roneOm Marcin al SCULa. 66.6660 ceceincests wt paeedas . Anostira Leidy. BAENIDA. Cope, Annual Report U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., 1872 (1873), p. 621. Supramarginal scuta (Rittimeyer) ; no interhumerals..... Platychelys Myr. No supramarginals nor interhumeral scuta....... wae eee Menon Weidyr. No supramarginals ; interhumeral scuta present ......Polythorax + Cope. ADOCIDA. Cope, Proceedings American Philosophical Society, 1870, p. 559. a, Vertebral bones and scuta normal. One intergular scutum entirely separating the gulars.......Adocus Cope. Hither two intergulars, or the gulars meeting behind intergular......... 2 Amphiemys Cope. aa, Vertebral bones wedge-shaped, widening upwards; vertebral scuta not wider than the bones. Elements of carpace early coéssified................Homorhophus Cope. EMYDID&. a, No scutal sutures. Surface sculptured...... Si all RP a aed Retains ie eae . Apholidemys Pom. aa, Scuta including intermarginals and two anals. Lobes of sternum narrow..........--...++----.--+:-Dermatemys Gray. Mopesioie sternum WIM... +... s.cece- ete seeete can -Agompiius Cope: aaa, Scuta; two anals, no intermarginals. Surfaces of carapace sculptured; plastron fixed......Compsemys Leidy. Surfaces of carapace smooth ; plastron fixed; recent Hmydide and the ETS i-th: Sea arars tare oy die wia's tetere arate enero eal vs .-... mys Brong.t Posterior lobe of plastron movable ; surface smooth....Ptychogaster Pom. Anterior and posterior lobes of piastron movable ; surface smooth........ Dithyrosternum Pict. et Humb. aaaa, Scuta; one anal, no intermarginals. Carapace smooth ......... eset en edo Periadal ins) ea seylemys Led ys * Hurysternum Wagn. (Palwomedusa et Acichelys Myr. (fide Rutimeyer) is nearly allied to Hydropelia.) +Possibly one of the 4docide ; see Proceed. Acad. Phila., Oct., 1876. { Gray has distinguished several good genera among existing species on cranial characters. Cope.] 146 [Dec. 16, TESTUDINID&. a. Two anal scuta. Ten abdominal scuta...... a linie eins CUO Ie Bie wlele o's oie Se EOI SORE: aa. One anal scutum. Lower jaw with two cutting edges........... «eeeesee. derobates Agass. Lower jaw with one cutting edge...............+++-++--. Lestudo Linn. _ RODENTIA. PLESIARCTOMYS BUCCATUS Cope. Two mandibular rami. PLESIARCTOMYS DELICATIOR Leidy. Mandibles of six individuals, some of them accompanied by bones of the skeleton. ; . BUNOTHERIA. T ANIODONTA. Additional material gives the following results with regard to the affinities of this sub-order. There are three allied groups represented by the genera Esthonyx, Tillotheriwum and Calamodon of the American Eo- cenes, which are equally unlike each other. Hsthonyx, as I long since showed, is related to the existing Hrinaceus ; very nearly indeed, if the dentition alone is considered. Its anterior incisor teeth are unusually developed, and have, as in Hrinaceus, long roots. One pair at least in the lower jaw has enamel on the external face only, and enjoys a considerable period of growth. The genus TVillotheriwm is (fide Marsh) quite near to Esthonyx. Its molars and premolars are identical in character with those of that genus, the only important difference being found in the incisors. Here, one pair-above, and one pair below, are faced with enamel in front only, and grow from persistent pulps as in the Rodentia. This character has been included by Marsh in those he ascribes to his ‘‘order’’ of Tillo- dontia, but as he includes Hsthonyz in that order,* which does not possess the character, it is not very clear on what the supposed order reposes. The rodent character of the incisors is the only one that I know of which dis- tinguishes Tillothertum from the Iesctivora. JI have on this account retained the Tillodonta as a sub-order, and referred Hsthonyzx to the Insecti- Vora. The Teniodonta agree with the Tillodonta in the possession of a pair of inferior incisors of rodent character, but it adds several remarkable pecu- liarities. Chief among these is the character of the inferior canines. In the Tillodonta they are either wanting, as in Hrinaceus, according to the Cuvierian diagnosis, or they are insignificant. In Calamodon they are of large size, and though not as long-rooted as the second incisors, grow from presistent pulps. They have two enamel faces, the anterior and the posterior, the former like the corresponding face of the rodent incisors. * Report of U.S. G. Survey 40th Parallel, by Clarance King; Vol. i, p. 377. 1881.] 147 [Cope, The function of the adult crown is that of a grinding tooth. This charac- ter distinguishes Calamodon as a form as different from Tillotherium, as the latter is from Hsthonyx. There are, however, other characters. The external incisors, wanting in Tillothertum, are here largely developed, and though not growing from persistent pulps have but one, an external band- like enamel face. Their function is also that of grinders. The fact that the rodent teeth in the lower jaw are the second incisors, renders it probable that those of the Zillodonta hold the same position in the jaw. This is to be anticipated from the arrangement in Hsthonyx, where the second inferior incisors are much larger than the first and third. The superior dentition of the Teniodonta is yet unknown. CALAMODON SIMPLEX Cope. Report Vertebrate Foss., New Mexico, U. S. Geog. Surv. W. of 100th Mer. 1874, p. 5. Report of do. Capt. G. M. Wheeler, rv, ii, p. 166. A nearly complete mandible of this species was found by Mr. Wortman, besides a series of unworn molar and canine teeth of a second individual, and fragments of some others. These furnish the correct dental formula as far as they go, as follows: I. 3; C.1; M.5. Itappears that I correctly ‘referred the long rodent teeth to the lower incisior series, but that the truncate two banded teeth so characteristic of the sub-order, are canines and not incisors, and that they belong to the lower as well as probably to the upper jaw. The characters of the incisors are very peculiar. The first are small with short subcylindric crowns, and conic roots. The second incisors have been described ; as in C. arcamenus they have a horizontal shoulder posterior to the base of the cutting portion. The third incisors increase in diameter upwards, and have a triangular section. The largest side of the triangle is interior, and the shortest the posterior, and neither possess any enamel. The anterior or enamel faced side is slightly convex. ' The grinding face is transverse and is in the plane of the corresponding face of the canine. The long diameter of the crown of the canine is at right angles to the anterior face of the third incisor, and diagonal to the long axis of the mandibular ramus. This, with the peculiarities of the other incisors, gives an irregular appearance to the anterior dentition. The five molars are very similar in character, and even those with un- worn crowns do not present any distinction into premolars and true molars. The enamel covers the summit of the crown, but on wearing, it is soon reduced to a cylindrical sheath. Further wear brings the grinding surface to the anterior and posterior surfaces which are covered with cementum instead of enamel. INSECTIVORA. EsTHONYX BURMEISTERI Cope. Report Vertebrate Foss., New Mexico, 1874, p. 7. Report U. 8. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer. G. M. Wheeler, rv, ii, p. 156, pl. x1, fig. 26. Cope.] 143 | Dec. 16, Two fractured crania exhibit the entire dentition of this species, and give the generic characters satisfactorily. The dental formula is, I. 2; C.1; P-m. = M. 3. The first superior incisor is large, and the crown is somewhat spoon-shaped. The second incisor is as robust as the first, but the crown is shorter. The second premolar has one external and one in- ternal lobe, in the third (fourth) premolar these lobes are much enlarged, and the tooth is transverse. The true molars have two external cusps, which are flattened, close together, and well within the margin of the base of the crown. There is one internal lobe and a strong posterior ledge, asin the opossums. Of the inferior incisors, the median is large and half gliriform, while the first and third are small. The inferior, like the superior canines, are large. The first and second (third) premolars have no internal lobes, but the second (third) has a heel. The fourth is more or less like the first true molar. The specimens show that my original determinations of the incisors based on loose teeth were correct. They also show that this genus is not far removed from the more rodent-like genus Anchippodus cf Leidy. There are several species of the genus, which I define as follows : I. Fourth inferior premolar like first true molar. Larger ; third superior premolar larger; fourth premoiar with the external Cusp Oates cece use iseerecrets dig test eveuease eine pomeels E. acutidens. Medium ; third superior premolar smaller ; fourth premolar with external cusp simple ; superior incisors wide; large inferior narrower....... . H. burmeistert. Medium ; superior incisors narrow ; large inferior wider....H. bisuleatus. Il. Fourth inferior premolar with anterior V open and cutting. Smallest incisors ninowmnse. jase eee seca ee eee arevsnettte EY. acer. A species of the size of #. acer has been named ZL. spatuiarius, but I~ cannot place it in the above key, as the premolar and incisor teeth are un- known. The section II, approximates nearer the genus Conoryctes than sect. I. ; MESODONTA. HYOPSODUS LEMOINIANUS, Sp. Nov. This Mesodont is distinguished from the known species of the genus by its superior size, and the fully developed heel of the inferior third molar. The anterior inner cusps of the inferior molars are absolutely simple, and the same teeth have a weak external and no internal cingulum. The cusps are elevated and the enamel smooth. The species of this genus known to me by their mandibles are four, and these differ chiefly in size. Their characters are as follows : Length of true molats M. .0165; last molar elongate.....H. lemoinianus. Length of true molars M. .0140; last molar longer than second.......... LH. paulus. 1881. ] 149 [Cope. Size as last ; last molar shorter than second..... Wd Pd ouGheees Hf. miticulus. Length of true molars M. .0115 ; last molar elongate......... H. vicarius. H. lemoinianus and H. miticulus have not been found out of the localities where they were discovered, while the other two species are distributed through most of the Hocene horizons, and have been found in many localities. Of the H. lemoinianus Mr. Wortman found nine more or less fragmentary mandibles. Dedicated to my friend, Dr. Victor Lemoine of Reims, well-known for his brilliant discoveries in the vertebrate paleontology of the Lower Eo- cene beds near that city. Hyorsopus PAULUS Leidy. Thirty-eight more or less broken mandibular rami. HYOPsoDUS VICARIUS Cope. Eleven mandibular rami. A few specimens are intermediate between this species and the last in dimensions, the inferior true molars measuring M. .0120 and .0125 in length. PANTOLESTES CHACENSIS Cope. Four mandibular rami. This species has the fourth premolar more robust and less trenchant than in P. secans, and shorter than the last true molar. In P. secans it is longer than the last true molar. PANTOLESTES METSIACUS sp. NOV. A small species of the size of the P. longicaudus, and distinguished by several peculiarities of dentition. The two cusps composing the anterior internal lobe of the molars are quite distinct but appressed. Each one is connected with the external anterior lobe by a transverse crest as is seen ' in Hsthonyz, and these enclose between them a fossa. This fossa is closed internally by the appression of the anterior inner cusps. The fourth pre- molar is not so large as in P. secans, but resembles in proportions that of P. chacensis. It differs from that of P. longicaudus in its very short heel and its large anterior basal tubercle. The latter is double, consisting of two small cusps, one within and anterior to the other. The posterior heel is distinct on both sides of the ridge that marks the median line. The posterior external lobe is V-shaped, and the posterior inner is a small cone. Between the two isa minute median tubercle. The posterior tubercles are not so elevated as in the species of Hyopsodus. A weak external cingulum ; enamel smooth. 5 Measurements. M. Length P-m. IV, with M. I, and II; (No. 1).......... .0140 SOR GD TIE ARES eet tO) ER hci, Cane He Ie .0048 Cope.] 150 (Dec. 16, Measurements. M. "Width: VG SiMe era tise ba rceeeeeee ciate ote io: Sc ota clots sa 0 0040, Length Wieden Nios 2): ceric sts > « «e's sc stellar .0050 Width i les PE i RS Sat ti eae Rn .0030 Depth ramus at P-m. IV ; (No. Ma ee ccc hia. ca ee enerere . .0060 a “6 ANTS INGO Werte. Sic 'x's'= do a cletetelenete .0070 Portions of four mandibles preserved. No. 2 isa little smaller than No. 1, and No. 4 is a little larger than No. 1. The species of Pantolestes may be distinguished as htlomee a, Fourth premolar trenchant everywhere, longer than second molar. Length of true molars M. .0150 ; second molar with but one anterior inner CUSDo). he eee cre reere fGen SoG ao Se Re ie og ora P. secans. aa. Fourth premolar with blunt heel, not longer than second molar. Length of true molars .0160; all with double cusps.......... P. chacensis. Length of true molars .0140 ; fourth premolar with minute anterior cusp, ad Onpahe eleyveraerey cic einiee - O37 4 fe a Se condupremOlany seen eee ae .015 » (sot basevon fourth premrolarseeese ciel cere poone alO8) Elevation of fourth premolar............... Vessco tomes .007 Length of base of second true molar...... aie eae cetene -007 fe heel CCN EET SEG Ie the revoir RE fein oa arene TOO) Elevation of second true molar..... suj4gas5sa9500R 03° .009 Depth of ramus at third premolar........ nddaacoeado.c 015 bensth of ‘Superiorcanine tonee erect teen oee 028 «« "crown of superior canine with enamel....... .012 A portion of the frontal bone shows weak anterior temporal ridges uniting early into a sagittal crest, which is low as far as preserved. The parietal bones overlap the frontal as far forwards as the temporal ridges. Anterior to the latter the front is concave in transverse section. Viewed from below, the spaces for the olfactory lobes are large and entirely an- terior to those which received the anterior lobes of the hemispheres ; each one is about as wide as long. In the small part of the cerebral chamber wall left, there is no indication of convolutions, which would be visible in a gyrencephalous brain ; two air-chambers in front of each olfactory lobe. The base of the transverse process of the atlas is perforated from be- hind to the middle of its inferior side ; ; from the latter opening a foramen penetrates directly into the neural canal. A posterior dorsal vertebra has the centrum longer than wide and much depressed. Its inferior face is regularly convex in section. The proximal end of the scapula shows that its inner border is niuch thickened, and that the spine arises abruptly and near to the glenoid cavity. There appears to have been scarcely any cora- coid; the surface adjoining it is, however, injured. The humerus lacks a eee 1881.] 163 [Cope. the proximal portion and the inner half of the condyles with the epi- condyles. The deltoid crest is not very prominent, so that the shaft is rather slender. The external distal marginal crest is thin, and is continued well up on the shaft. The external part of the condyle displays no inter- trochlear ridge. Olecranar and coronoid fosse well marked. The olecranon is robust and deep, and is truncate posteriorly and below. The head of the radius is a regular transverse stout oval. __ A fragment of the ilium from near the acetabulum displays a prominent ‘‘anterior inferior spine.’’ ‘The best preserved tarsus includes calcaneum, astragalus, cuboid, and navicular bones. The tibial face of the astragalus is strongly convex antero-posteriorly and slightly concave transversely. The head is prolonged some distance beyond the distal extremity of the caleaneum, and presents a convex internal border and a concave external one. Its long axis is parallel to that of the tibial portion, but is not in the same axis, owing to its lateral position. The external face of the trochlear portion is vertical, and is interrupted by a deep fossa behind. The internal face is very oblique, and becomes the superior face of the head. The posterior face of the trochlea is grooved with a wide and shallow grove, which just reaches the superior face, terminating on the external side. The superior face is not grooved, but is shallowly concave in transverse section. The head is a transverse oval, and is convex ; it has a small facet for the cuboid on the outer side. The heel of the calcaneum is large and expands distally, so as to be as wide as deep. The convex astragalar facet is very oblique to the long axis of the caleaneum ; the sustentaculum is rather small. Below the latter is a narrow tuberosity looking downwards and forwards. On the external side, close to the cuboid facet, is a depressed crest. The cuboid facet is as deep as wide. The cuboid bone isa little longer than wide proximally, and narrows distally. It has a narrow astragaline facet and a deep fossa below proximally. The hook inclosing the groove for the tendon of the flexor muscle is prominent. The navicular is rather small, and has three inferior facets, which diminish in size outwards. It has a strong posterior knob-like process, with a narrow neck. When the tarsal bones are in position, and the tibia stands vertically on the astralagus, the cuboid bone is turned inieriorly. This indicates that this species walked on the outer edge of the hinder foot. Broken metapodial bones are slender and straight. The proximal end of a metacarpal does not display the interlocking lateral articulation seen in Protopsalis. Two phalanges are depressed in form. Measurements. M. anteroposterior......-...-- 0145 _ Diameters of a dorsal centrum NAG A ALCEN os cay HEE eee Bae 0075 transverse......... Nea atver .0115 6 anteroposterior...... .0145 Diameters of glenoid cavity scapula ) ganarciee 0 lL. 0090 Cope.] 164 , {Dec. 16, Measurements. M. Depthiof olecranoneceasss wee eee ee SHaaioda noc sjaveieish OLED IWidthiof ieadtotimarclis lye ae eaten tee cc oi oi Sarre a .0110 ne neck of ilium anteroposteriorly......... fosonuos .0120 Diameteror shattion tibia at muddilletese. es... scenes .0085 anteroposterior......... Roy A .0180 : (BREIL SS bo ncGbooo Sa50 ooosK6 Diameters of astragalus i et ie trochlea...... 0140 OWNER OS so5e55¢ .0100 engthyofanead hectare. ti ctarcsaieberpererieiers cate vis sycreia's Cr ateciatere .0070 ry CAlCAM EWING slevetetavetsieioniovass eevee arele areuslolaueve ie .0300 Width of calcaneum at sustentaculum......... Be tetera .0140 s CWbORMMACet caret e es iii es cians evevertias Gos eyes ererels .0066 eensihvor tcuboidiiac. 4. PE erect ale e/a wleefaiens ois laice ier .0120 Pepycadistalesye: sy dete tk kr ton eaten .0070 Diameters ; EON OU UR Oy j LOxdmMale eye este a etetetatete .0075 tramsverse proximal sc fs... cecilcse ice eens see .0098 (( SSNCRN ASS i coobentbedoos assoc | with tuberosity 0100 i i fransverse ; 3 ae Fc Diameters of navicular without tuberosity 0070 L ANTETOPOSUCTIOI |= eateries ete rtelee As already remarked, it is probable that the semigrooved trochlea of the astragalus of this species is an indication that the genus Prototomus must be retained as distinct from Stypolophus, to which the present species proba- bly truly belongs. The specimen described, together with the mandibular ramus of another supporting the last two molar teeth, were found in the bad lands of Wind river, Wyoming, by J. L. Wortman. Dedicated to Frances ea White M. D., of Philadelphia. OXY NA FORCIPATA Cope. Report Vert. Foss., New Mexico, 1874, p. 12. Report Capt. G. M. Wheeler, U. S. G. G., Expl. Surv. W. of 100th Mer. rv, ii, p. 105, 1877. This formidable animal was abundant in Northern Wyoming, during the Wasatch epoch. At least ten individuals are represented in the collection. The following are the dimensions of the mandibles of the five best pre- served. a] eee ene ty ofetermtal (geries i. (seve eieleieyele eater oie re ain .103} 2? |.100).100|.107 as [UH eroKO) WOU eG Reais bes cndosGa souae os vee. 045}. Hae .051|.054 Depth of ramus at M. III.........-.-+.--2+----- '.042'.039|.087|.042|.047 The measurement’ .035 for the length of the premolars given in my report to Capt. Wheeler, loc. cit., refers to the anterior three teeth, which were originally supposed to be the only premolars. 9 a 2 1881.] 165 [Cope. The claws of this species are moderately compressed, and they termi- nate abruptly and obtusely. The extremity is deeply fissured, and each of the two apices is rugose. MESONYX OSsIFRAGUS Cope, American Naturalist, 1881, p. 1018. Pachyena ossifraga Cope. Report Capt. Wheeler, U. 8. G. G. Surv. W. of 100th Mer. rv, ii, p. 94, 1877. A series of specimens of this species demonstrates the following points : (1) Pachyena was founded on a superior molar of Mesonyx, and must be suppressed. (2) Mesonyx navajovius Cope must be separated as a distinct genus, since the apices of the crowns of the last two molars have two cusps. I have called this genus Dissacus (American Naturalist, Dec., 1881). (4) It results that there are three- species of Mesonyx: M. ossifragus Cope, M. lanius Cope, and UM. obtusidens Cope. MM. ossifragus was the largest Creodont of the Eocene, equaling the largest grizzly bear in the size of its skull. Ina cranium with lower jaw and almost complete dentition, the length to the premaxillary border from the postglenoid crest is M. .365; the largest Ursus horribilis in my collec- tion gives .270 for the same length. This specimen has the dental formula 1.3; C.+; P-m.4; M.3. The claws have the flattened form which I discovered in WM. lanius, and the proximal phalanges have much the shape of those of a Perissodactyle. The astraglus has much the character of the animals of that order, and has the distal facets as I originally detected them in the & obtusidens. The form of this bone is rather shorter and wider than in the latter species. The inferior canine tooth of a large specimen has the following diameters at the base of the crown : anteroposterior .039; transverse .024, AMBLYPODA. PANTODONTA. The explorations in the bad lands of the Big-Horn river yielded several species of this sub-order, all which I refer at present to the Coryphodontide. They, however, represent several genera, two of which have not been previously known. I have distinguished these (American Naturalist, Jan., 1882), in the characters of the superior molar teeth as follows : J. Last superior molar with two interior cusps. All the superior molars with a well marked external posterior V......... Manteodon. II. Last superior molar with but one inner cusp or angle. a. Last superior molar with posterior external cusp. f Anterior two molars with posterior external V................. Hetacodon. aa, Last superior molar without external posterior cusp. + Anterior two molars with posterior external Y. Astralagus transverse, with internal hook........... Bienen fess Coryphodon. Astragalus subquadrate, without internal hook.............. Bathmodon. {tFirst superior molar only with posterior external V.......Metalophodon. Cope.] 166 ; [Dec. 16, The type of Manteodon is the WM. subguadratus, which was about the size of anox. The characters of its superior molars are more like those of Perissodactyles than are those of the other Coryphodontide. The type of Eictacodon is the #. cinctws, a species of about the dimensions of the last named. Its last superior molar is parallelogrammic, and has a cingulum all around it except on the external side. MANTEODON SUBQUADRATUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. These have been already pointed out in the key above given. They are a little more like those of the superior molar teeth of such Perissodactyla as Limnohyus and near allies, than those seen in the typical Coryphodon. The posterior transverse crest of that genus is here rep- resented by a complete V, but the anterior lobe of that crest which repre- sents the anterior V of the Perissodactyle, is only a lobe, as in Coryphodon. The tooth in fact is much like the penultimate molar of the latter genus. The two internal cusps are unique in the family. The additional one is a growth of the inner extremity of the posterior cingulum, and is separated from the anterior inner cusp by a deep and wide notch. It is opposite to the posterior V, as the anterior inner cusp is opposite the anterior rudi- mental V. The premolarand incisor teeth are similar to those of Coryphodon. The skeleton is unknown. Char. specif. These are learned from a series of teeth which were found together by Mr. Wortman free from admixture of others. They are not worn, excepting by moderate use of the animal when living. The last superior molar is not of the oval form belonging to the species of Coryphodon, but is quadrate, with the internal side shorter and with rounded lateral angles. The first anterior cingulum, which represents the anterior basal cingulum of the Lophiodontide, is as elevated as in the species of Coryphodon. Externally it rises in.a protuberance with sharp edge, which curves posteriorly and disappears on the external side of the crown. The inner extremity terminates abruptly, forming the anterior interior tubercle. The anterior external lobe is rather flat, and is not conical nor elevated above the anterior cingular lobe. It isnot deeply separated from the latter, nor from the posterior V ; its edge is rough. The posterior YV projects well inwards, and is rather narrow. Its posterior border ex- tends as far outwards as the point of junction of its anterior border with the anterior external lobe, and terminates in a slight elevation of its border, The base of the crown extends external to the base of the V, and forms a strong posterior external protuberance. This causes the outline of the external base to be concave. This side of the crown has several small protuberances and rugosities. The posterior basal cingulum extends as far externally as the posterior V, and terminates internally in the posterior internal cusp. The second or basal anterior cingulum is well developed. There are no extermal nor internal cingula. The surface of the enamel is strongly and closely rugose where not worn. The posterior inferior molar exhibits a transverse posterior crest, without 1881.] 167 [Cope. any tubercle or ridge in the mouth of the posterior V-shaped valley. There is a strong posterior cingulum, amounting to a narrow heel. As in the case of the superior molar, the enamel where not worn is closely and strongly wrinkled. The first superior premolar is characterized by the very small development of its internal lobe, which is only a strong basal cingulum. The crown proper has a sub-triangular outline, and the ex- ternal face is flat and not concave. No external cingulum; enamel wrinkled. An external incisor has a large transversely extended crown, without cingula. A low rib on the median line of the inner side. Enamel wrinkled. In this and in another incisor, the base of the crown is con- siderably expanded laterally. Measurements. M. anteroposterior...... .035 Diameters of crown M. III, sup. tYANSVETSE. ...22 coe 041 VG TIGA alts, Sree aerate) s .020 Width of M. III inferior, posteriorly.................- 022 Diameters Pm. T sup. faa versessss ess cae, Diameter base crown I, II............ Ce eR iad ie Since Oo: Meneth crown, [, 1b... ss... bid ctessts Tee Na races HOT NVaiclttombasev Crowes “WE; ce censuses sarette he wee comes eete's .026 ECTACODON CINCTUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. In Hetacodon the last superior molar has more of the ele- ments of a posterior external V than in Coryphodon, but not so much as in Manteodon. The posterior transverse crest, it is true, has no oblique posterior ridge joining it, to form with it more orless of a V. But the external posterior angle of the crown supports a cusp, homologous with the vertical rib found at the basal or external angles of the Vs in Palwosyops and allied genera, and indicating the outlines a V which lacks its pos- terior side, in a manner not seen in Coryphodon. The penultimate and — ante-penultimate superior molars are like those of the latter genus. Skele- ton unknown. I havea single species of this genus. Char. specif. Six superior molars of one skull represent this species. They belong to a large animal, one about the size of the Manteodon sub- - quadratus. The last superior molar has a characteristic outline. It is not oval as in the species of Coryphodon, nor quadrate as in Manteodon sp., but sub-parallelogrammic. The transverse diameter exceeds the antero- posterior, and the anterior and posterior sides are parallel. The external outline is slightly oblique and slightly notched in the middle. The internal border is regularly rounded. The basal or second cingulum extends en- tirely round the tooth from the posterior external cusp, round the inner base to the anterior external base of the crown ; being absent only from the external base. The first cingula both anterior and posterior are well developed asin the species of Coryphodon, and unite in the prominent internal angle. The posterior first cingulum joins the posterior basal cin- Cope.]} 168 [Dec. 16, gulum at the middle of its length. The anterior first cingulum extends to the anterior external part of the crown, and then turns downwards and posteriorly and terminates at the middle of the external base. The posterior crest is not transverse, but quite oblique, sloping at an angle of 45° with the axis of the jaw. The part of the crest which represents the posterior V is a good deal larger than the part representing the anterior V, and is closely joined with it. The latter is well separated from the anterior first cingular ridge and its anterior exterior elevated portion. The enamel] of this tooth is finely wrinkled, and is more readily worn smooth than in the Manteodon subquadratus. The penultimate superior molar has the posterior V well developed, and its posterior basal or external angle is marked by a tubercle homol- ogous with that which is so prominent on the last molar. The anterior V is a conic tubercle closely joined with the posterior V, and well separated from the anterior first cingular lobe. The basal cingular are well developed, but do not meet on the inner base of the crown. The first or superior cingula meet as usual in an interior angle, but there is a contraction of the anterior crest just before reaching this angle. The first true molar is smaller than the second and has the same general structure. Here, how- ever, the anterior first cingulum is more prominent near the internal angle than the posterior. The characters of the premolars do not differ from the corresponding ones of species of Coryphodon. The enamel is delicately wrinkled. ‘The first superior premolar is not preserved. Measurements. M. anteroposterior......--- .0384 Diameters of crown of M. III (AMIGVINS reyes cise eter 043 WOHORMIE SeSasbsoas anus .015 anteroposterior.......---.-- mga seep .028 Diameters M. I traNSVerse) eee een eke Peau etter e te Ose Vib Gallese ice yuu matress ele ee ee Syerat auc eeats se LOL Digieeie Pant TT anteroposterior....... ......ese0e. .023 : (HNO VEN 6 sod bo 4asco0 Sasgnabss . -030 It is probable that this species was about the size of an ox. CoRYPHODON ANAX, Sp. nov. Mr. Wortman sends me a number of teeth of probably two individuals, which exceed in size those of any species of Coryphodon yet known, and differ in certain details of form from all of them. The specimens consist of incisors, premolars and molars of both jaws of one animal, and an in- terior canine, which from its separate wrapping, I suppose to have been derived from a different locality. The incisors and premolars have the form usual in species of the genus, differing only in their large size. The same may be said of the premolars, A well preserved superior true molar is probably the third. It has the form usual in the genus, but exhibits two peculiarities. The posterior transverse crest is divided more deeply than usual by a deep notch which ater es ed, 1881.] 169 [Cope. enters it from the transverse valley. The external portion is the shorter, and exhibits the peculiarity of being connected with external part of the anterior transverse crest. It is as closely connected with this crest, as it is with the internal portion of the posterior crest. The external connec- tion does not exist in the other species of the genus, where the two crests are separated at their outer extremities by a deep valley. The posterior basal cingulum is obsolete, while the anterior is well developed. The enamel of this tooth where not worn, is wrinkled. The posterior part of the last inferior molar is characteristic. The posterior transverse crest is short and very oblique, its inner extremity striking the posterior margin near the middle. Here it is elevated into a cusp, which rises above the surrounding parts in a characteristic manner. There is no ledge round its posterior base, but the border expands out- wards at the base of the true crest. The additional inner marginal tubercle is low and compressed as in C. lobatus. A second inferior true molar is normal, with well developed anterior marginal ridge. The in- ferior canine mentioned is of large proportions, exceeding by one-half the dimensions of the inferior canine of @. lobatws. Its crown is curved outwards, and has a basal alate expansion of its internal ridge. Measuremenis M. anteroposterior...... .039 (rans Wersene ene acre - 051 anteroposterior .039 transverse.... .028 Diameters of last superior molar } Diameters of second inferior true molar ; MMA MNOMMILCTION CATIME aj:c(a)e a Slelaley~ ef < wee we) 6s .012 Depth oe stl: ct PaMameMare re stabs Aeieie sciatic Sys. « Length of centrum of another (No, IIl).:............ .018 i f Me (ONG IN Ons ase Pitas eae es Expanse of postzygapophyses of do........ SEPEAICeS eaeha a .018 Hemet otecemtinim ot , NOL: V saltetesatesed « 0 s)cics 0,5 le. = .022 Diameters centsum V anteriorly if ea gsc Ne U bevers SO lars thers 3012 Expanse [OIKEPA VERWOOD NESA ooo Locdpedacbubanore GuOCObS 021 Elevation of neural spine from centrum.............. O11 ea anteroposterior. ...... .023 Diameters centrum No. VI = ene ey OL O11 BYAMEVIOT SE. 5 )0lo aes lane ucle 013 The vertebre of this species are very much larger than those of the =D. salamandroides, and the diapophyses do not originate so low down on the centrum. Otherwise they are much alike. The cranium of the Illinois species is yet undetermined. The D. magnicornis was discovered by W. F. Cummins. ACHELOMA. Cope, genus novum. Order Rhachitomi ; family Eryopide,* differing from H7yops in the ab- sence of notch of the posterior border of the skull between the epiotic and _quadrate or squamosal bones, and in the absence of condyles of the hu- _ merus. . Mandible without angular process. Teeth of the jaws subequal, rather larger anteriorly ; some large ones on the os palatinum at different points * American Naturalist, 1882, p. 335. a ie Ue rses ee eek oe SAS ae Cope.] 456 {[Sept. 15, along the external margin. Pterygoid bone ending in a free decurved edge anterior to the quadrate bone. Palatines and pterygoids narrow, leaving a wide palatal foramen. _ Vertebre in their principal features as in Eryops. The humerus is unlike any of those enumerated in my synopsis of Permian humeri,* but resembles the one figured by Gaudry as belonging to Actinodon, except that in Acheloma there are no condyles, and there is an © epicondylar foramen. This is the first time I have observed the foramenina Batrachian, though it is universal, so far as known, in the Pelycosauria. As in Actinodon, there is a short process above the external epicondylar angle. The absence of humeral condyles in this genus is paralleled by the same feature in Clepsydrops natalis. It looks as though the animal were young, and had not yet attained to the codssification of epiphyses. This theory may account for the condition of the humeri in the two species mentioned. It occurs equally in the Trimerorhachis insignis. As all these species show every other indication of maturity, and as I have never yet observed free epiphyses in any of my numerous Texan collections, I am disposed to look on this condition of the humeri as a case of permanent incomplete- ness, of which the Batrachia present so many instances. ACHELOMA CUMMINSI, sp. nov. This animal is represented by a greater part of a skull and vertebral column, with both humeri and scapule and various other bones of the limbs, including phalanges. All of these remains look a good deal like Hryops megacephatus, and they might be supposed on hasty examination to belong to tle young of that species. On a full investigation the follow- ing differences appear, besides those already mentioned in the generic diagnosis. ' The muzzle is relatively much shorter, and the extremity is less de- pressed; the length from the supradéccipital forwards, is a little less than the total width at the same point. In agreement with this, the man- dibular rami, after diverging strongly from the symphysis, are strongly incurved to the quadrate, a form not found in H. megacephalus. The sculpture is more sharply defined in the present species. In the vertebrae, although the intercentra have the same degree of ossification as in the #. megacephalus, the neural spines have not the expanded head of those of the larger species, but look as though they had lost an epiphysis, as in the case of the humeri. They are erect, with subquadrate section, and not oblique and grooved as Trimerorhachis insignis. The diapophyses are more elongate than in #. megacephalus, and their extremities frequently have a subround or suboval section, and but few have the narrow surface seen in E. megacephalus. The ribs are short and flat, and have the distal extremities expanded paddle-shape. Laid backwards such a rib reaches to the poste- rior edge of the third diapophysis posterior to the one to which it is attached. : ; * Proceedings American Philos. Soe., 1878, p. 528. a 1882.] 457 [Cope. The form of the skull is triangular, with rounded apex or muzzle, and a slight contraction behind the nostrils. The latter are near the edge of the jaw and open equally laterally and superiorly. The orbits are of medium size, and areas far from the edge of the jaw as the width of the interorbital space, which is about as wide as the diameter of an orbit. The posterior “table ”’ is flat with decurved lateral edges, which rest in a squamosal su- ture on the squamosal or quadratojugal and quadrate bones. Its posterior angle is produced downwards and backwards to near the distal ex- tremity of the quadrate. The latter slopes posteriorly and downwards. The quatratojugal region is strongly convex in vertical section. The mandibular ramus is strongly incurved posteriorly, from a point opposite the free extremity of the pterygoid. The symphysis mandibuli is short. The sculpture is distinct on all the superior ‘surfaces of the skull, and — consists of fosse of medium size, bounded by irregular narrow ridges. There are three fosse in 10mm. ‘The fossz are obsolete on the extremity of the muzzle and on the anterior part of both jaws. The teeth are a little longer on the premaxillary than on the maxillary bone. There are five on each, or six, if the tooth below the nostril be- longs to the premaxillary bone, The palatine teeth are much larger. The first, perhaps standing on the external edge of the vomer, is a little pos- terior to the line of the external nostril. The second is half way between the nostril and orbit, and the third is alongside of and just posterior to it. The fourth is opposite a point a little posterior to the middle of the orbit. Their surface is as yet obscured by a thin layer of fine indurated mud, which in some instances cannot be removed without destruction of the tooth surface. The intercentra of the vertebre are, as in Hryops megacephalus, ossified so as to nearly cut off the chorda dorsalis, but unlike that species they are not notched on one side of their lateral apices. The extremities of the neural spines are subquadrate, rounded behind, and flattened anteriorly. The edges of the postzygapophyses are prominent and flared upwards. The scapula is robust and flat, having the posterior-external border longest, and concave, and the superior-posterior, convex. In my speci- mens the thin anterior edge is broken. The coracoid appears to be codssi- fied with the proximal external edge of the scapula, and is directed down- wards and backwards. Its extension is small, and terminatés in an apex _posteriorly, and a thick double edge inferiorly. The glenoid cavity borders this edge, and is small. The epicoracoid if it existed, is lost. The thick inferior edge of the coracoid and scapula, is similar to those of the humerus and vertebral processes, which suggest a cartilaginous cap. The position of the scapula and coracoid is peculiar. If the glenoid cavity is directed outwards, the ribs adherent to them fit their extremities, from which they have been broken, which adhere to the vertebre. This is probably the ‘natural position. When thus placed, the plate of the scapula is horizontal transversely, and inclined upwards and posteriorly at 30°. The coracoid Se a z eS) Cope. ] 458: [Sept. 15, is vertical. When in place, there is a large tuberosity above and anterior to the glenoid fossa, immediately behind which is a wide shallow fossa. The curve of the proximal extremity of the humerus is a semicircle. That of the distal end is less convex, being flattened at the middle. Viewed proximally the proximal end isa little concave on one side, and one extremity of the articular surface is expanded and rounded. Viewed distally, the distal extremity is angulate concave, the middle portion being straight and the extremities bent in the same direction, one being longer than the other, and neither expanded. The entire extremity makes an angle of 90° with the plane of the proximal end. The epitrochlear foramen is protected by a strong bridge. Measurements. Skull. M. Length to line of angles of mandible........... Gia ils) Ms posterior edge of supradccipital............ . 168 ot line of posterior edge of orbit..... Ae SE Sas 121 ee se ANtenIOM CdSe Wate senate he ee : Ns x extremity of pterysoid.. fio... : Width of skull at angles of mandible..... Jess MRM epee : ie 3 5) GREW ooo e oc poobags oo S0DN dens oS5 . is te se belting Manresa ere eee eee : nS 4 PUHUMENRES 5 GoUbUdo OonCodonCooooUe UDO DS : (Om craniale tale atic dele saetseieterer Pair anee cash : $8 RADE EWES MOLDS has Lie 2) ale i ayepens cea ere nah totieee Toten tees : Menothyorsaypremaxi Lary eiOOtlierire te yoo siete apa 6 Diametersofwmpase One Os eres - eee srepiols alstehs a teth Sate h Length of a median maxillary tooth........... So oue. : Diameter of base of do......... Aart bape ius Faletns tonsa ate Bir Length of a median palatine tooth....... Samoa oo son -O2 Diameter of same at base...............+... ahciepe eral ars : Depth of ramus mandibuliat angle.................. : Vertebre and Ribs. Diameters of intercentrum PRES aoe seit stain Tires antroposterior........... F Total elevation of same vertebra............ Yangon oeg. ole Elevation of neural spine above postzygapophysis.... . Total expanse of diapophyses of same.. .... BOSE RESIST 5 02 Length of diapophysis from postzygapophysis..... bee ; newral Spine wa aes.ccicedeme soe Mies Diameter of end or) diapophysis aN por oocd ast ViELUIC Aner rtaetts ; Length of rib of 5th vertebra in advance of the vertebra TC ASTUVEC sis cpr sreriorei-icia)2 1s, «© eRe RRR ele eat neo aero Width of rib distally......... eS eed eae 02 1882.] 459 [Cope, Scapular arch. M. Length of scapula on anterior face........... She coocs AES) Width do. at antero-internal distal angle, transversely. .032 *« of coracoid and epicoracoid at glenoid cavity, I OMMCO GE (OLUSCAPULAY rcsrelerelstemiciaieie« «fe lets 2). ie. ae 023 Length of epicoracoid and coracoid...........:....5- 037 es humerus..... ives oer Oi Lice aac eae 064 Width of shaft at middle........... Bees ciara Sen hua .016 Diameters proximal end NOMS. 5 cde 009 Ou eo ao obU nears 039 shortgammmiddiler si s...).05.09..4 .010 Demicrctsidistal end (Mone ree Bec ricer seis ts .039 Ushort at middle.......... pogabe alll eno Gumi oa lap alam ee). = <>, -crolercete veins =1-\eletel-) thee ote So Se Uo Ra mene Sites Meet citrate 0 Amibly poplar «<.') 02.6... MUIDDOUINE ID Sob obo a0 no Acasa NO boom Bepeur cad C AD IpalcMp MT ee raisie cielels@ sieie «= cis < s.0 «iss o cage are CS CCCOROR Emo HBe Sa teerevcons 0 Carnivora... .3'. 2. HLS SU SEHD ROGERS 3 O05 DE UO DOURER ERED SD oneoraneer 0 Quadrumana............ Hoc cdesegec Soc. jo Sh RE RSBOED RarsGnsoouoe 0 PLR OEA raclascrasrec ahsia: ele Meher etabetsrert Te srer ral share Kars Salta 45 The above list renders the peculiar facies of this fauna at once apparent. Tt is the only Tertiary fauna known, from which Perissodactyla are ab- sent. The absence of Amblypoda, one of the oldest types, is unexpected. The lack of Rodentia is remarkable, and perhaps only due to failure of discovery ; but if yet to be found, they must be very rare, and their absence is consistent with their small representation in the Wasatch beds above them. In the large number of Bunotheria, the Puerco agrees with the later Eocenes, but the order is here characterized by the small number of Mesodonta ; and the Lemuroidea are apparently absent. An especial feature of the fauna is the presence of five undoubted species of Mar- supialia of the family Plagianlacidae, which has its origin in the Jurassic 5 DRE RPT AT ee eS a OES a TS a Oe I Cope.] 470 [Oct. 20, period, and extended through the Cretaceous. It is represented in the latter period in the Laramie by the genus Meniscoéssus.* In the absence of a number of the existing orders of placental Mammalia, the Puerco agrees with other Eocene faunz. In the absence ofall of the placental orders with convoluted cerebral hemispheres, this fauna is more primitive than any other Eocene fauna. The absence of all ungulata ex-— cepting Taxeopoda, which have the most primitive foot structure, is further evidence of its primitive character. This is further increased by the pres- ence of the Marsupialia above mentioned. The general result is.a:mix- ture of Marsupial, and semi-marsupial forms, with half lemurs; anda great expansion of the Hyracoid type. In more detail, the genera of Bunotheria may be compared with those of the period immediately following ; viz.: The Wasatch. One genus only | of the Creodonta is common to the two epochs (Didymictis). Five of the | - species * maining are much like oppossums, and may be Marsupialia. The of two genera (Deltatherium and Triisodon) to which they belong, do not f occur in the Wasatch. The remaining two genera, (three species) are peculiar to the Puerco, but represent a family (Mesonychide) which Bi) occurs throughout our Eocenes. The two species of Mesodonta belong to genera of the Wasatch, one of them at least extending into the Bridger. _ The genera of Tzeniodonta and Tillodonta are distinct from those of any ai, of the later Hocenes, so faras known. 1 \ Supplement on a new Meniscotherium from the Wasatch epoch. PPh ot : i Menisootherium tapiacitis, sp. nov. The species now to be described is a good deal smaller than JZ. ehamense, / | and, a fortiori, than the . terrerubre. It is known to me from the i Ht, nearly entire ramiof a single mandible. These support the last five molars . Va of one side or the other, and alveoli of two others and of the canine:tooth. Two characters besides the small size, are observable in this jaw. ‘First, the symphysis has not the shallow convex inferior outline in transverse . section ; but is on the contrary angular, having subvertical sides separate 4 from a convex middle by a rounded. angle.. The symphysis is thus deeper than in I, terrerubre. Second, the crown of the third inferior molar tooth has partly the form of that of the second of the J. terrerubre. It is antero- posteriorly short, and has a short heel and no anterior basal lobe ; the sec- tion of the principal lobe is lenticular, and profile subconic. In I. terre- rubre this tooth is elongate, with well developed heel and anterior lobe. The alveolus of the canine is relatively larger than that of the J terreru- bre. The coronoid process does: not rise so Close to the last molar tooth, nor so steeply, as in the latter species. The posterior recurvature of the internal extremity of the anterior limb of the posterior V of the true. mo- lars is but little marked. ; a * American Naturalist, 1882, p 830, Sept, 28th. / 1882. ATI [Cope. Measurements. M. Length of true molars on base........... Hi ASene Bis scis> alle) DWrenieters MW ii { AMUELOMOSWETIOMlelepets o/s) elcicie) si <1s eels alors - -006 transverse....... Re cTAS a g(wiava eit eee slapeteie 0044 Wronieters Mo ue! anteroposterior ........... oeiale sive sis S000 UtranSverses seers. Gulbier uae JeSoog UU Ets Widteters Pia. di { VEL bICAT Sema eosemis chars pica te eaters .0045 arteroposterior ......... braver eect . .004 Wadth Of inferior face. of symphysis.........0.......3... 008 Depth ramus at P-m. fii........... didio' cane e OS ee raD .009 %. $f Beer tN TE oo Si ae alee ee tat 3 dara Nece cia FONOS This species was obtained by Mr. D. Baldwin from beds of s sedene lowest Wasatch age, in New Mexico. -On the Systemaitc Relations of the Carnivora Fissipedia. By H. D. Cope. “n(Read before the American Philosophical. Society, October 20, 1882.) This order embraces the clawed mammalia with transverse glenoid cav- ity of the squamosal bone, confluent scaphoid and lunar bones of the carpus, and well developed cerebral hemispheres.’ It is well distinguished from all others at present known, but such definition is likely to be invali- dated by future discovery. Some of the Insectivora possess a united scapholunar bone, but the reduction of the cerebral hemispheres of such _ forms distinguishes them. The presence of the crucial fissure of the hemi- spheres is present under various modifications in all Carnivora, while the parietooccipita! and calcarine fissures are absent. The many types of existing carnivora fall into natural groups, which are of the grade termed family in zodlogy. But the distinction of these from each other is not easily accompanished, nor is it easy to express their rela- lations in a satisfactory manner. The primary suborders of pinnipedia and fissipedia are easily defined. Various characters have been considered in ascertaining the taxonomy of the more numerous fissiped division. The characters of the teeth, especially the sectorials, are important, as is also the number of the digits. Turner* hasadded important characters derived: from the foramina at the base of the skull, and the otic bulla, which Flow- ert has extended. Garrodt has pointed out the significance of the number of convolutions of the middle and posterior part of the hemispheres. I _ have added some characters derived from the foramina of the posterior and _ lateral walls of the skull.§ Mr. Turner also defines the families by the form and relations of the paroccipital process. * Proceedings Zoological -Soc., London, 1848, p. 63. + Lot. cit., 1869, p. 5. t Loc, cit., 1878, p. 377. § Proceedings Amer, Philosophical Society, 1880, p. eae SEN SET ae ac RARE ne ee | Ce Te ee eT aa ey Cope.] 472 [Oct. 20, In studying the extinct carnivora of the Tertiary period, it has be- come necessary to examine into the above definitions, in order to de-. termine the affinities of the numerous genera which have been discov- ered. To take them up in order, I begin with the foramina at the base of the skull. The result of my study of these has been, that their importance was not overrated by Mr, Turner, and that the divisions of secondary — rank indicated by them are well founded. Secondly, as to the form and structure of the auditory bulla. Although the degree and form of infla- tion are characteristic of various groups of Carnivora, they cannot be. used in a systematic. sense, because like all characters of proportion merely, there is no way of expressing them ina tangible form. For, if the forms in question pass into each other, the gradations are insensible, and not sensible, as is the case with an organ composed of distinct parts. The same objection does not apply so much to the arrangement of the septa of the bulla. The septum is absent in the Arctoidea of Flower (Urside of Turner), small in the Cynoidea (Flower, Canide Turner), and generally large in the luroidea (Flower, Felide Turner). But here oc- curs the serious discrepancy, that in the Hyznide, otherwise so nearly allied to the Felide, the septum of the bulla is wanting. Nevertheless, the serial arrangement of the order indicated by Flower, viz.: commenc. ’ ing with the Arctoidea, following with the Cynoidea, and ending with the . Mluroidea, is generally sustained by the structure of the auditory bulla, and by the characters of the feet and dentition, as well as of the cranial foramina. 'Turner’s arrangement in the order, Urside, Felidz and Cani- de, is not sustained by his own characters, and its only support is derived from Flower’s observations on the external or sylvian convolution of the hemisphere of the brain.* There are three simple longitudinal convolu- tions in the raccoons ; in the civets and cats the inferior convolution is fis- sured at the extremities, while in the dogs it is entirely divided, so that there are four longitudinal convolutions between the Sylvian and median fissures. | . An important set of characters hitherto overlooked, confirms Flower’s order. I refer to those derived from the turbinal bones. In the ursine and canine forms generally, the maxilloturbinal is largely developed, and excludes the two ethmoturbinals from the anterior nareal opening. In the Feline group, as arranged by Turner, the inferior ethmoturbinal is devel- oped at the expense of the maxilloturbinal, and occupies a part of the anterior nareal opening. These modifications are not, so far as my expe- rience has gone, subject to the exceptions seen in the development of the ~ otic septa and molar teeth, while they coincide with their indications. The seals. possess the character of the inferior group, or Urside, in a oe degree. The characters derived from the paroccipital process are of limited ap- plication, as the study of the extinct forms shows. ee ee re ¥ * Proceedings Zoological Society, London, 1859, p. 482. 1882.) as 473 [Cope. I would then divide the fissiped carnivora into two tribes as follows : External nostril occupied by the complex maxilloturbinal bone ; ethmo- turbinals confined to the posterior part of the nasal fossa ; the inferior ethmoturbinal of reduced size...... BABE esta elalh S o./eve HYPOMYCTERI. External nostril occupied by the inferior ethmoturbinal and the reduced maxilloturbinal. . BPP ee Rel aetans facta gare envateadet isel's COE WORN, a5 EPIMYCTERI. | While no doubt transitional forms will be discovered, the types at present known fall very distinctly into one or the other of these divisions. The characters are readily preceived on looking into the nares of well cleaned specimens. The Hypomycteri stand next to the Pinnipedia, since the maxilloturbinal bone has the same anterior development in that group. In searching for definitions of the families, it is necessary to be precise as to the definition of terms. The meaning.of the word sectorial is in this connection important, sinee there are so many transitional forms be- tween the sectorial and tubercular tooth. A sectorial tooth then of the upper jaw, is one which has at least two external tubercles, which are the the homologues of the median and posterior lobes of the sectorial of the cat. By the flattening and emargination of their continuous edges, the sectorial blade is formed. One or two interior, and an anterior lobe, may or may not exist. In the genera of the Procyonide, except in Bassaris, the ‘a two external tubercles do not forma blade. The inferior sectorial tooth differs from the tubercular only in having an anterior lobe or cusp, which ___ belongs primitively to the interior side. The inferior sectorial teeth with 4 large heels, as in Viverride and Canide, I have called tuberecular-secto- . rials. The sectorial blade is formed by the union and emargination of the edges of the anterior and the principal external cusp. This blade is not Urside. 'The families are then defined as follows. : Be HyYPOMYCTERI. F I. No sectorial teeth in either jaw. . PUGESI ORG. aleieleisiejs sis ons ects) tio abe Riera dl a Arce cs nae Blbrd ovary cue Cercoleptide. _ II. Sectorial teeth in both jaws. a, Toes 5-5 % f. No alisphenoid canal. _ True molars 2..... fe wala Nt aie BPM ural Se einta aie! tata Glew i bes EPOCH ONC: Py Sais eek ie see ee ts SPN °C) Sit tate Sore Rens RIPE Mustelide. | ‘BB. An alisphenoid canal. . - Molars quadrate, $. 2.0.6... ee Cee ie Ra cnlets we, eee peta 4 Aeluride. _ Molars CREME UUOAUUTN A eit teat ate os etalntaa'G <5. das hei algal c. c/s) 65 Foxe, aia 40's acters Urside. aa, Toes 5-4 or 4-4, . _ Sectorials well developed, an alisphenoid canal....... Abas i kta Canide. it? well developed in the genus Cynogale and still less in the Procyonide and ce | | ! Cope. | AT4, [Oct..20, EPIMYCTERE.. I. Molars haplodont. ‘ Lio al Toes 5-4; no alisphenoid Canal... 2.25. .000 Je sceceeeww sere ce eee PPOLUAE. II. Molars bunodont, no sectorials. ; = ee Toes 5-5 ; an alisphenoid canal......... tassel Kove eeeeesee.-- Arctictida. ; ne Molars bunodont, with sectorials. , Otic bulla with septum. ie Alisphenoid canal and postglenoid foramen, UES a y. True molars well developed. Hanns "TOES D=Oisseoe Bes acs. 2 TEED a OC Mie Coe Owe e's weed POOR BALE. so TAG OSY DANS AIS RS) iS slatle aD Ect Peed ooo eeal sce dad oes e dewlede ae COMME. Toes 4-4... 0.22. 22 Oi 6d OS Sale Sain ides See Cals eid BREE oS 8.2 a and SAE OO ae True molars much reduced. Toes 5-5. ee cece cee c ees SddausdsaddeeOedce vcedenw ens us. OTUDMDRO CHORE. Pots Fe. Sow oie Slade ow aos ata ole Seon Sen Sid sds 0c dined dela s « AROMEPCDUMBs Bp. No alisphenoid canal; post glenoid foramen rudimental or wanting. MOSS BaP ise 5 SS ech Seca bc tod. SENS Bee ees « bbvscuseceded co cL. aa, Otic bulla without septum. “ No alisphenoid canal, nor post glenoid foramen : Toes 4-4.,.... Hyenide. The genera of these families are the following : eae! ° CERCOLEPTIDA; Cercoleptes Neotropical. : Procyonip& ; Procyon,* Bassaricyon, Bassaris ; Neartic and Neotrop- jeal. MustTELIDzZ; Meline (two tubercles of internal side of superior sec- torial) ; Taxidea, Meles. Musteline, (one internal tubercle of superior see- torials) ; Hnhydris, Pleronura, Lutra, Aonyx, Barangia ; Helictis, Zorilld, Mephitis, Conepatus ; Mellivora ; Gulo, Galictis, Putorius, Mustela. ABLURIDA ; Aclurus; Hluropode? Hyenarctos., - — Ursipa ; Helarctos; Arctotherium ; Ursus; Melursus. : Canipz ; Megalotist ; Amphicyon ; Thous, Pateocyon, Temnocyon, Gale-— cynus, Canis, Vulpes, Enhydrocyon, Hyenocyon, Tomarctus, Speothus, Synagodus, Dysodus, Oligobunis, Icticyon, Lycaon. PROTELIDa ; Proteles. Ethiopian. ARCTICTIDA ; Arctictis. Indian. VIVERRIDE ; Cynogale, Arctogale, Paguma, Putadowures, Nondinia, : Hemigale, Galidia, Prionodon, Genetta Viverricula, Viverra, Galidictis, Herpestes, Athylax, Calogale, Ichneumia, Bdeogale, Urva, Teniogale, On- ychogale, Helogale, Rhinogale, Mungos, Crossarchus, Lapleres, Cynictipam ; Cynictis, ? Ictitherium. ‘ SuricaTip#; Suricata ; Ethiopia. CRYPTOPROCTIDA; Proalurus ; Cryptoprocta. Nimravip# ; Archelurus, Nimravus; Hlurogale, Dinictis, Pogonodon; Hoplophoneus. * Including Wasua, which is not distinet. + This genus cannot be made the type ofa famil yasis done by Dr. Gray. [Cope. ne, ae planiceps De Char. Second (first) superior premolar two La ) Paleontological Bulletin, No. 36. | | FIRST ADDITION TO THE : FAUNA OF THE PUERCO EOCENE. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 5, 1883.) BRAINS FOCENE MANIMALIA PHEWACODUS AND PERIPTYCHUS, (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 15, 1882.) BOOK Hh CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY OF THE PERMIAN FORMATION OF TEXAS (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 16, 1883.) Eby PROFESSOR E. D: COPE: | im@mecle Oy A; EB. foote, 1223 BELMONT AVENUE, PHILADELPHIA. ——_—— rae YA AH oe ai VE OIRO SMOOsCM Is For the dentition of this fainily see Lemoine, Annales, Sc. Nat., 1878, July. J Cope.] 548 [Jan. 5, Char. spectf.—The canines are well developed, and have a robust root. The crown is rather slender and is very acute. It is rounded in front, but has an acute angle posteriorly. Itisnot grooved, and the enamel is smooth. The single-rooted first superior premolar is situated close to the canine, and behind it is a short diastema. Ihave the probable first true molar or fourth premolar. The external cusps are rather small, and are well separated from each other. The inner outline of the crown is rather broadly rounded. The internal tubercle is connected on wearing, with an anterior transverse crest which terminates near the inner base of the anterior external cusp in an intermediate tubercle. There is a posterior intermediate tubercle. There is a cingulum all round the crown excepting at the posterior intermediate tubercle. The second (? first) true molar is like the one just described, but has relatively greater antero-posterior width, In this tooth the cingulum extends all the way round the crown. There are but two inferior molars of this individual preserved, the second and third true. The former of these has a parallelogrammic outline with rounded angles. There are two posterior and two anterior rather large tubercles ; an anterior transverse ledge ; and a narrow external and posterior cingulum, the latter running into the internal posterior tubercle. The latter has a circular section, and is much smaller than the external posterior, which has a wide crescentic section. Of the anterior tubercles the anterior is much the larger, judging from its worn base. The third true molar is triangular in outline. Its crown includes two anterior and an external median tubercle. The inner and posterior parts of the crown form a wide shelf, with the internal edge denticulate. A weak external cingulum. Measurements of Teeth. f M. Diameters base of crown of incisor ; EMU KODUNEN Do 53 ULE ; tYADSVEFSe....0 soe L004 Diameters base crown of canine ; PME OUUN EU sco. > tes transverse eee .0095 Diameters crown, superior M. i. § AHICTO posterior ee -0095 ; | Ctransverse...... ee, 0L20 Diameters, M.? ii. { anteroposterior Sinetestecralciee eigieee .0110 transverse... ....... mielatetcle ie vote tetetete .0110 Dieter ogintenoe Wl a { NOU COPVOSMEUOIN sosdocosace O20 THAMISWENSES ots staetere rs sicie sree BONOD Diameters of inferior M. jij, J 22teToPosterior.........-- .0125 HTATISVIERSES. sa cca cere CUS The second individual includes part of the superior walls of the skull. The fragment displays a high sagittal crest, which is fissured in front so _as to keep the temporal ridges apart to near its anterior apex. The brain surfaces show small, smooth, flat hemispheres, separated by a constriction from the wide.and large olfuctory lobes. The navicular bone shows three well defined distal facets, indicating probably five digits in the pes. The teeth of this specimen include a posterior superior molar, and an inferior 1883, 549 [Cope. third or fourth premolar, with other teeth. The premolar is like that of acreodont. Its principal cusp isa simple cone. To this is added a short wide heel, whose superior surface is in two parts, a higher and a lower, divided by a median ridge. A low anterior basal lobe, and a weak exter- nal cingulum. The third specimen belonged to an individual a little smailer than the othertwo. It includes the first inferior true molar, a tooth lost from the others. Its form is somewhat narrowed anteriorly, where it has two low, but well separated anterior inner tubercles, which form a V with the ex- ternal anterior. Specimen No. 1 is accompanied by fragments of vertebre and limbs. The former are principally from the lumbar region, but fragments of the atlas remain. This vertebra is of moderate length, and the cotylus is. somewhat oblique. The vertebrarterial canal is rather elongate, and its anterior groove-like continuation in front of the diapophysis is not deeply excavated. The lumbar vertebre are remarkable in the characters of their zygapophyses. These display subcylindric surfaces of the posterior pair, which indicates that the anterior ones are involuted, as in the specialized Artiodactyles and Perissodactyles of the later geological ages. Sucha structure does not exist among carnivora, nor to my knowledge among creodonta, nor in any mammals of the Lower Eocene. I do not find it in Didelphys nor Phascolarctos, but it exists in a moderately developed degree in Sarcophilus. The articular surface forms more than half of a cylinder, and its superior portion is bounded within by an anteroposterior open groove. The surface within this is not revolute, as in Bos and Sus, but the articular surface disappears, as in Cervus. Hight such postzygapoph- yses are preserved, all disconnected from their centra. Two of them are united together. There are two other separated zygapophyses of smaller size, which have but slightly convex surfaces. One is probably a prezyg- apophysis of adorsal vertebra. No centrum is preserved. Of the anterior limb there is a probable distal half of a radius. It is of peculiar form, and resembles that of Sarcophilus ursinus more than any other species accessible to me. One peculiarity consists in the outward look of its carpal surface, which makes an angle of about 45° with the long axis of the shaft. The oblinuity in S. wrsinus is less. The external border of the shaft in IZ ferox is, however, straight, and terminates in a depressed tuberosity. Beyond this, the border extends obliquely outward to the carpal face, which it reaches at a right angle. The internal border of the shaft is gradually curved outwards to the external border of the car- pal face. Its edge is obtuse, while the external one is more acute for a short distance, and rises to the anterior (superior) plane of the shaft. The carpal face is a spherically subtriangular with rounded angles. It displays two slightly distinguished facets, one of which is superior, and the other is larger and surrounds it, except on the superior side. The internal mar- ginal projection, or ‘‘styloid process,’’ is not so prominent as in S. ursi- nus, and is a roughened raised margin. Joining it on the inferior edge of Cope.] 550 [Jan. 5, the carpal face is another rough projection of the margin. Immediately opposite this, on the superior edge of the carpal face, is a rough tuberosity, which encloses a small rough fossa, between itself and the styloid pro- cess. Internal to it is a shallow groove for an extensor tendon of the manus ; then a low short ridge, and internal to that a wide shallow de- pression for other extensors. The carpal face differs greatly from those of Sarcophilus and Didelphys in having the inner portion wider than the outer, instead of the reverse, and in having no distinct styloid process. It indi- cates that the manus was turned outwards much more decidedly than in those genera. Of carpal bones the only recognizable one is the unciform. Its proximal articular surface rises with a strong convexity entad, and descends to an ~ edge ectad. The metacarpal surface is concave in anteroposterior sec- tion, forming a wide shallow groove, extending in the direction of the width of the foot. Its two metacarpal areas are not distinguished. The entire first and second metacarpals, with the heads of the third and fourth are preserved. They considerably resemble those of Sarcophilus ursinus. The distal articulations are injured in both, but both display a sharp troch- lear keel posteriorly, which on the second extends nearly to the superior face of the articulation. The condyle is subround, and is constricted lat- erally, and at the base above. The second metacarpal is short and ro- bust, shorter than in Sarcophilus ursinus. The first is also robust, but is relatively longer, as it is three-quarters the length of the second. Its head is expanded, especially posteriorly, and the large trapezial face is subtrian- gular, with round apex directed inwards as well as forward. The poste- rior face of the head is notched ectad to the middle. On the external side of the head there is a vertical facet with convex distal outline, for con- tact with the second metacarpal. The head of the latter is narrow, and is concave between the sides. The concavity is bounded posteriorly by a raised edge. The anterior part of the proximal facet is decurved. The shaft is deep proximally, but on the distal half is wider than deep. The lateral distal fosse are remarkably deep and narrow, the condyle very much contracted. The head of the supposed third metacarpal is as wide as the sec- ond anteriorly, but narrows to the posterior third, and then contracts ab- ruptly to a narrow apex. The supposed external side of the head is per- fectly straight, and is continuous with the side of the shaft without inter- ruption. The entad side displays no facet, but has a depression below - the head which adapts itself very well to the head of the first metacarpal. In fact, ifthe metacarpals just named second and third, exchange places, so that second is placed third and third second, the metacarpal series fits far better. The fourth fits the so-called second much better than the so- called third. This may therefore be the true order, although that first used agrees better with the carpus of Sarcophilus. The head of the so- called third is slightly convex anteroposteriorly, and is oblique laterally, descending a little to the inner side. The fourth metacarpal is. wider an- teriorly than either the second or third. The inner edge is straight, while’ Pe wae a 1883.) 551 {Cope. the outer is concave, the head being narrower before than behind. It has a lateral facet on each side; the inner plane, the external concave in the vertical as well asin the anteroposterior direction. It thus approaches the form of a metatarsal, but is not so strongly excavated, nor is the head notched on either side. The unciform face is convex anteroposteriorly and plane transversely. The femur is broken up so that I cannot restoreit. The head of the tbia is gone, but a considerable part of the astragalar face is preserved. This is transverse to the long axis of the tibia. It is narrowed anteroposteriorly next the fibular facet. Malleolus lost. The shaft is robust, and does not expand distally for articulation with the astragalus. Three centimeters ‘proximal to the distal end, the external side throws out a low, rough, ridge-like tuberosity. Above the middle the crest turns outwards, leaving the internal face convex. There is a broken patella, which has one facet much wider than the other. The astragalus has the trochlear portion a little oblique. That is, the in- ternal crest is a little lower than the external, and the inner face is a little sloping. The latter is impressed by a fossa above the posterior part of the sustentacular facet, which runs out on the neck. The trochlea has a shallow groove which is nearer the external than the internal crest, and which passes entirely round the posterior aspect to the plane of the inferior face of the astragalus. The groove for the flexor tendon is thus entirely en- closed, and issues on the inferior face at the posterior extremity of the groove which separates the sustentacular from the condylar facets. The external crest of the trochlea is less prominent posteriorly than the internal, thus reversing the relations of the superior part. The internal ridge be- comes quite robust, but does not flatten out and project sub-horizontally asin Oxyena forcipatu. The fibular face is vertical ; neither its anterior nor posterior angles are produced. The neck is somewhat contracted (the in- ternal side is injured). The head is a transverse oval, strongly convex vertically, moderately so horizontally, and without flattening. A meso- cuneiform (or possibly ectocunetform) bone is wedge-shaped in horizontal section, without posterior tuberosity, and its anterior face is a slightly ob- lique square. The narrower facet is oblique in the transverse sense. The metatarsals are represented, excepting the first and second. The only complete one is the fifth. The heads of the third and fourth are mach like those of Oxyena forcipata, and of about the same size. Their anterior width is equal, and in both the external side is more oblique than the in- ternal. Both have a notch at the middle of the internal side, but they dif- fer in that the third has an open notch on the external side which is want- ing to the fourth. ‘The lateral excavations of the external sides are deep and rather large, and thin out the anterior external edge. The lateral facets are correspondingly large on the fourth and fifth ; on the third meta- tarsal it is small, and a mere decurvature of the proximal surface. hat of _ the fourth is longer proximo-distally than transversely. That of the fifth is about as long as wide, and presents more anteriorly ; or, to express it Cope. ] 552 [Jan. 5, more accurately, the shaft and head present more outwardly than those of the fourth. The proximal, or cuboid facet is narrow anteroposteriorly, and is curved, the external side being concave. On the external side just distal to this facet, the head of the bone expands into a large outward-looking tuberosity, which is separated from the posterior tuberosity by a strong notch. Between it and the head proper, on the anterior face, is a large~ fossa. The entire form is something like that of the proximal extremity of a femur with head, neck, great trochanter and trochanteric fossa. A some- what similar form is seen in the corresponding bone of Ozxyena forcipata. The shaft of the fifth metatarsal, is one-fifth longer than that of the second metacarpal (? 8d) above described. Its direction is straight, but it is some- what curved anteroposteriorly. Its section is subtriangular, the apex ex- - ternal. The condyle is narrowed and sub-globular above, and spreads laterally behind, the external expansion being wide and more oblique. The keel is prominent, and is only visible from above (in front) as an angle. The distal extremities of some other metatarsals differ in being flatter at the epicondyles, and concave between them on the posterior face. The con- dyles are more symmetrical, and are bounded above on the anterior face by a profound transverse groove. Several phalanges are preserved, including part ofan unguis. They are all depressed, and with well marked articular surfaces, of which the distal are well grooved, and the proximal notched ~ below. The lateral areas of insertion of the tendons of the flexors are well marked on the edges of the posterior faces. An ungual phalange is much compressed at the base. The basal table is well marked, and has a free lateral edge. The nutritive foramen enters above the posterior. extremity of this edge. No trace of basal sheath. Measurements of No. 1. M. Length of atlas at anterior vertebrarterial foramen.........---..--- -0165 Expanse of postzygapophyses of a lumbar vertebra..........-...-. -02380 Diametermadiusatimiddile of shaft. ; ---eeeme arcs seller atsia' sie cis .- -0100 Greatest distalowidth ofragius. .. ..... .aeteeiarcie eee eee -0220 ; Vertical... -:.(tetebekeelostsre rae ciel ele eee .0140 pe yn eae { {Tans Verse. ay eee Welelote ielerete reer: 0185 vertical Gntertonliyp)perccrracteiac ie eee .0130 Diameters of unciform anteroposterior (greatest)........ce0. See a .0140 LEAMIS Verse) GCinstTOmit) seperti leet toe eee .0156 Diameters head metacarpal I { ANTETOPOSTERION. 5) of cerebellum and medullazmaccieciseiricxie eects -026 «of medulla ‘at: vermis: soe n23 Wes 13 oe Ra eee ee ONS A ay Width of olfactory lobes at middle.................0.. 030 ‘* of hemispheres in front...........+.0+.-seeeeee .044 . s 5 behind..... Lathe 2 Sih 044 . «< “of cerebellum... 22 << 2 Up ie Ga seco eee .036 — “« medulla at vermis..... A eiateve aay oteeet Ferpicoonode . -020 PERIPTYCHUS RHABDODON Cope. I have obtained a cast of the top and sides of the cerebral hemispheres, j and the proximat portion of the olfactory lobes, froma skull of a Periptychus | in which the teeth are preserved, and prove the species to be the P. rhab- . dodon. The olfactory lobes are enormous, and the hemispheres small and very flat, The mesencephalon is entirely exposed. The cerebral hemispheres are very flat, and are only differentiated from the olfactory lobes, by a moderate contraction and depression, which forms the peduncle of the | eee _ Jatter. Only the proximal part of the olfactory lobesis preserved, but this expands so as to be only a little narrower than the hemispheres. The peduncle has a ridge on the median line, and a shallow fossa on each side of it. The lateral outlines of the hemispheres diverge, and the widest part is posterior. There is no indication of sylvian fissure. The transverse sec- tion of the hemispheres would be a flat arch, but for the presence of a j as,), longitudinal oval protuberance on each of them, which do not quite touch — ‘oi the median line, and which have definite boundaries. If their limits t “Ae determine the size of the cerebral hemispheres, then the latter are wideela ‘4 | 1882.] . 565 [Cope. ‘than long, but they probably pass eradually into the mesencephalon be- hind them. These bodies remind one of the corpora oliveformia, and may represent the superior or median frontal convolutions. They are probably, however, not to be homologized with any convolutions, repre- senting rather the cerebral vault of the lateral ventricle. Posterior to them the flat surface descends gently without indication of copora quadri- gemina or other irregularity, and at a distance about equal to the length _ of the oval bodies, it begins to rise gently. The cranium is broken here, - and no cast of the cerebellum was obtained. I may remark that the cranium from which this cast is taken is not crushed, and that it consists of parts of the parietal and squamosal bones only. The latter remain as far as the incurvature to the pterygoid Bro: cesses in front of the glenoid cavity. Measuremenis of brain. M. Length from posterior rise to base of olfactory lobes.... .037 Length of oval bodies of hemispheres................. .018 Width of proximal part of olfactory lobes. ............ -027 Width of olfactory peduncles............ Sie eee -021 Length from olfactory lobes to oval bodies of hemis- TELEN SEE gee = a a no wee 005 Diameter of hemispheres at posterior part of oval bodies. .038 Depth frem sagittal crest to olfactory lobes.......... ». 024 - EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate I. Casts of the brain case of Phenacedus primevus Cope, natural size. Fig. i. Lateral view. Fig. 2. Superior view. Fig. 3. Anterior view. Fig. 4. Pesterier view. - Puate Ii. Fig. 1. Brain of Phenacodus primenus, inferior view. _ Fig. 2. Cast of brain case of Periptychus rhabdodon, supetior view. Fig. 3. Cast of brain case ef Periptychus rhabdedon, lateral view. | | | : | | Cope.] 628 (March 16, Hourth Coniribution to the History of the Permian Formation of Texas. By ' #, D. Cope.* (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 16, 1883.) PISCES. ECTOSTEORHACHIS CICERONIUS, sp. nov. é ae The genus Hctosteorhachis Cope, is known up to the present time from ichthyolites, which do not exhibit the interior details of the structure of the skull. Several portions of crania having recently come into my hands, Iam able toadd some important features, and a new species, which I name as above. The base of the skull consists of ossified parachordals, which embrace the chorda dorsalis posteriorly and are continued for a short distance posteriorly asa tube. Anteriorly the chordal groove is open. Trabecule not ossified. The cranial structure is an excellent illustration of a perma- nent embryonic type. Above and in front of the opening for the chorda, the neural canal enters the groove. The parachordals are subtriangular, presenting one angle forwards, and having the internal side that bounds the groove straight and longitudinally grooved. The anteroexternal side is oblique and nearly straight, and is overhung by the osseous roof of the skull. These characters are identical in both species. The Z. ciceronius differs from the #. nitidus in having a narrower inter: orbital region, and in the possession of small tubercles of ganoine on the posterior parts of the superior surface of the skull. These are seen on the sides of the surface, and are quite small, not numerous, and *The third contribution can be found at page 447 Proceedings of the Society for 1882. ; 1883.] 629 , [Cope. of various sizes and shapes. They resemble shining seeds. In ZH. nitidus these points are wanting, but there are rugosities on the postfrontal and / pterotic regions ofa radiating character, not fqund in ZL. ciceronius. Measurements. M. No. 1. Length of skull to occiput above (muzzle worn)....... .069 Interorbital width............. etre sisjcisies Saran es oo. O14 3 No. 2. Length of osseous base of cranium (parachordal) ...... .089 nH OPeN! MEGIAN CTOOVEs ceeds. ec ctaciccmecase 022 Width of base at parachordals ...............ese008 oe. .036 sie groove at apices of parachordals. ........... «2011 KS foramen notochorde.........+ Saleta Micilete ci cvente 0095 Found by Mr. W. F. Cummins. GNATHORHIZA SERRATA, gen. et sp. nov. This presumed fish is represented by some teeth which are processes of osseous bodies, which may be roots properly so called, or may be jaws. The osseous bases are shallow, and thickened on the free edge, which is directed obliquely away from the plane of the crown of the teeth. The teeth obtained are flat, and doubtless bilaterally symmetrical, though no complete pairs are preserved. The largest of these has a curved edge, and a branch extending posteriorly at right angles to it, joining it at a point at one side of its middle. The longer (and more curved) part of the convex edge, has two coarse angles; the shorter part is finely denticulated, as is the transverse lamina. The principal edge is worn posteriorly by use. The external convex face is marked by coarse and finer lines of growth, like those on corneous processes. A second form of tooth is not curved, but flat, so far as preserved. It has three coarse obtuse teeth. Two other toothed bodies resemble it. All the teeth are covered with brilliant ganoine on © | | both sides. i || Measurements. M. | Length of chord of larger tooth..........2.0..sceeeees .010 | ie SLOSS ANA boo 5. ha kau te wis ves wiaich os cstherte 0055 Elevation of principal edge,...........es cee cecee cece .006 \ oe with root..... BIO HOC cin 0 Ge cate Societe Apso uss, / Thickness of root at base............--005 cies: saver ahs .002 The genus Gnathorhiza may belong to the Petalodont family, though I think it very doubtful. The characters of the roots of the teeth are more : | _ like those of sharks. | BATRACHIA. ¢ TRIMERORHACHIS BILOBATUS, Sp. NOV. _ Among the many specimens of animals of this genus which have passed through my hands, I have not until now been able to select more than one Cope.] 630 ; [March 16 species, the 7. insignis. Mr. Cummins, however, now sends me parts of skeletons of four individuals, which present distinctive characters. Two of these include vertebral elements, and all embrace jaws and bones of the limbs and arches. The vertebre present no important difference from those of T. insignis, but the surface of the intercentrum is not yet cleaned of a thin layer of- matrix. The peculiar character of this species is most readily seen in the posterior portions of the mandibular ramus. The angle consists of two subequal tuberosities which are separated by a deep groove, instead of one prominent one. The externaltuberosity is represented in the 7. insignis by a small protuberance of the lateral enlargement of the external face of the ramus. The extremity of this tuberosity is in the 7. bilobatus strongly honeycombed, and it is bounded below and externally by a groove which is faintly indicated in 7. insignis. Above it, on the inner side, is another, shallow groove, from which it is separated by a sharp ridge. Both grooves are smooth. The superior one is wanting in 7. insignis. The quadrate cotylus is more depressed externally than in J. dnsignis, thus making it more oblique. The internal fossa of the cotylus is not divided by a longi-. tudinal groove, as it isin 7. insignis The dental foramen is large, and is located asin the 7. insignis. There is alsoan inferior longitudinal groove of the ramus as in that species. The surfaces preserved show that the sculp- ture is more marked in the 7. bilobatus than in the T. insignis. Measurements. M. Depth of ramus at interior edge cotylus...... arate tevoie ete .026 Length ‘“ from ‘“‘ “ eC OTE GASP --- -020 Width puis: at es rs foe iid dea Ole ‘« _ of both tuberosities of angle..... sateen Sonsods 0125 Diameters of intercentrum / 2Dteropesterior.......... O11 trANSVETSE: . S200 sid: om Oa Thickness of intercentrum...... aiejee ate aretetelee ee cjeketeiae eee The specimens described came from the same locality, and a different one from that which has produced the specimens of the TZ. insignis (Type No. . 89, 1882). * REPTILIA. PARIOTICHUS MEGALOPS, sp. nov. ‘This reptile is known to me from a nearly complete, somewhat distorted cranium. A thin layer of matrix conceals the greater number of the teeth, so that the presence of canines cannot be demonstrated. Those which are visible are on the premaxillary and anterior parts of the maxillary bones. They are small, conic, slightly curved, acute and absolutely smooth. The muzzle is short and broadly rounded. The nareal opening is latero- superior, and is just above the principal convexity where the lores pass into the muzzle. Canthus nostralis rounded off. Interorbital region wide, convex in section, hearly plane anteroposteriorly, its width a little exceed- ing the diameter of the orbit. Orbit large and round, its diameter equal to * a z Se cind = a, A / od 1883. | 651 [Cope. the length of the muzzle in front of it, obliquely measured, and one-half the distance from its posterior edge to that of the temporal roof (? squamosal bone). Posterior outline of skull above, truncate, surface slightly convex transversely. The premaxillary spines are short and wide, the nasals are also short and wide. The prefrontals and postfrontals form the superior edge of the orbit, excluding the frontals. The intercalaria (or ? pterotics) are very large; at the externoposterior angle is a very small element in contact with the supra- occipital which may be the true intercalare. ‘The supraoccipitals have considerable transverse extent, running out externally in narrow apices. All the bones of the cranium are sculptured in honeycomb fashion, the ridges radiating on some of the bones. That is, on the posterior parts of the frontals and parietals and anterior part of the intercalare and squa- mosal. ing SM Cat ee PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, Novem | ; . From Prof. H. D. Cope, a letter to the Secretary, dated Sully H Springs, Dakota, Sept. 7, 1883, was read, as follows: On a New Basin of White River Age in Dakota. “‘T have the pleasure to announce to you that I have within the past | week discovered the locality of a new lake of the White River epoch, at a point in this Territory nearly 200 miles north-west of the nearest boundary of the deposit of this age hitherto known. The beds, which are unmis- takably of the White River formation, consist of greenish sandstone, and sand-beds, of a combined thickness of about 100 feet.. These rest on white calcareous clay, rocks and marls, of a total thickness of 100 feet. These probably also belong to the White River epoch, but contain no fossils. Be_ low this deposit is a third bed of drab clay, which swells and cracks on exposure to weather, which rests on a thick bed of white and gray sand, more or less mixed with gravel. This bed, with the overlying clay, proba- bly belongs to the Laramie period, as the beds lower in the series certainly do. ‘The deposit as observed, does not extend over ten miles in north and | south diameter. The east and west extent was not determined, but is at much greater, sui ““The fossils, which indicate clearly the age of the formation, are the : following : j Piscus. Rhineastes, sp. NOV. ssseeeesscese hides cee eee ogni 9 AMUTUS, SP. NOV.....00e00% sfaleheteevorverevsteral ele leistelarenteke Bieistenewe \ 1883.] 217 LACERTILIA. Sp: indet...... SEC Roemer 6c cae Ree) oe See eect havarees sh TESTUDINATA. BUSEUOTUY Uns SIDS lw a7nie: «i; le%. sce 20.02 Jj AOSD Oa RAE CCE a) co Triony2, sp........ aia Gielona ven ass Sime teteveyai els eiveisteseis AS: AOR Aone Stylemys, sp..... AAO ADEE HOO OE UIoc 6.6 CODE COCCI » eatetaye RODENTIA. COPROP, Sd ccBeoseOr Gg eeoe HOG 6 ON OOS 0 ACRE CE COC ere aS 2 CARNIVORA. Galecynus gregarius......... SEIS poo cise rela eie.e acgeoad MELO GIOPIOTICUS, SP @ sie c.2% also < vein eeees « a6 Buca Sem OO ODO ? Hoplophoneus............ BS oO DOC nIG a ORE Oar saaoe isons (se) PERISSODACTYLA. Aceratherium, sp...... 2 a distd oe Brotha aie Rea Aceratherium, sp ..... BOOED o> Ane OR AR TTS statehateavoverale 3 Anchitherium, sp...... BS Re OCI GE ORR ID RE ae es che latlel ARTIODACTYLA. EN GUC RUR TIRE ONUOSULT[O cite. oie ceive teeieneles alae h ciee esc eo ee Hanes Hyopotam is sp..... avorsiaieleisv ers eyets RODO HCO OERS Recisiniseutevers LAREDO MOS Cae a ORS ie a erie SA mara ORCODGTI, SP v's cine fees ass 6 Bid 0 OG d io CCE ene bce Oreodon, sp...... Sadatateesiesareisl oem tees chereraete THRE Meme A OOE MECDIOMCTYL, SP. oo ..ccscses poéccdoc cabpnodeonomome scone noe FAY PETIT AGUIUS, SP vo ease. sees eran ihe ere wreratei ciacantatevete p000 Total species........ Bs eo dio GOO R CD DA HTIG OO ees eel 5 il “Interesting features of the above catalogue are: The absence of Hyra- ‘codon and Poébrotherium, so abundant in the beds of this age elsewhere ; the presence of fishes, not hitherto detected in them ; and the presence of the genius of tortoises, Trionyx. The latter genus has not hitherto been found in our Western lacustrine beds of later than Eocene age ; while they are abundant in our modern rivers. This discovery partially bridges the interval. The same is true of the fishes mentioned, which represent the order Nematognathi.’’ PROC. AMER, PHILOS. SOC. xxT. 114. 2B, PRINTED OCTOBER 30, 1883 Cope.] 308 [Dec. 7, On the distribution of the Loup Fork formation in New Mexico. By E. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 7, 1883.) In his report on the Geology of New Mexico to the Secretary of the Interior, by Dr. F. V. Hayden, in 1869, this eminent geologist described the Santa Fé marls in their principal physical features. In 1874, in my report to Capt. George M. Wheeler, U. 8. Engineers, I showed that this formation is a member of the Loup Fork division of the Miocene Tertiary, a conclusion clearly deducible from the remains of vertebrata which it contains. An illustrated report on the latter was published in the fourth volume of the report of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey, W. of the 100th meridian, Capt. G. M. Wheeler in charge(1877). Since that time the writer has made several visits to parts of New Mexico not previously explored, and I am able to show that the Loup Fork for- mation has a much wider distribution in that Territory than has hitherto been supposed to be the case. In descending the Rio Grande. beds appear on the west side of the river, which strongly resemble those of Santa Fé. They extend along the eastern base of the Magdalena mountains, and as far south as Socorro, in considerable extent and thickness. South of Socorro they appear, but less extensively. The eastern part of the plain which lies between the Rio Grande and the Mimbres mountains is composed of beds of this age where cut by the grade of the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fé railroad, west of Hatch station. West of the Mimbres mountains the valley of the river of the same name is filled with débris of the bed of eruptive outflow which once covered the country, as far as traversed by the railroad from Deming to Silver City. Its age I could not ascertain. A great display of the Loup Fork formation is seen in the drainage basins of the heads of the Gila river. In traveling westward from Silver City, its beds first appear in the valley of Mangus creek, which enters the Gila from the east. Crossing the Gila, the mail route to the west passes through the valley of Duck Creek, which flows eastwards into that river. Though bounded by eruptive hills and mountains and their outflows, the valley was once filled with Loup Fork beds, which have been extensively eroded, the principal exposures being on the north side of the valley, ‘forming the foot hills of the Mogollon range. On the divide between the waters of the Gila and San Francisco rivers the formation rises in bluffs of 300 feet elevation. The descent into the valley of the San Francisco brings to light a still greater depth of this deposit. The valley which ex- tends from the canyon which encloses the river south from the mouth of Dry creek to the Tulerosa mountains on thenorth, and between the Mogol- lons on the east and the San Francisco range on the west, was once filled with the deposit of a Loup Fork lake. This mass has been reduced by the erosive action of the San Francisco and its drainage, to a greater or less _ 2) 1883. ] 309 . [Cope. extent, as it has been protected by basaltic outflows or not. Whenso pro- tected, the river flows through comparatively narrow canyons. Where the outflow is wanting, the valley of the river is wider, and the Loup Fork formation remains as wide grassy mesas which extend to the feet of the mountain ranges. The age of these beds would have remained problematical but for the fortunate discovery by Mr. Robert Seip, of the skull of a species of Rhi- noceros of the typical Loup Fork genus, Aphelops. It is apparently the A. fossiger Cope, a species abundant in the Loup Fork beds of Kansas and Nebraska. It was found near the mouth of Dry creek in a conglom- erate bed of the formation. In the valley of the San Francisco the Loup Fork beds reach a thick- ness of 500 feet, and consist of sand, clayey sand, soft sandstone, and conglomerates of larger and smaller pebbles of eruptive material, having a near resemblance to those of the region of Santa Fé. Second Addition to the Knowledge of the Puerco Epoch. By H. D. Cope.* (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 7, 1883.) Recent collections from the formation above-named, include many finer specimens than have been previously obtained. Skulls of several species in calcareous concretions were received, so that their characters can be de- veloped more fully than heretofore. I mention especially Deltatherium Sundaminis ; Periptychus rhabdodon and P. coarctatus ; Haploconus linea- tus ; H. entoconus ; Anisonchus sectorius ; Protogonia plicifera ; Mioclenus turgidus, M. ferox, M. subtrigonus and M. cuspidatus, sp. nov. Some species hitherto rarely seen, prove to be abundant, as Hemithleus kowalevskianus, Protogonia plicifera, Mioclaenus minimus and WM. subtrigonus. With the additional species now described, the number of Mamunalia from the de- posit of the Puerco epoch amounts to seventy-four species. DIDYMICTIS PRIMUS, sp. NOv. That the genus Didymictis existed during the Puerco epoch, has been already demonstrated by the discovery of the D. haydenianus Cope. This species is of aberrant form however, so that it remained to prove that the typical form had appeared so early in Tertiary tiute. This is now shown to have been the case by the discovery of the present animal, which is allied to the D. leptomylus of the Wind river and Wasatch epochs. The Didymictis primus is known from two maxillary bones with teeth, *The “First addition” appeared in the Proceedings of the American Philo- sophical Society for 1888, beginning at page 545. Since that date I have described in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy, 1883, p. 168, the following spe- cies: Periptychus courctatus, Pantolambda cavirictus, Zetodon gracilis (g.n.) and Conoryctes ditrigonus, Cope.] 310 [Dece. 7, and a part of a mandibular bone with the last two molars in place, all be- longing to different individuals. The inferior sectorial tooth is much like that of the D. leptomylus, but the tubercular is only two-thirds as long, and is not only absolutely, but relatively narrower posteriorly. It has the usual three cusps in a reduced condition. In the first superior true molar the external cusps are conical, and there is a small cusp between the ante-. rior one and the produced anterior angle of the crown. There is an ante- rior intermediate tubercle, but no posterior one. The cingulum does not extend all round the inferior base of the crown, as it does in D. protenus. The sectorial has a distinct anterior basal conic lobe. The internal lobe is in transverse line with the last named, and is conical and not large. Measurements. M. Diameter interior sectoral { anteroposterior...........- .0138 TUENTENVEISE: Goddoccacuacons .0055 Dinmereriuforion tubercular { anteroposterior. ......... .0050 ENOSWEUSO. oon6s6ca0000c -0033 Depthxoframus at Misi. 2205... eee eee eee eee eee .0098 Diameter superior sectorial (No. 1) { inure enon «= ULL UIBNOEVEUSE. so aces e .0060 Diameters superior sectorial (No. 2) Jaane pes ieee. 1 Utransverse..... .0090 The fourth specimen is especially important as presenting almost the entire dentition including canines and incisors, and the anterior part of the skull from the line of the coronoid process of the mandible. The specimen shows that the species differs from the species of the Wasatch period with oval inferior tubercular, in the absence of the posterior cutting lobe of the third, and probably fourth inferior premolar. The corresponding superior premolars are also simple. The first premolars in both jaws are one- rooted. The canines are long and acute, and are directed vertically. Both have flat facets on their external (the only visible) faces: on the superior canine I count four lateral, and one nearly anterior. On the inferior I see three lateral and one nearly anterior. There are three small superior in- cisors, of which the first is the largest, and has a subconical crown. The infraorbital foramen is large, and is above the anterior border of the supe- rior sectorial. Measurements. M. Length of superior dental series to front of canine...... 041 Bt “crown of superior canine..................-- O11 a *« superior true molars...... bfoletoisiokerata Gieeiois ge eR US Depth of ramus at inferior sectorial.................... -0090 In its simple premolars this species agrees with the D. haydenianus, and is more primitive than the Wasatch species. TRIISODON RUSTICUS, sp. nov. Founded on a portion of the mandible which supports the first two true molars and part of the last premolar. The species is of the type of 7. 1883,] dll [Cope. levisanus, but is much larger. I give here a synopsis of the species of the genus, so that its affinities may be better understood. In general, the genus Z’riisodon is characterized by the rudimental character in the infe- rior molars of the anterior cusp. It is thus like Jctops, but differs in having the fourth premolar different’from the true molars and like the premolars. From Mioclenus it differs in having the anterior and posterior cusps of the inferior molars unequal ; the anterior torming together an elevated crest with two apices, while the posterior are low, and on the borders of a heel. I. Cusps of inferior molars compressed. PMT EE MLOMME MSD NVCLY LOW). 20s - ca sca teen "a a iesacctome se T. quivirensis. II. Cusps of inferior molars not compressed. Anterior cusp very low ; 7. rusticus ; T. levisanus, and T. assurgens. Anterior cusp as high as other anterior cusps to which it is closely united. T. conidens and T. heilprinianus. In dimensions the TZ. rusticus is about equal to the 7. quivirensis, thus exceeding the other species excepting the JT. conidens. The interior ante- rior cusp is nearly as elevated as the exterior, and is united with it nearly to the apex ; the anterior cusp is a tubercle which projects forwards from its anterior base. The heel of the tooth is wide, and is rounded poste- riorly, and supports three tubercles, an external, a posterior and an inter- nal, all in contact with each other. On the second true molar the internal anterior tubercle presents a slightly projecting edge anteriorly and poste- riorly, which bounds a shallow vertical groove of the mass which repre- sents their united bodies. This is not apparent in the first. The enamel is smooth, but the animal is rather old. Measurements. M. ANLELOPOStELIOL eee ena See Olea Diameters of m. i< transverse............. Seis cH .0068 lgsartents a FLOME Thi ae tes ICS Gc -0028 Width “ fs a Roleleie etek citectectele cto ste eee cee aes Dinweters tai BNMESIVOTOORINSINETP <5 pcg soGcnc core LoodS .0030 j {PANS VETSCH 401 see chs eee c mean bite etre ate 0082 a een { PHO RO NOIINOE eo oboansdobccs Breooe Alls y transverse...... Bras Meister ... 0040 Tiana teusvin Bik anteroposterior ...... audi di@lejse cies serie Ceat CTANSVOTSCts cyaymtsierersicre eronsiestelevete «-e- .0040 TD icin opera Cana anteroposterior....... weeeee 00382 WHNMENVETID. G5 009 05000008C eee -0030 Depth of ramus mandibuli at m. ii....... EBGusdoaomodc: aUNE The skull is about the size of that of the Bassaris astuta. D. Baldwin, discoverer. The discovery of this type in the Puerco formation is a fact of interest. In the shortening of its dental series it is the most specialized genus of the epoch, while the forms of its true molars are like those of the simpler Creodonta, and more specialized than those of Anaptomorphus, and the lemurs generally. In the simplicity of its premolars, however, it main- tains the general character of the Puerco fauna, and is more primitive than the forms just named. Its nearest ally of the Puerco yet known is Chriacus. ; ANISONCHUS AGAPETILLUS, Sp. nov. This species is founded on parts of six mandibular rami, none of which has more than four continuous molars in position, including the last. It is not entirely certain that these belong to a species of Anisonchus, because the superior molar teeth by which that genus is distinguished from Haplo- conus and Hemithlewus, are wanting. The inferior molars have the ante- rior inner cusp moderately well developed, as in Anisonchus gillianus. The crowns of the true molars consist of two Vs ;. of which the posterior base of the posterior one, is rendered irregular by the presence of a small posterior median tubercle. Of the anterior pair of cusps, the external is a little the more elévated, and the internal is more elevated than any of the posterior ones. The internal posterior as well as the external posterior ‘ a | 1883,] 321 [Cope. cusp has a V-shaped section, because its anterior border is continued as an oblique ridge to the base of the anterior internal cusp. Internal cingula none ; a slight one on the external base of the large anterior external cusp. The heel of the third true molar is well developed, and rises into an acute cusp. That of the fourth premolar is short and flat. The anterior cusp of the same is basal and rudimental. This tooth is not enlarged as is usually the case in the Periptychide, and it first here differs from these animals, and agrees with the unguiculate types in that its lateral faces are unequally convex. Measurements. M. Length of last four molars on base..........- a estaalat eta, .014 Ss Betoun hspremolat iiss comer ieee cisterns cls cies ere = .0035 Elevation of ‘ Cie Petpet C i, ni aici SRE Ore .0038 easton second true Molar. ...se-.o0c..éce-cterodee .0031 Width oe ee §<_-(STeALESE)I sejee 5 - Satter nao Length of third <‘“< ae BG? VS Tar Scie Nera the ame .004 Width ae BY uG br abn e Bc Beet avatar aye; .0028 Depth of ramus at second true molar.............+-++: .007 ANISONCHUS COPHATER, sp. nov. A mandibular ramus supporting three molars, two of them true, is all that I have seen of this species. Its proportions are the same as those of the A. agapetillus, that is, much smaller than the A. gillianus, and the single premolar is much more like that of other species of the genus. The true molars differ from those of the A. agapetillus in two strong characters. First, the internal posterior cusp is inside the rim of the heel of the crown, that is, outside the bordering edge, and is therefore very distinct from the posterior median cusp. It isa sharp cone; secondly, there is a cingulum extending from this cusp round the internal base of the internal anterior cusp. There is also one at the base of the external anterior cusp, which con- tinues to the heel only on the last inferior molar. The posterior heel is rela- tively wider, and the anterior V relatively more contracted, than in the A. agapetillus. ‘The anterior tubercle is moderately developed at the anterior base of the anterior V. The third or fourth premolar is equilateral, and larger than the true molars. It hasa short apiculate heel, and a rudimental anterior basal tubercle. Measurements. M anteroposterior...... .0032 horizontal { transverse .......... .0030 Diameters of m. ii easitaale anterior sa lakeve Sah coat tae eed .0025 1 DOStERION «ele ho clecerees .0013 ( anteroposterior.......... , 0048 Diameters of P-m. iii or iv + vertical (restored apex)... .0040 transverse. ...... BOG ere .00238 D. Baldwin, discoverer. CHIROX PLICATUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. These are known from three superior molars ; viz: the last PROC, AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxI, 114, 20. PRINTED JANUARY _, 1884, Cope.] O22 [Dec. 7, premolar, and the second and third true molars. The fourth premolar has two external, and one internal cusps, and the true molars have four cusps each. The cusps are of peculiar form. The second true molar resembles a convex body which has been divided by two cuts at right angles to each other, from which the quarters thus produced has spread away from each other subequally. The external faces of the cusps are convex. The apices are acute. The last superior molar is larger anteroposteriorly than transversely. The fourth premolar (supposed) is two-rooted. These molar teeth remind one of the inferior molars of Ptilodus, through they differ much from them. The genus is probably nearer to Catopsalis, and belongs to the Marsupial order. The presence of only two series of cusps in the superior molars, distinguishes it from these genera, which have presumably three series of such cusps. Lemoine has shown this to be the case in Neoplagiaulaa. Char. specif. The external cusps of the fourth premolar are flattened on the external side, and lean a little inwards. The internal cusp (proba- bly homologically the anterior) is opposite the anterior external, and has a convex internal face. Its apex is acute and compressed ; the apices of the external cusps are trihedral and acute. The cusps of the second true molars are more widely separated trans- versely than anteroposteriorly ; that is, the longitudinal fissure is wider than the transverse. The apices are all acute, the internal trihedral, the external more compressed. The transverse diameter of the last true molar is smaller than that of the second true molar, while the longitudinal is nearly the same. The crown projects convexly posterior to the posterior pair, and there is a small tubercle at the anterior base of the external anterior cusp. None of the teeth preserved display cingula. The bases of the crown are smooth, but the cusps are sharply and finely parallel-grooved on their external faces. Measurements. , M. : ; POF cints toasters yo sis Seto .0030 Diameters of P-m. iv amleroposiener : ‘ UCMATIS VETSE|fejel (ule laletw> «a2 > oes! aiaaietarl Jan. 18, 1884.] 503 [Cope. Synopsis of the Species of Oreodontide. By EL. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 18, 1884.) The tribe Ruminantia first appears in the White River Miocene period in North American geological history. It is represented there by a num- ber of genera, which pertain to several family types. The most aberrant ot these, the Oreodontide, includes the largest number of forms, generic and specific. The Poébrothertide certainly embraces but few species, while a third group of genera, represented by Leptomeryx, which are inter- mediate between the T7ragulina and Pecora, and should be perhaps regard- ed as aberrant Tragulide, also includes a small number of species. The Oreodontide constitute a family related to the Anoplotheriide of the later Eocene, but representing a more specialized condition of the structure of the molar teeth, in the full development of the selenodont type? which is rudimental in the Anoplothertidw. Their feet, on the other hand, are less specialized than in the latter family. Asa family, the Oreo- dontide display very little tendency in their limbs to the specialized con- dition of the Ruminantia, but are more like those of the suilline groups, and, among recent families, of the Hippopotamide. OREODONTID®. ? Dentition ; superior incisors present; molars selenodont. Cervicals with the transverse processes perforated by the vertebrarterial canal. No alisphenoid canal. Ulna and radius, and tibia and fibula distinct. Meta- podial bones four on each foot, with incomplete distal trochlear keels. Lunar bone not supported by magnum. WNavicular and cuboid bones dis- tinct. The preceding synopsis of its characters should furnish a basis for the definite location of the Oreodontide in the system. Dr. Leidy called its species Ruminating hogs, and created a family for Oreodon and the allied genera, under the name of Oreodontide. 'This family is adopted by Prof. Gill who includes in it the Agriochoeride of Leidy, and places it in his division Pecora, which is more comprehensive than the Pecora of Prof. Flower, being nearly identical with the Selenodonta of Kowalevsky. More precise expression of its affinity to the existing families is not given, excepting to place it under a division ‘‘incert sedis.’’ As a selenodont type, this family is excluded from the Artiodactyla omnivora, and as having its metapodial bones distinct, it cannot be placed in any recent family excepting the Tragulide. From this family it is distinguished by the distinct ulna and radius. We then turn to the ex- tinct families Poébrotheriide and Anoplotheriide. The former agrees with the TYragulide excepting in its Cameloid cervical vertebre, while the latter differs from the Oreodontide in the structure of the feet. The Sain apare teblemenic pep) = MM. rusticus. Zygoma originating above third true molar; larger; incisors PSUS RAIA) CUETO) se ia lerey sts nips n( she reietelo eupin’ <°al win yee at w wid a pd HM. proprius. _ Of the above seven species, four are represented in my collection, some of them by a large amount of material. The latter are from the John Cope.] 522 [Jane18, Day and Ticholeptus Miocene horizons. The M. rusticus of Leidy is only known to me from the descriptions of that author. Itis from the Sweet- water river, Wyoming, from a. bed of probably Ticholeptus age. The M. proprius Leidy, also unknown to me by autopsy, is from the head of the Niobrara river, Nebraska, from a bed said by Hayden to be inter- mediate between the Oreodon or White River and Procamelus, or Loup Fork horizons, and therefore probably of Ticholeptus age also. The leidyt I only know from the description of Mr. Bettany. It is from the John Day beds. Mr. Bettany also describes an I. temporalis, which I cannot distinguish from the IZ swperbus Leidy. Merycocheerus superbus Leidy. Oreodon superbus Leidy, Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1870, p. 109. Extinct Mam. fauna, Dakota and Nebraska, 1869, p. 211; Plate I, fig.1; Il, fig. 16; VII, figs. 7-11. M&M temporalis Bettany, Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc., London, 1876, xxii, p. 269; Pl. XVII. Of this fine species I have nine crania extracted from the matrix, and a good many not yet cleaned. As the specimen described by Leidy is in a very imperfect condition, the characters of the species, and even its generic position, have remained hitherto very obscure. As compared with the allied species, the I. superbus is slightly exceeded in size by the %. macrostegus and M. montanus. Its posterior zygo- matic expansion is less pronounced than in the M. macrostegus and M. chelydra, and its border is rounded, even when, as is sometimes the case, it is greatly thickened. In the first and last named of the above species, its border is separated by 4 distinct angle from both the internal and ex- ternal faces, forming thus a distinct truncate face which looks upwards. The otic bulla is larger than in the two species mentioned, and extends anterior to the postglenoid process. The nareal fissure extends well down towards the alveolar border of the premaxillaries, which are therefore more extensively separated than Leidy represents to be the case in the rusticus. The external face of the maiar bone below the orbits is flat. The anterior extremity of the zygomatic process is not so prominent as in 7. chelydra, and is rounded instead of being flared out below, as in that species. The greatest width of the skull is at the glenoid surfaces, and not anterior to them, as in & chelydra. In only one of seven crania, — where the parts are preserved, does the posterior squamosal angle rise as high as the sagittal crest. I cannot detect any difference between the specimen described by Mr. Bettany as the type of his & temporalis, and those of the M. superbus in my possession. The shallowness of the preorbital fossa described by Mr. Bettany is repeated: in one of my crania, and its depth is very vari- able in the others. As regards the Wf. leidyi of Bettany, I have none ex- actly like it, although the type specimen does not differ much from the MM. superbus, to judge from the figure and description given in the Quarter- ly Journal of the Geological Society, 1876, p. 270. The two distinctive oe 1884.] 523 (Cope: characters, which appear most tangible among those mentioned by Mr. Bettany, the shortness of the occipital region, as measured by the angle made by a line drawn through the postglenoid and paroccipital processes, with the middle line, and second, the grooved character of the sub- orbital part of the malar bone, are not found in any of my specimens of M. superbus. The anterior extremity of the squamosal process of the zygoma is protuberant in one of them, as in the JZ, leidyz. Another char- acter is suggested by Mr. Bettany’s figure, but is not mentioned in the text. The angular border of the mandibular ramus extends obliquely forwards instead of being prominently convex as in the best preserved entire mandible of the I superbus in my possession. Nevertheless in another specimen, where a good deal of the posterior border is preserved, the outline is nearly as oblique as in the Jf, leidyi. The species, however, is distinct so far as now known. : John Day epoch, Oregon, C. H. Sternberg and J. L. Wortman. Local? ities, John Day river, Bridge creek, and Camp creek of Crooked river. Merycocheerus leidyi Bettany. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, xxxi, 1875, p. 270; Plate XVIII. Defined and discussed under the preceding species. John Day epoch, Oregon ; Lord Walsingham. John Day river. Merycocherus chelydra, sp. nov. This species is known to me by a skull without mandible, which is entire, except that the extremity of the nasals and the border of the pre, maxillary bones are broken off. It is unfortunate that I have no second skull to confirm its characters, but my numerous specimens of the J, superbus, to which it is most nearly allied, do not present any approxima- tions which suggest transitions between the two. The striking character of this cranium is its great breadth at the tem- poral region, as compared with its length and other dimensions. The forms of the otic bulla differ from those of the WZ. superbus. One method of expressing the width of the skull is as follows. The point of the frontal bone which is equidistant from the supraoccipital notch and the external edge of the zygomatic arch, measured in a horizontal plane, is directly above the posterior or nareal palatal border, when the skull rests on the teeth. In the M/Z. superbus, in the most robust examples, this point is above a point which is a good deal nearer to the line of the anterior edge of the glenoid surfaces than to the palatal border, and at least 30mm. posterior to the latter. That this relative shortness of the basicranial axis is not due to a shortening posterior to the glernoid surfaces, as is the casein UL leidyt Bett., is proven by the fact that a line drawn through the postglenoid and paroccipital process makes an angle of 90° with the middle line, as in M,, superbus. _ The muzzle is compressed and its superior surface is regularly rounded Cope.] 524. {[Jan. 18, The side is divided by the gentle convexity continued forwards from the malar region. Below this and above the premolars the face is concave. Above it the preorbital fossa is well marked, though not deep, and gradu- ally fades out anteriorly. The interorbital region is flat, as in IZ macrosie- gus, and the supraorbital border is not decurved, as it is in I. superbus and M. montanus. The supraorbital and preorbital borders of the front are, however, not continuous as in &M. macrostegus, though nearly in the same line, which they are not in IZ swperbus. The orbits are more oblique than in MZ superbus, looking more upwards and forwards, and their verti- cal exceeds their transverse diameter. The malar bone though oblique, is more vertical than the orbit below the latter, and has an uninterrupted gently concave surface. The postorbital bridge is narrow, and consists one-half of the malar and one-half of the frontal bones. The inferior edge of the malar is thin and is slightly ‘convex downwards, and passes behind the protuberant squamosal at a point behind the line of the postfrontal pro- cess. The anterior extremity of the squamosal is not protuberant below the orbit and only begins to rise gradually below the line of the postfrontal process. It then expands rapidly downwards and outwards in a strong curve, with its flat surface looking upwards as much as outwards. After making a short downward turn it rises steeply, contracting gradually in- wards, and presenting a convexity posteriorly, with its truncate edge looking outwards. Its apex is nearly on a level with the sagittal crest. The inner or descending edge of this process_is concave, so that the apex overhangs a little the posterior outlet of the temporal fossa. The anterior temporal angles are strongly marked and unite into a sagittal crest. The edge of the crest is thickened, so that its section is a letter T. The supraoccipital bone presents a wide flat convexity above the foramen magnum, in distinction from the stronger. convexity of WZ. superbus, and the still stronger of the 1 macrostegus and M. montanus. As in the other species, the posttemporal (= lateral occipital) crests are only present at the upper half of the occiput. Between them’there are two ligamen- tous or tendinous insertions, but no median keel. The exoccipital and posttympanic borders form a tuberosity below the meatus auditorius, which passes upwards into a short convex posttemporal crest. The paroccipital process nearly reaches the postglenoid by its anterior external edge. The tympanic is complete, is not keeled below, and extends itself as a lamina over the posterior side of the postglenoid process. ‘The section of the basioccipital is open V-shaped. The inferior flat surface of the sphenoid is produced backwards in a wedge-shaped prominence to a line connect- ing the anterior edges of the paroccipital processes, It has the same form in U1. macrostegus, but in three skulls of U. superbus, where it is visible, the apex of the wedge does not extend posterior to the middle of the otic bulle. The bullz are small and subconical, and reach as far as the ante- rior edge of the postglenoid process. In the latter the transverse diam- eter exceeds the anteroposterior, which exceeds the vertical diameter. This process and the otic bulla are of about equal protuberance. In four 1884. ] 525 [Cope, , crania of the I superbus, where both are -well preserved and exposed, the bulla is considerably more prominent. than the postglenoid process. The glenoid surface is well-defined and equally wide at both extremities, The inferiorly presented surface of the zygomatic arch, is wider than in any of the other species, including examples of WZ. suzperbus of superior dimensions ‘in other respects. The surface is rugose. The length from a line connect- ing the median external columns of the last superior molar, to the poste- rior nareal border, enters three times into the distance from the latter to the border of the foramen magnum. In & superbus it goes three to three and a half times; in M@ macrostegus and M. montanus once only. Be- hind the molars the produced palatal roof is more concave than between the last two true molars. The palate becomes then more concave (convex), and between the first premolars and canines becomes flat, and expands laterally. The nareal fissure is not much contracted between the pre- maxilliaries. . The infraorbital foramen is above the anterior half of the superior fourth premolar, and is of moderate size. The frontal foramina are separated by a space which is less than half as wide as that which separates each one from the superciliary border. There is no supraorbital notch. The in- cisive foramina are large, are wider than long, and approach close to the bases of the canine teeth. The palatine foramina are minute:or obsolete. The foramen ovale is isolated and is opposite the junction of the glenoid and postglenoid surfaces. The jugular foramen is isolated by the exten- sive contact of the otic bulla and the basicranial axis. Perhaps the condyloid foramen is included in it, as I do not find it in the usual position, The animal is so old that no sutures are visible. _ The teeth are not all cleared from the matrix, which is hard and brittle. . The first true molar is much worn. The first premolar is two-rooted, and is separated from the canine by a diastema equal in length to the long dia- meter of its crown. | . Measurements. M. Length from occipital condyle to front of canine tooth. .300 s es vs ae “* postglenoid process... .041 £6 Ee Hf ag ** nostfrontal process. .. .132 ss oh 6 ge ‘* palatonareal border.. .118 ae fe ae ue ‘end of last molar..... 146 Waieiers Of Gbit { ViELbI Cals re tera celsicielMancys piaalskansteyere:s 0455 (RAVER 5 oe eer cone odeamnacdnbe .039 Depth of malar bone at middle of orbit. .......... eee 084 «« —* zygomatic process to glenoid face behind..... .088 - Width of top of muzzle at preorbital fossa............ .043 ‘*. at middle of supraorbital border............... . .094 s« © malar below orbit. ...... cabs dlcreh eset sare tuaar cys -160 so <« middle of zygomatic arch, .........-....,..- 254 ** of occiput at superior crests,..... Stasrplow\euts\cve nate: «(4 050 Cope:] 526° [Jan. 18, Measurements. M. Elevation of oceiput from foramen........-........+0% .084 Width of occipitalvcondyles=: 05 jaecciestc a settee rete .063 Width of occiputatrcondylesin-. 5-2 ae aes 095 Depth of skull at right angles to profile at glenoid face. .095 a sc “te OC AES es OYrbit: 4.550% .087 os be 2 a e Pom Pit Pe 075 Length of superior dental series with canine........... 159 en Gh premolar Seniesa els = tise ili otainl 061 a ee crue molar *Serless esas s eens meee 065 Diameters M. 1 J 2mteroposterior..............2-2.005- .0180 WRI S550 G00a5054400 OGHOSOOGAL .0185 Dinmeterce canine { anteroposterior..... Ha, SEE .016 transverse. .... BCU O mse Boelo'c .020 Diameters Pom. ai anteroposterior. ............... ooee 0155 (MEDIA KEES SagagepoacouGanogonoKKt .090 Width’ot palate at mist. ee eke ae ee ae ee .044 a gee ribet AP ama t Baese erates rs A! .057 The typical specimen was found on the John Day river, Oregon, by. Mr. J. L. Wortman. Merycocheoerus macrostegus, sp. nov. I have been able to discover in my collection as yet, but one cranium with entire mandible of this species. The very marked characters of this skull are such that no farther evidence of its reference to a peculiar species is needed. Its affinities, as expressed in the analytical key which accom- panies the general discussion of this genus, are with the I montanus. This is shown in the posterior positions of the infraorbital foramen, and of the posterior nares. As peculiar characters may be added the form of the frontal plane and of the otic bulla; also the prolongation of both the premaxillary and supraoccipital regions, and the forms of the zygoma, the angle of the mandible, and the first inferior premolar tooth. The skull reaches a greater length than that of any species, excepting the UZ. mon- tanus, but is not nearly so robust as in the MU. chelydra, resembling in this respect rather the WM. superbus. The muzzle is compressed, and there is a decided concavity just above the second premolar, above which the surface is a little convex. Above the infraorbital foramen, the face is abruptly convex, the convexity slop- ing upwards to the base of the median ridge formed by the convex nasal bones. Behind this the side of the face is a plane which slopes outwards as it descends, which is only interrupted by the rather small, but well de- fined, preorbital fossa. The fossa is better defined in front than in the other species, but I do not know whether the character is constant. The front is a transverse diamond-shaped area, bounded posteriorly by the anterior temporal ridges, and anteriorly by the lines of the supraorbital borders eo 1884. ] 527 [Cope. produced to their point of intersection with each other. Such point of intersection is above the second true molar in this species ; in I. superbus and I. chelydra it is above the posterior part of the second premolar. The area in these species enclosed by the lines in question is half as long again as wide, instead of wider than long by 18mm. This difference is partly caused by the greater prominence and flatness of the postorbital angle of the frontal bone in the MW. macrostegus, and the more anterior direction of the orbits, which I may add have none of the tendency to superior direction seen in I. chelydra. The wide triangular area thus enclosed on its external sides by the orbit and anterior temporal ridges, is perfectly flat. Such an area can hardly be defined in the other species, and the surface there is rounded and descending. The malar bone is deep, flat anda little oblique outwards, and the rim of the orbit projects a little, giving it a slight concavity. The orbit is deeper than wide. The anterior part of the zygomatic process of the squamosal is not protuberant below, the orbit, but gradually rises outwards posteriorly, attaining its greatest expansion opposite the middle of the zygomatic foramen ; above, its course is for a time parallel with the middle line of the skull. The form of the zygomatic arch is more like that of UM. chelydra than any other species, but it is not so much expanded, especially anteriorly. Its inferior and posterior surface is, however, widened, making an angle with the ex- ternal or marginal surface, which is in turn separated by an angle from the superior and anterior surface ; at the middle of the arch the superior surface has a width of 19mm., and the external a width of 23mm. The posterior angle rises to the plane of the summit of the sagittal crest, and the apex, which is less than a right angle, stands above the external base of the postglenoid process. The preglenoid border is not exactly at right angles with the middle line, but makes a slight angle outwards and forwards. The long diameter of the zygomatic foramen is parallel with it. The ridge along the pariétosquamosal suture is insignificent. The supraoccipital region is very prominent, and as in the other species of this: genus is narrowed below by the disappearance of the posterior temporal or exoccipital crests. They are continued downwards and disappear, leav- ing a wide convex surface above the foramen magnum. This is separated by the usual lateral fossa from the posterior temporal angles. The coéssified mastoid and paroccipital processes much contract the auricular fossa below, but do not close it. The latter is contracted at the: base of its terminal part, and is distally slender. The otic bulla is the smallest known in the genus, it is compressed and oval, and not produced: beyond the postglenoid processes either forwards, backwards or down- wards, in this differing much from the UM. montanus. ' It is separated by: wide and equal intervals from this process, the. glenoid surface, and the basisphenoid. It sends a process backwards and inwards to a sutural) junction.with the basioccipital bone. The tympanic bone is flat below, : and is united with the posterior base of the squamosal by a flat expansion.. _ The postglenoid process is robust, and has the height and thickness equal, Cope.] 528) {Jan. 18, while the width exceeds both. The basioccipital bone is prominently: keeled on the middle line, so:'that the section is a V of a more compressed character than the section of the same in M. superbus. The median plane. of the sphenoid is prominent, and is continued as a wedge with the apex. opposite the posterior borders of the otic bulle. The palatine borders are. parallel, except where they form on each:side an open angle at the junc- tion of the descending process of the sphenoid, which is here directed for- wards. Its external border is distinct from that of the palatopterygoid plate, and makes a groove with it. The maxillary bone is not produced. posterior to the notch on either side of the base of the posterior production of the palatine bones. The middle line of the latter is deeply concave opposite the former, and the palate is also especially concave between the first true molars. The palate is flat between the first and second pre- molars. The inferior surface of the squamosal. process of the zygoma is. roughened for the origin of the masseter muscle. The inferior edge of the malar comes from its inner side, and is narrow and with a median groove. Its inferior edge is continued as a ridge of the maxillary as far as opposite. the anterior lobe of the second true molar. The maxillary bones are more produced anteriorly than in any of the other species. The apex of the nasal bones stands above the posterior border of the canine in this species ; above the anterior edge in MW. superbus, M. chelydra and M. leidyi (fide Bettany). The posterior border of the nares is above the anterior part of the first premolar in the three species named, except M. chelydra where it is over the posterior edge of the canine : in ML macrostegus it is-above the. posterior edge of the longer first premolar. ‘ The infraorbital foramen is large, and its posterior border is above the anterior root of the first true molar. The incisive foramina are large, and each one is a little longer than wide. The nareal opening contracts gradu-- ally to its inferior apex. There is a considerable maxillary foramen op- posite the middle of the fourth superior premolars. The posterior nareal’ is not large; its anterior outline is regularly concave. Its lateral (sphe- noid) borders reach to opposite the anterior faces_of the postglenoid pro--. cesses and bound the foramen ovale cn the inner side. The latter is round,, is rather small, and is opposite the middle of the postglenoid surfaces. The foramen rotundum on the other hand is large and vertically oval, and is bounded below by a transverse prominence of the base of the ali- sphenoid bone. It probably includes the spheno6rbital foramen, a foramen: anterior to its inferior border probably communicating with the nareal chamber. The optic foramen is small, and is situated opposite the ante- rior two-fifths of the zygomatic fossa and a little above the line of the apex of the foramen ovale. ‘The foramen lacerum is ovoid and not large, The posterior foramen lacerum is a transverse sigmoid, one extremity being the jugular foramen. The mastoid and postpariétal foramina are of moderate and equal sizes. No postsquamosal or supra- or postglenoid foramina. ct el . The animal described is too old to exhibit sutures. ° iS oe 1884.] F 529 [Cope. The mandible possesses some distinctive characters. The angular border is not prominent posteriorly, extends forwards below, and projects below the general level of the inferior border of the ramus. Neither of these characters is observable in the only ramus of the M. superbus in which the lower part of this border is well preserved, but in some others of that species the superior part of the border is muchas in &M. macro- stegus. The inferior edge of the ramus is straight, but there is a descend- ing tuberosity of the symphysis which may be an individual peculiarity. The symphysis is very concave in profile, and the incisive border is pro- duced in accordance with the prolonged muzzle. Inthe If superbus it is sometimes convex, sometimes a little concave, but not so much so as in this jaw. The coronoid processes are small and slightly everted. The inner ridge of its anterior base is more prominent than the exterior, and encloses a fossa with it. The masseteric fossa is not noticeable. There is one large mental foramen below the third premolar. The dental fora- men is large and oval, and when the mandible stands on a level surface is opposite the middle lobe of the third inferior molar tooth. In dentition this species is distinguished by the relatively large size of the premolar teeth, of which the first, second and third are two-rooted in both jaws. Both the first and second in the upper jaw have short diaste- mata anterior and posterior to them, the largest being behind the canine tooth, and nearly as long as the premolar’s crown. All the teeth are a good deal worn in the specimen. One can see two internal cingula in- closing fossz on the third premolar. The true molars increase in size rapidly posteriorly and the third has a well-developed external heel. The molars have no internal cingula ; these. are present in five of seven skulls of the M. swperbus where these parts are cleaned. The most noteworthy point in the mandibular dentition is a very rudimental character of the in- ternal vertical ridge of the crown of the first premolar. The posterior fossa of the fourth premolar is closed, and the anterior remains open, on wearing. In &. swperbus both are closed in the specimen where visible. The anterior inner wall-is represented in the second and third premolars by acingulum. No cingula on the true molars. First premolar very ro- bust, its section lenticular. sie Measurements. M. Axial length from occipital condyles* to premaxillary BACHE CU TU ecl cio foresalaiai shes 27=1'dl shaiaharslalab Ova loianaianc fapevete fener e)aQaters eek) Axial length from occipital condyles to postglenoid pro- ERE. 3 OGM RO Oar ACEs Eanes HE IRE eam ost Seetear dose OAD Axial length from occipital condyles to postfrontal pro- CeSS ...... Piers sep n aera talaeraelele Fistets weston serene eieerealalis a Axial length from occipital condyles to palatonareal (CI OC ES Seinen pc Ss Miele) Spot Spst Neb oeedocdoc Hecoghecon Yet O0 *The occipital condyles are broken off in the specimen, so I measure from the superior border of the foramen magnum, which is, in the other species, in the vertical line of the occipital condyles. Cope.] 530 [Jan. 18, Measurements. ibaa tes M. Axial length from occipital condyles to end of last mo- aris cel aeh ee eee PRUE ee Ine Sas .058 Diameters ofonot Gventioanls Sion acs vacecue ou nets 044: transverse........ AeA SOE steee /0OU Depth malar bone at middle of orbit.................. .037 ‘zygomatic process to glenoid face behind........ 077 ‘“« skull (right angles to profile) at glenoid face..... .088 a st “ teah “ DOPDIts {cso sos Ube ee a i aoe as APM Ue eet oo iare .068 Elevation of ey from foramen magnum..... Siar 084 Width top of muzzle at preorbital fossa.......-2...06¢ 038 ‘« at middle supraorbital border........ teladiaiermers 109 fF. “* nostfrontal process... 0.010. cee else popcnan. slBi/ *e.. “ malar below orbitis...012.05.4 Bead (8) See GG «« *. « middle of zygomatic arch: ..... Ae cts wii SORES “« of occiput at superior crests. ............. vee. .050 re 1 OK condyles.) 2) tanec ce ce eens see ere 101 Length superior dental series, with canine..:.......... .177 i “ premolar series ..... BU PE PN a. 092 < ei true molar Series. 4. cc, oa tee eer .083 acters canine { anteroposterior. 022120... f eee cee .013 (Transverse SU eclosion cree .018 DinncicP a { anteroposterior ........ ROCCO badc- .017 TEANISVETSE. S cists f clels clones eerele 075 oho « (anteroposterior: : 2.) 2a ese. seats se ee .019 Mergen { transverse......... Pores ose 3 seer 0ORES ‘ +. f anteroposterior. ..........+2sseeee-s .038 igen ecue ner { transverse (at middle oa pete che 029 | Width of palate at P-m.i........... St Soest Ores veces (OGL “ “ MINEO e/cevait iN Lie seleee terre eiaans awe. Jom up “a middle of zygomatic arch.......... 047 Length of inferior dental series with canine. ap, srameac eee 179 Gc ste premolar series..+.......<.. Gels Ue SORE iid “ true molar series. ....... eas abadssa6 088 «« of ramus to posterior edge..... Sogagugeouncoces 2719 Depth of ramus mandibuli at condyle............00... .124 SgeenaN cs Ms a m. iii posteriorly. .......... 073 Ghavcse Vedeincen welt ge m. i posteriorly............ .048 fet aa ge hae ee Poms iGfront)e.< vests ces) holo Diainatérs inferior Pmi{ anteroposteriOr.........0s ae esOLe ; {TATISVIELSEs 22) .7.\+ M. Diameters inferior m: iii 9 2BteToPosterior....-...++.- oe. .044 St ie ey ( transverse. ..... Joins (eae eee SOLS . This fine species is from the John Day epoch of the Miocene. The typical specimen was found by my assistant, Charles H. Sternberg, on Bridge creek, Oregon. Much credit is due Mr. Sternberg for his unwearied exertions in the cause of science, which have been continued through many occasions of risk and discomfort. Merycocherus montanus, sp. nov. This large animal is represented in my collection by a nearly entire skull with parts of both mandibular rami complete. Rami of another in- dividual give the entire dentition of the lower jaw except the incisors. A third individual is represented by a symphysis with premolars, -ca- nines and incisors, and by various parts of the skeleton, including feet. Of the cranium mentioned, the muzzle to the preorbital fossa and the palate to the first true molar are wanting. The region of the larmier is lost, but the general resemblance of the species to the JL macrostegus in other respects, leads me to suspect that it is absent, and that the IZ mon- tanus, is rightly referred to the genus Merycocherus. This course is indi- cated by the structure of the superior molar teeth, which have the character of those of this genus, rather than that found in Merychyus. That is, the posterior internal crescent sends its anterior horn to the external wall of the crown, thus cutting off the posterior horn of the anterior crescent. Dr. Leidy has shown that the reverse is the case in the Merychyus major ; that is that the posterior horn of the anterior crescent reaches the external wall of the crown, cutting off the anterior horn of the posterior crescent. I have observed that this is also the case in the other species of Merychyus which have come under my notice. _ The posterior position of the infraorbital foramen and the greatly pro- duced palate distinguish this species from those of the John Day epoch, excepting the WZ macrostequs, while in the &. rusticus and WU. proprius, the infraorbital foramen. is still further posterior. The palate of these species is unfortunately unknown. The part of the maxillary bone posterior to the infraorbital foramen is nearly flat, and the proximal part of the malar bone is also flat. The in- ferior edge of the latter is narrow and is marked by a groove which ter- minates anteriorly in a shallow fossa. The ridge continuous with this edge terminates above the anterior lobe of the second true molar. The zygoma as far as the anterior border of the glenoid cavity is slender, and not con- vex, but flat in every direction, nor is it decurved as in W/. superbus. The zygomatic foramen is relatively much smaller than in that species. Its posterior or preglenoid boundary is not at right angles to the sagittal crest as in that species, but is oblique outwards and forwards at an open angle. The obtuse median edge of the zygoma looks upwards, not outwards as it does in M superbus and M. macrostegus, and the superior expansion is Cope.] 532 [Jan. 18, opposite the internal extremity of the glenoid face, instead of the external as in M. superbus, or the middle, as in M. macrostegus.. The border descending to the: supraauricuiar crest is thin and vertical in direction, and the superior angle stands above the middle of the postglenoid process, not external to it, as in the two species above named. The postglenoid process is robust and has a convex posterior face. The paroccipital pro- cess is long and acuminate. An external truncate ridge on the front of its base partially embraces the meatus. auditorius, and curving forwards be- comes the anterior edge of the process, which is separated from the post- glenoid by but a narrow interval. The tympanic bone forms a tube more distinct from the surrounding regions than in the other species here de- scribed, and has a longitudinal inferior keel, which is not visible in the M. superbus and UM. macrostegus. It is separated at the meatus by but a short interval from the base of the postglenoid process. The supraauricu- lar and mastoid crests unite and form a short acute crest, which does not continue into a prominent posttemporal, but descends into a mere angle, which continues as a fine line to {the convexity of the true posttemporal crest above. The latter arises from the bifurcation of the sagittal crest, and after a strong convexity descends with its fellow to a narrow promi- nent convex ridge, which rises from the foramen magnum, Thus the oc- ciput on either side of this prominent middle line is deeply excavated, and the fossa is bounded on each side and anteriorly by the low posttemporal angle, and the more prominent mastoid ridge. There is no median keel. The median ridge of the occiput is more prominent and not so flat as in MW. superbus, but is more as in M. macrostegus. The sagittal crest is well developed, and has a straight superior border, which is not thickened as in WV. chelydra, The anterior temporal ridges are represented by an angle which is nearly right. The superior squamosal suture is marked by a prominent ridge. The front is gently convex transversely, and the supra- orbital border is more strongly decurved than in M. swperbus, which are more so than in M. macrostegus. The basicranial axis makes a strong angle with the basifacial as in the other species of the genus, showing that the face was presented obliquely forwards, as in the peccary. The section of the basioccipital bone be- tween the paroccipital processes is V-shaped, owing to the presence of a strong median angle. In M. macrostegus this: bone is similar, but in superbus it is much flatter, and there is a weak median keel. The sphenoid is in line with the occipital and has a broadly rounded-truncate inferior face. The otic bulle are large and compressed. They extend from the middle of the base of the paroccipital process to considerably in advance of the postglenoid process, and approach very near to the glenoid surface. The interval which separates them is small, equaling one-fifth the antero- posterior diameter of the bulla. This is very different from the M. macrostegus, where the space between the glenoid surface and. the bulla, is equal to the anteroposterior diameter of the latter near the middle. As already pointed out, this species agrees with the species just named in the 1884.) i 533 [Cope. great prolongation of the palatal floor of the nareal cavities. The distance from the foramen magnum to the nareal border equals the distance from the latter to the line connecting the median external vertical crests of the last superior molars. In superbus the former measurement is two and one-half times as great as the latter. The mandible shows the nearer relationship to the M macrostegus than. to the IZ, superbus, in the anterior elongation and greater relative size of the premolar teeth. It agrees with the former in having the profile of the symphysis concave, and not convex as in IZ. superbus. It is less con- cave in my single specimen than in that of I. macrostegus. The posi- tion of the posterior extremity of the symphysis is below the middle of the third inferior premolar. The coronoid process is low, and of small size.. Its compressed convex apex is directed at an angle of 45° from the middle line outwards and forwards. Its anterior face soon widens out and the internal edge becomes much more prominent than the external, with which it encloses a shallow, subtriangular, subvertical fossa. The external .border is continuous with the external alveolar border. The masseteric fossa is small and has no distinct inferior border, and does not descend below the level.of the line of the middle molar teeth. The in- ferior border of the ramus is nearly straight. The inferior incisive alveo- lar border is much more strongly convex than in the W& superbus. The condyle has the posterior articular face” on the inner side, as in other species. The infraorbital foramen is large and is above the anterior part of the first true molar tooth. The meatus auditorius is small. There are two postparietal foramina on the pariétosquamosal suture. No supraglenoid or postglenoid foramina. There are two mental foramina, one not small below the anterior part of the first true molar, the other, quite large, below the posterior part of the third premolar. The dental foramen is situated on a level with the alveolar border and well posteriorly, its ante- rior border being a little in front of a line dropped vertically from the apex of the coronoid process. It is thus similar in position to that of I macrostegus and different from tbat of WZ. swperbus, where it is above the line of the apices of the molars, and is posterior to the line dropped from the apex of the coronoid. In the superior true molars, the size increases rapialy posteriorly. The third is relatively of more elongate form than the first, but the posterior external column is but little produced. The other vertical ridges are quite prominent. The external faces of the external lobes are hearly flat. Besides the relation of the adjacent-horns of the internal crescents already mentioned, the posterior horn of the posterior crescent in the first and second molars is cut off from the external wall of its own crown by the anterior horn of the anterior crescent of the crown next posterior. This does not exist in worn molars of Jf superbus and MW. macrostegus, but is observable in little worn teeth of the former. It does not look as though the character would disappear with wear in the Jf montanus. The only Cope.] | 534. [Jan. 38, trace of cingulum on the superior molars is on the inner base of the ante- rior lobe, where it is weak, and in the interspace between the internal lobes, where it is a narrow tubercle. Enamel obsoletely vertically striate. It is wanting on the external] side of the internal crescent, as Leidy has shown to be the case in certain species of Merychyus. The fifth lobe of the last inferior molar is well developed and has its two crescents separated by a groove. The adjacent horns of the external crescents are of about equal length. No cingula, except a trace on front and rear of crowns, and a tubercle between the bases of the external lobes. The fourth premolar has two fosse isolated, one anterior to and the other posterior to the principal apex, which is double, and anterior to the middle. Before wear, each of these fossee opens inwards. The crown of the third premolar has its inner face unequally divided by a crest behind the middle. Posterior to this the space is occupied on the inner side by two shallow fossz of which the posterior is the narrower. Anterior part of inner face of crown concave. One principal angular cusp. The second premolar has a compressed triangular crown with a long base, and a weak vertical ridge on the in- ternal side. The first premolar is a very robust tooth with a straight posterior border directed at 95° forwards, and is vertically truncate in the specimen by friction with the canine. Section of crown lenticular, rounded in front. Measurements. M. No. 1. Length from occipital condyle to postglenoid process... .049 ee “ a 5 “« postfrontal process... .135 Width of occiput at posttemporal crests. .............. .054 ee ag “ condyles..... Hallie Win in chara wietarors oetaene eee Elevation of occiput above foramen magnum.......... .084. Length from foramen magnum to palatal border. ...... .060 Width between apices of otic bulle. ............ biewaic O42 Length from inferior m. iii to apex of coronoid process. .075 ee of superior true molar series.............. «-- .084 Wiasieters ane ues sie|tiovefahale totals e (etal oe etter Cet transverse (at middle rib) ........ ‘eeiere’ L025 Diametersane ak si anteroposterior. .......-.-... Jae hOSE \ transverse (at middle rib). .......... .025 Length of inferior true molar series. .... ............. .085 i -_ f anteroposterior. ..... tietbleiserncteteeiee .0205 Diemer Poa ay { transverse behind............ eda S015 Dine his ae if anteroposterior ...... Soon facies oleae transverse. ..... BOaGen oO Oot bond Ab oleate OG Diamste Peete { anteroposterior. ....... RRA es Bs 2 .040 é {TAMSVETSE:. 2.20. .-.-+00e6 pai maish bree No. 2. Length of ramus mandibuli from incisive border to condyle (oblique)............... Mee tis Gere .280 a 1884, | 539 [Cope. Measurements. M. Length of dental series (straight line)....... Clea maori on i from last molar to apex of coronoid............ .07385 «se of premolar series. .......... TAG a SaROIID Sec .085 “s s-PULULCSMOlaT, SETICS* aersiensy a cxerers oy +14 csi evele isl state oles .084 We ““ second premolar on base. .........e2e.2+0+> .021 5 “* first premolar on base...................--- .0225 Wenimor-raimus at COLONOIG..c A cletsteiye lies vs c.4 wins vines 044 ot See eS SOT Gs Ol AW hey sterah aca) ctor ates ci ebevetcrais etal e .073 ih Se 4S Fr LCL OVI Vadcer she terre ctaret gi srt e .0155 anteroposterior .............-. .015 CLANSMELSCs cisace eee tere .012 anteroposterior :..--..-- +4. .0225 transverse’. wf5 40. (vents. gett Olt Diameters superior m. iit | Diameters inferior m. ii{ Diameters inferior m. iii { A second specimen of this species consists of the occipital, pariétal, and part of the frontal regions, with the right maxillary bone, and fragments of the left maxillary, of the mandible, etc. The latter demonstrates the position of the infraorbital foramen to be above the anterior border of the fourth superior premolar. The middle line of the occiput presents a keel on its superior half. The basioccipital bone between the paroccipital pro- cess is expanded laterally, and is without median angle or groove. Between the bulle it is compressed, and its middle line forms a narrow truncation. Opposite the posterior third of the bulla, this surface ascends at an angle, and gradually widening, spreads into the general flattened convex inferior face of the sphenoid. The anterior part of the sagittal crest isa little better developed than in the typical specimen. The worn teeth indicate an old individual. The canine is large, and the first premolar has its roots well distinguished. The facial plate of the maxillary concave above second premolar. No appreciable diastema. 1884.] 545 [Cope. Measurements. M. MGemP UM Ol MYOlATSATICS Hs ras cae sle cceals «cae, celels sae ola oe .081 as SAP LEMLOMIUS OMMUASeSeeperericlaaier= ussiia ler eerie .041 WACIMEOT, CATING) POSTCTIONLY:. c)jen.cieides «++ -) 1884.] 575 | [Cope. Returning to the superior face of the cranium, we observe that the exoccipital elements form a. wedge-shaped body, divided on the middle line by suture, with the apex forwards. Traces of this division are figured by Gegenbaur as present in Heptanchus.* Anterior to this the middle of the cranial roof is apparently occupied by another triangular bone with the base posterior and the apex anterior, and concealed beneath the free extremity of the element in front of it. The lateral sutures only are dis- tinguishable, appearing as grooves (fig. 2). This is the pariétal bone. Ex- ternal to this and the occipital, and filling the space behind as well as an- terior to the postero-lateral angle of the pariétal, is the element which is produced outwards and backwards as already described. Were I describ- ing a true fish, this bone might be intercalare (epiotic) or pterotic. Perhaps it is both combined, or it may be the cartilage bone called by Gtinther, in Ceratodus, the ‘‘tympanic lamina.’’+ The element anterior to the pariétal is the cartilaginous representative of the frontal, and the fact that it terminates posteriorly in two free processes is significant of the \ true homology of the bones which terminate in like manner in the crania of the Lepidosirenide.+ In this family and in the Ceratodontide these bones are more or less separated on the middle line by the median pos- terior element. In Ceratodus the separation is wide ; in Lepidosiren the interval is uninterrupted, but narrow in front. In Protopterus these elements are in contact on the middle line, but diverge posteriorly. Bischoff, Stannius§ and Giinther identify these elements with the frontals in the genera they have described. Huxley|| calls them supraorbitals, so that it becomes necessary to name the median posterior element a fronto- pariétal, as a combination of two bones usually found distinct in fishes. The furcate structure of the frontal cartilage in Didymodus goes to show that the identification by Bischoff and Giinther is the correct one. There are also in this genus distinct paired membrane bones which do not take : part in the bifurcation in question, and which appear to represent the frontals of Ceratodus. Each of these is a flat, subcrescentic supraorbital _ plate, which has a concave superciliary border. It is separated by a con- siderable interval from its fellow of the opposite side. Its anterior extremity is notched by a fossa which I suppose to represent the ante- terior (posterior in position) nostril. The ? frontal of the right side is dis- placed, and appears as a lamina lying on the frontal cartilage, showing that itis a membrane bone. From its relation to the nostril the question arises, whether it be not the homologue of the nasal. For hyomandibular bone, palatopterygoid arch, and mandibulararch, __ Bs we have to rely principally on one specimen. On one of the skulls, two | ae ee. eee _ * Ueber den Bau des Schedels der Selachier, 1872, Pl. I. : + Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 1871, p. 511, indicated on }) the plates by the letter d. ¥ { Lepidosiren paradoxa by Bischoff, Prof. in Heidelberg ; Leipsic, 1840. @ Handbuch der Anatomie der Wirbelthiere; Epeires: Erstes Buch, die Fische, 1854, p. 49. | Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, 1871, p. 145. q a Cope.] 576 [March 7, curved rib-like bones lie parallel and divergent posteriorly on the right side of the frontal, in the temporal fossa. I cannot identify them. They are not present on the opposite side. As already described, there is a facet on the infero-posterior face of the postfrontal process. ‘This in- dicates the point of articulation of the palatopterygoid arch, as it exists in the group Opistharthri of the sharks as defined by Gill, and as is clear- ly proven by the specimen now to be described. This includes the entire palatopterygoid and mandibular arches of one side, and the greater part of that of the opposite side, together with a considerable part of the right hyomandibular bone and probable ex- tremity of the ceratohyal. The anterior parts of both jaws support numerous small teeth, which closely resemble those described by Agassiz as belonging to his D. gibbosus. They differ from those of the D. compres- sus in their smaller size. The palatine bones do not project much beyond the mandible, which, taken in connection with the form of the muzzle above described, renders it probable that the mouth was nearly terminal. In the palatopterygoid arch there is no noticeable separation or suture between the palatine and pterygoid elements. The inferior border of the palatine is swollen below the orbit; its superior plate rises into a strong suborbital ala, which is concave externally, with thin superior edge. This edge rises posteriorly, giving the outline an elevated convexity, whose ~ greatest upward prominence is above a point a little posterior to the middle of the jaw, and which probably articulated with the postorbital process of the cranium. Its surface gives indication of an articular sur- face appropriate to the corresponding one of the cranium. The superior border then descends rapidly to a vertical posterior border, which forms a somewhat prominent rim. This descends to the mandible, forming a regular ginglymus, the mandible bearing the cotylus. The mandible is rather robust; its inferior edge is rather thin, and becomes incurved anteriorly. Its superior border is regular, except that it rises a little at the coronoid region, and is impressed, corresponding with a concavity of the surface, and arch of the border of the pterygoid region, just anterior to the posterior prominent ridge which forms its posterior edge. The hyomandibular bone is only exposed for its inferior half. It issues from behind the palatopterygoid as a narrow shaft with obliquely truncate extremity. It is thus evident that the arrangement of the jaws is as in the two ex- ceptional existing genera, Hexanchus and Heptanchus. The external nostril already referred to, is a distinct, rather small ec on the lateral part of the superior face of the muzzle, near the extremity of the osseous portion. It is visible on both sides of the best-preserved specimen. It is continued forwards as a shallow groove. At the apex of the muzzle, is a fossa looking downwards, where roofed on each side by the ? nasal bones, which may represent the posterior nasal cavity. Or the latter may probably be represented by a lateral fossa just in front of the pre- orbital process. In either case it is evident that the nares are separated, wd 1884.] Bi 7 [Cope. and that the posterior one cannot be said to be within the oral cavity, as is the case in the known families of the Dipnoi. It is probable that there is a frontoparietal foramen at the posterior bifurcation of the frontal bones, corresponding to the conarium or pineal body of the brain. In a cranium broken across just anterior to the bifurcation, a canal passing forwards and downwards is exposed. There is a foramen, or possibly only a deep fossa on each side of the middle line on the occipito-sphenoid suture. The foramen magnum is rather small and opens upwards. Its border displays no articular surfaces. At the middle of a line connecting the posterior borders of the postorbital processes is a small shallow fossa, or probably foramen, from this there extends on each side backwards and outwards, a shallow groove apparently for a vessel, which terminates at the anterior one of three foramina already mentioned as in line with the fissure which distinguishes the lateral ala of the basicranial axis posteriorly. A similar groove connects the first and second of these foramina, and in one speci- men the groove from the median foramen joins this connecting groove. In front of the median foramen is a rather larger one on the median line, situated at the fundus of a short longitudinal groove. It is placed just posterior to a line connecting the preorbital processes. The grooves easily become obsolete by weathering. II. AFFINITIES. In determining the systematic position of this animal, it will be con- venient to take a survey of the characters of the primary divisions of the fishes. In 1840 Bischoff published the first account of the osteology of Lepidosiren. In this description he called the frontal bones malars with a question, and the pariétals frontopariétals. He described the skull as having an os quadratum. In 1854, Stannius in the Handbuch der Zoo- tomie* correctly determined the frontals and pariétals, and stated further that the ‘‘lower jaw and hyoid bone articulate directly with continuous processes of the chondrocranium.’’ This appears to be the first correct description of the cranial structure of the Dipnoi. In 1864,+ Huxley re- stated the view of Stannius as to the nature of the mandibular articula- tion ; adopted the opinion of Bischoff that the frontal is a frontopariétal, and took a new position in calling the frontals supraorbitals. He also restates in general, the description of the skull of the Holocephali already given by Stannius. The system of Johannes Miiller, adopted by Stannius, was a great im- provement over preceding ones. It embraced, however, the error of in- cluding the Holocephali in the same sub-class (Elasmobranchi) with the sharks. This was adopted by Gill in 1861,t by Huxley in 1864§ and in 1871.|| All of these authors adopt at these dates the sub-class Ganoidea. *Hrstes Buch, die Fische, p. 49. + Elements of Comparative Anatomy, p. 210. ¢ Catalogue of the Fishes of the Kast Coast of North America, p. 24. ? Elements of Comparative Anatomy. | The Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, p. 120. Cope. | 578 [March 7, In 1871* the writer gave the following as the primary divisions of the sub- class Pisces: Holocephali, Selachi, Dipnoi, Crossopterygia, Actinopteri. The Holocephali was raised to an equivalency with the other sub-classes on account of the absence of distinct hyomandibular bone. The Dipnoi were defined by the median pelvic element, by the distichous arrangement of the segments of the pectoral and ventral fins, when present, on a me- - dian axis, and by the supposed presence of a distinct hyomandibular bone. The latter definition must be abandoned, for though an ossification exists, it has been shown by Stannius, Huxley and Giinther, to be merely a de- posit in the continuous chondrocranium. The sub-class Crossopterygia was substituted for the sub-class Ganoidea of Agassiz and Miiller, as the latter was believed to have no actual existence as a division of fishes. After comparing the osteology of Polypterus, Lepidosteus and Amia, I remark (p. 820) ‘‘It is thus evident that the sub-class Ganoidea cannot be main- tained. It cannot be even regarded as an order, since I will show that Lepidosteus, Accipenser, and Amia, areall representatives of distinct orders. Ihope, also, to make it evident that Polypterus should be elevated to the rank of a sub-class or division of equal rank with the rest of the fishes and with the Dipnoi, already adopted.’’ The sub-class Ganoidea has not yet fallen into disuse, but there are strong symptoms that it will do so.+ Among others I select the following extract from Huxley’s paper on the ovaries of the smelt, published in 1883. “‘As is well known, Lepidosteus presents an example of a Ganoid with oviducts like those of the higher Teleostei; in Osmerus, on the other hand, we have a Teleostean with oviducts like those of the ordinary Ganoidei. It is tolerably obvious, therefore, that the characters of the female reproductive organs can lend no support to any attempt to draw a sharp line of demarkation between the Ganoids and the Teleos- teans. “Boas has recently conclusively shown that the same is true of the sup- posed distinctive character afforded by the conus arteriosus; and it has long been admitted that the spiral valve which has been described in the intestine of Chirocentrus is the homologue of that which exists in all the Ganoids, though greatly reduced in Lepidosteus. Indeed I am inclined to believe that the circular valve which separates the colon from the rectum in the smelt is merely a last remainder of the spiral valve. Thus, among the supposed absolute distinctions between the Ganoids and the Teleostei, only the peculiarities of the brain, and especially the so-called chiasma of the optic nerves, remain for consideration. My‘lamented friend Mr. Balfour, in the last of his many valuable labors, proved conclusively that the brain of Lepidosteus is, both in structure and development, a Teleostean * Proceedings Amer, Assoc, Adv. Science, p. 326. Transac. Amer, Philosoph. Soc., p. 449. +The term ganoid tan be used as an adjective to describe the scales already known by that name, and thus be preserved. ' t Proceedings Zodlogical Society of London, 1883, pp. 187, 188, 139. a 1884. | 579 [Cope. brain. But it is singular that no one, so’far as I know, has insisted upon the fact, not only that the Teleostean brain is essentially similar to that of the Ganoids, but that it is exactly in those respects in which the Ganoids and Teleostei agree in cerebral structure that they differ most markedly from the Plagiostomi and Chimeeroidei. ‘‘ With respect to the chiasma of the optic nerves, the exact nature of that structure has not yet been properly elucidated either in the Selachians or in the Ganoids. But, whatever may come of such an investigation, the establishment of the existence of a.true chiasma in the Ganoids, and of its absence in Teleosteans, can have but little bearing on the question of their affinities, since Wiedersheim has shown that a simple decussation of the fibres of the optic nerves, as in ordinary Teleosteans, takes place in many lizards.’’ In 1877* I proposed the following primary divisions of the fishes, and have seen no reason to alter my views as to their value as a correct ex- pression of the affinities and diversities of this class of Vertebrata. The system differs only from that of 1871 in the consolidation of the Crossop- terygia and Actinopteri into a single sub-class, the Hyopomata; and in a few corrections of the definitions given. They are as follows: I. Suspensorium continuous with the cartilaginous cranium, with no hyomandibular. No rudimental opercular bone ; no maxillary arch ; pelvic bones present ; axial series of fore limb shortened, the deriva- tive radii sessile on the basal pieces; axial series of hinder limb pro- IGRee0 Tm Wes agesgeconodedss Hbedoarpdcocansebpotogsen Holocephali. II. Suspensorium articulated with the cranium; no maxillary arch; no opercular nor pelvic bones; bones of limbs as in the last............ Hlasmobranchi. III. Suspensorium rudimental, continuous with cranium, supporting one or more opercular bones; cranium with superior membrane bones ; no maxillary arch; a median pelvic element ; the limbs supported by segmented unmodified axes...... ARS OBIS HOON See pd ovaconn ond MOO TY. Hyomandibular and palatoquadrate bones articulated with cranium, supporting opercular bones; a maxillary arch; no pelvic element ; axes of the limbs shortened, the derivative radii sessile on the basal pieces...... eae miei apefaterster eters ciavavole: « sfarevetevolte pe ccscees oe -ALYONOMALG. In the definition of the Dipnoi, it is necessary to make the correction in accordance with the best observations on fresh specimens, above referred to, as I have not been able to determine the question from dried speci- mens in the Hyrtl collection. The suspensorium cannot be properly said to be articulated to the cranium in the sense in which it is said to be such in the Elasmobranchi. In the latter it is articulated by ginglymus; in * Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 1877, p. 25; and in the Annual Reports of the Commissioners of Fisheries of Pennsylvania for 1879-80, p. 67 and 1881-2, p. 111. Se a a a cS Ke ie Cope.] 580 [March 7, the Dipnoi merely by suture or contact, with other cartilage bones. Its character is therefore more nearly that of the Holocephali than of the Elasmobranchi or the Hyopomata. In the light of the above considerations, to which sub-class must be re- ferred the genus Didymodus? Does it possess a freely articulating hyo- mandibular bone, and maxillary, palatoquadrate and mandibular arches? The question must be primarily determined by these considerations, since the fins and their supports are unknown to us. The lateral posterior processes of the skull are in its superior plane, and their extremities do not present an articular facet for the lower jaw. It is improbable that they were continued downwards as cartilage for the former articulation, as in the Holocephali and Dipnoi. Both from the presence of an articular condyle, and from the mechanical necessities of the case, I have little doubt but that there was a freely articulating hyo- mandibular bone. I have already described this element in fact as visible in asingle specimen. The choice is thus limited to the Elasmobranchi and Hyopomata. It is decided in favor of the former by the absence of maxillary arch and of opercular apparatus. So then Didymodus is a shark, in spite of its peculiarities... Kner* speaks of the presence in the nearly allied Pleuracanthus (= Diplodus), of premaxillary and maxillary bones ; but this is no doubt a misinterpretation of the homologies, as he says they articulate with the lower jaw. In my jaws there is but one bone on each side, a palatopterygoid. In his researches on the structure of the skulls of sharks, Gegenbaurt shows the different methods of articulation of the palatopterygoid arch in the sub-class Elasmobranchi. In Heterodontus the palatopterygoid arch is attached to the skull throughout by its superior border, anterior to the orbit, but is free posterior to the orbit. In Hexanchus and Heptanchus it is free anteriorly, but articulates by its elevated posterior portion with the postorbital process. In the remainder of known recent Elasmobranchs it is free throughout, and merely in contact in front. These relations are also described by Huxley.t Professor Gill utilizes them as definitions of three (of four) primary divisions of the sub-class Elasmobranchi,§ which he names the Opistharthri, (fam. Hexanchide) ; Proarthri (Heterodon- tidee) ; Anarthi (sharks proper) ; and Rhine (Squatinas). According to these definitions, Didymodus must be referred to the Opistharthri. The skull, however, presents other characters which must claim attention. Its * Sitzungsberichte Wiener Akademie, LY, p. 540. + Untersuchungen zur Anatomie der Wirbelthiere, Leipzic, 1872. +On the Anatomy of Ceratodus. Proceedings Zo6l. Society of London, 1876, p. 43-4, with figures. 2 Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 16, 1883, p. 967. Gills fourth group, Rhine&, does not appear to me to possess the value of the other three, nor are the “ Raie”’ and ‘‘Pristes’’ more distinct. I therefore propose that the order Selachii, as defined int the following pages (of the sub-class Elasmobranchi), be divided into three sub-orders: Opistharthri, Proarthri and Anarthri, the lat- ter to include the true sharks, the Squatine, the sawfishes and the rays. 1884.] 581 [Cope. reference to the Elasmobranchi is confirmed by the following characters : (1) The nares are not oral. (2) Thereisa large fontanelle on the summit of the muzzle. (8) There are processes corresponding to the lateral ale of the basicranial axis. In another character Didymodus differs from this and all other sub-classes of the Pisces. This is the penetration of the granular ossification through- out the chondrocranium. In the following characters it agrees with the Dipnoi: (1) The distinct exoccipital, pariétal, and frontal elements. (2) The occipital cotylus. (3) The posterior bifurcation of the frontal cartilage. In the following characters Didymodus resembles the Hyopomatous or true fishes: (1) In the basioccipital bone with condyle. (2) In the ?o0s intercalare or pteroticum. (3) The presence of a distinct element articu- lating with the proximal end of the hyomandibular. (4) The presence of membrane bones in the position of frontals. The characters above cited as constituting resemblances to the true fishes, will not, it appears to me, permit the reference of this genus to any of the divisions of sharks established by Prof. Gill. I therefore proposed a new order of the Elasmobranchi* for its reception, with the following name and definition. A basioccipital bone and condyle. Occipital, ? pterotic, and frontal bones distinct. Supraorbital (or nasal) bones present............ Ichthyotomi. The remaining Elasmobranchi, in which the above characters are want- ing, may be termed by way of contrast, utilizing an old name, Selachii. _ Were it not for the probable presence of the free hyomandibular bone, the order Ichthyotomi might be regarded, in the absence of knowledge of its limbs, as the possible ancestor of the Rhachitomons Batrachia. But as the Batrachia have no distinct suspensorium, or are, to use Miiller’s con- venient term, monimostylic, their origin must still be sought for in some yet undiscovered type of Dipnoi. It is on the other hand very probable that the Ichthyotomi are the group from which the Hyopomata derived their origin. The distinct basioccipital with its two foramina, the superior origin of the hyomandibular, and the superior nostrils, all point towards the true fishes. The tribe of Hyopomata which must be their most im- mediate descendents, are the Crossopterygia, as I define that division. I must now compare the Ichthyotomi with such groups of the Hyopo- mata as they may be supposed to approach most closely. I begin by refer- ring to the marine eels of the order Colocephali. In 1871+ I characterized this order as follows: ‘‘Pariétals largely in contact; opercular bones rudimental ; the preoperculum generally wanting. Pterygoids rudimental or wanting ; ethmoid very wide. Symplectic, maxillary, basal branchi- hyals, superior and inferior pharyngeal bones, all wanting, except the fourth pharyngeal. This is jaw-like, and is supported by a strong supe- rior branchihyal ; other superior branchihyals wanting or cartilaginous.’’ * American Naturalist, 1884, 413. + Proceedings American Ass. Adv. Science, xx, pp. 328-334. F Cope.] 582 [March 7, The statement ‘‘maxillary wanting,’’ is in contradiction to the definition of the sub-class Hyopomata, which asserts the presence of those bones. Stannius* has asserted the absence of the ‘‘oberkiefer’’ in the eel; Giinther} describes their presence. As the absence of the maxillary bone would constitute a point of resemblance, if not affinity to the Elasmo- branchi, I have reéxamined my material to determine the homologies of the lateral dentigerous bone of the upper jaw of the eels. My specimens of species of the Colocephali include the following from the Hyrtl collec- tion: Myrus vulgaris ; Sphagebranchus rostratus ; Moringua retaborua ; Murena sp.; Murena unicolor; Murena sp.; Poecilophis polyzonus, and Gymnomurena tigrina. The pterygoid bone exists in a rudimental condition in the Gymnomurena tigrina, Myrus vulgaris, and one of the species of Murzna ; and whether lost in the preparation of the other crania or not, cannot be stated. In the Anguilla vulgaris the pterygoid bone is con- siderably larger, and extends to a point halfway between its base and the extremity of the muzzle. In the Conger vulgaris it extends still further forwards, reaching a transverse process of the anterior part of the vomer. No palatine bone appears. The premaxillary bone is not distinguished from the ethmoid in the Colocephali, nor in the Enchelycephali (Anguil- lide, etc.). It is quite possible, therefore, that the external dentigerous bone or upper jaw, in both of these orders, may be the palatine, and the maxillary be wanting. The family of the Mormyride appears to furnish the solution. In this group the structure and connections of the pterygoid bone are much as in Conger, and there are in addition distinct premaxillary and maxillary bones. It is clear that in this family it is the palatine, and not the maxillary bone, that is wanting. Similar evidence is furnished by the family Monopteride. The definition of all four of the orders, Colocephali, Enchelycephali, Ichthyocephali and Scyphophori must, therefore, embrace this character. The Gymnarchide agrees with the Mormyride in this respect, and both families have the transverse process of the vomer which receives the pterygoid, as in the genus Conger.t The supposed resemblance to the sharks presented by the Colocephali is then not real, and the question as to the point of affinity of the Ichthyotomi to the true fishes remains open as before. I now refer to the remarkable characters presented by the deep sea fishes of the family Eurypharyngide, as recently published by Messrs. Gill and Ryder.§ These authors find the characters of the skeleton so remarkable, that they think it necessary to establish a new order for its reception, which they call the Lyomeri. The definition which they give is the fol- lowing: ‘‘ Fishes with five branchial arches (none modified as branchi- ostegal or pharyngeal) far behind the skull; an imperfectly ossified skull articulating with the first vertebra by a basioccipital condyle alone ; only * Handbuch der Zootomie, Fische 1854, p. 76. 7 Catalogue Fishes,-British Museum, vol. viii, p. 19. {+ These transverse processes are enormously developed in Gymnarchus. ? Proceedings U.S. National Museum, Novy. 1883, p. 262. 1884. ] 583) [Cope. two cephalic arches, both freely movable ; (1) an anterior dentigerous one— the palatine, and (2) the suspensorial, consisting of the hyomandibular und quadrate bones ; without maxillary bones or distinct posterior bony elements to the mandible; with an imperfect scapular arch remote from the skull ; and with separately ossified but imperfect vertebre.’’ M. Vaillant came to no conclusion as to the affinities of this group ; and Messrs. Gill and Ryder remark, ‘‘ We are unable to appreciate any affinity of Gastrostomus to any Anacanthines, Physostomes, or typical Apods, nor does it seem to be at all related to Malacosteus, which has been universally considered to be a little modified Stomiatid.’’ It is, how- ever, clear to me that the relationships of this family Eurypharyngide are to the order Colocephali, and that they represent the extreme de- gree of the modification of structure which that order exhibits, In other words, the modification of the ordinary piscine type which is found in the Anguillide (order Enchelycephali), is carried to a higher degree in the Colocephali, and reaches its extreme in the Eury- pharyngide. The points of identity between the two groups last-named are so many, that it becomes desirable to ascertain whether they are susceptible of ordinal separation from each other. The characters above given to the order Lyomeri are in fact identical with those which define the order Colocephali, with a few possible exceptions. First, how- ever, I note that the supposed palatine arch, is probably the maxiilary, as in the Colocephali, and that it is the palatopterygoid arch which is absent. The five branchial arches exist in the Colocephali, but the three anterior are rudimental, and the basal branchihyal bones of the fourth and fifth are closely united. There are, however, five arches. Thereis a ceratohyal arch in Murzena and Gymnomurena, but of very slender pro- portions. Whether this element is absolutely wanting in Gastrostomus, or whether the first branchial arch is its homologue, remains to be ascer- tained. Should the last two be coherent as in the Colocephali, we would then have the same number of hyoid arches in both, viz., six. The ‘‘im- perfectly ossified cranium ’”’ is shown in the detailed description given hy Messrs. Gill and Ryder, to support the same bones which are found in the Murenoid skull. The degree of ossification of the skeleton does not con- stitute a basis for ordinal distinction, if the same elements be present. For this reason the perforation of the vertebral centra by the remnant of the chordadorsalis does not seem to be of ordinal importance. In the more detailed description, there are a few charecters worthy of notice. First, ‘‘The notochord is persistent in the skull for half the length of the basioccipital.’’ This indicates further the primitive condi- tion of the vertebral column, but scarcely gives basis for an ordinal defi- nition. Second (p. 266.), ‘‘The neurapophyses are slender, diverging (instead of convergent), cartilaginous distally, and embracing the neural sheaths on the sides, while by the neurapophyses is supported a membra- nous sheath which roofs over the nervous cord,” etc. The nerual canal is well closed above in the Murenide, but in the Anguillide it is largely Cope.] 584 | [March 7, open above. The neurapophyses it is true unite, but at a distance above the neural cord, and as attenuated rods. Third, ‘‘ There isno vomer de- veloped, but a triangular cartilaginous element pendent from the cranial rostrum affords attachment for the palatine (read maxillary) element anteriorly,’ ete. This element probably exists in the Coloeephali and similarly takes the place of the vomer, only differing in betng ossified. I have been accustomed to regard it as the homologue of the bone called ethmoid in fishes. The character which distinguishes the Colocephali from the Enchely - cephali, now that their maxillary and palatine structure are shown to be essentially the same, is found in the hyoid apparatus. In the Enchely- céphali, the structure is as in ordinary fishes ; there is a glossohyal, and there are basilyals, and axial branchihyals, and superior pharyngeals. In the Colocephali all these elements are wanting, excepting the fourth supe- rior pharyngeal, which has the form of an antero posteriorly placed den- tigerous jaw, which opposes the lateral branchihyal of the fifth arch or, as it is generally called, the inferior pharyngeal. It is evident that the Eurypharyngide are more similar to the Colocephali than to any other order in this respect also, but the description of these parts is not yet suffi- ciently detailed to enable me to determine what difference there may be in this respect, if any. ‘The mobility of the quadrate bone on the hyo- mandibular cannot be regarded as of great systematic significance, although it is doubtless important in the economy of the fish. It is then evident that the Eurypharyngide belong very near to, if not within, the order Colocephali. Towards the end of their description, Messrs. Gill and Ryder (p. 270), recognize this relationship, but deny that it indicates that this family is ‘‘from the same primitive stock as the Murenids.’’ I incline to the belief that it is the ultimate result of the line of development of which the Anguillids form one of the first terms, and the Murenide a later and more specialized one. It is therefore clear that the point of relationship of the Ichthyotomi to the true fishes is not to be found in the Eurypharyngide or the Colo- cephali. In the following point Didymodus resembles Polypterus. The fossa above described as on each side of the basioccipital, is found in Polypterus. There it serves as a place of insertion of a strong ligament on each side, which is attached externally to the epiclavicle, and serves to hold the scapular arch in its place. A similar structure cxists in the Siluirde, where the ligaments are ossified. It suggests for Didymodus a scapular arch suspended more anteriorly than in sharks, possibly even ‘to the skull. The genealogy of the fishes will then be as follows, first, however, it is to be understood that in asserting the derivations of one group from another, I mean that in accordance with the rule which I have termed ‘the doctrine of the unspecialized,’’ the later type in each case is the descendant of the primitive and not the later sub-form of its predecessor. In this way is to be explained the apparent anomaly of regarding the « ‘Elasmobranchi =) 1384.] 585 [Cope. notochordal sturgeons as descendants of Crossopterygia, whose modern representatives are osseous. The primitive Crossopterygia, and probably even the Actinopteri, were doubtless as cartilaginous as are the existing sturgeons: . Actinopteri. : Hyopomata = Chondrostei. Batrachia. Crossoptery gia. ei Ichthyotomi. Dipnoi. Selachii. ~~ Holocephali. 7 In this phylogeny, the Holocephali, which have not differentiated a suspensorium, are regarded as the primitive fishes; although the living representatives display some specialized characters, as, for instance, a membranous gill-cover which conceals the primitive slits. The line to the right continues the monimostylic character and passes into the reptiles, whose primitive types are also monimostylic, as Johannes Miller called them. In the later forms or streptostylicate reptiles of Miller (Lacertilia, Ophidia), the quadrate becomes freely articulated.* In the left hand series, the Elasmobranchs immediately present us with the free suspensorium or hyomandibular, which is a well-known character of the remainder of the line, the modifications being the additlon of sepa- rate clements, as the metapteryyoid, ‘‘quadrate,’’ and symplectic. The penetration of ossification into the chondrocranium of Didymodus, in regions not ossified in either fishes or batrachia (sphenoid and pre- sphenoid), and into regions not ossified in any vertebrate (frontal and paricial cartilages), may be, so to speak, only a local phenomenon, and not indicative of extensive phylogenetic consequences. For if it be so regarded, it evidently proves too much, giving affinities in the base of the skull to the reptiles, and in the roof exhibiting a character more highly developed than any known form of vertebrata. The Ichthyotomi include, so far as yet known, but one fumily, the Hybo- dontide of Agassiz. According to that author this family includes four genera, Hybodus, Pleuracanthus, Cladodus and Sphenonchus. It ranges from the coal-measures to the Jura inclusive. The genus Didymodus may be described as follows : Frontal plane well defined on each side by the temporal fosse, and ter- minating in two cornua posteriorly. Anterior nares on the superior gur- face of the muzzle. Supraorbital (or nasal) bones well separated on the median line‘and constituting the only membrane ossification Teeth with large Jateral denticles. Thespecies Didymodus compressus Newberry, may be defined as follows : Skull with massive walls. Form elongate, depressed, the orbit not ex- * The phylogeny of the Reptilian series can be found in the Proceedings American Association Advancement of Science, xix, 1871, p. 233. The Batrachia are supposed to be their ancestors. { ’ Cope.] 586 [Match 7, tending behind the anterior third of the length. Basicranial and basifacial axes in one line, flattened, the supraorbital border flat, concave on the edge ; postorbital processes obtuse, the temporal ridges commencing with thin posterior border, which they excavate. The ridges then turn, ex- tend parallel .posteriorly, terminating in the horn-like processes already described, with a slight divergence. The apices mark the posterior third ~ of the length of the skull. The occipital condyle is wider than deep, and its superior border retreats forwards so as to cause its cup to look upwards. The exoccipital diameter at the foramen magnum is less than that of the basicranial axis, the osseous element of which, probably sphenoid, is re- curved on the sides to their middle. The sides of the latter expand a little to meet their lateral ale. Immediately above their contact is situ- ated the supposed condyle for the hyomandibular element. The basicranial axis is convex opposite the postorbital processes, from the bases of which a concavity separates it. It has a slight median groove at this point. It is much narrower than the interorbital width above. A short distance in front of the postorbital processes it begins to contract, and gradually teaches an acuminate apex. Superior to this apex, commencing posterior to it, the space between it and the supraorbital or nasal elements is occu- pied by a massive element (? cthmoid) which forms the floor of the nasal median fontanelle. The surfaces are smooth, but readily weather so as to be granular. The granules are subround, with flattened surface. Measurements of skull. M. Total length of skull to end of frontal bone (No. 1).... .180 “ 2 Ss mraZle tO-onitie axial jets elite .024 ay «« —«« skull to postorbital process............ 058 oe) ee tO pIeeS On rrombe lucanitl aera alte f Se ee tO! Ze OLCTOUIG ae (ce Ste) ey pareets . .155 W idth of skull at prefontals..........0c0.ce+ccesecee 045 ce | 6) ec prAORniial DONUeTSs Weenie ke eee 055 oO ENS Ere? MLELOME A pICES teas ger ens eetaec ne 088 cont OCeipital CONG YIBS emacs nhc: see iat oe eae eee eet Depth “ 15 CONDE ane an a eee ROS es oN .025 Measurements of jaws. Length of mandibular ramus from cotylus, inclusive. .145 Depth ‘‘ mandibular ramus at cotylus............... .028 se e A iS MUL CLC ete oc: adoeijog Uae Length ‘‘ palatopterygoid bone from cotylus, inclusive. .145 Depth “ if “* at postorbital articula- UO Madd Oo adotda.dc06. 5 BOCA ARORa E cOK syoetegsuohnetetinas Onan Depth of palatopterygoid bone at orbit................ .035 Length“ canes “posterior to orbit ....... .070 A second species has been brought to light by the researches of Mr. W. 1884.] 587 [Cope. F. Cummins in the Permian beds of Texas. Parts of the jaws with two of its teeth are preserved. The lower jaw is distinguished from that of the D. compressus by its small transverse as compared with its other di- ameters. The ramus is quite compressed, and is not thicker at the inferior edge than the superior, and is slightly concave on the inner side. Its ex- ternal face is nearly vertical. The angle is rounded forwards, and there is no angle behind the cotylus, which is raised above the superior line of the ramus. The cotylus is rather large, and has a shallow anterior supe- rior, and a posterior subposterior facet. There is no indication of a coro- noid process. The inferior edge of the ramus is swollen on the outer side, below the anterior border of the condyle, so as to mark with the thickened posterior edge of the ramus a fossa in the position of the mas- seteric. \ The teeth are pecular in the form of the root (Figs. 8-9). This part has no anterior projection, and the posterior portion is a flat, thin-edged plate, wider than long. It carries a button, but no notch. There is a minute median denticle. The form of tle root is thus very different from that of the tooth of the D. compressus (figs. 5, 7). Measurements. M. Dept ot ramus at cotylus (vertical) {22 o4.4. 20s. 10. cc .062 ee cs iG 120 mm. anterior to cotylus. .048 Transverse diameter at the same point...........-0ee0- 009 Long diameter (oblique) of cotylus............ chotuetat ass 031 : anteroposterior.....-.... O11 _ Diameters of base of tooth PTANISVELS Chravaiereloivaveneneyater te .037 Diameters of crown of lateral denticle | Neen ee I call this species Didymodus platypternus. Should the name Didymodus be found hereafter to apply to species of Pleuracanthus, the latter generic name must be used for this species. Ill. Historica. In 1837 Prof. Agassiz (Poiss. foss., iii, 66), described a spine which he believed to have belonged to a fish like the sting-rays, as Pleuracanthus levissimus. The only example was obtained from the Dudley Coal field. In 1845 Prof. Agassiz (Poiss. foss., iii, 204), made known certain teeth, which he referred to sharks of the family of Hybodonts. Two spe- cies were distinguished, D. gibbossus and D. minutus. Both were obtained from the English Coal measures. In 1848 Prof. Beyrich (Berichte vernandl. k. Preuss. Akad. wiss., 1848), proposed the generic name Xenacanthus for a German Carbonifer- ous form, referred to Orthacanthus by Goldfuss (1847), but which ap- proached nearer to Pleuracanthus. In 1849 Dr. Jordan (Jahrbuch fiir Min. u. Geol., p. 848), described, under the name Zvriodus sessilis, a form subsequently ascertained to be identical with the Xenacanthus. Cope.] 588 { March 7, . In 1857 Sir Philip de Malpas Gray Egerton (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 423), contended that the spines of Pleuracanthus belonged to the same fish as the Diplodus teeth, and that Xenacanthus was likewise refer- able to the same type. ; In 1867 Prof. Kner (Sitzb. k. Akad. wiss. Wien, lv, 540-584), published a menioir, illustrated by ten plates, in which he proved that Diplodus and - Xenacanthus were generically identical. = In 1875 Messrs. St. John and Worthen proposed the genus Thrinacodus for the Doplodus incurvus and D. duplicatus of Newberry and Worthen and the 7. nanus St. J. and W., from Illinois. In 1885, in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy (p. 108), I proposed the name Didymodus for the Diplodus compressus Newberry. In Science for 1884, p. 274 (March 7th), I called attention to the close re- semblance of the teeth of this genus to those of the recent shark, called by Garman Chlamydoselachus, and Leen my belief in the identity of the two genera. In the American Naturalist for April, 1884, p. 413, I gave a brief ab- stract of the characters of the skull of Didymodus, and proposed to regard it as the type of a new order to be callea the Ichthyotomi. In Science, 1884, p. 429 (April 11), Prof. Gill objects to the identification of the genera Didymodus and Chlamydoselachus ; on the ground of the dif- ferent forms of the teeth. He states that he doubts the pertinence of the two genera to the same order. He points out that the oldest name for Dip- lodus Ag. is Pleuracanthus Ag., and that the order Ichthyotomi had been already defined and named by Liitken, with the name Xenacanthini. On these various propositions the following remarks may be made. (1.) There is no generic difference to be detected, in my opinion, be- tween the teeth which are typical of Diplodus Agass. and Thrinacodus St. J. and W. and the recent Chlamydoselachus. Differences there are, but apparently not of generic value. The identification of the recent and ex- tinct genera rests, as far as this point goes, on the same basis as that of the recent and extinct Ceratodus. - (2.) At the time of my proposal of the name Didymodus, I was not con- vinced that fishes of this type bore the spines referred to the genus Pleura- canthus Ag. None of the authors cited figure any specimens which pre- sent both tricuspidate teeth and a nuchal spine. None of my ten speci- mens possess a spine. However, Kner describes two specimens as exhibit- ing both tricuspidate teeth and a spine, and Sir P. Egerton’s statements (1. c.), on this point are positive. So we must regard Pleuracanthus as the name of this genus, with Diplodus as a synonym. (2.) Diplodus being regarded as a synomym of Pleuracanthus, it follows that Chlamydoselachus Garm. is distinct, on account of the diferent struc- ture of the dorsal fin, which is single and elongate in Pleuracanthus, ac- cording to Geinitz and Kner. The presence of the nuchal spine in Pleura- canthus is also probably a character of distinction, although we do not yet know whether such a spine is concealed in Chlamydoselachus or not. ee a ee 1884. ] 589 [Cope. (4.) The identity of Didymodus (type Diplodus compressus Newberry) and Pleuracanthus, may now be questioned. None of the specimens are figured and described by the authors above cited, as displaying an occi pital condyle, or posterior frontal cornua. My specimens of Didymodus compressus do not exhibit teeth on the roof of the mouth, as Kner describes. There are no spines with the crania, although separate Pleuracanthus spines are not rare in the same beds. The teeth associated with the skulls, moreover, present a button on the superior side of the root (Fig. 5). Agassiz figures teeth of this kind as belonging to the Diplodus gibbosus. St.John and Worthen make these teeth typical of Diplodus, and confer the name Thrinacodus on those without the button, a character which I do not think aconrstant one. The latter name is then probably a synonym of Pleuracan- thus. The button-bearing teeth are figured and described by Kner as occur- ring scattered, and in a somewhat different horizon from that of the Pleu- racanthus specimens. In Germany, as in Texas, the button-bearing teeth are the larger. I suspect that the skull I have described represents a different genus from Pleuracanthus proper. This genus will not differ from Chla- mydoselachus Garm., in the lack of other evidence ; the teeth presenting only specific difference. (5.) Of course, a study of the anatomy of Chlamydoselachus, which I hope Mr. Garman will soon give us, may reveal differences between that genus and Didymodus ; but of these we know nothing as yet. (6.) The order Xenacanthini was proposed by Geinitz (Dyas) for Pleu- racanthus, on account of the supposed suctorial character of the ventral fins. This character is supposed by Kner to be sexual. In any case this division, whatever its value, must be subordinated to the order Ichthyo- tomi, as I define it. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. All the figures two-thirds natural size, except fig. 6, which is one-half larger than nature. Fig. 1. Skull from above, right frontal bone displaced, and its anterior extremity broken off. Posterior apex broken from right frontal cartilage bone. a, Frontal or supraorbital bone, that of the right side displaced ; J, anterior nostril ; c, postfrontal facet for palatopterygoid ; d, frontal fissure. Fig. 2. Posterior part of skull of another individual, from above ; a, occi- pital bone ; b, pariétal ; c, a cornua of frontal bone. Fig. 3. Anterior view of fig. 2, displaying section of brain case ; a, frontal or pariétal cartilage bone; b, sphenoid ; c, brain cavity ; d, frontopariétal fontanelle ; ¢, hyomandibular condyle (? pterotic bone). Fic. 4. Anterior part of skull from below, of a third individual, display- ing orbits and postorbital processes. Fic 5. Tooth of Didymodus compressus Newhb., natural size, posterior view. ; , = Cope.] 590 [March 7, 1884. : Fia. 6. Palatopterygoid and mandibular arches of a fourth individual from right side, with im, hyomandibular. Fie. 7. Superior tooth of external row, without apices of two of the cusps ; from the palatine bone of the specimen represented in fig. 5 ; one- half larger than nature, anterior view. Fie. 8. Tooth of Didymodus platypternus Cope, nat. size, from above _ posteriorly. ee Fia. 9. Tooth of a second specimen of Didymodus platypternus from 4 below. ‘ f PRINTED JULY 1, 1884. DEC5 1930 $4,098 Paleontological Bulletin, No. 39. THE EXTINCT MAMMALIA OF THE VALLEY OF MEXICO. Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 16, 1884. | ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE FEET IN THE EXTINCT ARTIO- DACTYLA OF NORTH AMERICA Read before the American Philosophical Society, Aug. 15, 1884. FIFTH CONTRIBUTION TO THE Knowledge of the Fauna of the Permian Formation TEXAS anv tas INDIAN TERRITORY. Read before the American Philosophical Society, ae 15, 1884. By PRoFeEssor E. D. Cope. FOR SALE BY A. #. FOOTH, 1223 BELMONT .AVENUB, PHILADELPHIA. re May 16, 1884.} 1 (Cope. The Hatinet Mammalia of the Valley of Mexico. By H. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 16, 1884.) The following study is based primarily on an examination of the speci- mens contained in the Museum Nacional of Mexico, which I was permit- ted to make through the kindness of the Director of the Departments of Geology and Mineralogy, Professor Mariano Barcena. Through the me- diation of the same gentleman, I obtained permission from Professor Antonio Castillo, Director of the School of Mines, to examine the corres- ponding material preserved in the fine museum of that institution. The knowledge derived from the study of the latter, reinforced the results I obtained from the study of the specimens of the Museum Nacional, so as to enable me to reach definite conclusions as to the definitions of various species which are represented in both collections. I wish to record the obligations under which I have been laid by both of these distinguished gentlemen. I have, through their aid, been enabled to make a comparison between the pliocene fauna of Mexico, and that of Buenos Ayres, and that of Oregon. The species of the Pampean fauna contained in. my private collection, are those exhibited by Messrs. Ameghino, Larroque and Brachet, at the Exposition of Paris of 1878. My Oregon material is derived from the explorations of my parties under Messrs. Sternberg and Duncan, and those of Professor Thomas Condon of the University of Oregon, who kindly lent me his collection. The collections of the museums of the City of Mexico, above mentioned, are derived from the locality Tequixquiac, and the specimens referred to in the following pages are to be understood as having been derived from that locality unless otherwise stated. Tequixquiac is situated on the northern edge of the valley of Mexico, north of the City of Mexico and the town of Zimpango, and east of the gorge of Nochistongo. Cope.] 2 [May 16, GLYPTODON Owen. GLYPTODON, sp. indet. A nearly complete carapace of this remarkable animal is mounted in the Museum Nacional, and a second, nearly as wel! preserved, is in the Mu- seum of the School of Mines. Jaws and teeth occur in the latter museum. The discovery of this genus at this extreme northern locality is due to Dr. Antonio Castillo. It was first announced by Dr. Mariano Barcena in the Revista Cientifica of Mexico, 1882, I, p. 3. The extension of this far southern genus to the latitude of Mexico during the Pliocene (Pampean) epoch, is entirely consistent with the further distribution of the great sloths and lamas to the United States at the same time. DIBELODON Cope. Mastodon pars, auctorum. Various attempts have been made to define as genera groups of species which are included within the limits of the genus Mastodon of authors. The first new name, Tetracaulodon, was introduced by Dr. Godman, who saw in the mandibular tusks of some individuals of the Mastodon ameri- canus OCuv., ground of its separation from the genus Mastodon, in which he believed those teeth to be wanting. This division was adopted by Dr. Grant and others, but has not been generally allowed. The next division was that proposed by Dr. Falconer, who, however, did not employ the names proposed by him in more than a subgeneric sense. He distinguished two series in the genus Mastodon. In one of these, the P-m. 3, and the Ms. 1 and 2 present three transverse crests, while in the other division these teeth present four such crests. To these divisions he gave the names of Trilophodon and Tetralophodon respectively. The third attempt at division is that of Herr Vacek, who gives names to the two divisions of the genus in which the cross-crests are composed of tubercles or continu- ous ridges. These divisions he calls Bunolophodon and Zygolophodon respectively.* : I will refer to these divisions in reversed order. Those proposed by Vacek cannot be regarded as genera, and their author did not use them as such. The tubercular crest passes into the straight crest by insensible stages. The divisions proposed by Falconer are more distinct, but not sufficiently so to represent genera. This may be understood by reference to the second lower molar of the Mastodon augustidens, which is, in some individuals, three crested, and in others four crested. Some other species present the same difficulty. On this point I quote the remarks of Dr. Lydekker:} ‘‘The foregoing survey of such a large series of Mastodon molars has led to the conclusion that the very regular ridge formula given by Falconer will not always hold good in regard to the true molars, * Vacek, Ueber Oesterreichische Mastodonten, Abh.der K. K. Geolog. Reich- anstalt, vii, Heft iv, Wien, 1877, p. 45. : + Geological Survey of India, Series x, Vol. i, pt. v, 1880, p. 256. 1884.] 3 [Cope. though in the Indian species, at all events, it appears to be always con- stant in the milk-molars. We have seen that there is a tendency in the true molars of some of the Trilophodons (UU. falconer?) to develop the talon into a fourth ridge, and in the Tetralophodons (M. latidens and W. sivalensis), a similar talon is developed into a fifth ridge, in the intermedi- ate true molars.”’ MZ. humboldtii Cuv. (JZ andium Falc.*) shows a small fourth crest on the second true molar, according to Falconer.+ The lower incisor teeth, on which Godman relied for the definition of his genus Tetracaulodon, were shown by Harlan, not to be constantly present in the Mastodon americanus. In fact, no adult specimen has been described in which two inferior incisors are present. The single one ob- served is very rarely found in adults, being a character more frequently found in the young. It isin this species a remnant of a character else- where constant, which does not disappear quite so soon as the teeth of the whalebone whale, and superior incisors of the ruminant. But it is other- wise with other species referred to Mastodon. No specimens of the Mas- todontes angustidens, productus and longirostris, are recorded, in which two inferior incisors are not present. For this reason the first and last- named were placed by Grant and others in the genus Tetracaulodon. Unfortunately this name was applied by its author to the I. americanus only, a species which cannot enter the genus furnished with a pair of per- sistent inferior incisors. It is also the type of Cuvier’s Mastodon.{ It thus unavoidably becomes a synonym of the latter. There is no doubt that the presence of a pair of persistent inferior in- cisors defines a genus as distinct from one in which there is not a pair of permanent inferior incisors. I agree, therefore, with Grant and others, in separating the Mastodons which present this character from the genus Mas- todon, under another generic head. I believe, also, that the presence or absence of a band of enamel on the superior incisors furnishes ground for the recognition of distinct generic groups, and would be so used in any other division of the Mammalia. It is often asked why it is necessary to multiply generic names on such grounds. My answer is simply an ex- . pression of the law governing the case, based on the supposition that when the species of animals and plants come to be fully known, the genetic series will be found to be uninterrupted, excepting by the presence or. ab- sence of characters which appear or disappear during the growth of a set of individuals, which we on this account call a species, or refer to a genus. The difference in the two cases consists in this: In the case of species, the characters are numerous and are matters of proportion, size, color, texture, etc., while in the case of the genus the character is single, and marks one step in the serial chain of structural modifications. In the case of the genus there is an actual addition or subtraction of some distinct * Paleeontological Memoirs of Falconer, i, p. 100, pl. 8. + Loe. cit., ii, p. 15. { Ossemens Fossiles, ii, p. 252, Hd. 1834: ‘‘ Ann. Mus., 1806, viii, 272,” teste Leidy. Cope.] 4 _ [May 16, part or piece of the organism.* If now we fail to notice these points or steps, we must abolish all genera. If we define some and fail to define others, our practice ceases to have the uniformity of a law, and we aban- don the basis of scientific order.| One point, however, must be insisted on. In order that a character be usable for any purpose of definition, it must define. That is, it must belong to all the individuals referred to the species, genus, etc., defined, and must not be present in some individuals and wanting in others of those supposed to be defined by it. This being the case, adult animals only can be used for definition, as characters, es- pecially generic, are added from time to time up to maturity.. Sometimes only one’sex can be considered, since the adult characters are in certain cases never reached by one sex or the other. This is often the case with insects. Moreover, some latitude for exceptional variations must be al- lowed. Thus, the exceptional absence of the last molar in a dog does not invalidate the definition of the genus Canis, M. 2. Of course, if all specimens of animals could be found, the definitions would all, or nearly all, be invalidated. But it is safe to assume that all the intermediate forms will not be found, so that the definitions of species will represent the state of our knowledge, and the results of the operations of nature in the preservation of individuals. The case is somewhat different with regard to generic characters. As these involve the addition or subtraction of some part, having definite dimensions, it is quite possible to say when the latter is present or absent. Characters of this kind present the appearance of abruptness of transition, to which I have referred in my paper ‘‘On the Origin of Genera,’”’ and. which gave rise to the formulation, by Professor Hyatt and myself, of the “Jaws of acceleration and retardation.’’ When such change prevails throughout all the individuals of one or more species, a new genus has its origin. Asa matter of fact, the creation of generic modifications has been exhibited, in the history of life, by many individuals nearly contempora- neously. Ag the change involves but one character, it offers a better oppor- tunity for the formulization of the laws of evolution, than in the case of specific characters, which are more numerous. The three genera of Elephantide, of which mention has been made above, will then be defined as follows: Mastodon Cuv. Superior incisors without enamel band; inferior incisors wanting. Type I. americanus. Dibelodon Cope. Superior incisors with enamel band ; inferior incisors wanting. ‘Type D. shepardi. fe Tetrabelodon Cope. Superior incisors with enamel band ; inferior incisors present in the male at least. Type 7. angustidens. To the genus Mastodon must be referred the following species. For * See “ Origin of Genera,” Proc. Acad. Philada., 1869, where this point is dis- cussed. { + American Naturalist, 1884, July, p. 1884. | 5 [Cope. the dental characters of the Indian species I am indebted to Messrs. Fal- coner and Lydekker : Mastodon americanus Cuv., N. America. ?borsont Hays, E. and 8. Europe. mirificus Leidy, N. America: ee faleonert Lydd., India. re arvernensis C. & J., Europe. uy stwalensis Falc., India. Ge latidens Clift., India. Dibelodon shepardi Leidy, California, Mexico. ue tropicus Cope, Tropical America... ie humboldtii Cuv., South America. Tetrabelodon angustidens Cuv., India, Europe, N. America. andium Cuy., S. America, Mexico. st productus Cope, SW. N. America. he éuhypodon® Cope, N. America. ae pentelict Gaudry, SE. Europe. 8 perimensis Falc., India. uh pandionis Falc., India. cf turicensist Schinz, Europe. ue campester Cope; N. America. es longirostris Kaup, Europe. The condition of the inferior incisors is unknown in the Mastodon attt- cus Wagner, and J. serridens Cope, and U. proavus Cope ; and in some of the above species the presence of an enamel band on the superior incisors has not been established. I may add that I do not perceive how the so-called genus Stegodon can be distinguished, as at present, by the number of crests of the intermediate molars, and by the presence of cementum. It will probably be necessary to look for other characters in order to sustain it. DIBELODON SHEPARD! Leidy. Mastodon shepardi Leidy, Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1870, p. 98 ; 1872, p. 142. Mastodon obscurus Leidy part, Report U. 8. Geol. Survey. Terrs. I, p. 330, Plate xxi. This species was originally proposed on the evidence of a last inferior mo- lar tooth from Contra Costa county, California, and a part of a superior tusk from Stanislaus county in the same State. Dr. Leidy subsequently aban- doned the species. I however revived it in a synoptic table of the species of North American Mastodons in 1884. + The fossils of the Museum Nacional of Mexico, examined by me, included * American Naturalist, 1884, p. 525. + Von Meyer is my authority for the presence of mandibular tusks in this species, = M. virgatidens Meyer. ‘i { American Naturalist, 1884, p. 524. Cope.] 6 [May 16, a well-preserved lower jaw of a Mastodon, which presents both rami, and both the last true molars, and the entire symphysis. In the collection of the Ecole des Mines I saw a palate with the second and third true molars of both sides in place, and the superior incisor teeth, or tusks. Other fragments of jaws, with numerous isolated molars, were seen in these col- lections and in that of the college of the city of Toluca.* ; . From these specimens it is clear that the high valleys of Mexico were | inhabited by a trilophodont mastodon, with a short decurved toothless symphysis like that of the Hlephas primigenius, and with a band of enamel on the superior incisor tusks. The molars have the characters of those of the Mastodon andium of authors, and are of about the same size. The cross-crests are divided at the middle line only, and one-half wears into a trefoil, while the other half wears into an oval, transverse to the long axis of the crown. The unworn crests are obtuse and not serrate ; and there are no accessory tubercles besides those forming the lateral lobes of the trefoils. The size of the ramus and of the teeth is about that of the MM. angustidens, and smaller than that of the M. humboldtti. The last in- ferior and last superior molars have but four cross-crests and a small heel. This I verified on several specimens. A comparison of this species with those described, yields the following results: In the character of its molars it is identical with the IZ andium, and differs from the U/. humboldtti in the characters which distinguish the two species, as pointed out by Gervais.+ That is, only one-half of each cross-crest wears into a trefoil, and the size is inferior. But it cannot be identified with the Tetrabelodon andiwm, because, according to Falconer, t that species possesses a long massive deflected beak containing an incisor tooth.|| It is true that the specimen figured by Laurillard in D’Orbigny’s voyage dans l’Amerique Meridionale, Pl. x, does nut display a long beak and tusk, although the symphysis is much more pronounced than in the present species. But that plate is made from a drawing, and may thus be of doubtful authority. If correct, it may represent the female, or, as Falconer suggests, the young of the 7. andium. The last inferior molar figured by Dr. Leidy, 1. c., and formerly referred to a species under the name of Mastodon shepardi, has the character of the corresponding tooth of the Mexican species under consideration. The plate does not, how- ever, represent the specimen satisfactorily in one respect. The trefoils are not sufficiently distinct, on account of the faint representation of their basal lobes. These nearly block up the cross valley, a fact not to be de- rived from an examination of the plate, but which is clearly seen in a cast preserved in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. ‘ ‘ * For the opportunity of examining the museum of this Institution I am ~*~ much indebted to its President, Dr. Villada. + In Castelnau’s Expedition, 1855; Recherches sur les Mammiferes Fossiles de VY Amerique Meridionale, p. 14. + Paleontological Memoirs, ii, pp. 226, 274. | The lower jaw figured by Faleoner, Mem. i, p. 100, from Buenos Ayres, as 1. audium is clearly M, humboldtii. 1884.] 7 [Cope. This specimen also agrees with those in the Mexican museums in the small number of crests on the last inferior molar: four with a short rudimental heel. Another specimen of apparently the same species is described and figured by Leidy as having been brought from Tambla, Honduras.* This tooth is apparently anomalous in the contraction of the third cross-crest. The range of this species may then be given as extending from Califor- nia to the valley of Mexico, inclusive. A species apparently allied to the Dibelodon shepardi is the Mastodon serridens Cope,+ of which the typical specimen was brought from south- western Texas. Premolar teeth of the same type were shown me by Professor Castillo, in the museum of the School of Mines. These came from a lignitic bed at Tehuichila, in the State of Morelos, of Loup Fork age. This epoch is indicated by the presence of the genera Protohippus and Hippotherium. The sharp, serrate edges of the crests distinguish the molar teeth from those of the D. shepardi, and as the species probably came from different horizons, they are probably distinct. A premolar mingled with those of D. shepardi, from the valley of Toluca, much re- sembles that of the WZ serridens. DIBELODON TROPICUS Cope, sp. nov. Mastodon humboldtii? VonMeyer Paleontographica, 1867, Studien ueber das genus Mastodon, p. 64, Pl. vi. MUastodon andiwm Leidy, Pro- ceedings Academy Philada., 1876, p. 38. A second species of Dibelodon inhabited the valley of Mexico, of larger size than the D. shepardi, and differing somewhat in the dentition. Von Meyer describes and figures a ramus of a lower jaw, 1. c., brought by Herr Uhde from Mexico, which has, according to Von Meyer, no mandibular tusk, and probably a short elephantine symphysis. A very similar ramus, containing the last molar tooth, was presented to the Philadelphia Acad- emy of Natural Sciences by Dr. Isaac Coates, who obtained it from Tarra- pota, on the Huallaga river, in Eastern Peru. The extremity of the symphysis of this specimen is broken away, but enough remains to show that it was probably short, and that there was no inferior incisor. Reference to Von Meyer’s figure shows that the last inferior molar has five well-developed cross-crests anda heel. The Peruvian specimen has the same character, the fifth cross-crest a very little more contracted than in Von Meyer’s plate. Dr. Leidy describes the specimen as having four transverse ridges, besides a strong tubercular talon. But it seems to me that the talon is of such size as to be properly included in the cross-crests. On the same principle one might say that the D. shepardi has three cross- crests and a strong talon, as it has one less cross-crest than the D. tropicus. The additional cross-crest, and the superior size, distinguish this form as a species from the D. shepardi. Von Meyer perceived these differences, and referred his specimen to the D. humboldtii. I am fortunately able to * Extinct Mammalia Dakota and Nebraska, Pl. xxvii, fig. 14. + American Naturalist, 1884, p. 524. Cope.] 8 [May 16, make a comparison of his plate and the Peruvian jaw, with a well pre- served jaw of the D. humboldtit, with perfect last molar and symphysis, from Buenos Ayres, in my collection. Iam able fully to substantiate the characters already pointed out by Gervais, and to prove that the cross- crests of the molars form double trefoils, while those of the D. tropicus are like those of D. shepardi and the Tetrabelodon andium. The species last named is said by Falconer (loc. sup. cit.) to occur in~ Mexico, and speaks of having seen a well preserved lower jaw from the State of Tlaxcala. J have not met with it. The Mastodon americanus has not yet been found in Mexico. The most southern localities for the species known to me are Southern California, and near San Antonio, Texas. From the former region I possess a ramus with the last molar, presented to me by Mr. Scupham, of San Francisco ; the other specimen was obtained from Mr. G. W. Marnock, of Helotes, near San Antonio, Texas. ELEPHAS Linn. ELEPHAS PRIMIGENIUS Blum. This species, of both the thick and thin plated varieties, was once very abundant in Mexico. I have received a series of teeth from Candela, in the State of Coahuila, from Dr. Caspar Butcher, through my friend Dr. Persifor Frazer; and Von Meyer has pointed out the occurrence of its re- mains in the valley of Mexico. The museums of Mexico contain very numerous portions of skeletons of this species, which prove that it was far more abundant than the species of Mastodon. Up to this time this locality is the southern known limit of its distribution on the American continent. APHELOPS Cope. APHELOPS, sp. Aphelops ?fossiger Cope. Proceedings Academy Phil- adelphia, 1883, p. 301. ; The right half of the mandible, with part of the symphysis of a rhinoc- eros, was found in the valley of Toluca, sixty miles west from the city of Mexico, and Dr. Barcena sent me a photograph of it a year ago. I pub- lished a notice of it as above cited, in connection with remarks on a rhi noceros skull which I obtained on one of the heads of the Gila river in New Mexico. On my recent visit to the College of Toluca, I had, through the kindness of Professor Villada, the opportunity of examining the jaw. Its characters do not differ much from those of the Aphelops fossiger Cope. It is considerably smaller, and has a very short diastema, but not shorter than in some jaws of the A. fossiger. The dimensions are as follows : Measurements. M. Length of ramus from base of canine.............+-.-- .400 a9 “* dental series with canine, less M. ili.......... .285 a ** molar series, less M. ili.............. Siaciteten evs .200 £6 true molars sesso Venice eerie emer -105 1884.] 9 [Cope. Measurements. Diameter of canine (transverse).....cseeeeceecceees 50. ol e Of PET jie h fae eee Saelaa eae .007 Weniwor ranius: at, Pera) tiie pavers ee ce oes me le ae .070 Oho Cia DUM eH Aa Oy ei 0 er a Weveile weulsatne aieiele POD SOUS Cech EAa aia at front of M. iii.,.... nia Delores neaose stOO0 The matrix in which this jaw was found, is much like the Upper Plio- cene material of Tequixquiac. It is therefore of probably later age than the true Aphelops fossiger, which is a characteristic Loup Fork species. Leidy describes (Extinct Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, p. 230) a rhi- nocerus, probably an Aphelops, from California, under the name of Ff. hesperius. It is smaller than the Toluca specimen, but has a considerably. longer diastema. Its geological horizon is uncertain. I mention here that rhinoceroses, probably of the genus Aphelops, ap- parently existed in North America during the Pliocene period. Bones of a species having resemblances to the A. fossiger have been sent me by my assistant, George C. Duncan, from the Equus beds of the eastern part of the Oregon desert. The genus has been hitherto supposed not to ascend higher than the Loup Fork, or Upper Miocene beds. These bones are accompanied by teeth of a peculiar Hippotherium unlike those of any spe- cies of the genus known to me from the Loup Fork Miocene. EQUUS Linn. The remains of horses are very abundant in the valley of Mexico,* and - represent four species. In the determination of these species it has be- come necessary to compare them with those hitherto found in North and South America. In making this comparison I exclude the species of Hippidium, which are all American, and whose molar teeth are easily dis- tinguished by the equality in size of the internal columns; resembling in this respect the genus Protohippus. When the species of the genus Equus differ in the characters of their superior molar teeth, the diversity is to be seen in the size and form of the anterior internal column. The anteroposterior diameter of this column, as well as the integrity or emargination of the internal border of its section, “ varies according to the species. The infolding or the borders of the lakes has a value, but a less constant one. The Hquwus caballus differs from all of the American extinct species, where the corresponding parts are pre- served, in the great elongation of the face, which is expressed in the greater lengths of the diastemata anterior and posterior to the canine tooth in both jaws. Other characters may be observed in the relative lengths of the limb bones, the form of the occiput, etc. It has been shown by Leidy, Riitimeyer and others, that it is not always practicable to distin- guish the species of horses by their teeth alone. A glance at Owen’s * This fact has already been made known by Von Meyer, Paleontographica, 1867, p.70,and Owen, Transactions of the Royal Society, London, 1869. i Cope-] 10 [May 16, plates of the dentition of the existing species of Equus*, shows the truth of this statement. Among the extinct species of Equus the range of va- riation is greater. The following attempt at a discrimination of the species known to me, or so fully described as to be well known, must necessarily be regarded as provisional, until the skeletons are more fully recovered. American ex- tinct species only are introduced : I. Long diameter of anterior internal lobe of superior molars not greater than one third the long diameter of the crown. Borders of lakes crenate ; internal anterior lobe notched on the inner side so as to be bilobate; crowns a little curved ; large......H. crenidens. II. Long diameter of anterior internal lobe more than one-third and not more than one-half the anteroposterior diameter of the crown. a Orowns more or less curved. Crowns wider than, oras wide as long ; enamel edges little folded........ #. curvidens. aa Crowns straight or nearly so. 8 Diastemata longer. Crowns nearly square, enamel not very complex ; no facial fossa ; maxil- lary bone produced much beyond M. iii.........-.....-.- H. caballus. @ Diastemata shorter. 7 No facial fossa. Crowns nearly square; enainel not very complex; maxillary bone little producedi bend dast molars ismeallersenie ire cctele ale cletsletetsielcteetereeerster H. hemionus ; H. burchellii; H. quagga ; H. zebra ; H. asinus. Crowns longer than wide on face; enamel little complicated ; face and maxillary unknown; large..........-... wo veceeccee Lh occidentalis. Crowns square; enamel more folded than in other species; face and max- WIBay WiNlkNoNAN Ss MEME, Sho kooass Devas Cinetsia eee g Sialerereietate ee ean sie Ome. y A facial fossa. Crowns nearly square ; enamel less complex ; maxillary short posteriorly ; smaller svenseseeee eos ee eau aera ve ket ae Rie ciielelaie dl nie cleh cr ep eayel EM OaiaaEe III. Long diameter of anterior inner lobe more 100 half that of crown of molar teeth. Crowns square; ename] little complex (in Mexican specimens) ; diaste- mataand maxillary behind shorter ; no facial fossa ; large... H. excelsus. Crowns square ; enamel little complex ; smallest species. .....H. barcenai. In using the above table it must be noted that gradations in the diame- ter of the anterior internal column (or lobe) exist, not only between indi- viduals of the same species, but between different teeth in the same jaw. This diameter is always greatest in the last superior molar, and the charac- ters of this tooth are such that they cannot be used in connection with the above table. * Philosophical Transactions, 1869. 1883. | 11 | Cope. Before describing the Mexican species I make some notes on the others embraced in the above list : Hquus curvidensOwen. Of eight superior molar teeth from Buenos Ayres in my collection, two second premolars are perfectly straight, while the third true molar is the most curved. ‘fhe other teeth exhibit different degrees of curvature. The area of the anterior internal column is not so flat on the inner side in anv of them as in Owen's Plate (Voyage of the Beagle, Vol. i). My teeth have also a rather greater transverse diameter than Professor Owen’s type. Hquus caballus LL. The common horse differs from all of the extinct species of the genus from American localities where the muzzle is known, in the greater length of the latter, with its diastemata, of both jaws, and in the greater prolongation of the maxillary bone posterior to the last true molar. Appropriately to the anterior position of the molar series, the facial ridge commences above the middle of the first true molar. In an Hquus quagg4 in my possession the ridge commences above the middle of the last pre- molar. The basioccipital bone is more compressed than in any species of the genus known to me. Equus occidentalis Leidy. This species is represented in my collections by at least one hundred individuals, some of which have been lent me by my friend Professor Thomas Condon of the University of Oregon. They are nearly all derived from the Equus beds of the Oregon desert. Unfortu- nately there is no perfect skull. A few specimens from the same region T refer to the Hquwus eacelsus, butas these are comparatively rare, I am safe in referring most of the bones to the other species. In these I find the following characters to separate the species from the g@quus caballus: (1) The basioccipital bone is not compressed, and besides its inferior lateral angles it has a pair of lateral angles, one proceeding forwards from the inferior border of each foramen condyloidewm anterius. (2) The fossa en- closed between the paroccipital process and the basioccipital, is deeper, and has a raised border in front which separates it strongly from the plane of the petrous bone. This is not found in #. caballus. I verify it in three separate occipital bones of the #. occidentalis. (8) The astragalus and other bones of the feet are smaller than in H. caballus ; the first named intermediate in size between that of the horse and that of the quagga. The cannon bones, when of the same length, are more slender. (4) The inferior canine issues in direct contact with the last incisor, without the diastema seen in the horse; and the incisive arc is narrower and more produced. The symphysis is elongated not only forwards, but also pos- teriorly: The mental foramen is anterior to the bifurcation of the rami in Z. occidentalis, posterior to it in H. caballus. Equus major Dekay. Dr. Leidy leads us to infer (Report U. 8. Geol. Survey Terrs., Vol. i, p. 244), that this species differs from the #. occiden-. talis, in the generally greater complication of the enamel folds. This I find to be the case in specimens from the Fish House, in the brick clay, near Philadelphia, and from the Big Bone Lick, Kentucky. Leidy Cope.1 12 [May 16, figures similar specimens from various parts of the Eastern and Southern States. EQUUS CRENIDENS Cope, sp. nov. This large species of true horse is represented by molar teeth and frag- ments of jaws belonging to two individuals preserved in the Museo Na- cional of Mexico, and to two others preserved in the Escuela des Minas- _ The typical specimen includes the three premolars of the upper jaw of an adult in perfect preservation. The species is primarily distinguished by the close and strong wrinkling of the enamel border of the lakes of the superior molar teeth. This wrinkling, or vertical plication, reminds one of what is seen in the Hle- phas indicus. This wrinkling is not found in the enamel edges which border the interior crescents on the inner side, nor in those bordering the internal lobes or columns. The borders of the lakes are not folded in the complex loops seen in Hguus major Dek., but have the plainer looping seen in the Hguus tau Ow. The grinding faces are nearly square. That of the second premoiar is a rather shortened triangle, and less produced anteriorly than in the #. tau. The crowns of the third and fourth pre- molars are long and slightly curved. The measurements show that this is one of the larger species of horse. Measurements. M. Diamererran ipo cat f anteroposterior........ Sieleretaled .0480 ; ( transverse..... dele Secrest .0305 - Dinneie a oreP anak ANteLOpOsteriOmeene seeesee eee -Od30 ‘ {LANSVEISE= ce ssaceuesces wen 0040 Diamieterson Pantie. { AnterOopOstenlOmees eee eee .0310 transverse. ....... care oieys Neda piel aU OOU, The crimping of the enamel of the lakes distinguishes this species from the others of the genus. From Tequixquiac. Equus TAU Owen. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 1869; p. 565; pl. lxi; fig. 4. Of this species there are preserved in the Museum Nacional five superior molars, some of which belong apparently to one individual. In the Escuela des Minas, the series isa fine one. There are two skulls lacking the occi- put ; one skull lacking the occiput and muzzle; parts of both maxillary bones with teeth, of one skull; and a single maxillary bone with teeth, of a fifth skull. The specimen mentioned under the second head, has teeth and palate preserved, as in the figure given by Owen of his Hquus conver- sidens, and I suspect it was from this specimen that the photograph was taken from which Professor Owen’s figure and plate were made. It is pos- sible that his figure and description of the Hquus tau were made from one of the maxillary bones mentioned under head three. Iam not able to perceive the specific differences between these specimens. The character displayed 1884.] 1: 3 , [Cope. by Owen’s ZL. conversidens, on which he relied to distinguish the species, may be the result of distortion. The maxillary bones of the type are loose and may be made to assume different angles to each other. The last superior molar is represented as unusually short by Owen. ThiS appearance could be produced by the oblique angle of the aperture of the camera in photographing, due to its too anterior position. Be that as it may, I could detect no specific differences between the seven or eight spec- imens I examined. The Hquus tau is an average horse in all respects, presenting no very tangible characters by which to distinguish it from the existing species of ‘the #. asinus and H. zebra group, so far as the parts which I examined go. It has the internal anterior column of the superior molar always less in diameter than half that of the crown of the tooth, and not characterized by any marked peculiarity. The borders of the lakes have an entering loop on each end of the inner border; of these the adjacent ones are well marked, and the remote ones little marked. External to the adjacent loops the borders of the lakes are a little crenate. There is a small internal median loop of the internal enamel border at the notch. The crowns of the teeth are a little wider than long, and they are not curved. The pal- ate notch reaches as far forwards as the posterior border of the second true molar, and the palatal foramen is opposite the front of the third true molar. The latter tooth is a little longer than the other true molars. The second premolar is short and robust. The diastemata are rather short, as can be seen by the appended measurements. Measurements. M. No. 1. Escuela des Minas. ensih of precanine diastema...........--...-- Sere OCU Hength of postcanine diastema..........-0:02+--0+---- -OV4 Length of molar series............. Balai sietateceiecs as cooc0e olliDlL No. 2. Museum Nacional. Minnieters Of Pam. ii pa era oreictoishe ate ieicisredute .030 ; transverse. .... Meapiae sieve Mara Ue 024. WM cumcters of (P-m iii EVONIEKO) NOM KINOIE - Coogonccuacons ale! LRATISIVCIS C tatetelelaloneteteistarsterts epee oe AU Miemacter of (Pm. iv ; anteroposterior. ........-++.+-- -020 Sate {ransVerse ae eae aubeeta aan .028 This species differs from the Hguus andiwm Wagn., so fully described by Branco,* in the absence of a facial fossa. From Hquwus caballus it differs in the short diastemata, and the little posterior production of the maxillary bone. How it differs from the species of the asinws section I do not yet know. Equus ExcELsus Leidy, Extinct Mammalia Dakota and Nebraska, 1869, p. 266; pl. xxi, fig. 31. *In Dames and Kayser Palzontologische Abhandlungen, 1883, p. 110, Dr. Branco furnishes reasons for believing that the #, argentinus Burm. is the same species Cope.] 14 [May 16, A portion of a left maxillary bone supporting the true molars of a horse from the Oregon desert, received from Professor Condon, resembles closely the type specimen from Nebraska described by Leidy as above. Two skulls, in the two museums of Mexico already referred to, present the same dentul characters. In identifying the Mexican with the Oregon and Ne- braska horses, I wish to be understood as making a provisional arrange- ment only, for unfortunately the cranium of the North American horse with this dentition is yet unknown. The uncertainty attending a dental identification being admitted, I proceed to the description. This species differs from the others, whose remains have been found in the valley of Mexico, in the elongate and flattened form of the lobe formed by the section of the anterior internal column of the superior molar. This. long diameter generally exceeds the half of that of the crown of the tooth by one-eighth the latter, and is rarely so short as one half of the same. The loops of the lakes are few, including only one near the pos- terior borders near the internal side and one on the anterior border of the posterior lake. There is generally a little loop at the notch between the two internal lobes. Crowns straight, second superior premolar elongate and acute. One of the crania is complete, lacking only the lower jaw, and the two third true molars. The other lacks all posterior to the palatal notch. From the former I derive the following characters : The apex of the nasal bones is above the superior canine tooth. The posterior border of the nares marks the middle of the anterior column of the third premolar. The infraorbital foramen is above the posterior edge of the second column of the fourth premolar. There are two notches on the anterior part of the superciliary border ; and there is a short exos- tosis on each side of the front, in line with the supraorbital border, in front of the preorbital border. Measurements. ~ M. Length from superior edge of foramen magnum to in- ClsiVe DOrden eee ence te ores les Rees rea te Seamer 565 From posterior nares to incisive border............ 23300 MinferoLEpitallswi citing ayers ie tteltieleiereliereleicrretetee kere ieere ee OO Length of seriés of molar teeth........ses00.-4. se dalek’ AON ‘<' precanine diastema........... Wilevelayelcctetemeee Oe J SPOSUEATINIG LAS) Male raiate pee Efoietetovesmastavels eval ereterete .056 Width of palate at third incisors............. Feceacee 5 .092 e a CAMIMES WIMCIUSIVES sella cieereciee cee Une anteroposterior. .....cer eee eee ee -O425 transverse ..... seiab Gti civ aw ees Cane anteroposterior........... siete OBR! PYANSVEISCs oie oes odaie itis deae ope apot Diamneterane i ; anteroposterior ...........s0+e+++ -O380 TLAMSVETSCv's voice a crscieid's'es wixle sid aie) GORD “Diameters P-m. ii { Diameters P-m. ili j 1884 J 1 5 [Cope. The internal anterior column of the superior molars is longer and flatter than in the specimens of the North American horse, but I do not feel at liberty to propose a new specific name for the Mexican animal. The absence of facial fossa and short diastemata throw it into the series of the asses. From all these the large flat internal column distinguishes it. The presence of the loop at the notch of the internal border in the Mexican specimens distinguish them from Leidy’s type and from one of Condon’s specimens. A second one of the latter has a small loop at the point in question. The absence of this loop is given by Leidy as characteristic of the #. occidentalis, but only a small proportion of my specimens of that species are without it. The Mexican specimens are from Tequixquiac. Equus BARCENAI Cope, sp. nov. Two superior molars represent this species in the Museum Nacional, and two superior molars in the Escuela des Minas. A skull lacking all in front of the orbits inclusive, in the latter museum, probably belongs to the same species. This horse is distinguished from all the others here mentioned or des- cribed by its small size. In the characters of its superior molars it is like the Hguwus excelsus. The anterior internal column is flat, and its antero- posterior diameter is five-eighths that of the crown of the tooth. The prism is straight. The lakes have the margin but little looped; the pos- terior notch of the anterior lake is trebled or triplex. The grinding face of the crown of the third superior molar is a little longer than the others. Measurements. M. Meaciocs of molar No. I BNtELOPOStETION 2s acon civic ~ 0215 tLANMSVETSEY arcs syne ce eoe - .0230 j 99 iernetersof molar No. IL , ANLELOPOStenlONsar sitereteeie 022 tEANSVERSEnesece erase. sae Ose From Tequixquiac. I have dedicated this species to my distinguished friend Mariano de la Barcena, Professor of Geology in the National Museum and Director of the Meteorological Observatory of the City of Mexico. PLATYGONUS Leconte. PLATYGONUS ?COMPRESSUS Leconte. A portion of the mandibular ramus of a species of peccary, apparently the above, was found at Tequixquiac, and is preserved in the museum of the College of Guanajuato. Dr. Alfredo Dugés, the distinguished pro- fessor in the college, called my attention to the specimen, and gave me a cast of it. Its dimensions are similar to those of North American indi- viduals, as follows : Measurements. M. if Dinmciersor MC eee Sle rebe,sleimnyeuares avis SOLA So WiEtaM SVELSL his cedure ne eect vee siete ee Ole Cope.] 16 [May 16, Measurements. M. - Dincoters of Me Gi { ANTETOPOStETIOL 2 cia syereel siete sete UL 3 : transverseniaen eee feck ool HOLOMENISCUS, gen. nov. Under the head of this genus I give a synopsis of the results of my study of the extinct Camelide of the American Pliocene epoch. I can compare the specimens from Buenos Ayres with those from Mexico and Oregon, and Branco and Owen have given detailed descriptions of speci- mens from Buenos Ayres and Mexico. From these sources I learn of the existence of the following generic forms of Camelide. I omit Protolabis Cope,* and refer it to a separate family—the Protolabidide, on account of the presence of three superior incisors in each premaxillary bone, as in the primitive Ruminantia, combined with the presence of a cannon bone. ; I. Premolar teeth 4. P-m. i separated by diastemata.............. jogs televate fosetenetsiceetetane Procamelus. II. Premolar teeth 4. =m. 11 below; Wantimo: .. .j./< site a eleieler-ceyarcieleter sie elere iste sieleloleete tale (eC LCI U Ill. Premolar teeth 3. Fourth inferior pr emolar trian gularats pects eee waieisleisinie COMLEUIS: Fourth inferior premolar composed of two crescents, which enclose a lake (am inferior P-mi73;?) sem aces eis vecccccee - LL alauchenta. Fourth inferior premolar composed of two crescents, with two posterior tubercles behind them..... ara ic cnre ac oo. ee -Lrotauchenta. TY. Premolar teeth 2 HMourth premolar below-trianeulanys se citecelee cin eerie ieee CL CILeruals VY. Premolar teeth + Fourth superior premolar composed of two crescents.......Holomeniscus. Fourth superior premolar consisting of a simple cone....... .. Lischatius. The position of this genus being determined as above, it remains to examine the material representing it, at my disposal. _ In 1873 Dr. Leidy} described a large species of llama from specimens from California, which include the entire inferior series of molar teeth, and one superior molar. The first inferior molar, properly the fourth pre- molar, has the crown partially worn, showing that it was opposed by a grinding tooth in the superior series. In the Museum Nacional of Mexico is preserved a complete mandibular ramus, containing all the teeth of one side of an animal smaller than Dr. Leidy’s type, but having a general resemblance to it ; including the worn fourth premolar. Inthe collections of Professor Condon and myself from the Oregon desert, there are vari- ous isolated molars agreeing in measurements with Dr. Leidy’s type, and belonging probably to the same species. In the Condon collection is part * Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1876, p. 145. + Report U.S. Geol. Survey Terrs., ¥. V. Hayden, i, p. 255, pl. xx xvii, figs. 1-3. *1884.] WG . [Cope. of a superior maxillary bone which contains the M. i and the alveolus of the P-m. iv, with the foramen infraorbitale anterius. The measurements of the M. i agree with those of the corresponding tooth of the lower jaw of Leidy’s specimen. In the Museum of Mexico, there are preserved several superior true molars which also agree in-dimensions with the correspond- ing teeth of the lower series of the type of the same A. hesterna of Leidy. The fourth superior premolar is wanting from this series. The fragment of maxillary bone in the Condon collection shows that this species had a large three-rooted fourth premolar. It is broken off at the anterior alveolus, but it is so attenuated at that point as to make it almost certain that there was no third premolar in front of it, as is found in the genus Auchenia. In further evidence of the existence of a genus characterized as above, by the absence of the P-m. 8, the jaw-fragment which represents the Auchenia vitakeriana* may now be cited. Holomeniscus vitakerianus Cope. Although I ascribed a third superior premolar to this species, I must now deny its existence in the adult animal. A slight fossa on the narrow alveolar ridge indicates the possible presence of a single-rooted rudiment of such a tooth in the young. Ina comparison of this species with the Auchenia weddellii Gervais, from the Pampean beds of Buenos Ayres, it is readily observable that the latter is a true Auchenia, with well devel- oped P-m. 3 in the upper jaw, and that it is of larger and more robust pro- portions than the HZ. vitakeriana. In the only well preserved lower jaw which I possess, there is a well developed P-m. iii, a tooth found only as an occasional accident in Auchenia lama (teste Owen Odontography). In the A. intermedia Gerv., from the same locality, this tooth is wanting from one ramus, while the other displays a shallow vacuity as though such a tooth had existed in infancy and had been shed. I therefore retain these species in Auchenia. HOLOMENISCUS HESTERNUS Leidy. Awuchenia hesterna Leidy, loc. sup. cit. The existence of superior molars in the Museum Nacional of Mexico which agree with the corresponding teeth of the Californian and Oregonian llamas has been mentioned above. I give the dimensions of these teeth as follows : Measurements. M. } : ie ae Lap ae paadave lereparerersee icity 041 Diameters M. i TRANS VICES ye Sele eee ee are .033 E Sha j anteroposterior..... 041 Diameters M. ii | transverse ......... .040 | dean t one individual. | WMcmeter Mii { anteroposterior..... .053 transverse ......... .029 * Bulletin of the U. S. Geological Survey Terrs., 1878, p. 380. eee 18 [May 16, These molars are covered with a layer of cementum, which is included in the measurements. The mandible, I am disposed to refer to a smaller variety of this species for the present. The well-worn fourth inferior premolar indicates that it could not belong to the genus Eschatius, where there is no opposing tooth in the superior series capable of producing such a result. The hook be- low the condyle is well developed in this jaw. The incisor teeth are narrow. The canine is small and is separated from the incisors by a dias- tema. The triturating surface of the fourth premolar is triangular, and includes a lake. The molars increase in size posteriorly. The mental foramen is large, and is situated behind a point below the canine. Measurements. M. Length of jaw from incisive alveolito angle........... .415 Heightsat,; coronoid process. --.4> ses eae ae Sel Gree) CA, COMINGS 5 65506 sioreyetaturetoyster pevereneiae Helen niteehet SOLO se TAMUS ateM. ieee tee eee LHe ite oe eee TOMO sie iS middle ofediastemarnaeete se anaeeee eee aOLo Length of symphysis ...... Saisie at sMos iene hee ee O90 as from base of incisors to canine...... sattenatee ese eO4e OG << (canine to e-meiveraeeee tis rale Becta Ses 092 se Of alll themmolarshmes cy ee eee ROA Fy eee 147 Dice PGs { anteroposterior........- aRe God «+ 2022 transverse ........ Site ROS Ue ie ore Olle Digneere MES anteroposterior terrace face me ene transverse. ..... diWeiaidide Si hier ree .019 Dianecers AML a / anteroposteri0r.,.......5--.+----- .042 LANSVETSCh lessees eee Seine eer OLS Dininetersa Nias { anteroposterior, ............ awit e048 tLAMSVETSE. sic slates wr ete se ele nile oe ere From Tequixquiac. A cannon bone in Condon’s collection, which may belong to this species, measures fifteen and a quarter inches injength. So far as the evidence goes it may as well have belonged to the Hschatius conidens. According to Leidy the cannon bone of the Auchenia californica Leidy measures nineteen inches in length. A cannon bone of at least this size, with other bones of the skeleton, occurs in the museum of the School of Mines, and may belong to the Californian species. Whether that species is a true Auchenia or not remains uncertain, as the teeth are unknown. ESCHATIUS, gen. nov. This genus is well characterized by the reduction of the fourth superior premolar to a simple cone, in place of the usual double crescent charac- teristic of the Ruminantia generally. This is the greatest known reduc- tion of the premolar series in the Ruminantia, exceeding anything in the Bovide, a family otherwise more specialized than the Camelide. If my 1884.] 19 [Cope. identification of mandibles be correct, there is but one inferior premolar, which is not prismatic, but has two divergent roots asin Auchenia. The crown is compressed. In any case this genus is distinct from Palauche- nia Owen, which is said to have the fourth inferior premolar composed of two crescents, somewhat as in the Protauchenia of Branco. There is also a simple conic third inferior premolar according to Owen. The type specimen of the type of Palauchenia, P. magna Owen, consists of isolated teeth put together in a bed of plaster of Paris. While there may be some uncertainty as to the position of the third premolar, I cannot agree with Professor Leidy* in the supposition that these teeth have been inverted by their describer, and really belong to the upper jaw. The specimen is preserved in the museum of the School of Mines, and I did not observe any second one. ESCHATIUS CONIDENS, sp. nov. Primarily established on a superior maxillary bone, which contains all its teeth, which is preserved in the Museum Nacional of Mexico. I cannot distinguish from this individual another one which was found by Mr. C. H. Sternberg in the desert of Oregon, and which is represented by a good many fragments, including parts of both jaws. I describe the Mexican specimen first. The true molars increase rapidly in size posteriorly. The vertical ribs of the external anterior horns of the external crescents are very strong, and the external wall of the anterior crescent has a low rib on the me- dian line also. The posterior internal crescent of the last superior molar (which is not much worn) sends its anterior horn to the external wall, thus cutting off the posterior horn of the anterior internal crescent. Measurements. M. Length of the four superior molars................ coma Edler AMON ai Tiet wiasas cher d Sos; cveiiaie,'e or Saysvaisyerotaye Seana eeu oo. O41 Mewmciers of M. ii. transverse at DASG a. cheitnctateveetcnere 024 anteroposterior...... seievoxevelabossy alate .044 LERCH CANE iii eee cameos bUaoo Ac wip idenstereeietean) ansUo:L The foramen infraorbitale anterius issues above the anterior rib of the pos- terior crescent of the first true molar. The specimen is from Tequixquiac. The Oregon specimen includes a left maxillary and mandibular bones, With the roots or alveoli of the teeth remaining, together with numerous bones of the skeleton. As one or two teeth of the Holomeniscus hesternus are mingled with the other pieces, it becomes uncertain to which of the species some of the bones should be referred. ‘This is the more difficult, as the superior molar teeth of the two animals are of nearly the same di- mensions. The probabilities are, however, that the greater number accom- pany the species represented by the jaws. I proceed to describe the latter. In the maxillary bone the single alveolus of the fourth premolar is close * Report U.S. Geolog. Survey Teirs. I, p. 256. Cope. ] 20 [May 16, to that of the anterior root of the large first true molar. Its section is a wide oval. The base of the second true molar is not longer than that of the first true molar. The external wall of the maxillary bone is broken so that the position of the infraorbital foramen cannot be positively ascer- tained. A narrow groove, which may be a part of the infraorbital canal, is exposed, and is continued forwards to a point anterior to the first pre- molar, where it probably issues. If this be a correct inference, its posi- tion is anterior to that observed in the Mexican specimen. The palatine foramen issues opposite the anterior root of the first true molar. In the Holomeniscus hesternus this foramen issues opposite the fourth premolar’s internal root. The fragment of mandible is the anterior part of the left ramus, includ- ing the premolar and half the symphysis. The fundi of the anterior alve- oli only are preserved. That of the canine is smaller than those of the in- cisor teeth, and is close to that of the external incisor. The mental fora- men is large, and is situated posterior to the mouth of the alveolus of the canine. The symphysis is not codssified. The alveolar edge of the dias- tema is narrow, and presents a narrow vertical parapet outwards, which makes an angle with the external convex side of the ramus. The inferior outline below the diastema is a little concave. The roots of the premolar are well separated. The crown is lost. The coronoid process, supposed - to belong to the same species, is like that of the llama, near the condyle, and is quite elevated. It maintains its anteroposterior width to near the summit. Anterior edge rounded, the bevel extending on the external face towards its base. The posterior rotula of the condyle is median, and not on one side as in the llama and in thecamel. Theanterior part of the face presents forwards as in the llama, and is not so much expanded as in the camel. The petrous bone is as large as that of the camel, and has a more widely open styloid fossa, which is directed more inwards in the down- wards direction. The face also for the paroccipital process approaches much more nearly to its fundus than in either the camel or the llama. Measurements. M. Long diameter of alveolus of superior PM iVis ce wees RUUD Re ae a ae IVD. Aiea ecco pe 036 ee i Me Bo UE bee sas viele Sp .038 os a i IMPeCIOD Fama: ivi eens 022 Length of inferior postcanine diastema............. aye ONO) Depth of ramus at middle diastema........... Bane eat ~035 of PI. 1V.c dis eile cite wes eae "iclens aiels «e045 It still remains to be ascertained whether this Oregon gchatina belongs to the species that is found in the Pliocene beds of the valley of Mexico. Eischatius longirostris, sp. nov. This llama is known to me from a right mandibular ramus, which is broken off behind the last molar tooth, and which supports the symphyseal portion of the left ramus, less its external wall. In size this species is be- 1884,] 21 ‘ [Cope. tween the Auchenia weddelli Gerv. and the Hschatius conidens, having just about the dimensions of the Camelus dromedarius or the Palauchenia magna Ow. It differs from the Hschatius conidens in the much longer inferior diastema, longer, codssified symphysis, and smaller true molar teeth ; the comparison being made with superior molars of the H. conidens. The alveolus of the inferior canine tooth is small, and is a short distance posterior to the third incisor, being separated by a short diastema. The mental foramen is very large, three times the size of that of the H. conidens, and its anterior edge is 20 mm. posterior to the canine alveolus. The alveolar parapet of the diastema is not so elevated as in H. conidens, but is distinct. The dentition shows that the animal isan old one. The fourth premolar has two divaricate roots, which spread nearly as far anteropos- teriorly as those of the first true molar. The crown is compressed. Apex broken. The crowns of the molars are worn; that of the first to the roots. The heel of the third true molar is lost. Measurements. M. Width of mandible at inferior canines................. .027 Length of inferior postcanine diastema.......... Seen HD) ee us mMOlaLiSeriesns-rtae sarees Bevsepe diate’ .182 es 3 PASTS LViHer